Your personal contact Do you have any questions regarding PFERD products and solutions? Together with our trading partners, we offer qualified support, free of charge and without obligation. Simply contact your personal PFERD representative! To find a PFERD retailer near you, visit: www.pferd.com

PFERD TRUST BLUE Page 3

ABC

Files Chamfering Finishing Sharpening Milling tools Deburring Machining of contours Cutting out holes Mounted points Machining of geometries Chamfering Cleaning Fine grinding and polishing tools Creation of surfaces Levelling Polishing Diamond and CBN tools Filing Grinding Cutting Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels Cutting Roughing Grinding Cut-off wheels for stationary applications Cutting to size Cutting of large cross sections Cutting rails Industrial power brushes Deburring Cleaning of weld seams Cleaning/derusting Tool drives Air grinders Electric grinders Flexible shaft drives Index Material knowledge Keywords and synonyms Replacement article list PFERD General information About us Products Services Page 5

Application The application determines the choice of drive and tool. The following factors should be taken into account: ■■ The desired work result, e.g. high stock removal, high surface quality ■■ The operating conditions, e.g. the power supply, stationary or manual application ■■ The workpiece to be worked, e.g. its dimensions, geometry and accessibility ■■ The duration of use, e.g. individual or mass production ■■ Requirements and ergonomic advantages in accordance with labour protection laws The optimum tool With over 8,500 tools for work on surfaces and material cutting, PFERD offers the ideal tool solution for every application. The selection of the correct tool is determined by the application, the material to be worked and the appropriate tool drive. The tool navigation in the introduction of the respective catalogue sections 1 to 9 will help you select the optimum tool. Page 6

PFERD Tool drive The tool drive that is used has a significant influence on the cost-effectiveness of the machining process. Selecting the ideal drive, i.e. air grinder, electric grinder and flexible shaft drive, takes into account: ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ Design, shape and size Performance Rotational speed Tool mounting Power supply (compressed air or electrical power supply) Further information on PFERD tool drives can be found in catalogue section 9. Material The varying properties of the materials place individual requirements on the tools used to work on them. PFERD tools are especially designed for the differing material properties and thus allow the highest possible levels of costeffectiveness and the very best results. An overview of the material groups, information about material properties, as well as recommendations for use, can be found in the index on page 1. Page 7

The jumping HORSE PFERD (the German term for horse) is leading in the development, production and support, as well as in the distribution, of tool solutions for work on surfaces and material cutting. In keeping with a tradition that dates back more than 200 years, PFERD operates as an independent, internationally oriented, family-owned company geared towards the long term. PFERD tools offer the user maximum benefit and optimum cost-effectiveness. Its unlimited commitment to premium quality, its reliability as a supplier and its responsible use of resources all make PFERD a dependable and reliable trading partner that operates with sustainability in mind. Page 8

PFERD Quality since 1799 Page 9

Greater economic efficiency Each and every day, PFERD tools solve application problems within a great number of industries. Innovations in this area regularly offer considerable added value: not just for users, but for trade as well – PFERD innovations are unique selling propositions! PFERD product management is constantly updating and further developing the range in line with your wishes and needs. If required, PFERD can develop your own tailor-made solution, always with the aim of attaining the highest levels of cost-effectiveness for you. Page 10

PFERD Page 11

Formula for success The PFERD formula is the basis for your success. Workers all over the world trust blue and choose PFERD. The combination of individual consultation and innovative highperformance tools, together with the worker’s experience on site, consistently guarantee optimum work results. Page 12

PFERD The PFERD formula Innovative, high-performance tools + Individual, targeted consultation + Correct selection of drive + Worker’s experience = Optimum economic result Page 13

Ergonomic and efficient – PFERDVALUE Consultancy services, e.g. to improve working ergonomics or to boost economic efficiency, are increasingly gaining importance among international competition. PFERDVALUE systematically factors in working ergonomics and economic efficiency with the aim of maintaining optimum worker health and attaining the best possible level of efficiency. Speak to your PFERD representative and uncover your added value with PFERD. Vibration reduction Noise reduction PFERDERGONOMICS Emissions reduction Comfort enhancement PFERDERGONOMICS Page 14 Users of hand-held tools are exposed to mechanical oscillation. The consequences of these oscillations may lead to decreased performance and adverse health effects. Noise at the workplace can become an issue. Depending on the job and personal perceptions, noise at work may be bothersome, disruptive and may even pose a danger to health. Not only does the pollutant content impair air quality due to the dust, the size of the particles may also create issues: The smaller they are, the greater the health hazard. Using tools successfully and economically requires the ability to work using the lowest level of force with the best possible control and maximum comfort.

PFERD Economic efficiency boost Energy savings Waste reduction PFERDEFFICIENCY Time & cost savings Resources put to optimum use PFERDEFFICIENCY Perfectly harmonised with optimum dimensions, PFERD tools and tool drives offer considerably higher performance, save energy and boost economic efficiency. Waste incurs effort and costs. PFERD tools produce less waste through improved stock removal rates and cutting performance with reduced product mass or an above-average tool life. Time is a factor in cost-effectiveness. More aggressive tools with a higher stock removal rate plus reduced unproductive idle time, such as tool changes and rest periods, result in time savings. PFERD tools set themselves apart over their entire life cycle through the optimum and efficient utilisation of existing resources, thus enabling them to make a considerable contribution to savings. Page 15

Know-how Besides the Tool Manual and a number of other publications, PFERD provides knowledge in many forms. The PFERD website focuses on solutions. Using the product finder on the home page means that the ideal product is just a few clicks away. The PFERD App makes all the knowledge that PFERD has to offer also available on mobile devices. Anytime, anywhere. The PFERD YouTube channel not only displays product and application videos; our “TOOLTORIALS” explain how to use the tools correctly and safely. Anyone wanting to learn even more can connect with PFERD on one of the social media channels and become part of the PFERD family. Page 16

PFERD Page 17

Taking action together Within the marketplace, PFERD is perfectly at home within trade circles. The close-knit trade network guarantees a fast response. With ongoing training, the retail market is the ideal on-site adviser. Whether on site, on your premises or over the Internet: PFERD offers powerful support for your sales. The PFERDTOOL-CENTER presents the best-sellers and allows to experience the PFERD tool world. But we are also ideally equipped to help you online. Procurement is quick and easy using the PFERD Shop, via EDI, nexMart or other portals that suit your needs. Our traffic translates into your sales. If you are connected to our online catalogue using data View and retail Connect, visitors to our website become your customers in a single click. The PFERD data service provides you with all the information, images, videos and classifications you need. This means we will also be able to trade together successfully in future. Page 18

PFERD Page 19

Expertise is BLUE In-depth knowledge of the interactions of tool, material and tool drive forms the foundation for the optimization of machining processes. PFERD sales representatives and technical advisers along with the PFERDTOOL-MOBILE are employed daily around the world in order to find the best solution to your application problem – together with your retailer, on site and individually tailored to you. In the PFERDACADEMY, we provide highly specialized and practical knowledge from the world of grinding and cutting. The seminar blocks follow on from each other, so step by step you will become a PFERD tool specialist. PFERD publications – in print and online – make a great impression: they are easy to understand, offer tool navigation with a logical structure and provide in-depth technical knowledge. Page 20

PFERD Page 21

Always at your side Near-100 % availability and a reliable global logistics network with its own warehouses right around the globe – welcome to PFERDLOGISTICS. Your order will be dispatched to you within 24 hours. PFERD in-house representatives handle your enquiries personally and are dedicated to dealing with your order efficiently. Maintaining this close dialogue is the key to mutual success. With a comprehensive network of over 20 distribution companies worldwide and more than 100 international trading partner representatives, PFERD maintains a wide presence, including a location near you. Page 22

PFERD Page 23

Better PFERD Quality is directly connected with benefit and customer satisfaction. That’s why PFERD researches and develops innovative, high-performance products. Our own machine and plant construction, and the continuous testing and further development of the quality and safety standards in our own laboratories all guarantee the proverbial PFERD quality. As a founder member of the “Organisation for the Safety of Abrasives (oSa)”, PFERD also offers the highest possible levels of safety for the user by constantly monitoring manufacturing in all PFERD production facilities worldwide. PFERD quality management is certified according to ISO 9001. Page 24

PFERD Page 25

PFERD worldwide PFERD production facilities Marienheide, Germany Germany August Rüggeberg GmbH & Co. KG PFERD-Werkzeuge Hauptstraße 13 51709 Marienheide Phone + 49 (0) 22 64 - 90 vertrieb-deutschland@pferd.com Argentina PFERD Latinoamerica S.R.L. 1126 Ciudad Autónoma de Buenos Aires Phone + 54 - 9 11 - 40 41 41 28 contacto@pferdla.com Australia PFERD-Australia Pty. Ltd. 1-3 Conifer Crescent Dingley, Vic. 3172 Phone + 61 - 3 - 95 65 32 00 sales@pferd.com.au Austria PFERD-Rüggeberg GmbH Prinz-Eugen-Straße 17 4020 Linz Phone + 43 - 7 32 - 79 64 11-0 info@pferd-rueggeberg.at Page 26 Hermeskeil, Germany Belgium bvba PFERD-Rüggeberg sprl Waterranonkelstraat 2 a Rue de la Grenouillette 1130 Brussel - Bruxelles Phone + 32 - 2 - 2 47 05 90 info@pferd.be Brazil PFERD-Rüggeberg do Brasil Ltda. BR 277 no. 4.654 km 2 - CIC 82305-200 Curitiba - PR Phone + 55 - 41 - 30 71 82 02 pferd@pferd.com.br Canada PFERD CANADA INC. 5570 McAdam Rd. Mississauga, Ontario L4Z 1P1 Phone + 1 - 905 - 501 - 1555 sales@pferdcanada.ca Milwaukee, USA China PFERD-TOOLS TRADING SHANGHAI CO., LTD. No. 2555 Changyang Road Yangpu District 200090 Shanghai Phone + 86 - 21 - 2510 - 5500 info@pferd.cn Columbia PFERD PANAMERICANA SAS Carrera 11 # 93A-53 Oficina 304 Torre de La 93 Bogotá, D.C. – Kolumbien Phone + 57 - 1 - 795 83 88 contacto@pferdla.com Danmark PFERD Danmark ApS Bekkasinvej 1 6500 Vojens Phone + 45 - 61 16 32 32 torben.nielsen@pferd.com France PFERD-Rüggeberg France Ernolsheim-sur-Bruche 2, Avenue de la Concorde 67129 Molsheim Cédex Phone + 33 - 3 88 - 49 72 50 info@pferd.fr Indonesia Rep. Office of PFERD ASIA. PACIFIC PTE. LTD. in Indonesia Unity Bldg. 6th Floor Jl. Boulevard Gading Serpong Kav M5 No. 21 15810 Tangerang Phone + 62 - 21 - 22 22 47 03 indonesia@pferd.com Italy PFERD-Italia s.r.l. Via Walter Tobagi 13 20068 Peschiera Borromeo (MI) Phone + 39 - 02 - 55 30 24 86 info@pferd.it

PFERD Vitoria-Gasteiz, Spain Korea PFERD Korea Limited #1104 11th floor, 83 Gasan digital 1-ro, Geumcheon-gu 08589 Seoul Phone + 82 (0) 2 855 3065 korea@pferd.com Mexico PFERD-FANDELI, S.A. de C.V. Av. Presidente Juárez 225 Col. San Jerónimo Tepetlacalco Tlalnepantla, Estado de México C. P. 54090 - México Phone + 52 - 55 - 53 66 - 14 00 servicio@fandeli.com.mx The Netherlands PFERD-Rüggeberg B.V. Hekven 15 bis., Postbus 2070 4824 AD/4800 CB Breda Phone + 31 - 76 - 5 93 70 90 info@pferd.nl Araia, Spain Singapore PFERD-Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd. 25 International Business Park, #03-106 German Centre Singapore 609916 Phone + 65 - 68 97 02 88 info@pferd.com.sg South Africa PFERD-South Africa (Pty.) Ltd. 32 Derrick Road P.O. Box 588 Kempton Park, 1620 Spartan, Kempton Park Phone + 27 - 11 - 2 30 40 00 info@pferd.co.za Spain PFERD-Rüggeberg S.A. C/Júndiz, 18 Pol. Ind. Júndiz 01015 Vitoria-Gasteiz Phone + 34 - 945 184 400 pferd@pferd.es Spartan, South Africa Sweden PFERD-VSM AB Radiovägen 3B 181 55 Lidingö Phone + 46 - (0) 8 564 72 300 info@pferd-vsm.se Switzerland PFERD-VSM (Schweiz) AG Werkzeuge und Schleifmittel Zürichstrasse 38b Postfach 22 8306 Brüttisellen Phone + 41 - 44 - 805 28 28 info@pferd-vsm.ch Thailand PFERD (Thailand) Co., Ltd. 455/3 BIZ Phatthanakan-On Nut Phatthanakan Road, Prawet Sub-District, Prawet District 10250 Bangkok Phone + 662 - 001 - 3328 thailand@pferd.com Turkey PFERD Aşındırıcı Takımlar Ticaret Ltd. Şti. Marmara Geri Dönüsümcüler Koop. Defne Sokak No. 22 41420 Sekerpinar-Cayirova-Kocaeli Phone + 90 - 262 658 9990 info@pferd.com.tr United Kingdom PFERD LTD. 4 Westleigh Hall, Wakefield Road Denby Dale West Yorkshire HD8 8QJ Phone + 44 - 14 84 - 86 61 49 info.uk@pferd.com USA PFERD INC. 9201 W. Heather Ave. Milwaukee, WI 53224 Phone + 1 - 262 - 255 - 3200 sales@pferdusa.com Poland PFERD-VSM Sp.z o.o. ul. Polna 1A 62-025 Kostrzyn Wlkp. Phone + 48 - 61 - 8 97 04 80 pferdvsm@pferdvsm.pl Page 27

Quality tools from a single source Files Milling tools 1 Mounted points 2 3 Catalogue section 1 Catalogue section 2 Catalogue section 3 Files Milling tools Mounted points Fine grinding and polishing tools Diamond and CBN tools 4 Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels 5 6 Catalogue section 4 Catalogue section 5 Catalogue section 6 Fine grinding and polishing tools Diamond and CBN tools Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels Cut-off wheels for stationary applications Industrial power brushes 7 Tool drives 8 9 Catalogue section 7 Catalogue section 8 Catalogue section 9 Cut-off wheels for stationary applications Industrial power brushes Tool drives Page 28

Files 1 1 Catalogue Page 1 1

Files Table of contents General information 3 Well packed and presented 4 The fast way to the best tool 5 The most common PFERD cuts and teeth 6 PFERD quality, number of cuts 7 Files Files for the workshop ■ ■ ■ ■ Machinist’s files, DIN series Special files Key files Tungsten point files 8 14 18 21 Car body files ■ Adjustable holders for car body files ■ Car body file blades ■ Car body files, tanged type 22 23 23 Milled tooth files ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Paint peeler Universal chamfer file Milled tooth files, tanged type Milled tooth file blades Holders for file blades 24 24 25 26 26 Tungsten carbide files ■ Tungsten carbide files ■ Holders for tungsten carbide files 27 27 Sharpening files ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Three square saw files Knife sharpening files Featheredge files Mill saw files Chain saw files Chain saw sharpeners Depth gauge files 28 30 30 31 32 35 37 Wood files and rasps ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Wood files Wood rasps Hoof plane and horse rasps Special rasps Needle rasps 38 39 41 42 43 Precision files ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Page Catalogue 2 1 Tang files CORINOX files CORINOX needle files Needle files Handy files Riffler files, riffler rasps 45 46 47 48 50 51

Files Table of contents and general information 1 Accessories File handles, file sleeves, file brush ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ File handles Quick-mounting handles Riffler file holder Plastic sleeves, empty File brush 56 57 57 57 58 Hand deburrer Hand deburrer ■ Hand deburrer File sets can be found on the pages of the individual product groups. 59 Detailed information and ordering data for diamond files can be found in catalogue section 5. All tools and more information: www.pferd.com Quality For 200 years, PFERD has been manufacturing files of a world-renowned high quality. The experience gained over many years as a tool manufacturer is constantly used for the development of PFERD files. Application-oriented file shapes and cuts for industry and crafts guarantee good economic value. Even after long use, PFERD files achieve high stock removal rates and an excellent surface quality. State-of-the-art production technology and strict quality controls guarantee the outstanding PFERD quality. PFERD is certified according to ISO 9001. Discover PFERDERGONOMICS and PFERDEFFICIENCY: As part of PFERDERGONOMICS, PFERD offers ergonomically optimized tools and tool drives that contribute to greater safety and working comfort, and thus to health protection. As part of PFERDEFFICIENCY, PFERD offers innovative, high-performance tool solutions and tool drives with outstanding added value. For more information on this topic, please refer to our brochure “PFERDVALUE – Your added value with PFERD“. PFERDEFFICIENCY Results from the PFERD test laboratories as well as from the product tests by independent testing institutes prove: PFERD tools offer measurable added value. PFERDERGONOMICS PFERDVALUE – Your added value with PFERD PFERD VALUE Your added value with PFERD TRUST BLUE / PFERD Tools for Use on Plastics PFERD tools for use on stainless steel PFERD tools for use on aluminium PFERD tools for forestry PRAXIS PFERDPRAXIS brochures Our PFERDPRAXIS brochures contain a wealth of useful information on material properties as well as tips and tricks for using PFERD tools on specific materials. You can find information on the maintenance and care of a saw chain and on the repair of other forestry tools in the “PFERD tools for forestry” PRAXIS FOCUS brochure. FOCUS TRUST BLUE TRUST BLUE TRUST BLUE Plastics INOX TRUST BLUE ■ Quality tools to sharpen instruments used in forestry for easier and more efficient work ■ Reduction in costs for expensive manual work with a constant filing performance Aluminium ■ The perfectly sharpened saw chain in a few steps Catalogue Page 1 3

Files Well packed and presented PFERD industrial packaging PFERD files in industrial packaging are traditionally rolled in paper which protects them against corrosion. Depending on file length, they are packed in packaging units of 5 or 10 pieces (except chain saw files and precision files). These files are delivered without a handle. They are therefore suitable for experienced users who have their own handles or who would like to purchase these separately according to their individual needs. Advantages: ■ Robust, corrosion- and damage-resistant packaging. ■ Easier selection of the optimum file thanks to the colour coding system for fast cut selection. ■ Packaging labels with all the important information at a glance. Point-of-sale packaging PFERD also offers many of its products in sales-boosting point-of-sale packaging. It is designed to perfectly present the products at the PFERDTOOL-CENTER. Advantages: ■ Attractive design. ■ Fixture to mount the products on the sales stand. ■ Optimal protection against corrosion and damage. PFERDTOOL-CENTER On the TOOL-CENTER, the point of sale from PFERD, you will find all the important information required for selecting the most appropriate tool. Your local retailer or PFERD sales adviser will be glad to answer any questions you might have. Advantages: ■ Individual planning on a needs-driven basis. ■ Eye-catching and intuitively designed. Page Catalogue 4 1

Files The fast way to the best tool Application Material Applications Filing ■ Steel ■ Stainless steel (INOX) ■ Cast iron ■ Cast steel ■ Non-ferrous metals ■ Copper ■ Bronze ■ Brass ■ Zinc ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Sharpening Car body work ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Chamfering Deburring Roughing Finishing Surface work Filing of breakthroughs Files for the workshop 8 16 Milled tooth files 25 Precision files 44 Tungsten carbide files 27 Saw chains ■ Sharpening of saw chains, Chain saw files Saw blades blades, and band saw blades Band saw blades Knives Machetes Three square saw files 32 ■ Sheet metal ■ Non-ferrous metals ■ Plastics ■ ■ ■ ■ Page Soft metal files ■ ■ ■ ■ Surface work Deburring Removal of solder spots Removal of weld spots ■ Removal of thin paint layers ■ Correction of painting faults Soft material work Tool Wood Plastics Soft stone Horn ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Roughing Finishing Surface work Deburring Chamfering 28 Mill saw files 31 Chain saw sharpeners CHAIN SHARP 35 Car body files 23 Paint peeler 24 Wood files 38 Wood rasps 39 Hoof plane and horse rasps 41 Special rasps 42 Catalogue Page 1 5 1

Files The most common PFERD cuts Files for the workshop Sharpening files Cut 1 ■ Cross cut. ■ Suitable for coarse stock removal and for roughing. Classic ■ Classic spiral cut. ■ For users who prefer an aggressive filing action. Cut 2 ■ Cross cut. ■ Suitable for universal roughing and finishing. Premium ■ Innovative spiral cut. ■ For users who prefer a softer filing action. Cut 3 ■ Cross cut. ■ Suitable for fine processing and finishing. Single cut Cut 2 ■ Single cut. ■ Universally suited to sharpening. Car body files Rasps Cut 00 ■ Radial cut. ■ Suitable for very coarse stock removal and for roughing. ■ Creates score-free surfaces. Cut 1 ■ Rasp cut. ■ Suitable for coarse stock removal and for roughing. Cut 0 ■ Radial cut. ■ Suitable for coarse stock removal and for roughing. ■ Creates score-free surfaces. Cut 2 ■ Rasp cut. ■ Suitable for universal roughing and finishing. Cut 1 ■ Radial cut. ■ Suitable for coarse stock removal and for roughing. ■ Creates score-free surfaces. Cut 3 ■ Rasp cut. ■ Suitable for fine processing and finishing. Cut 2 ■ Radial cut. ■ Suitable for universal roughing and finishing. ■ Creates score-free surfaces. Precision files Cut 3 ■ Radial cut. ■ Suitable for fine stock removal and finishing. ■ Creates score-free surfaces. Cut 00 ■ Cross cut. ■ Suitable for very coarse precision work. Cut 0 ■ Cross cut. ■ Suitable for coarse precision work. Cut 1 ■ Cross cut. ■ Suitable for medium precision work. Cut 2 ■ Cross cut. ■ Suitable for medium to fine precision work. Cut 3 ■ Cross cut. ■ Suitable for fine precision work. Cut 4 ■ Cross cut. ■ Suitable for very fine precision work. Milled tooth files Cut 1 ■ Straight cut. ■ Suitable for coarse stock removal on soft metals. ■ Because of its milled tooth shape with large flutes, the teeth do not clog up. Cut 2 ■ Straight cut. ■ Suitable for universal roughing and finishing on soft metals. ■ Because of its milled tooth shape with large flutes, the teeth do not clog up. Cut 3 ■ Straight cut. ■ Suitable for fine stock removal on soft metals. ■ Because of its milled tooth shape with large flutes, the teeth do not clog up. Page Catalogue 6 1

Files PFERD quality, number of teeth 1 Several criteria determine PFERD quality Enlarged tenfold Tooth face Flute Uniform hardness through flawless steel microstructure The profiling in the rolling mill, the forging of shape and tang, the annealing prior to cutting and the heat treatment each cause a change in the steel microstructure. The high carbon content of the steel microstructure determines the hardness and cutting performance of the file and must therefore be maintained. Exact shape and uniform cut from tang to tip The file blanks acquire their exact shape through forging and grinding. This enables accurate work. Equally spaced cuts and a uniform depth of cut ensure good filing performance and good surface finishes. The type and angle of the cut depend on the purpose for which the file is intended. Perfectly milled tooth geometries for every application Tooth shapes suited to various applications ensure the best stock removal rate. There is no universally appropriate tooth shape for every application. PFERD has developed the optimally suitable tooth shapes and tooth geometries for each of the various applications. The figure shows a car body file tooth with its typical rounded tooth face and large flute. Number of cuts for cut files [cuts/cm] according to DIN 8349 Machinist's files number of cuts ± 8 % Sharpening files number of cuts ± 5 % Length (without tang) [mm] Cut 1-B Bastard Cut 2 Half-smooth Cut 3-S Smooth Regular Slim Extra slim Double extra slim 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 350 17 – 13 – 10 9 8 7 22 – 18 – 14 12 11 10 28 – 22 – 18 16 14 13 20 19 17 16 15 14 – – 23 22 20 19 17 16 – – 26 24 22 21 20 17 – – – 25 24 23 22 – – – Determining the number of cuts: The numbers of cuts for PFERD files conform to DIN 8349 requirements. The number of cuts for a file is the number of scores (cuts) per cm of file length, counted along the file axis. For cross cut files, the number of cuts is determined by the upper cut. 1 cm Lower cut Example: At a length of 250 mm, a cut 1 file has 9 teeth/cm. A 100 mm long cut 1 file has 17 teeth/cm of file length, however. The higher number of teeth found on shorter files is intended to provide the same ease of use (in terms of force input, guidability and stock removal rate) on surfaces and edges as for a longer file. Tang File axis File level Upper cut 9 teeth Mill saw files Cut 1 Cut 2 – – 20 – 18 16 14 12 – – 24 – 20 18 16 14 Dimensions: Tang File length The cross-sectional dimensions indicated in the tables are measured across the cut and may vary depending on cut type. For tapered files the cut is measured at the highest and widest position. PFERD files are manufactured in compliance with DIN and ISO standards. Colour code for the file cut Overview of file designations according to DIN The different colours used for the cuts available allow rapid tool selection. Designation Shape symbol Designation according to DIN 7261 Cut 1 Cut 2 Cut 3 Hand Flat green = coarse yellow = medium red = fine Three square 1132 C Square 1142 D 10 10 10 Half-round 1152 E Round 1162 F 1172 1612 DE G H Hand Planas paralelas Inches 1112 10“ Planas paralelas Inches bastard basto 1 Hand 1112 10“ Planas paralelas Inches Second cut medio 2 Hand 1112 10“ Smooth fino 3 Knife files Lathe files 1112 1122 A B Catalogue Page 1 7

Files for the workshop Machinist’s files, DIN series PFERD produces files for the workshop with the highest quality standards. They achieve a long service life and high stock removal rates. Three application-oriented cuts are available. Advantages: Materials that can be worked: ■ Consistently high stock removal rate from the tip to the tang. ■ Long service life. ■ Application-oriented design. ■ Half-round and round versions with outstanding filing performance thanks to PFERD spiral cut. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Recommendations for use: ■ Choose cut 1 for roughing or coarse stock removal. ■ Choose cut 2 for universal use. ■ Choose cut 3 for fine processing and finishing. Ordering notes: ■ PFERD files for the workshop are available in industrial packaging without handle or in POS packaging with ergonomic file handle. Aluminium Bronze Copper Brass Zinc Grey cast iron Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² Cast steel Matching accessories: ■ You can find matching ergonomic file handles and other PFERD handles on page 56. Applications: PFERDVALUE: ■ Deburring ■ Surface work ■ Work on edges (chamfering, rounding) PFERDERGONOMICS recommends the ergonomic file handle for comfortable work. Hand (1112) Rectangular file, cut on three sides, one side uncut. Version with tang. Shape A according to DIN 7261. Suitable for filing rectangular geometries. Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 1 Cut 2 3 Cross Matching section handle [mm] Incl. handle Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1112 100 4 005606 150 6 005637 200 8 005668 250 10 005699 300 12 005729 350 14 005750 POS packaging (with handle) 1112 150 6 541388 200 8 541494 250 10 541586 300 12 541661 Page Catalogue 8 1 005613 005644 005675 005705 005736 005767 005620 005651 005682 005712 005743 - 12.0 x 2.5 16.0 x 4.0 20.0 x 5.0 25.0 x 6.0 30.0 x 6.5 35.0 x 7.5 FH 2 FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 FH 5/1 - 10 10 10 10 5 5 1112 100 H... 1112 150 H... 1112 200 H... 1112 250 H... 1112 300 H... 1112 350 H... 541432 541524 541623 541678 541463 541555 541647 541685 16.0 x 4.0 20.0 x 5.0 25.0 x 6.0 30.0 x 6.5 - FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 5 5 5 5 PF 1112 150 H... PF 1112 200 H... PF 1112 250 H... PF 1112 300 H...

Files for the workshop Machinist’s files, DIN series 1 Flat (1122) Rectangular file, tapered and cut on four sides. Version with tang. Shape B according to DIN 7261. Suitable for filing rectangular geometries. Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 1 Cut 2 3 Cross Matching section handle [mm] Incl. handle Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1122 100 4 005811 150 6 005842 200 8 005873 250 10 005903 300 12 005934 350 14 005965 POS packaging (with handle) 1122 150 6 669341 200 8 669372 250 10 669402 300 12 669433 005828 005859 005880 005910 005941 - 005835 005866 005897 005927 005958 - 12.0 x 2.5 16.0 x 4.0 20.0 x 5.0 25.0 x 6.0 30.0 x 6.5 35.0 x 7.5 FH 2 FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 FH 5/1 - 10 10 10 10 5 5 1122 100 H... 1122 150 H... 1122 200 H... 1122 250 H... 1122 300 H... 1122 350 H... 669358 669389 669419 669440 669365 669396 669426 669457 16.0 x 4.0 20.0 x 5.0 25.0 x 6.0 30.0 x 6.5 - FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 5 5 5 5 PF 1122 150 H... PF 1122 200 H... PF 1122 250 H... PF 1122 300 H... Cut 2 3 Cross Matching section handle [mm] Incl. handle Three square (1132) Triangular file, tapered and cut on three sides. Version with tang. Shape C according to DIN 7261. Suitable for filing angular profiles. Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 1 Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1132 100 4 006603 150 6 006641 200 8 006672 250 10 006702 300 12 006733 POS packaging (with handle) 1132 150 6 541692 200 8 541722 250 10 541753 006610 006658 006689 006719 006740 006627 006665 006696 006726 - 8.0 11.0 13.0 15.5 18.0 FH 2 FH 3 FH 4 FH 5 FH 5 - 10 10 10 10 5 1132 100 H... 1132 150 H... 1132 200 H... 1132 250 H... 1132 300 H... 541708 541739 541760 541715 541746 - 11.0 13.0 15.5 - FH 3 FH 4 FH 5 5 5 5 PF 1132 150 H... PF 1132 200 H... PF 1132 250 H... Catalogue Page 1 9

Files for the workshop Machinist’s files, DIN series Square (1142) Square file, tapered and cut on four sides. Version with tang. Shape D according to DIN 7261. Suitable for filing angular profiles. Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 1 Cut 2 3 Cross Matching section handle [mm] Incl. handle Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1142 100 4 006009 150 6 006030 200 8 006061 250 10 006092 300 12 006122 POS packaging (with handle) 1142 150 6 541777 200 8 541791 250 10 541814 006016 006047 006078 006108 006139 006023 006054 006085 006115 - 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 FH 2 FH 3 FH 4 FH 4 FH 5 - 10 10 10 10 5 1142 100 H... 1142 150 H... 1142 200 H... 1142 250 H... 1142 300 H... 541784 541807 541838 - 6.0 8.0 10.0 - FH 3 FH 4 FH 4 5 5 5 PF 1142 150 H... PF 1142 200 H... PF 1142 250 H... Half-round (1152) Half-round file, cut on two sides. Version with tang. Shape E according to DIN 7261. Suitable for work on radii and for filing of half-round shapes. Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 1 Cut 2 3 Cross Matching section handle [mm] Incl. handle Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1152 150 6 006207 200 8 006238 250 10 006269 300 12 006290 350 14 006320 POS packaging (with handle) 1152 150 6 541845 200 8 541876 250 10 541906 300 12 541944 Page Catalogue 10 1 006214 006245 006276 006306 - 006221 006252 006283 006313 - 16.0 x 4.5 20.0 x 6.0 25.0 x 7.0 30.0 x 8.5 35.0 x 10.0 FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 FH 5/1 - 10 10 10 5 5 1152 150 H... 1152 200 H... 1152 250 H... 1152 300 H... 1152 350 H... 541852 541883 541920 - 541869 541890 541937 - 16.0 x 4.5 20.0 x 6.0 25.0 x 7.0 30.0 x 8.5 - FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 5 5 5 5 PF 1152 150 H... PF 1152 200 H... PF 1152 250 H... PF 1152 300 H...

Files for the workshop Machinist’s files, DIN series 1 Half-round pointed (1152 SP) Half-round pointed file, cut on two sides. Version with tang. Shape E according to DIN 7261. Suitable for work on radii and for filing of half-round shapes. Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 2 1 3 Cross Matching section handle [mm] Incl. handle Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1152 SP 100 4 006160 150 6 006955 200 8 006986 250 10 007013 300 12 007044 350 14 222355 POS packaging (with handle) 1152 SP 150 6 809877 200 8 809914 250 10 809952 300 12 810002 006177 006962 006993 007020 007051 - 006184 006979 007006 007037 007068 - 10.4 x 2.5 16.0 x 4.5 20.0 x 6.0 25.0 x 7.0 30.0 x 8.5 35.0 x 10.0 FH 2 FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 FH 5/1 - 10 10 10 10 5 5 1152 SP 100 H... 1152 SP 150 H... 1152 SP 200 H... 1152 SP 250 H... 1152 SP 300 H... 1152 SP 350 H... 809891 809921 809969 810019 809907 809938 809976 810026 16.0 x 4.5 20.0 x 6.0 25.0 x 7.0 30.0 x 8.5 - FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 5 5 5 5 PF 1152 SP 150 H... PF 1152 SP 200 H... PF 1152 SP 250 H... PF 1152 SP 300 H... Cut 2 3 Cross Matching section handle [mm] Incl. handle Round (1162) Round file with circumferential cut. Version with tang. Shape F according to DIN 7261. Suitable for work on radii and for filing profiles with inner radii. Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 1 Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1162 100 4 006405 150 6 006467 200 8 006498 250 10 006528 300 12 006559 350 14 006580 POS packaging (with handle) 1162 150 6 541951 200 8 541999 250 10 542026 300 12 542064 006412 006474 006504 006535 006566 - 006429 006481 006511 006542 006573 - 4.0 6.0 7.5 9.5 12.0 15.0 FH 2 FH 3 FH 4 FH 4 FH 5 FH 5 - 10 10 10 10 5 5 1162 100 H... 1162 150 H... 1162 200 H... 1162 250 H... 1162 300 H... 1162 350 H... 541968 542002 542040 - 541982 542019 542057 - 6.0 7.5 9.5 12.0 - FH 3 FH 4 FH 4 FH 5 5 5 5 5 PF 1162 150 H... PF 1162 200 H... PF 1162 250 H... PF 1162 300 H... Catalogue Page 1 11

Files for the workshop Machinist’s files, DIN series Knife files (1172) Triangular file with knife profile, cut on two sides and the narrow edge. Version with tang. Shape G according to DIN 7261. For work on very acute-angled and narrow geometries. Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 2 1 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 16.0 x 5.2 x 1.25 20.0 x 6.4 x 1.5 25.0 x 7.9 x 1.75 FH 3 FH 4 FH 4 3 Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1172 150 6 200 8 006825 250 10 006856 006801 006832 006863 006818 006849 - 10 10 10 1172 150 H... 1172 200 H... 1172 250 H... PFERD-PLUS files, hand type (1112) Rectangular file, cut on three sides, one edge uncut. Version with tang. Shape A according to DIN 7261. Outstanding filing performance thanks to the special PFERD-PLUS cut. Suitable for filing rectangular geometries. Advantages: ■■Easy and energy-saving working due to spade-like filing teeth. ■■No clogging whilst processing soft materials thanks to a wide chip breaker. ■■Can be used universally for all hobby and DIY purposes. PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut PLUS-cut Cross section [mm] Incl. handle 20.0 x 5.0 25.0 x 6.0 30.0 x 6.5 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 Description EAN 4007220 POS packaging (with handle) 1112 200 250 300 Page Catalogue 12 1 8 10 12 542071 542095 006948 5 5 5 PF 1112 PLUS 200 PF 1112 PLUS 250 PF 1112 PLUS 300

Files for the workshop Machinist’s files, DIN series 1 Machinist’s files in plastic pouch WR, machinist’s files in plastic pouch with cardboard box WRU Quality files for industry and trade in a protective and climate-resistant PVC pouch for storage in a toolbox or on a workbench. Each file comes with an ergonomic file handle. PFERD also provides the plastic pouches with files that are 200 and 250 mm in length in attractive packaging with a transparent window. Advantages: ■■Suitable for a wide range of applications. ■■Available on request with matching plastic pouch to save space when stored. Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired type. ■■WR = machinist’s files in plastic pouch ■■WRU = machinist’s files in plastic pouch with cardboard box PFERDVALUE:    Length [mm] Length [inch] 200 8 250 300 200 / 300 10 12 8 / 12 Type WR WRU EAN 4007220 011409 807965 011416 807972 011423 807989 011430 807996 011447 808009 011454 808016 011461 808023 011478 - 011485 - 011508 - Contents 1112 200 H1, 1142 200 H1, 1152 200 H1, 1162 200 H1, 1552 200 H2 1112 200 H1, 1132 200 H1, 1142 200 H1, 1152 SP 200 H1, 1162 200 H1 1112 200 H2, 1132 200 H2, 1142 200 H2, 1152 SP 200 H2, 1162 200 H2 1112 200 H3, 1132 200 H3, 1142 200 H3, 1152 SP 200 H3, 1162 200 H3 1112 250 H1, 1132 250 H1, 1142 250 H1, 1152 SP 250 H1, 1162 250 H1 1112 250 H2, 1132 250 H2, 1142 250 H2, 1152 SP 250 H2, 1162 250 H2 1112 250 H3, 1132 250 H3, 1142 250 H3, 1152 SP 250 H3, 1162 250 H3 1112 300 H1, 1132 300 H1, 1142 300 H1, 1152 SP 300 H1, 1162 300 H1 1112 300 H2, 1132 300 H2, 1142 300 H2, 1152 SP 300 H2, 1162 300 H2 1112 200 H1, 1112 200 H2, 1112 200 H3, 1112 300 H1, 1112 300 H2, 1112 300 H3 Description 1 520 ... 200 1 531 ... 200 1 532 ... 200 1 533 ... 200 1 541 ... 250 1 542 ... 250 1 543 ... 250 1 551 ... 300 1 552 ... 300 1 555 ... 200/300 File set Quality files designed to meet the needs of DIY users in a protective cardboard box. Precise files with a high stock removal rate and a long service life. Also suitable for sharpening. Each file comes with an ergonomic file handle. Contents: The set consists of one file each of ■■PF 1512 VZ 200 H1/1, file rasp ■■PF 1152 200 H1, half-round file ■■PF 1212 VZ 200 H1/2, hobby file PFERDVALUE:    Length [mm] Length [inch] EAN 4007220 200 8 008515 Description 1 PF-Set 300 200 Catalogue Page 1 13

Files for the workshop Special files Hobby file (1212) Rectangular file with different cuts on three sides. Version with tang and ergonomic file handle. Cross cut 1 on front side for roughing, single cut 2 on back side and edge for sharpening. Advantages: ■■For roughing and sharpening using the same tool. ■■Suitable for versatile use. Materials that can be worked: steel, cast steel Applications: deburring, surface work, work on edges, sharpening, fine finishing PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Cross cut 1/single cut 2 Cross section [mm] Incl. handle 25.0 x 4.5 FH 4/1 Description EAN 4007220 POS packaging (with handle) 1212 200 8 542293 5 PF 1212 VZ 200 H1/2 File rasp (1512) Rectangular file with different cuts on both flat sides. Version with tang and ergonomic file handle. Cross cut 1 on front side for roughing, rasp cut 1 on back side for rasping and one cut edge. Advantages: ■■For roughing and sharpening using the same tool. ■■Suitable for versatile use. Materials that can be worked: soft non-ferrous metal, wood, plastics, steel Applications: deburring, cutting out holes, surface work, work on edges PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Cross cut 1/rasp cut 1 Cross section [mm] Incl. handle 20.0 x 5.0 FH 4/1 Description EAN 4007220 POS packaging (with handle) 1512 200 Page Catalogue 14 1 8 542149 5 PF 1512 VZ 200 H1/1

Files for the workshop Special files 1 Universal sharpening file (1212) Rectangular file, tanged and single cut 2 on two sides, with rounded, uncut narrow edges and ergonomic file handle. Often referred to as a lawnmower file. Suitable for sharpening cutting tools. Advantages: ■■Long tool life. ■■High surface quality with optimum cutting performance. Materials that can be worked: steel, cast steel Applications: deburring, sharpening PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Single cut 2 Cross section [mm] Incl. handle 25.0 x 4.5 FH 4/1 Description EAN 4007220 POS packaging (with handle) 1212 200 8 542286 5 PF 1212 ruk 200 H2 Fitter’s file (611) Rectangular file with different milled cuts, tanged and with ergonomic file handle. Straight cut with chip breaker on front side, radial cut on back side, uncut edges. Suitable for various materials and for synthetic resin fillers or wood containing nails as well as steels up to 1,200 N/mm² and cast steel or for work on soldered seams. Advantages: ■■Extremely robust design. ■■Suitable for versatile use. Materials that can be worked: aluminium, soft non-ferrous metal, wood, plastics, steel, cast steel Applications: deburring, work on edges, surface work, roughing PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Radial 1/straight 2 Cross section [mm] Incl. handle 24.0 x 5.3 FH 4/1 Description EAN 4007220 POS packaging (with handle) 611 250 10 542309 5 PF 611 250 Z1/2 Catalogue Page 1 15

Files for the workshop Special files Files for aluminium, hand (1612 w) Rectangular file, tanged and special cut on three sides, one edge uncut. Shape A according to DIN 7261. Particularly suitable for work on soft metals. Advantages: ■■Special tooth geometry prevents the file from clogging. ■■Good surface. ■■Labour-saving work. Materials that can be worked: aluminium, soft non-ferrous metal, plastics Applications: deburring, surface work Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 0 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 25.0 x 6.0 30.0 x 6.5 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 Description EAN 4007220 1612 w 250 300 10 12 005798 005804 10 5 1612 w 250 H0 1612 w 300 H0 Files for aluminium, half-round (1652 w) Half-round file, tanged with cut on two sides. Shape E according to DIN 7261. Outstanding filing performance thanks to the PFERD spiral cut on the half-round side. Particularly suitable for work on soft metals. Advantages: ■■Special tooth geometry prevents the file from clogging. ■■Good surface. ■■Labour-saving work. Materials that can be worked: aluminium, soft non-ferrous metal, plastics Applications: deburring, surface work Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 0 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 25.0 x 7.0 30.0 x 8.5 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 Description EAN 4007220 1652 w Page Catalogue 16 1 250 300 10 12 006375 006399 10 5 1652 w 250 H0 1652 w 300 H0

Files for the workshop Special files 1 Files for plastics Rectangular file, tanged and cross cut on three sides, one edge uncut. The cross cut is characterised by a particularly high stock removal rate. Also well suited to work on plastics, particularly duroplastics. Advantages: ■■Particularly high stock removal rate. ■■Suitable for versatile use. Materials that can be worked: soft non-ferrous metal, plastics Applications: deburring, work on edges Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Cross cut Cross section [mm] Matching handle 16.0 x 2.8 20.0 x 3.5 FH 3 FH 4/1 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 25.0 x 6.0 30.0 x 6.5 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 Description EAN 4007220 1312 150 200 6 8 006887 006894 10 10 1312 150 1312 200 Lathe files Rectangular file, tanged and cut on two sides, two edges uncut. Shape H according to DIN 7261. Suitable for deburring parts turned on a lathe. Advantages: ■■Opposed direction of the cut on the front and back side causes the file to move away from the chuck during lathe work. This improves safety. Materials that can be worked: aluminium, hard non-ferrous metal, plastics, steel, cast steel Applications: deburring, work on edges Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 250 300 10 12 Cut Single cut Description EAN 4007220 1612 DE 011713 011720 10 5 1612 DE 250 H1 1612 DE 300 H1 Catalogue Page 1 17

Files for the workshop Key files These small files are perfectly suited to light and delicate filing tasks, especially in tool and mouldmaking. PFERD produces the different file shapes according to DIN 7283 specifications. Advantages: Applications: ■ Versatile application. ■ Very handy design for the processing of delicate components. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Materials that can be worked: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Aluminium Copper Brass Zinc Grey cast iron Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² Cast steel Deburring Surface work Work on edges (chamfering, rounding) Sharpening Finishing Accessories: Ordering note: PFERD offers a practical quickmounting handle for key files. File tangs are reliably clamped by simply twisting the two halves of the handle. For ordering data and more information about PFERD file handles, see page 57. ■ PFERD key files are available in industrial packaging without handle or in POS packaging with wooden handle. Hand (1117) Rectangular files that are cut on three sides and uncut on one side. Version with tang. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Cross section [mm] Matching handle Incl. handle 010624 010648 10.0 x 1.4 16.0 x 1.8 FH 2 FH 2 - 10 10 1117 100 H2 1117 150 H2 009154 10.0 x 1.4 - wooden 10 PF 1117 100 H2 2 Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1117 100 4 150 6 POS packaging (with handle) 1117 100 4 Flat (1127) Rectangular file, tapered and cut on four sides. Version with tang. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 100 150 4 6 Cut 2 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 10.0 x 1.4 16.0 x 1.8 FH 2 FH 2 Description EAN 4007220 1127 Page Catalogue 18 1 010532 010563 10 10 1127 100 H2 1127 150 H2

Files for the workshop Key files 1 Three square (1137) Triangular file, tapered and cut on three sides. Version with tang. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 100 4 Cut 2 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 5.0 FH 2 Description EAN 4007220 1137 010693 10 1137 100 H2 Square (1147) Square file, tapered and cut on four sides. Version with tang. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Cross section [mm] Matching handle Incl. handle 010716 3.0 FH 2 - 10 1147 100 H2 009185 3.0 - wooden 10 PF 1147 100 H2 Cross section [mm] Matching handle Incl. handle 010655 9.0 x 3.0 FH 2 - 10 1157 100 H2 009192 9.0 x 3.0 - wooden 10 PF 1157 100 H2 Cut Cross section [mm] Matching handle Incl. handle 010679 3.0 FH 2 - 10 1167 100 H2 009208 3.0 - wooden 10 PF 1167 100 H2 2 Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1147 100 4 POS packaging (with handle) 1147 100 4 Half-round (1157) Half-round file, cut on two sides. Version with tang. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 2 Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1157 100 4 POS packaging (with handle) 1157 100 4 Round (1167) Round file with circumferential cut. Version with tang. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 2 Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1167 100 4 POS packaging (with handle) 1167 100 4 Catalogue Page 1 19

Files for the workshop Key file sets Key file set 265 A Contains an application-oriented selection of key files. Ideal for fine and delicate filing. Contents: Six key files: ■■hand (1117) ■■flat (1127) ■■three square (1137) ■■square (1147) Length [mm] ■■half-round (1157) ■■round (1167) ■■quick-mounting handle Length [inch] Advantages: ■■Suitable for a wide range of delicate and light filing tasks. Ordering notes: ■■Supplied with quick-mounting handle no. 210 in a plastic pouch to protect against dirt and damage. Cut Description 2 EAN 4007220 100 4 011386 1 265 A 100 H2 Key file set 265 B Contains an application-oriented selection of key files. Ideal for fine and delicate filing. Contents: Six key files: ■■hand (1117) ■■flat (1127) ■■three square (1137) ■■square (1147) Length [mm] ■■half-round (1157) ■■round (1167) Length [inch] Advantages: ■■Suitable for a wide range of delicate and light filing tasks. Ordering notes: ■■Supplied with mounted wooden handles in a plastic pouch to protect against dirt and damage. Cut Description 2 EAN 4007220 100 4 011393 1 265 B 100 H2 Key file set 265 K Contains an application-oriented selection of key files. Ideal for fine and delicate filing. Contents: Six key files: ■■hand (1117) ■■flat (1127) ■■three square (1137) ■■square (1147) Length [mm] ■■half-round (1157) ■■round (1167) Length [inch] Advantages: ■■Suitable for a wide range of delicate and light filing tasks. Ordering notes: ■■Supplied with mounted wooden handles in a metal box to protect against dirt and damage. Cut Description 2 EAN 4007220 100 Page Catalogue 20 1 4 011362 1 265 K 100 H2

Files for the workshop Tungsten point file 1 Tungsten point file Rectangular file with flat handle and cut 2 on two sides. Shape A according to DIN 7283. Very thin file, which is particularly suitable for work on contacts and in narrow grooves and slots. Advantages: ■■The punched file handle eliminates the need for an additional handle. ■■Very small cross section for use in keyways. ■■Handy design. Materials that can be worked: soft non-ferrous metal, steel, cast steel Applications: deburring, surface work Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 2 Cross section [mm] Description EAN 4007220 1118 A 100 4 010747 8.0 x 1.2 10 1118 A 100 H2 Catalogue Page 1 21

Car body files General information Cross section of a file tooth Enlarged tenfold Tooth face PFERD car body files are not just needed for automotive body work They are ideal for any surface work on sheet metal, non-ferrous metals and plastics requiring a particularly smooth and scratch-free finish. The surfaces can be painted immediately after filing. No subsequent polishing is necessary, as there are no scratches. The positive rake angle, the convex shape and the unsurpassed sharpness of the teeth provide outstanding filing performance and an optimum surface quality for professional users of PFERD milled car body files. Ideal tooth shape Flute Cross section of a car body file Illustration of convex shape The teeth of the car body files are milled from solid material, as distinct from the usual cutting process. Each individual tooth is designed to ensure that the chip rolls up before the rounded tooth face and is found in the large flute. A special finishing treatment produces razor-sharp tooth edges that give these files an outstanding stock removal rate. The car body files are available in five tooth versions and in cross-cut form. Convex shape prevents scratches The convex shape means that the cutting area is not flat, but higher in the middle than around the file edges. The height difference is about 0.4 mm. This special cross-section shape prevents the edges of the file from coming into contact with the workpiece during processing, thus preventing scratches. Materials that can be worked: Applications: ■ Aluminium ■ Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² ■ Levelling ■ Surface work Adjustable holders for car body files Adjustable holders for car body files This ergonomic and particularly lightweight holder permits individual tensioning of car body file blades to match the surface contour of the workpiece. Advantages: ■■The bending radius of the file can be steplessly adjusted via the tensioning system. ■■Particularly lightweight plastic design without plasticizer. ■■Can be used in a focused manner or over a wide area as the car body file can be used curved as well as straight. Suitable for file length [mm] Suitable for file length [inch] EAN 4007220 350 14 097915 ■■Enables work with low levels of fatigue thanks to vibration-damping rubber pad. PFERDVALUE:          Description 1 KFH 350 Adjustable holders for car body files This ergonomic holder permits individual tensioning of car body file blades to match the surface contour of the workpiece. Advantages: ■■The bending radius of the file can be steplessly adjusted via the tensioning system. Suitable for file length [mm] Suitable for file length [inch] EAN 4007220 300 350 12 14 016374 016381 Page Catalogue 22 1 ■■Can be used in a focused manner. ■■The die-cast aluminium structure is lightweight and stable. Description 1 1 BH 125/300 BH 125/350

Car body files Car body file blades 1 Car body file blades Car body file blades can be tensioned individually in the car body file holder and can be adapted to match the surface contour of the workpiece. Z00 Z0 Z1 Z2 Z3 SK Advantages: ■■The bending radius of the file can be steplessly adjusted via the tensioning system. ■■Convex shape of the file prevents unwanted scratches. ■■Can be used in a focused manner. ■■Razor-sharp tooth edges. Profile Length [mm] 299 b 300 300 300 350 350 350 350 350 350 299 e Length [inch] Cut Type EAN 4007220 Cross section [mm] Teeth per inch 12 1 12 2 12 3 14 00 14 0 14 1 14 2 14 3 14 Special cross cut (SK) coarse medium fine extra-coarse very coarse coarse medium fine - 016183 016190 016206 016268 016220 016237 016244 016251 016312 31.0 x 4.7 31.0 x 4.7 31.0 x 4.7 36.0 x 5.8 36.0 x 5.2 36.0 x 4.7 36.0 x 4.7 36.0 x 4.7 36.0 x 4.7 9 10 12 7 8 9 10 12 - Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 299 b 300 Z1 299 b 300 Z2 299 b 300 Z3 299 b 350 Z00 299 b 350 Z0 299 b 350 Z1 299 b 350 Z2 299 b 350 Z3 299 e 350 Car body files, tanged type Car body files, tanged type File curved in longitudinal and transverse direction (convex), tanged. Cut on one side. Advantages: ■■Convex shape of the file prevents unwanted scratches. ■■Can be used in a focused manner. Applications: deburring, work on edges (chamfering, rounding) Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 299 c 350 14 1 3 EAN Cross section 4007220 [mm] 016282 016299 34.5 x 7.6 34.5 x 7.6 Matching handle FH 5/1 FH 5/1 Description 5 5 299 c 350 H1 299 c 350 H3 Catalogue Page 1 23

Milled tooth files Paint peeler Paint peeler The small design of the paint peeler enables work in hard-to-reach areas. It is used for finishing the smallest painted surfaces with the corresponding plastic holder. This plastic holder allows for very fine adjustment of the file using two adjusting screws. Suitable for smoothing, correcting painting faults such as impurities, dust particles and air bubbles as well as removing extremely thin paint layers. Advantages: ■■Convex shape of the file prevents unwanted scratches. ■■Precision-cut, razor-sharp teeth provide a very high-quality, scratch-free surface finish. ■■Surfaces can be painted or processed immediately. ■■File blade can be used on both sides. Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 3 Industry: car, car body and trailer construction, furniture manufacture Materials that can be worked: aluminium, steels up to 1,200 N/mm² Ordering notes: ■■The paint peeler is supplied together with a file. ■■Replacement file for paint peelers: LAHF 50 Z3 Cross section [mm] Replacement file Description EAN 4007220 Paint peeler 50 Replacement file for paint peelers 50 2 016428 36.0 x 4.7 LAHF 50 Z3 1 LAH Z3 2 016329 36.0 x 4.7 - 10 LAHF 50 Z3 Universal chamfer file Universal chamfer file Rectangular file in a special plastic holder, straight cut on two sides. Ideal for easy and fast repair and for deburring on the guide rails of chain saws. Regular maintenance extends the service life of the guide rail and saw chain. Increases cutting precision and safety. UKF Advantages: ■■The special holder enables easy tool control and exact, right-angled positioning of the chamfer file on the guide rail. ■■Also excellent for sharpening ski edges. KF 110 Materials that can be worked: aluminium, grey cast iron, steels up to 1,200 N/mm² Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 2 Applications: work on edges, chamfering, deburring Ordering notes: ■■The universal chamfer file is supplied together with a file blade. ■■Replacement file blade for universal chamfer file: KF 110 Z2 Cross section [mm] Replacement file Description EAN 4007220 Universal chamfer file 110 Replacement file blade 110 Page Catalogue 24 1 4-1/2 016008 - KF 110 Z2 1 UKF Z2 4-1/2 015995 31.0 x 4.7 - 10 KF 110 Z2

Milled tooth files Milled tooth files, tanged type 1 Milled tooth files from PFERD are particularly well suited to coarse stock removal. The highly abrasive milled tooth geometry with large flutes prevents clogging. Advantages: Materials that can be worked: ■ Very aggressive. ■ No clogging thanks to the large flutes. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Recommendations for use: ■ Choose cut 1 with 8 teeth per inch for coarse stock removal. ■ Choose cut 2 with 11 teeth per inch for medium stock removal. ■ Choose cut 3 with 17 teeth per inch for fine stock removal. Aluminium Grey cast iron Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² Cast steel Copper Brass Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ Levelling Deburring Surface work Work on edges (chamfering, rounding) Hand Rectangular file with cuts on three sides. Version with tang. Straight cut with chip breaker on the flat sides, straight cut on the high edge. Suitable for filing rectangular geometries. Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 2 1 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 25.0 x 5.5 30.0 x 6.0 36.0 x 7.0 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 FH 5/1 3 Description EAN 4007220 290 250 300 350 10 12 14 015636 015650 015681 015643 015667 015698 015674 - 10 5 5 290 250 Z... 290 300 Z... 290 350 Z... Half-round, hollow Half-round file, hollow and tapered. Version with tang. With chip breaker on the halfround side, straight cut on one side. Suitable for work on radii and for filing of half-round shapes. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 1 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 23.0 x 7.0 27.0 x 9.0 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 Description EAN 4007220 295 250 300 10 12 015711 015735 10 5 295 250 Z1 295 300 Z1 Catalogue Page 1 25

Milled tooth files Milled tooth file blades Hand Rectangular file with two bores for mounting on the file holder, straight cut with chip breaker on the flat sides. Materials that can be worked: aluminium, grey cast iron, cast steel, steels up to 1,200 N/mm² Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 300 350 12 14 Cut 2 1 Cross section [mm] Matching holder 31.0 x 4.7 36.0 x 4.7 296a/300 296a/350 Description EAN 4007220 296 015834 015858 015841 015865 5 5 296 300 Z... 296 350 Z... Holder for file blades Holder for file blades This reusable, ergonomic file holder gives optimum file control and optimum filing results. Can be used for car body file blades, comes in two sizes for all PFERD milled file blades. Advantages: ■■Quick tool changes without special tools. ■■Handy design. Page Catalogue 26 1 Suitable for EAN 4007220 Matching handle 296 300 mm 296 350 mm 015896 015902 FH 5/1 FH 5/1 Description 1 1 296a/300 296a/350

Tungsten carbide files Tungsten carbide files Tungsten carbide files, flat type Flat tungsten carbide files for work on flat, convex and concave surfaces. Advantages: ■■The best results thanks to radial and convex cut pattern. 1 HMF 5010/1 HMF 13220/1 ■■Tungsten carbide files can be resharpened. Ordering notes: ■■HMF 5010/1, HMF 13220/1: Rectangular files, convex in transverse and longitudinal direction, cut on one side. ■■HMF 5010/2, HMF 13220/2: Rectangular file, convex in transverse direction, cut on two sides, one of which has chip breakers. ■■Holders for tungsten carbide files (HMFH) must be ordered separately. Materials that can be worked: steel, steel materials with a hardness > 54 HRC Recommendations for use: ■■Use tungsten carbide files without chip breakers to achieve a very high surface quality. ■■Use tungsten carbide files with chip breakers to achieve a high stock removal rate. HMF 5010/2 HMF 13220/2 Length [mm] Length [inch] EAN 4007220 Teeth per cm Cross section [mm] Chip breaker Matching holder 50 2 016435 016442 10 6.5 10 x 5.0 10 x 5.0 HMFH 50 HMFH 50 1 1 HMF 5010/1 HMF 5010/2 132 5 1/4 016473 016480 6.5 5 20 x 7.0 20 x 7.0 without 1 side without, 1 side with without 1 side without, 1 side with HMFH 132 HMFH 132 1 1 HMF 13220/1 HMF 13220/2 Tungsten carbide files, round type HMF 1050 Round tungsten carbide files for work on concave shapes and for refining inner radii, e.g. drip edges. Round tungsten carbide files with circumferential cut. The mounting system in the HMFH 51 R file holder allows the files to be rotated around their own axis in 60º steps. Advantages: ■■The unique tooth geometry ensures optimum results. ■■Can be used 360º. Description Materials that can be worked: steel, steel materials with a hardness > 54 HRC HMF 1250 Ordering notes: ■■Please order holders for tungsten carbide files (HMFH 51 R) separately. Length [mm] Length [inch] EAN 4007220 Teeth per cm Dia. [mm] Matching holder 50 2 016459 016466 8 8 10.0 12.0 HMFH 51 R HMFH 51 R Description 1 1 HMF 1050 HMF 1250 Holder for tungsten carbide files Holder for tungsten carbide files HMFH 50 Reusable and ergonomically shaped file holder with ergonomic file handle. Advantages: ■■Optimal file control is guaranteed. ■■The best results. ■■Rapid tool change. Ordering notes: ■■Please order tungsten carbide files separately. HMFH 132 HMFH 51 R PFERDVALUE:    Matching tungsten carbide files EAN 4007220 HMF 5010/1, HMF 5010/2 HMF 13220/1, HMF 13220/2 HMF 1050, HMF 1250 016398 016411 016404 Description 1 1 1 HMFH 50 HMFH 132 HMFH 51 R Catalogue Page 1 27

Sharpening files Three square saw files Triangular files, tapered to the tip with tang. Cut on three sides and three edges. Advantages: Applications: ■ Good stock removal rate. ■ Long service life. ■ Versatile application. ■ Sharpening Ordering notes: ■ Type POS is supplied with ergonomic file handle. ■ Available in the versions regular, slim, extra slim, and ultra-slim according to DIN 7262. Materials that can be worked: ■ Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² ■ Cast steel PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends the ergonomic file handle for comfortable work. Saw files, normal (1232) PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Cross section [mm] Matching handle Incl. handle 010310 010327 010358 10.0 12.0 18.0 FH 3 FH 3 FH 4 - 10 10 10 1232 125 H2 1232 150 H2 1232 250 H2 542347 542354 10.0 12.0 - FH 3 FH 3 5 5 PF 1232 125 H2 PF 1232 150 H2 2 Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1232 125 5 150 6 250 10 POS packaging (with handle) 1232 125 5 150 6 Saw files, slim (1237) PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 2 Cross section [mm] Matching handle Incl. handle Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1237 100 125 150 175 200 POS packaging (with handle) 1237 125 150 Page Catalogue 28 1 4 5 6 7 8 010365 010389 010396 010402 010419 6.0 7.0 8.5 10.0 12.0 FH 2 FH 2 FH 3 FH 4 FH 4 - 10 10 10 10 10 1237 100 H2 1237 125 H2 1237 150 H2 1237 175 H2 1237 200 H2 5 6 542361 542378 7.0 8.5 - FH 2 FH 3 5 5 PF 1237 125 H2 PF 1237 150 H2

Sharpening files Three square saw files 1 Saw files, extra slim (1238) PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Cross section [mm] Matching handle Incl. handle 010426 010457 5.0 7.0 FH 2 FH 2 - 10 10 1238 100 H2 1238 150 H2 542408 7.0 - FH 2 5 PF 1238 150 H2 2 Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1238 100 4 150 6 POS packaging (with handle) 1238 150 6 Saw files, ultra-slim tapers (1239) Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 2 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 4.7 8.0 FH 2 FH 3 Description EAN 4007220 1239 125 200 5 8 328286 328316 10 10 1239 125 H2 1239 200 H2 Fine saw file Triangular file with knife profile, tanged. Cut on two sides and the narrow edge. PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Cross section [mm] Matching handle Incl. handle 011157 6.5 x 4.8 FH 2 - 10 340 110 H2 542415 6.5 x 4.8 - FH 2 5 PF 340 110 H2 2 Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 340 110 4 1/2 POS packaging (with handle) 340 110 4 1/2 Cantsaw file (1230) Triangular file, tanged. Cut on three sides, non-equilateral triangular shape. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 2 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 19.5 x 11.0 FH 4 Description EAN 4007220 1230 200 8 011171 10 1230 200 H2 Catalogue Page 1 29

Sharpening files Three square saw files Band saw files (1231) Triangular file, tapered with tang. Cut on three sides, round cut edges. Shape D according to DIN 7262. Suitable for sharpening saw blades. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 2 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 14.6 15.5 17.0 FH 3 FH 4 FH 4 Description EAN 4007220 1231 150 175 200 6 7 8 011096 011102 011119 10 10 10 1231 150 H2 1231 175 H2 1231 200 H2 Knife sharpening files Knife sharpening files (1272) Triangular file with knife profile, tanged. Cut on two sides and the narrow edge. Shape G according to DIN 7262. Ordering notes: ■■Type POS is supplied with an ergonomic file handle. PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Cross section [mm] Matching handle Incl. handle 010853 010860 20.0 x 6.4 x 1.5 25.0 x 7.9 x 1.75 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 - 10 10 1272 200 H2 1272 250 H2 542385 20.0 x 6.4 x 1.5 - FH 4/1 5 PF 1272 200 H2 2 Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1272 200 8 250 10 POS packaging (with handle) 1272 200 8 Featheredge file Featheredge file File with rhomboid cross section with feather edge profile, tanged. Cut on four sides. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 2 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 32.0 x 6.0 FH 5/1 Description EAN 4007220 305 Page Catalogue 30 1 200 8 010884 10 305 200 H2

Sharpening files Mill saw files 1 Mill saw files (1212) Rectangular file, tanged. Available in three versions: With two straight edges (1212), with one round and one straight edge (1212 gr), with two round edges (1212 r) and cut on four sides. Shape E according to DIN 7276. Ordering notes: ■■Type POS is supplied with an ergonomic file handle. gr PFERDVALUE: r    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Cross section [mm] Matching handle Incl. handle 010914 010921 010938 20.0 x 3.5 25.0 x 4.5 30.0 x 5.0 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 - 10 10 10 1212 200 H2 1212 250 H2 1212 300 H2 010945 010952 010976 010983 16.0 x 3.0 20.0 x 3.5 25.0 x 4.5 30.0 x 5.0 FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 - 10 10 10 10 1212 gr 150 H2 1212 gr 200 H2 1212 gr 250 H2 1212 gr 300 H2 542248 20.0 x 3.5 - FH 4/1 5 PF 1212 gr 200 H2 011003 011027 011034 20.0 x 3.5 25.0 x 4.5 30.0 x 5.0 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 - 10 10 10 1212 r 200 H2 1212 r 250 H2 1212 r 300 H2 542255 542279 20.0 x 3.5 25.0 x 4.5 - FH 4/1 FH 4/1 5 5 PF 1212 r 200 H2 PF 1212 r 250 H2 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 16.0 x 3.0 20.0 x 3.5 25.0 x 4.5 30.0 x 5.0 FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 2 Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1212 200 8 250 10 300 12 Industrial packaging (without handle) – gr 1212 gr 150 6 200 8 250 10 300 12 POS packaging (with handle) – gr 1212 gr 200 8 Industrial packaging (without handle) – r 1212 r 200 8 250 10 300 12 POS packaging (with handle) – r 1212 r 200 8 250 10 Mill saw files, US type 1212 SP (“Mill file”) Rectangular file, tapered with tang. Cut on four sides. Shape E according to DIN 7262. Applications: sharpening, deburring, surface work Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 150 200 250 300 6 8 10 12 1 Cut 2 3 Description EAN 4007220 1212 SP 011546 011577 011607 011638 011584 011614 011645 011560 011591 011621 011652 10 10 10 10 1212 SP 150 H... 1212 SP 200 H... 1212 SP 250 H... 1212 SP 300 H... Catalogue Page 1 31

Sharpening files Chain saw files Chain saw files, round Round file for manual sharpening of saw chains with precise spiral cut for outstanding sharpness and particularly long tool life. For fast, score-free sharpening of saw teeth. In comparison to machine sharpening, these files remove stock sparingly without thermal loads due to friction on the metal. Advantages: ■■Classic Line: Optimum combination of tool life and stock removal rate, aggressive filing for quick sharpening. ■■Premium Line: Perfect sharpness thanks to innovative spiral cut, for ensuring a fine tooth surface for maximum cutting performance and a gentler feel to the tool whilst filing. Applications: sharpening Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired Performance Line. ■■Available in different diameters, suitable for all common saw chains. ■■Packaging units of 6 and 60 pieces in a practical cardboard box. Materials that can be worked: steels up to 1,200 N/mm² Profile Length Length Dia. Dia. [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] Performance Line Classic Line Premium Line Chain pitch [inch] Matching handle Description EAN 4007220 412 200 8 3.5 4.0 4.5 4.8 5.16 5.5 6.3 7.0 7.9 9/64 5/32 11/64 3/16 13/64 7/32 1/4 9/32 5/16 005194 005217 005224 005231 005248 005255 005262 005279 005286 021897 021910 021927 021934 021941 - 1/4 LP* SH 220 1/4 , 3/8 LP* FH 2 .325 FH 2 .325 HKSF 100, FH 2, FH 3 3/8 HKSF 100, FH 3 3/8 , 404 HKSF 100, FH 3 HKSF 100, FH 3 HKSF 100, FH 3 3/4 HKSF 100, FH 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 412 200 x 3,5 ... 412 200 x 4,0 ... 412 200 x 4,5 ... 412 200 x 4,8 ... 412 200 x 5,16 ... 412 200 x 5,5 ... 412 200 x 6,3 ... 412 200 x 7,0 ... 412 200 x 7,9 ... Always observe the current guidelines and recommendations of the equipment and saw chain manufacturers. * LP = Low Profile Packing system for PFERD chain saw files Pack of 6 6 chain saw files Page Catalogue 32 1 Display box 60 chain saw files = 10 packs of 6 You can find matching ergonomic file handles for PFERD chain saw files on page 56.

Sharpening files Chain saw files 1 Chain saw files in plastic pouch 3 pc. packaging Three round files with spiral cut in promotional plastic packaging to protect against dirt and damage. Advantages: ■■The opening on the front of the packaging makes it easier to remove and return the files. ■■Classic Line: Optimum combination of tool life and stock removal rate, aggressive filing for quick sharpening. ■■Premium Line: Perfect sharpness thanks to innovative spiral cut, for ensuring a fine Profile Length Length Dia. Dia. [mm] [inch] [mm] [inch] tooth surface for maximum cutting performance and a gentler feel to the tool whilst filing. Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired Performance Line. ■■Chain saw files 412, file diameter 3.2 mm, are supplied with a round cylindrical tang. ■■One packaging unit contains four plastic packs, each containing three files. Performance Line Classic Line Premium Line Chain pitch [inch] Matching handle Description EAN 4007220 POS packaging 412 200 8 3.2 4.0 4.5 4.8 5.16 5.5 1/8 5/32 11/64 3/16 13/64 7/32 959534 958803 072868 958810 056875 958827 056899 072875 057339 063965 064214 1/4 LP* SH 220 1/4 , 3/8 LP* FH 2 .325 FH 2 .325 HKSF 100, FH 2, FH 3 3/8 HKSF 100, FH 3 3/8 , 404 HKSF 100, FH 3 12 12 12 12 12 12 412 4x3 200 3,2 ... 412 4x3 200 4,0 ... 412 4x3 200 4,5 ... 412 4x3 200 4,8 ... 412 4x3 200 5,16 ... 412 4x3 200 5,5 ... Always observe the current guidelines and recommendations of the equipment and saw chain manufacturers. * LP = Low Profile Chain saw files in plastic pouch 2 pc. packaging Two round Classic Line files with spiral cut in promotional plastic packaging to protect against dirt and damage. Advantages: ■■The overlapping opening on the rear ensures that no files can inadvertently slide out of the packaging. Profile Length Length [mm] [inch] Dia. [mm] Dia. [inch] ■■Classic Line: Optimum combination of tool life and stock removal rate, aggressive filing for quick sharpening. Ordering notes: ■■One packaging unit contains twenty plastic packs, each containing two files. Performance Line Chain pitch [inch] Matching handle Description Classic Line EAN 4007220 POS packaging 412 200 8 4.0 4.8 5.16 5.5 5/32 3/16 13/64 7/32 005408 005415 045718 005422 1/4 , 3/8 LP* FH 2 .325 HKSF 100, FH 2, FH 3 3/8 HKSF 100, FH 3 3/8 , 404 HKSF 100, FH 3 40 40 40 40 4122 SK-4,0 200 Classic 4122 SK-4,8 200 Classic 4122 SK-5,16 200 Classic 4122 SK-5,5 200 Classic Always observe the current guidelines and recommendations of the equipment and saw chain manufacturers. * LP = Low Profile Catalogue Page 1 33

Sharpening files Chain saw files Wooden handles for chain saw files The wooden handle for chain saw files has an angular contact surface which maintains a 35° filing angle for accurate, even sharpening of all chainsaw teeth. Advantages: ■■Optimized filing angle ensures precise, even filing. Suitable for chain saw file diameter [mm] EAN 4007220 Overall length [mm] 4.8 / 5.16 / 5.5 / 6.3 / 7.0 / 7.9 015407 015391 100 100 Description 10 100 HKSF 100/10 HKSF 100/100 Ergonomic file handle, chain saw gauge FH 1 KSF The chain saw gauge supports consistent sharpening results by providing the correct sharpening angle. It is attached to the stud of the ergonomic file handle FH 1 KSF. Ordering notes: ■■Please order ergonomic file handle FH 1 KSF separately. ■■The chain saw gauge is available in two versions: an angle of 25°/30° and an angle of 30°/35°. KSSL Suitable for chain saw file diameter [mm] EAN 4007220 Overall length [mm] 4.0 / 4.5 / 4.8 / 5.16 / 5.5 535707 551899 536308 120 - / PRAXIS PFERD Tools for Forestry FOCUS TRUST BLUE ■ Quality tools to sharpen instruments used in forestry for easier and more efficient work ■ Reduction in costs for expensive manual work with a constant filing performance You can find information on the maintenance and care of a saw chain and on the repair of other forestry tools in the “PFERD tools for forestry” PRAXIS FOCUS brochure. In our pocket guide “Sharpening saw chains”, we have concisely summarised all the important information that you need for sharpening your saw chains. Sharpening saw chains TRUST BLUE The fast way to the perfectly sharpened saw chain ■ The perfectly sharpened saw chain in a few steps 1 Page Catalogue 34 1 PFERDVALUE:    Description 10 10 10 FH 1 KSF KSSL 25/30 KSSL 30/35

Sharpening files Chain saw sharpeners CHAIN SHARP 1 Chain saw sharpeners from PFERD are exceptionally well suited to the manual sharpening of saw chains. Manual sharpening is more economic and much more gentle than machine-based sharpening, and can prolong the operating life of the saw chain. Advantages: Materials that can be worked: ■ Flexible use on-site due to compact device design. ■ Easy to use and defined sharpening angle. ■ Long operating life due to interchangeable files. ■ Precise and uniform sharpening result, even for inexperienced users. ■ Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² Applications: ■ Sharpening CHAIN SHARP CS-X chain saw sharpeners CS-X-3,2 The CHAIN SHARP CS-X chain saw sharpener stands out due to its excellent file position, ergonomic shape and easier operation. The device provides a sharpening angle of 30°. The defined depth gauge distance can be found in the table. Contents: The chain saw sharpener consists of: ■■One sharpener ■■One depth gauge file ■■Two Classic Line chain saw files Advantages: ■■Turn the device over to change from the right to the left tooth – no conversion work required. ■■Optimized shape for precise guidance and optimal sharpening results. ■■Improved design makes it easy to replace the files. ■■For simultaneously sharpening the saw teeth and adjusting the depth gauge. Ordering notes: ■■PFERD offers five types of the CHAIN SHARP CS-X chain saw sharpener adapted to different chain pitches. ■■The sharpener is supplied with detailed operating instructions in a transparent, reusable plastic pouch which protects against damage and dirt. CS-X-4,0 CS-X-4,8 CS-X-5,16 CS-X-5,5 PFERDVALUE:       Suitable for chain saw file diameter [mm] Suitable for chain saw file diameter [inch] EAN 4007220 Chain pitch [inch] Depth gauge distance [mm] Matching depth gauge file POS packaging 3.2 4.0 4.8 5.16 5.5 1/8 5/32 3/16 13/64 7/32 943731 835913 835920 835937 835944 1/4 LP* 3/8 LP* .325 3/8 .404 0.45 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.75 4132 4132 4132 4132 4132 Description 1 1 1 1 1 CS-X-3,2 CS-X-4,0 CS-X-4,8 CS-X-5,16 CS-X-5,5 * LP = Low Profile Catalogue Page 1 35

Sharpening files Chain saw sharpeners CHAIN SHARP KSSG 90 CHAIN SHARP KSSG chain saw sharpeners KSSG 91 You can convert the device for sharpening the right and left cutting teeth in a few steps. The device provides a sharpening angle of 35°. The defined depth gauge distance can be found in the table. Contents: The chain saw sharpener consists of: ■■One sharpener ■■One Classic Line chain saw file ■■One depth gauge file ■■One ergonomic file handle FH 1 KSF Advantages: ■■Maximum precision for optimal sharpening results. ■■For simultaneously sharpening the saw teeth and adjusting the depth gauge. Ordering notes: ■■Available in three types that are adapted to different chain pitches. ■■The sharpener is supplied with detailed operating instructions in a transparent, reusable plastic pouch which protects against damage and dirt. PFERDVALUE:    Suitable for chain saw file diameter [mm] Suitable for chain saw file diameter [inch] EAN 4007220 Chain pitch [inch] Depth gauge distance [mm] Matching depth gauge file POS packaging 4.0 4.8 / 5.5 5/32 3/16 , 7/32 005460 005439 005446 3/8 LP* .325 3/8 0.65 0.65 0.65 4131 4130 4130 Description 1 1 1 KSSG 91-4,0 KSSG 90-4,8 KSSG 90-5,5 * LP = Low Profile CHAIN SHARP CS-MT chain saw sharpeners The compact CHAIN SHARP CS-MT sharpening solution combines a chain saw file and a depth gauge file in one ergonomic tool. The defined elevation of the chain saw file makes sharpening the saw teeth easier and prevents the connecting links of the saw chain from being damaged. The side-mounted depth gauge file allows you to individually set the depth limit. The gauge provided gives depth spacings of 0.65 mm (.025”) for harder wood or 0.75 mm (.030”) for softer wood. Contents: The chain saw sharpener consists of: ■■One sharpener ■■One Classic Line chain saw file ■■One depth limit file ■■One ergonomic file handle ■■One depth gauge Ordering notes: ■■Available in four designs for the most common chain pitches. ■■The sharpener is supplied with detailed operating instructions in a belt pouch which protects against damage and dirt. PFERDVALUE: Advantages: ■■Compact sharpener. ■■Depth gauge can be individually adjusted. ■■Suitable for all common chain saw files. ■■Long tool life with PFERD files. Suitable for chain saw file diameter [mm] Suitable for chain saw file diameter [inch] EAN 4007220 Chain pitch [inch] Matching depth gauge file 5/32 3/16 13/64 7/32 098646 098677 098684 098707 3/8 LP* .325 3/8 .404 1213 ruk 150 1213 ruk 150 1213 ruk 150 1213 ruk 150       Description POS packaging 4.0 4.8 5.16 5.5 * LP = Low Profile Page Catalogue 36 1 1 1 1 1 CS-MT-4,0 CS-MT-4,8 CS-MT-5,16 CS-MT-5,5

Sharpening files Depth gauge files 1 Depth gauge file for CHAIN SHARP CS-X Rectangular file with cut on two sides. Suitable for the CHAIN SHARP CS-X chain saw sharpener. Advantages: ■■Stock removal rate is precisely tailored to the depth gauge. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut EAN 4007220 Cross section [mm] Suitable for 4132 200 8 2 831335 9.0 x 6.0 CS-X-3,2, CS-X-4,0, CS-X 4,8, CS-X 5,16, CS-X 5,5 Depth gauge files for CHAIN SHARP KSSG Description 10 4132 200 4130 Rectangular file with cut on two sides. Available in two different cross sections. Suitable for the CHAIN SHARP KSSG chain saw sharpener. 4131 Advantages: ■■Stock removal rate is precisely tailored to the depth gauge. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut EAN 4007220 Cross section [mm] Suitable for 4130 4131 200 200 8 8 2 2 011218 011225 9.0 x 6.0 7.0 x 4.5 KSSG 90-4,8, KSSG 90-5,5 KSSG 91-4,0 Description 10 10 4130 200 4131 200 Flat chain saw files for depth gauges Rectangular file, tanged with two round uncut edges and cut on two sides. Shape F according to DIN 7262. Flat chain saw files are used to file the depth gauges of saw chains. Advantages: ■■Stock removal rate is precisely tailored to the depth gauge. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 2 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 16.0 x 3.0 20.0 x 3.5 FH 3 FH 4/1 Description EAN 4007220 1213 ruk 150 200 6 8 011041 011058 10 10 1213 ruk 150 H2 1213 ruk 200 H2 Catalogue Page 1 37

Files and rasps for wood Wood files PFERD quality files which are particularly suited to the coarse stock removal of wood. Advantages: Applications: ■ High stock removal rate. ■ Good chip removal. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Materials that can be worked: ■ Wood ■ Plastics Surface work Filing of radius areas Filing of half-round shapes Deburring Work on edges (chamfering, rounding) Wood files Half-round file with special file cut on two sides. Shape C according to DIN 7263. Version with tang. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut 2 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 20.0 x 6.0 25.0 x 7.0 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 Description EAN 4007220 1159 200 250 8 10 006368 006382 10 10 1159 200 H2 1159 250 H2 Cabinet files Half-round file, tapered with special cut on two sides. Flatter and wider design in comparison to the half-round file. Shape F according to DIN 7263. Version with tang. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 200 250 8 10 Cut 1 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 23.0 x 4.7 29.0 x 6.0 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 Description EAN 4007220 1158 Page Catalogue 38 1 009840 009857 5 5 1158 200 H1 1158 250 H1

Files and rasps for wood Wood rasps 1 PFERD quality rasps which are particularly suited to the coarse stock removal of wood. Advantages: Applications: ■ High stock removal rate. ■ Good chip removal. ■ ■ ■ ■ Materials that can be worked: Ordering note: Deburring Surface work Chamfering Work on edges (chamfering, rounding) ■ Type POS is supplied with ergonomic file handle. ■ Please specify the desired cut. PFERDVALUE: ■ Wood PFERDERGONOMICS recommends the ergonomic file handle for comfortable work. Hand wood rasps Rectangular file with cut on three sides, flat sides with rasp cut, one edge with file cut, one edge uncut. Shape A according to DIN 7263. Version with tang. PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Cross section [mm] Matching handle Incl. handle 009550 009574 20.0 x 6.5 25.0 x 7.5 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 - 10 10 1512 200 H... 1512 250 H... 542125 542132 20.0 x 6.5 25.0 x 7.5 - FH 4/1 FH 4/1 5 5 PF 1512 200 H... PF 1512 250 H... 2 1 Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1512 200 8 250 10 009567 POS packaging (with handle) 1512 200 8 250 10 - Half-round wood rasps Half-round file, tapered with rasp cut on two sides. Shape C according to DIN 7263. Version with tang. PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 1 Cut 2 3 Cross Matching section handle [mm] Incl. handle Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1552 150 6 200 8 009611 250 10 009659 300 12 009697 POS packaging (with handle) 1552 150 6 200 8 542187 250 10 - 009598 009628 009666 009703 009673 - 16.0 x 6.0 21.0 x 7.5 25.0 x 8.5 30.0 x 10.0 FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 - 10 10 10 5 1552 150 H... 1552 200 H... 1552 250 H... 1552 300 H... 542163 542194 542217 - 16.0 x 6.0 21.0 x 7.5 25.0 x 8.5 - FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 5 5 5 PF 1552 150 H... PF 1552 200 H... PF 1552 250 H... Catalogue Page 1 39

Files and rasps for wood Wood rasps Round wood rasps (1562) Round file, tapered with circumferential rasp cut. Shape E according to DIN 7263. Version with tang. Suitable for work on radii and for filing profiles with inner radii. PFERDVALUE:    Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Cross section [mm] Matching handle Incl. handle 009710 009727 9.5 11.5 FH 4 FH 4 - 10 10 1562 200 H2 1562 250 H2 542224 542231 9.5 11.5 - FH 4 FH 4 5 5 PF 1562 200 H2 PF 1562 250 H2 2 Description EAN 4007220 Industrial packaging (without handle) 1562 200 8 250 10 POS packaging (with handle) 1562 200 8 250 10 Cabinet rasps (1558) Half-round file, tapered with rasp cut on two sides. Shape D according to DIN 7263. Version with tang. Wider and flat than a half-round wood rasp. Suitable for work on surfaces, radii, half-round profiles and edges (chamfering and rounding). Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 2 Cut 3 5 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 25.0 x 6.0 29.0 x 7.0 34.0 x 8.0 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 Description EAN 4007220 1558 Page Catalogue 40 1 200 250 300 8 10 12 009758 009789 009819 009796 - 009802 - 5 5 5 1558 200 H... 1558 250 H... 1558 300 H...

Files and rasps for wood Hoof rasps 1 Hoof plane Rectangular file, tanged and cut on four sides. One side fine, one side rough. Suitable for straightening the hoof surface, for finishing the hoof wall, for filing the toes and for work on the hoof nails after undercutting. Advantages: ■■Long tool life. ■■Very good surface quality. ■■Saves on labour and reduces the strain on the back. ■■Comfortable filing for humans and animals. Materials that can be worked: wood, horn Recommendations for use: ■■The PFERD hoof plane file can be used with commercial file handles in the corresponding sizes. PFERDVALUE:       Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut milled Cross section [mm] Matching handle 44.0 x 6.0 FH 5 Description EAN 4007220 3515 350 14 809631 5 3515 350 Horse rasp, tanged type Rectangular file, tanged and cut on four sides, one flat side with a rasp cut, one flat side with a cross cut, two edges with a file cut. Shape B according to DIN 7263. Advantages: ■■Very robust tool. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Rasp/filing cut 1 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 40.0 x 6.0 FH 5 Description EAN 4007220 3510 350 14 009901 5 3510 350 H1 Catalogue Page 1 41

Files and rasps for wood Special rasps Special rasps from PFERD are used by numerous professionals in many industries for different applications. They are used for the processing of carved woodwork, plastics, relief ornaments, casting patterns and areas which are hard to reach. Advantages: Materials that can be worked: ■ Universally suitable for many materials. ■ Application-oriented versions. ■ ■ ■ ■ Wood Soft stone Plastics Horn Sculptor’s file rasp Half-round file rasp with two curved ends, each with different cuts (file cut and rasp cut). Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Description 2 EAN 4007220 3553 200 8 009932 5 3553 200 H2 Staircase maker’s file rasp File rasp with two half-round, curved ends with rasp cut on the outer radius and file cut on the inner radius. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 250 10 Cut Description 2 EAN 4007220 3554 009529 5 3554 250 H2 Staircase maker’s rasp Half-round, curved file body with rasp cut on the half-round side. Strongly curved, half-round profile allows you to work on various radii. Suitable for reworking handrails, ornaments, carved woodwork, sculptures and casting patterns. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Cut Description 2 EAN 4007220 3556 Page Catalogue 42 1 250 10 009512 2 3556 250 H2

Files and rasps for wood Needle rasps Needle rasps 2501 Needle rasps are ideal for use in hard-to-reach places, e.g. ornaments, casting patterns, carved woodwork and sculptures. 2502 1 2506 Materials that can be worked: wood, soft stones, plastics, horn 2507 Applications: deburring, surface work, work on edges, chamfering, rounding 2508 2510 Recommendations for use: ■■Needle rasps have forged shanks and can be used with and without a file handle. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 140 140 140 140 140 140 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 5 1/2 Swiss cut Shank dia. [mm] 2 Description EAN 4007220 hand half-round flat three square square round 346013 346051 346006 346020 346037 346044 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 12 12 12 12 12 12 2501 140 H2 2502 140 H2 2506 140 H2 2507 140 H2 2508 140 H2 2510 140 H2 Needle rasp set Needle rasp set Contains an application-oriented selection of needle rasps for work in hard-to-reach areas. Contents: Six needle rasps: ■■flat (2506) ■■hand (2501) ■■three square (2507) ■■square (2508) ■■round (2510) ■■half-round (2502) Materials that can be worked: wood, soft stones, plastics, horn Applications: deburring, surface work, work on edges, chamfering, rounding Advantages: ■■Can be used with or without a file handle thanks to the forged shanks. Length [mm] Ordering notes: ■■Supplied in a clearly structured plastic pouch to protect against dirt and damage. Length [inch] Swiss cut 2 Contents [pcs.] Description EAN 4007220 140 5 1/2 235522 6 1 2527 140 H2 Catalogue Page 1 43

Precision files General information PFERD precision files meet the highest demands when it comes to geometric accuracy, cutting performance and service life. Compared to machinist’s files, precision files are more exact in their geometry. They are used in jig and tool construction, especially for the manufacture of tools for the punching, forming, forging, embossing of series items etc. In addition, precision files are suitable for assembling tasks and building complex devices and machines to the highest precision standards. For all precision files, the cross section is measured at the uncut part of the file. Table of cuts for precision files Number of cuts per cm Cuts Type of file Tang files No. 800–875 100, 150 and 200 mm Tang files No. 800–875 250 mm CORINOX files No. 800–860 150 and 200 mm Needle files No. 2401–2416 CORINOX needle files No. 2301–2310 Handy files No. 2601–2610 Riffler files No. 900P–996P 150 mm Riffler files No. 710P–775P 180 mm Riffler files No. 410P–480P 300 mm Page Catalogue 44 1 Swiss cut Swiss cut Swiss cut Swiss cut Swiss cut Swiss cut Swiss cut 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 [Cuts/cm] [Cuts/cm] [Cuts/cm] [Cuts/cm] [Cuts/cm] [Cuts/cm] [Cuts/cm] 16 20 25 31 38 46 56 12 16 20 25 31 38 46 16 20 – 31 – – – 20 25 31 38 46 56 – – 25 – 38 – – – 16 – 25 – – – – – 25 – 38 – 56 – – 16 – 25 – – – – 12 – 20 – – –

Precision files Precision files, tanged Precision files, tanged 1 800 Small, handy files for use on delicate workpieces. 810 Advantages: ■■Small, handy design. ■■Particularly suitable for work on small and delicate workpieces. 815 820 830 Materials that can be worked: steels up to 1,200 N/mm² 835 Applications: deburring, surface work, work on edges (chamfering, rounding), fine finishing 840 Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. 855 845 860 865 870 875 Profile Length Length [mm] [inch] Cut 00 0 1 2 3 4 279632 279694 279755 280119 280171 280232 280447 280485 280584 280621 280744 - 279649 279700 279762 280126 280188 - Cross Matching section handle [mm] Description EAN 4007220 pottance files, hand pillar files, regular pillar files, slim pillar files, extra slim flat, slim half-round half-round, slim round three square square crossing oval knife barette 100 150 200 150 200 250 150 200 250 150 200 150 100 150 200 250 150 100 150 200 100 150 200 150 200 150 150 200 150 200 4 6 8 6 8 10 6 8 10 6 8 6 4 6 8 10 6 4 6 8 4 6 8 6 8 6 6 8 6 8 279595 279656 279717 279793 279823 279854 279885 279915 279946 279977 280003 280072 280133 280195 280256 280317 - 279601 279663 279724 279809 279830 279861 279892 279922 279953 279984 280010 280058 280089 280140 280201 280263 280324 280379 280416 280454 280553 280591 280676 280713 280812 280836 280850 280874 279618 279670 279731 280096 280157 280218 280270 280331 280423 280461 280522 280560 280607 280683 280720 - 279625 279687 279748 279816 279847 279878 279908 279939 279960 279991 280027 280065 280102 280164 280225 280348 280393 280430 280478 280539 280577 280614 280690 280737 280768 280829 280843 280867 280881 13.0 x 3.0 18.0 x 4.0 22.0 x 5.0 13.0 x 4.0 15.0 x 5.0 18.0 x 6.0 8.0 x 3.5 10.0 x 4.5 12.0 x 5.0 6.0 x 3.0 8.0 x 3.5 16.0 x 2.0 12.0 x 3.5 16.0 x 4.5 21.0 x 6.0 25.0 x 7.0 12.0 x 3.5 4.0 6.0 8.0 6.0 10.0 14.0 6.0 8.0 16.0 x 4.5 18.0 x 4.0 22.0 x 5.0 16.0 x 4.0 21.0 x 5.0 FH 2 FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 2 FH 3 FH 3 FH 2 FH 2 FH 3 FH 2 FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 3 FH 2 FH 3 FH 4 FH 2 FH 3 FH 4 FH 3 FH 4 FH 3 FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 3 FH 4/1 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 800 100 H... 800 150 H... 800 200 H... 810 150 H... 810 200 H... 810 250 H... 815 150 H... 815 200 H... 815 250 H... 820 150 H... 820 200 H... 830 150 H... 835 100 H... 835 150 H... 835 200 H... 835 250 H... 840 150 H... 845 100 H... 845 150 H... 845 200 H... 855 100 H... 855 150 H... 855 200 H... 860 150 H... 860 200 H... 865 150 H... 870 150 H... 870 200 H... 875 150 H... 875 200 H... Catalogue Page 1 45

Precision files CORINOX files CORINOX files COR 800 CORINOX files have an exceptional surface hardness grade of 1,200 HV (Vickers scale) and can be used for precise filing on very small and delicate components. COR 810 Advantages: ■■Extremely wear-resistant and sturdy thanks to high surface hardness. ■■Can also be used on materials that are difficult to file. ■■Do not clog up. ■■Chips can easily be removed by knocking the tool gently against a hard object. COR 835 COR 845 COR 855 COR 860 Materials that can be worked: stainless steel (INOX), high-temperatureresistant materials, hard non-ferrous metal, fibre-reinforced duroplastics (GRP, CRP) Applications: deburring, surface work, work on edges (chamfering, rounding), fine finishing Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 150 200 250 150 200 150 200 200 200 150 6 8 10 6 8 6 8 8 8 6 00 Swiss cut 0 2 Cross section [mm] Matching handle 18.0 x 4.0 22.0 x 5.0 25.0 x 6.0 13.0 x 4.0 15.0 x 5.0 16.0 x 4.5 21.0 x 6.0 8.0 14.0 6.0 FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4/1 FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 3 FH 4/1 FH 4 FH 4 FH 3 Description EAN 4007220 pottance files, hand pillar files, regular tang files, half-round round three square square Page Catalogue 46 1 304082 304105 669464 304136 304150 - 304099 304112 669471 304143 304167 304174 304181 304198 304211 304204 304129 669488 317785 317792 317808 317815 317822 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 COR 800 150 H... COR 800 200 H... COR 800 250 H... COR 810 150 H... COR 810 200 H... COR 835 150 H... COR 835 200 H... COR 845 200 H... COR 855 200 H... COR 860 150 H...

Precision files CORINOX needle files CORINOX needle files 1 2306 CORINOX needle files have an exceptional surface hardness grade of 1,200 HV (Vickers scale) and can be used to file very small and delicate components with precision. Advantages: ■■Extremely wear-resistant and sturdy thanks to high surface hardness. ■■Can also be used on materials that are difficult to file. ■■Do not clog up. ■■Chips can easily be removed by knocking the tool gently against a hard object. ■■Can be used with or without a file handle thanks to the forged tang. 2301 2307 2308 2310 2302 Materials that can be worked: stainless steel (INOX), high-temperatureresistant materials, hard non-ferrous metal, fibre-reinforced duroplastics (GRP, CRP) Applications: deburring, surface work, work on edges (chamfering, rounding), fine finishing Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 180 180 180 180 180 180 7 7 7 7 7 7 Swiss cut 0 2 Shank dia. [mm] Cross section [mm] 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 6.0 x 1.5 6.0 x 1.5 4.1 2.7 3.5 6.0 x 2.0 Description EAN 4007220 flat hand three square square round half-round 346532 346556 346587 346600 346624 346686 346549 346570 346594 346648 346662 346716 12 12 12 12 12 12 COR 2306 180 H... COR 2301 180 H... COR 2307 180 H... COR 2308 180 H... COR 2310 180 H... COR 2302 180 H... Catalogue Page 1 47

Precision files Needle files 2406 Needle files 2401 PFERD needle files are ideally suitable for work on the smallest surfaces, breakthroughs, geometries, profiles and radii. 2403 Advantages: ■■Can be used with or without a needle file handle thanks to the forged tang. 2407 2408 Materials that can be worked: steels up to 1,200 N/mm² 2410 2405 Applications: deburring, fine finishing 2402 Ordering notes: ■■Needle file cuts 00, 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4, which are not listed in the table, are not available from stock. The delivery time for these files is therefore around 8 weeks. ■■Please specify the desired cut. 2411 2415 2416 2409 Profile Length Length [mm] [inch] Cut 00 0 1 2 3 4 237519 383919 237168 237380 237731 237779 237816 237854 238103 238141 238332 238370 237892 237939 237977 238011 384138 - 238257 238295 - Shank dia. [mm] Cross section [mm] Description EAN 4007220 flat hand crossing oval three square square round knife half-round barette flat with rounded edges Page Catalogue 48 1 140 160 180 140 160 180 200 140 160 180 140 160 180 200 140 160 180 200 140 160 180 200 140 160 180 140 160 180 200 140 160 180 160 180 5 1/2 6 1/4 7 5 1/2 6 1/4 7 8 5 1/2 6 1/4 7 5 1/2 6 1/4 7 8 5 1/2 6 1/4 7 8 5 1/2 6 1/4 7 8 5 1/2 6 1/4 7 5 1/2 6 1/4 7 8 5 1/2 6 1/4 7 6 1/4 7 237526 384015 237212 237786 237823 238158 238196 345986 345993 237649 237946 237984 - 237458 237489 237533 383858 383933 237182 384114 237328 237359 237397 237700 237748 237793 237830 238073 238110 238165 238202 238226 238264 238301 238349 237571 237601 237656 237861 237908 237953 237991 237175 237205 237250 238417 237465 237496 383872 383957 237199 237236 237335 237366 237410 237717 237755 238080 238127 238233 238271 238318 238356 237588 237618 237878 237915 384039 384091 237267 - 237472 237502 345979 383896 383971 384077 235898 237342 237373 237403 237724 237762 237809 237847 238097 238134 238172 238219 238240 238288 238325 238363 237595 237625 237663 237885 237922 237960 238004 384053 237229 237274 238400 - 3.0 3.25 3.5 3.0 3.25 3.5 3.75 3.0 3.25 3.5 3.0 3.25 3.5 3.75 3.0 3.25 3.5 3.75 3.0 3.25 3.5 3.75 3.0 3.25 3.5 3.0 3.25 3.5 3.75 3.0 3.25 3.5 3.25 3.5 5.1 x 1.3 12 2406 140 H... 5.5 x 1.4 12 2406 160 H... 6.0 x 1.5 12 2406 180 H... 5.1 x 1.3 12 2401 140 H... 5.5 x 1.4 12 2401 160 H... 6.0 x 1.5 12 2401 180 H... 6.4 x 1.6 12 2401 200 H... 4.5 x 1.8 12 2403 140 H... 5.2 x 2.3 12 2403 160 H... 5.7 x 2.5 12 2403 180 H... 3.5 12 2407 140 H... 3.7 12 2407 160 H... 4.1 12 2407 180 H... 4.4 12 2407 200 H... 2.4 12 2408 140 H... 2.5 12 2408 160 H... 2.7 12 2408 180 H... 3.0 12 2408 200 H... 3.0 12 2410 140 H... 3.25 12 2410 160 H... 3.5 12 2410 180 H... 3.75 12 2410 200 H... 5.5 x 1.5 12 2405 140 H... 5.8 x 1.7 12 2405 160 H... 6.2 x 1.8 12 2405 180 H... 5.0 x 1.7 12 2402 140 H... 5.7 x 1.8 12 2402 160 H... 6.0 x 2.0 12 2402 180 H... 6.4 x 1.8 12 2402 200 H... 5.0 x 2.1 12 2411 140 H... 5.3 x 2.1 12 2411 160 H... 5.6 x 2.3 12 2411 180 H... 5.5 x 1.4 12 2415 160 H... 6.0 x 1.5 12 2415 180 H... Continued on next page

Precision files Needle files Profile Length Length [mm] [inch] Cut 0 00 1 2 3 4 Shank dia. [mm] - - 3.0 3.25 3.5 3.25 3.5 Cross section [mm] 5.1 x 1.3 5.5 x 1.4 6.0 x 1.5 3.8 x 2.5 4.0 x 2.9 Description EAN 4007220 hand with rounded edges 140 160 180 160 180 crossing oval 5 1/2 6 1/4 7 6 1/4 7 - 383889 383940 238059 383865 383902 - 383926 238042 - 12 12 12 12 12 2416 140 H... 2416 160 H... 2416 180 H... 2409 160 H... 2409 180 H... Needle file sets Needle file sets Contains an application-oriented selection of needle files. Contents: 12 needle files: ■■flat (2406) ■■hand (2401) ■■crossing oval (2403) ■■three square (2407) ■■square (2408) ■■round (2410) ■■knife (2405) ■■half-round (2402) ■■barrette (2411) ■■flat with round edges (2415) ■■hand with round edges (2416) ■■crossing oval round-oval (2409) Ordering notes: ■■Supplied in a PVC plastic pouch or a practical plastic box. ■■Please specify the desired cut. 266 Length [mm] Length [inch] 140 160 180 200 140 160 5 1/2 6 1/4 7 8 5 1/2 6 1/4 Swiss cut 1 0 2 Contents [pcs.] NFB Description EAN 4007220 235560 235577 - 235539 235553 345955 392232 345962 235515 12 12 12 12 12 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 266/14 P 140 H… 266/16 P 160 H… 266/18 P 180 H… 266/20 P 200 H… NFB 2492 140 H… NFB 2493 160 H… Needle file set Contains an application-oriented selection of PFERD needle files. Contents: 6 needle files: ■■flat (101) ■■hand (102) ■■three square (104) ■■half-round (108) ■■square (105) ■■round (106) Length [mm] Ordering notes: ■■Supplied in a handy box to protect against dirt and damage. Length [inch] Swiss cut 1 Contents [pcs.] Description EAN 4007220 160 6 1/4 009222 6 1 PF 263 160 H1 Catalogue Page 1 49 1

Precision files Handy files Handy files 2601 Precision files similar to needle files. Suitable for work on the smallest areas of metals and plastics that are hard to reach, e.g. in tool and mould construction for refining pressing, forging and casting tools. 2607 2608 Advantages: ■■Precise shape with a slim, fine design. ■■Highly tapered. ■■The high level of robustness enables a higher operating pressure. ■■Can be used without a file handle thanks to the forged tang. 2602 Materials that can be worked: steels up to 1,200 N/mm², plastics Applications: deburring, fine finishing, surface work, work on edges (chamfering, rounding) Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Swiss cut 1 00 Cross section [mm] Description EAN 4007220 hand three square square half-round 215 215 215 215 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 8 1/2 346372 346396 346419 346457 346389 346402 346426 346464 10.3 x 2.8 10.0 6.0 x 6.0 12.8 x 3.7 12 12 12 12 2601 215 H... 2607 215 H... 2608 215 H... 2602 215 H... Handy file sets Handy file sets Contains an application-oriented selection of handy files for work on the smallest areas that are hard to reach. Contents: Five handy files: ■■hand (2601) ■■three square (2607) ■■square (2608) ■■round (2610) ■■half-round (2602) Length [mm] Length [inch] Swiss cut 1 00 Ordering notes: ■■Supplied in a plastic pouch to protect against dirt, corrosion and damage. ■■Please specify the desired cut. Contents [pcs.] Description EAN 4007220 215 Page Catalogue 50 1 8 1/2 346488 346501 5 1 2627 215 H...

Precision files Riffler files, riffler rasps Riffler files series 901P–952P 1 901P Length 150 mm, smallest type of riffler files. 910P Advantages: ■■Can be used with or without riffler file holder. ■■Width, application-oriented product selection. 911P 913P Materials that can be worked: steels up to 1,200 N/mm² 914P 915P Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. 916P 917P 918P 920P 930P 931P 940P 941P 942P 943P 952P Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Swiss cut 2 4 Cross section [mm] Suitable arbors 4.0 x 1.3 2.3 x 1.2 2.3 x 1.2 2.7 x 1.5 3.5 x 1.5 3.5 x 1.5 3.2 x 1.5 3.2 x 1.5 3.8 x 1.7 4.9 x 1.5 3.2 x 3.2 1.7 x 1.7 1.7 2.2 2.6 3.0 1.4 x 4.2 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 Description EAN 4007220 901P 910P 911P 913P 914P 915P 916P 917P 918P 920P 930P 931P 940P 941P 942P 943P 952P 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 014950 014974 014998 015018 346105 015032 015056 015070 346112 015094 346129 346136 346143 015117 346150 015131 346099 015124 398708 015148 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 901P 150 H... 910P 150 H... 911P 150 H... 913P 150 H... 914P 150 H... 915P 150 H... 916P 150 H... 917P 150 H... 918P 150 H... 920P 150 H... 930P 150 H... 931P 150 H... 940P 150 H... 941P 150 H... 942P 150 H... 943P 150 H... 952P 150 H... Catalogue Page 1 51

Precision files Riffler files, riffler rasps Riffler files series 954P–996P 954P Length 150 mm, smallest type of riffler files. 955P Advantages: ■■Can be used with or without riffler file holder. ■■Width, application-oriented product selection. 956P 961P Materials that can be worked: steels up to 1,200 N/mm² 963P Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. 964P 965P 972P 973P 974P 980P 981P 982P 983P 984P 985P 986P 988P 996P Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Swiss cut 2 4 Cross section [mm] Suitable arbors 1.5 x 4.0 1.5 x 4.0 1.6 x 4.1 4.1 x 2.4 4.6 x 1.3 4.5 x 1.4 5.2 x 1.5 3.6 x 2.1 3.6 x 2.1 3.6 x 2.1 3.5 3.5 3.0 3.2 3.2 3.2 2.6 3.2 2.2 x 1.4 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 RFH 150 Description EAN 4007220 954P 955P 956P 961P 963P 964P 965P 972P 973P 974P 980P 981P 982P 983P 984P 985P 986P 988P 996P Page Catalogue 52 1 015155 346174 346181 015179 346198 015193 015216 346204 015230 346211 015254 015278 346228 346235 015292 346259 346273 345696 346167 015261 015308 - 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 954P 150 H... 955P 150 H... 956P 150 H... 961P 150 H... 963P 150 H... 964P 150 H... 965P 150 H... 972P 150 H... 973P 150 H... 974P 150 H... 980P 150 H... 981P 150 H... 982P 150 H... 983P 150 H... 984P 150 H... 985P 150 H... 986P 150 H... 988P 150 H... 996P 150 H...

Precision files Riffler files, riffler rasps Riffler files series 710P–795P 1 710P Length 180 mm, medium-sized type of riffler files. Advantages: ■■Can be used with or without riffler file holder. ■■Width, application-oriented product selection. 711P Materials that can be worked: steels up to 1,200 N/mm² 731P 712P 713P 732P Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. 741P 750P 761P 762P 763P 764P 781P 790P 795P Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Swiss cut 0 2 Cross section [mm] Suitable arbors 8.5 x 2.5 8.5 x 2.5 8.2 x 2.5 8.2 x 2.5 4.5 x 4.5 4.5 x 4.5 6.5 9.5 x 2.5 9.2 x 3.2 9.3 x 3.2 9.5 x 3.3 9.5 x 3.3 5.0 8.5 x 4.0 8.0 x 4.3 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 Description EAN 4007220 710P 711P 712P 713P 731P 732P 741P 750P 761P 762P 763P 764P 781P 790P 795P 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 180 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 014752 014776 014790 345702 014813 345726 014837 014851 345740 345764 014912 - 014769 014783 014806 345719 014820 345733 014844 014868 345757 014882 345771 345788 014929 345795 014943 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 710P 180 H... 711P 180 H... 712P 180 H... 713P 180 H... 731P 180 H... 732P 180 H... 741P 180 H... 750P 180 H... 761P 180 H... 762P 180 H... 763P 180 H... 764P 180 H... 781P 180 H... 790P 180 H... 795P 180 H... Catalogue Page 1 53

Precision files Riffler files, riffler rasps Riffler files series 410P–480P Length 300 mm, largest type of riffler files. Advantages: ■■Can be used with or without riffler file holder. ■■Width, application-oriented product selection. 410P 411P 412P 430P Materials that can be worked: steels up to 1,200 N/mm² 440P Ordering notes: ■■Please specify the desired cut. 450P 460P 470P 480P Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Swiss cut Cross section [mm] 2 0 Description EAN 4007220 410P 411P 412P 430P 440P 450P 460P 470P 480P 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 345818 345924 345801 345863 345849 345900 345917 345832 345887 345825 345931 345870 345856 345894 15.0 x 4.0 15.0 x 4.4 15.0 x 4.4 8.0 x 8.0 12.0 x 12.0 15.0 x 12.0 15.0 x 6.0 14.0 x 7.0 10.0 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 410P 300 H... 411P 300 H... 412P 300 H... 430P 300 H... 440P 300 H... 450P 300 H... 460P 300 H... 470P 300 H... 480P 300 H... Set of riffler files PF 900 Contains an application-oriented selection of riffler files. Advantages: ■■Can be used with or without riffler file holder. ■■Width, application-oriented product selection. Length [mm] Length [inch] Swiss cut 2 Contents [pcs.] Contents 4 914P, 930P, 963P, 981P Materials that can be worked: steels up to 1,200 N/mm² Ordering notes: ■■Matching arbor = RFH 150 Description EAN 4007220 150 Page Catalogue 54 1 6 009239 1 PF 900

Precision files Riffler files, riffler rasps 1 Riffler rasps series 701P–708P 190 mm long riffler file with precise Swiss rasp cut. 701P Advantages: ■■Can be used with or without riffler file holder. ■■Width, application-oriented product selection. 702P 703P 704P Materials that can be worked: steels up to 1,200 N/mm² 705P 706P 707P 708P Profile Length [mm] Length [inch] Swiss cut 0 Cross section [mm] Suitable arbors 8.2 x 3.3 8.1 x 3.5 7.6 x 4.4 6.4 4.9 5.5 9.2 x 3.6 9.3 x 3.8 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 RFH 180 Description EAN 4007220 701P 702P 703P 704P 705P 706P 707P 708P 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 190 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/2 7 1/2 346280 346297 346303 346310 346327 346334 346341 346358 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 701P 190 H0 702P 190 H0 703P 190 H0 704P 190 H0 705P 190 H0 706P 190 H0 707P 190 H0 708P 190 H0 Riffler rasp set 720P Contains an application-oriented selection of riffler rasps. Advantages: ■■Can be used with or without riffler file holder. ■■Width, application-oriented product selection. Length [mm] Length [inch] Swiss cut 0 Materials that can be worked: steels up to 1,200 N/mm² Ordering notes: ■■Supplied in a plastic pouch to protect against dirt, corrosion and damage. ■■Matching arbor = RFH 180 Contents [pcs.] Contents 8 701P, 702P, 703P, 704P, 705P, 706P, 707P, 708P Description EAN 4007220 190 7 1/2 535905 1 720P Catalogue Page 1 55

File handles, file sleeves, file brush File handles Ergonomic file handles FH 2+3 Ergonomic file handles for comfortable and safe work. Advantages: ■■Protects hands against sharp edges and corners. ■■Ergonomic shape with optimized haptics. ■■Files do not roll away. ■■Soft plastic on the outside with a hard, stable inner part. ■■Without plasticizer. FH 4+5 FH 4/1 FH 5/1 Suitable for file length [mm] 100, 125, 150 200, 250 300, 350 EAN Overall length 4007220 [mm] 535714 535721 535738 535745 535752 110 110 110 110 115 535769 115 535776 535783 535790 115 115 115 535806 115 535813 535820 115 115 Ordering notes: ■■Available in different types and two different packaging units. PFERDVALUE:    Suitable for key files key files all tangs all tangs profiles three square, square, round, special profiles profiles three square, square, round, special profiles profiles hand, flat, half-round profiles hand, flat, half-round profiles three square, square, round, special profiles profiles three square, square, round, special profiles profiles hand, flat, half-round profiles hand, flat, half-round Description 10 100 10 100 10 FH 2-10 FH 2-100 FH 3-10 FH 3-100 FH 4-10 100 FH 4-100 10 100 10 FH 4/1-10 FH 4/1-100 FH 5-10 100 FH 5-100 10 100 FH 5/1-10 FH 5/1-100 Plastic file handles PH 8 PH 9 Plastic file handles for good guidance and power transmission. Advantages: ■■Wide collar guarantees fatigue-free work and increases safety. ■■Good force transmission and control of the file. ■■Air chambers help absorb hand moisture. PH 11 PH 13 Suitable for file length [mm] 100, 125, 150 200, 250 300, 350 Page Catalogue 56 1 EAN Overall length 4007220 [mm] 015476 301890 015483 301906 015490 301913 015506 301920 90 90 90 90 110 110 120 120 ■■File handle made from sturdy plastic. ■■Contains no plasticizers. Ordering notes: ■■Available in four different types and two different packaging units. Suitable for key files key files all tangs all tangs all tangs all tangs all tangs all tangs Description 10 100 10 100 10 100 10 100 PH 08/10 PH 08/100 PH 09/10 PH 09/100 PH 11/10 PH 11/100 PH 13/10 PH 13/100

File handles, file sleeves, file brush Quick-mounting handles 1 Plastic file handle, quick-mounting type Quick-mounting handle for needle files, diamond files and smaller machinist’s and precision files. Advantages: ■■Reliably clamps the file tangs into the handle by simply twisting the two halves of the handle. Suitable for file length [mm] Suitable for tang diameter [mm] EAN 4007220 Overall length [mm] 140, 160, 180, 200 3.0/3.25/3.5/3.75 806555 90 Description 10 Needle file holder SH 220 NFH 211 Quick-mounting handles for needle files with 3–4.5 mm tang diameter. Advantages: ■■Handy and lightweight. ■■Available in two materials. NFH 212 Suitable for Suitable for tang diameter [mm] EAN 4007220 Overall length [mm] Needle file diameter 3–4.5 mm 3–4.5 267783 669532 100 92 Description 10 10 NFH 211-3 K NFH 212 Riffler file holder Riffler file holder Riffler file holder for files in 150 and 180 mm lengths. Advantages: ■■Safe and optimum file control. ■■One of the file points is always covered safely by the file handle. ■■Quick and easy tool changes. ■■Contains no plasticizers. ■■Reusable. Suitable for file length [mm] EAN 4007220 150 180 015322 015346 Description 10 10 RFH 150 RFH 180 Catalogue Page 1 57

File handles, file sleeves, file brush Plastic sleeves, empty Plastic sleeves, empty Plastic sleeves for storing individual files without a handle. Advantages: ■■Enables the file to be hung up by the eyelet. ■■Protects against damage, dirt and corrosion. Suitable for file length [mm] EAN 4007220 150 200 250 300 015520 015537 015544 015551 Description 25 25 25 25 KH 150 KH 200 KH 250 KH 300 File brush File brush The file brush is for easy cleaning of clogged files. Comes with a robust handle made from wood and wear-resistant steel wire. Advantages: ■■Easy cleaning. ■■Long tool life. Page Catalogue 58 1 Applications: cleaning Length [mm] Length [inch] EAN 4007220 232 9.2 015315 Description 5 HBF 10 ST 0,15

Hand deburrer Hand deburrer Hand deburrer Hand deburrer for efficient deburring, chamfering and reworking of different materials and contours. Hard-to-reach areas, bores, inner and outer diameters, thread and grooves can be worked on effortlessly by hand. PFERD offers: ■■Three deburring blades for work on steel, aluminium, non-ferrous metals, cast iron, plastics and other soft materials. ■■One mini blade for general work on the smallest geometries made of various materials. ■■Two rotatable deburring countersinks for general work on bores made of various materials. ■■Easy to control and use with the special holder. ■■Outstanding adjustment to the workpiece contours. ■■The pivot-mounted adapter system makes handling and changing the deburrer very easy. ■■Ergonomic file handle protects hands against sharp edges and prevents the tool from rolling away. Advantages: ■■Three different, easily changeable deburrers (blades, mini-blades and countersinks). PFERDVALUE: Dia. [mm] Holder for hand deburrer Deburring blades 3 1 H4 BS 1010 BS 1018 BS 2010 BD 5010 BC 1041 BC 1651    EAN 4007220 Use for Description 807897 all types 1 H4 807903 807910 807927 steel, aluminium plastics, other soft materials non-ferrous metals, cast iron 10 10 10 BS 1010 BS 1018 BS 2010 807934 general use 1 BD 5010 807941 807958 general use general use 1 1 BC 1041 BC 1651 Mini-blade 3 Deburring countersink 3 Catalogue Page 1 59

Quality tools from a single source Files Milling tools 1 Mounted points 2 3 Catalogue section 1 Catalogue section 2 Catalogue section 3 Files Milling tools Mounted points Fine grinding and polishing tools Diamond and CBN tools 4 Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels 5 6 Catalogue section 4 Catalogue section 5 Catalogue section 6 Fine grinding and polishing tools Diamond and CBN tools Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels Cut-off wheels for stationary applications Industrial power brushes 7 Tool drives 8 9 Catalogue section 7 Catalogue section 8 Catalogue section 9 Cut-off wheels for stationary applications Industrial power brushes Tool drives Page Catalogue 60 1

Milling tools 2 2 Catalogue Page 2 1

Milling tools Table of contents General information on milling tools 3 The fast way to the best tool 4 General information on tungsten carbide burrs 6 Milling Tungsten carbide burrs for universal applications ■ Z1, Z3, Z3 PLUS, Z4 and Z5 for fine and coarse stock removal 12 Tungsten carbide burrs for high-performance applications ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ALLROUND for versatile use STEEL for steel and cast steel INOX for stainless steel (INOX) ALU and NON-FERROUS for aluminium and non-ferrous metals CAST for cast iron TITANIUM for titanium PLAST, FVK and FVK-S for GRP/CRP TOUGH and TOUGH-S for tough applications MICRO for finishing work EDGE, Z3, Z3 PLUS, Z5 and special cuts for work on edges 26 33 44 50 57 62 66 68 74 80 HSS rotary cutters ■ ■ ■ ■ ALU, Z1, Z2 and Z3 for fine and coarse stock removal Special shapes HSS engraving cutters Finishing cutters 88 96 97 98 Burr sets and versions with long shanks or HICOAT coatings can be found on the pages for the respective product group. Milling tools with cutting inserts ■ ALUMASTER High Speed Disc ■ EDGE FINISH system for work on edges 102 106 Cutting out holes HSS step drills, HSS hole saws, TC hole cutters ■ HSS step drills ■ HSS hole saws ■ TC hole cutters Page Catalogue 2 2 110 111 118

Milling tools General information PFERD milling tools are manufactured in compliance with the highest quality standards. The broad product range offers the best tool solution for any application. Outstanding quality, a long service life and excellent stock removal rates allow economical work with diverse materials, delivering excellent results. The quality of PFERD tools has been certified according to ISO 9001. All tools and more information: 2 www.pferd.com Technical customer support If you have any questions about the optimization of your burr applications, our sales representatives and technical advisers will be happy to help or visit you. PFERD works alongside you to provide application engineering solutions for working with diverse materials. Please do not hesitate to contact us for further information. You can find our worldwide sales offices at www.pferd.com. Well packed and presented PFERD packaging provides optimum protection for tools. All burrs and tungsten carbide hole cutters are supplied individually packed in a sturdy plastic box. HSS hole saws are supplied in a practical cardboard box. Furthermore, all packaging can be presented at the PFERDTOOL-CENTER. The packaging labels contain technical information, the designation and the EAN code. PFERDTOOL-CENTER On the PFERDTOOL-CENTER, the point of sale from PFERD, you will find all the important information required for selecting the most appropriate tool. A lockable display cabinet is available for burrs. If you have questions, your or PFERD representative will be happy to assist you. Discover PFERDERGONOMICS and PFERDEFFICIENCY: As part of PFERDERGONOMICS, PFERD offers ergonomically optimized tools and tool drives that contribute to greater safety and working comfort, and thus to health protection. As part of PFERDEFFICIENCY, PFERD offers innovative, high-performance tool solutions and tool drives with outstanding added value. For more information on this topic, please refer to our brochure “PFERDVALUE – Your added value with PFERD“. PFERD VALUE Your added value with PFERD PFERDEFFICIENCY Results from the PFERD test laboratories as well as from the product tests by independent testing institutes prove: PFERD tools offer measurable added value. PFERDERGONOMICS PFERDVALUE – Your added value with PFERD TRUST BLUE Catalogue Page 2 3

Milling tools The fast way to the best tool Application Material group Steel, cast steel Stainless steel (INOX) Application Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² (< 38 HRC) Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, case-hardened steels, cast steel, alloyed steels Hardened, heat-treated steels over 1,200 N/mm² (> 38 HRC) Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels, cast steel Rust and acidresistant steels Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels Aluminium alloys Deburring, chamfering, milling out for the preparation of build-up welding, machining weld seams, machining contours, cleaning cast material Soft non-ferrous metals Brass, copper, zinc Coarse stock removal Fine stock removal Coarse stock removal Fine stock removal Coarse stock removal Fine stock removal Coarse stock removal Fine stock removal Cast iron Milling out, machining contours Plastics, other Trimming, contour milling, materials cutting out holes Hard non-ferrous metals Bronze, titanium/ titanium alloys, hard aluminium alloys (high Si content) Coarse stock removal Coarse stock removal Fine stock removal Coarse stock removal High-temperatureresistant materials Nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys (engine and turbine construction) Grey cast iron, white cast iron Cast iron with Coarse stock flake graphite removal EN-GJL (GG), with nodular graphite/ nodular cast iron EN-GJS (GGG), Fine stock removal white annealed cast iron EN-GJMW (GTW), black cast iron ENGJMB (GTS) STEEL 33 ALLROUND 26 MICRO 74 5 STEEL ALLROUND 33 26 3 PLUS MICRO 74 5 INOX ALLROUND MICRO 44 26 74 ALU 50 NON-FERROUS ALU ALLROUND ALU TITANIUM ALU NON-FERROUS INOX ALLROUND MICRO 50 50 26 50 62 50 50 44 26 74 On request Fine stock removal Universal application P. 3 PLUS 4 12 12 5 1 1 3 4 12 5 - 4 MICRO 74 5 CAST ALLROUND 57 26 3 PLUS MICRO 74 3 PLAST 66 FVK/FVKS ALU 66 50 NON-FERROUS 50 12 Thermoplastics, fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP) with a fibre content ≤ 40 % Thermoplastics, fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP) with a fibre content > 40 % P. - Fine stock removal Non-ferrous metals Highperformance application Coarse stock removal - - Special applications Application Work on edges Problems with broken teeth Cutting out round holes Machining butt welds and fillet welds, work on edges/ chamfering using an angle grinder Page Catalogue 4 2 High-performance application Page Universal application TC burrs for work on edges EDGE FINISH system for work on edges TC burrs – TOUGH, TOUGH-S cuts TC hole cutters 80 106 68 118 HSS rotary cutters HSS step drills, HSS hole saws ALUMASTER High Speed Disc 102 - Page 88 110/111 -

TC burrs 2 Catalogue Page 2 5

TC burrs General information Burrs with a long shank Tungsten carbide burrs with long shanks are particularly well suited to working in hard-to-reach areas. PFERD holds long-shank versions in stock for the respective product groups. Long-shank versions are available with the 3 PLUS, STEEL, Z5 and TOUGH cuts. All long shanks can be individually shortened, and additional versions can be custom-made on request. HICOAT coatings PFERD offers tungsten carbide burrs with HICOAT coatings to tackle particularly demanding applications. The anti-wear coatings enable effective chip removal thanks to the improved anti-adhesion characteristics and increase the tools' service life. Two different coatings are available. The HICOAT coating HC-FEP is specifically designed for iron and steel materials. The HICOAT coating HC-NFE is mainly used for long-chipping and lubricating aluminium alloys and non-ferrous metals. For further details please see pages 12 and 50. Products made to order If you cannot find the solution for your particular application in our comprehensive catalogue range, we are happy to produce milling tools to meet your wishes and requirements. Our sales representatives and technical advisers will be happy to assist you in the analysis of your tasks. Your specifications and wishes, drawings relating to cuts, shank diameters, special lengths, special shapes and coatings can thus be taken into account. For more information about products made to order, please see page 100. You will also find information on solid carbide milling cutters there. Robot applications PFERD milling tools can be used on robots. The optimum tool for your application depends on the operating conditions. Our sales representatives and our technical customer support team will be happy to assist you in selecting the most suitable tool. Resharpening PFERD offers resharpening of tungsten carbide burrs, subject to a minimum resharpening quantity of 25 units (unmixed items). Regrinding of HSS rotary cutters or tungsten carbide burrs with a shank diameter of 3 mm is not recommended for economic reasons. In each individual case, our production specialists will decide whether regrinding makes sense from an economic point of view and is technically feasible. The following cuts can be resharpened (only applies to a shank diameter of 6 and 8 mm): ■ 1 cut ■ 3 cut ■ 3 PLUS cut ■ 4 cut ■ 5 cut ■ INOX ■ ALU ■ TITANIUM ■ TOUGH ■ TOUGH-S ■ MICRO Long-shank versions and HICOAT versions can also be resharpened. Please contact us for further details. PFERD Tools for Use on Plastics PFERD tools for use on stainless steel PFERDPRAXIS brochures PFERD tools for use on construction steel PFERD tools for use on aluminium Our PFERDPRAXIS brochures contain a wealth of useful information on material properties as well as tips and tricks for using PFERD tools on specific materials. TRUST BLUE TRUST BLUE Plastics INOX Page Catalogue 6 2 TRUST BLUE Aluminium TRUST BLUE Steel

TC burrs Burr shapes Cylindrical shape with end cut with drill cut with end cut (two teeth) with centre drill 2 ZYA ZYAS ZYA BS ZYA ZBS ZYA STS with flat end cut (two teeth) Ball shape Cylindrical shape with radius end Flame shape Pointed tree shape ZYA FSTS KUD WRC B SPG Conical shape with radius end Conical pointed shape Tree shape with radius end Oval shape Inverted cones KEL SKM RBF TRE WKN with end cut Rim shape Conical counterbore shape 90° EDGE 45° Conical counterbore shape 60° WKNS N KSK KSK EDGE KSJ EDGE 30° Radius burrs Concave radius burrs EDGE R3.0 KSJ EDGE R V V EDGE Ordering instructions Please state the EAN code or designation, cut and shank diameter when ordering. Ordering example: TC burrs  EAN 4007220045176 ZYAS 1225 6 Z3 PLUS ➊ ➋ ➌ ➍ ➎ Explanation of the designation ➊ Shape. ➋ Only for cylindrical shape with end cut. ➌ Burr diameter x cut length d1 x l2 [mm]. ➍ Shank diameter d2 [mm]. ➎ Cut (add desired cut if several are available). d1 d2 l2 l1 Catalogue Page 2 7

TC burrs PFERD cuts for universal applications 1 cut ■ Machining of non-ferrous metals, steel (C according to DIN 8033) and cast iron. ■ High stock removal. 4 cut (MX according to DIN 8033) ■ Machining of stainless steel (INOX), steel and high-temperature-resistant materials such as nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys. ■ High stock removal with short chips. ■ Good surface. 3 cut (MY according to DIN 8033) ■ Machining of steel, cast iron, stainless steel (INOX), nickel-based alloys and titanium alloys. ■ High stock removal. ■ Good surface. 5 cut (F according to DIN 8033) ■ Fine machining of steel, cast iron, stainless steel (INOX) and high-temperatureresistant materials such as nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys. ■ Good surface. 3 PLUS cut (MX according to DIN 8033) ■ Similar to 3 cut, but with cross cut. ■ Machining of steel, cast iron, stainless steel (INOX), nickel-based alloys and titanium alloys. ■ High stock removal. Page Catalogue 8 2

TC burrs PFERD cuts for high-performance applications ALLROUND cut ■ High stock removal rate on key materials such as steel, cast steel, stainless steel (INOX), non-ferrous metals and cast iron. ■ Similar to the 3 PLUS cut but with a significantly higher stock removal rate. STEEL cut ■ Extremely high stock removal rate on steel and cast steel. ■ Smooth milling. ■ Reduced vibration and less noise. INOX cut ■ Extremely high stock removal rate on all austenitic, rust and acid-resistant steels, stainless steel (INOX) and soft titanium alloys. ■ Significantly reduced vibration and less noise. FVK cut ■ Trimming and contour milling of workpieces made from hard glass and carbonfibre-reinforced duroplastics (also GRP and CRP > 40 %). FVKS cut ■ Similar to the FVK cut. ■ Smooth milling. TOUGH cut ■ High stock removal rate on cast iron, steel < 54 HRC. ■ Extremely resistant to impacts. ■ Also suitable for use with high surface contact angles > 1/3 and under impact loads. TOUGH-S cut ■ High stock removal rate on cast iron, steel < 54 HRC. ■ Similar to the TOUGH cut, but with smoother milling and shorter chips. ■ Extremely resistant to impacts. ■ Also suitable for use with high surface contact angles > 1/3 and under impact loads. ■ Good stock removal on almost all materials < 68 HRC. ■ High surface quality. ■ Reduced vibration and less noise. ALU cut ■ High stock removal rate on aluminium and aluminium alloys, non-ferrous metals and plastics. ■ Smooth milling. NON-FERROUS cut ■ High stock removal rate on non-ferrous metals, brass, copper, plastics and fibrereinforced plastics. ■ Suitable for universal use. MICRO cut ■ Extremely high stock removal rate on cast iron. ■ Smooth milling. ■ Reduced vibration and less noise. HICOAT coatings CAST cut TITANIUM cut ■ Outstanding stock removal rate and service life on hard titanium alloys. ■ Significantly increased aggressiveness, large chips and very good chip removal. ■ Reduced vibration and less noise. EDGE cut ■ Creates exact edge shapes – with either 30° or 45° chamfering or a defined radius of 3.0 mm. ■ Safe and comfortable to guide. PLAST cut ■ Trimming and contour milling of workpieces made from less hard glass and carbon-fibre-reinforced duroplastics (GRP and CRP with ≤ 40 % fibre content) and fibre-reinforced thermoplastics. ■ Minimized delamination and fraying through straight cut. ■ Highly suitable for use on machines and on robots. ■ Reduced vibration and less noise. 2 ■ In general, all PFERD tungsten carbide burrs are also available with HICOAT coatings. ■ Improved anti-adhesion characteristics. ■ Effective chip discharge. ■ Lower thermal loads. ■ Increased service life. ■ Also suitable for use at higher cutting speeds when compared with uncoated burrs. Products made to order If you cannot find the solution for your particular application in our extensive catalogue range, we produce PFERD premium-quality burrs, tailor-made to meet the requirements of your job. Further information on PFERD products made to order can be found on page 100. Catalogue Page 2 9

TC burrs Recommendations for use and instances of misuse Recommendations for use: Safety notes: An optimum rotational speed and power output for the tool drive (airpowered or electric grinders, flexible shaft drive) are required for cost-effective use of tungsten carbide burrs. ■ If possible, use the tools on powerful drives with elastically mounted spindles to avoid vibration. ■ For cost-effective use of burrs with a shank diameter > 6 mm, a tool drive output of 300–500 watts is required when used at a higher rotational speed and cutting speed. ■ Use the highest rotational speed possible within the recommended rotational speed and cutting speed ranges. ■ For applications with low stock removal (deburring, chamfering, minor work on surfaces), the rotational speed can be increased by up to 100 % (this excludes tungsten carbide burrs with long shanks). RPM ■ Use only rigid clamping systems and drives as impacts on the tools and tool chatter lead to premature wear. = Wear eye protection! = Wear hearing protection! Observe the recommended = rotational speed, especially when using burrs with long shanks! Wearing protective gloves is = recommended. Handle the tool drive with both hands. ■ The burr surface in contact with the workpiece must not exceed 1/3 of the total burr surface. Failure to comply with this recommendation will result in rough milling behaviour and possibly in broken teeth. If this cannot be avoided, we recommend using the TOUGH and TOUGH-S cuts. 1/3 of the total surface ■ In general, burrs are used counterrotationally or with a swinging motion. To achieve fine finishes, pass the tool rapidly over the workpiece in the direction of rotation. In direction of rotation = fine finish Avoiding misuse Figure Consequences of misuse Solution Figure The burr becomes Use the correct cut for the clogged during use. material being machined. Use tools with a HICOAT coating or use grinding oil. Pronounced discolouration can be seen in the transition between the toothed section and the shank.* Observe the recommended rotational speeds and/or reduce the contact pressure and surface contact angle. The toothed section detaches from the shank. Page Catalogue 10 2 There are flying sparks. Reduce the rotational speed and contact pressure and make sure that the surface contact angle is no more than 1/3 of the burr surface. Parts break off from the toothed section. Avoid impact loads when using the tool. incorrect Consequences of misuse Solution The shank breaks. Only use rigid drives and undamaged clamping systems, and replace them if necessary. The clamping length is incorrect. Do not chose a burr clamping depth that is too small. In general, the minimum clamping depth is 2/3 of the shank length (does not apply to burrs with long shanks). The shank bends on burrs with a long shank. Observe the recommended rotational speeds and safety notes for burrs with a long shank. Signs of wear such as rough running and strong vibrations occur, as well as increased flying sparks. Do not use burrs beyond the end of their service life. Use a new burr instead. correct * On TC burrs designed for high-performance applications, blue discolouration is extremely difficult to avoid on account of the very high stock removal rate. However, this does not constitute a safety risk.

TC burrs Types with long shanks Safety notes: Tungsten carbide burrs with a long shank are ideal for cost-effectively machining small, hardto-reach areas on components. Long-shank versions are available with the 3 PLUS, 5, STEEL and TOUGH cuts. Not suitable for robotic or stationary applications. Risk of bending. Use only rigid clamping systems/drives. Tungsten carbide burrs with a long shank can be shortened if required. Tungsten carbide burrs with the designation GL 75 mm are made from solid tungsten carbide, which means they can only be shortened using diamond tools. GL = total length (solid tungsten carbide) SL = shank length (long steel shank) = Observe the prescribed rotational speed! Safety note – maximum rotational speed [RPM] for burrs with long shanks When working with long-shank burrs, it is crucial that the burr is in contact with the workpiece (or inserted in the bore or slot to be machined) before the drive system is turned on. As a rule, the tool must remain in contact with the workpiece for as long as the machine is running. Failure to observe this procedure may result in shank failure (bending) and hence an increased risk of accidents. If continuous contact between the tool and the workpiece is not guaranteed, the ➌ maximum idling speeds stated in the table must not be exceeded. To determine the recommended rotational speed range [RPM], please proceed as follows: ➊ Select the required burr diameter. ➋ For the maximum application speed [RPM] with contact with the workpiece, please refer to the right-hand side of the table. For safety reasons, the maximum application speeds ➋ with contact with the workpiece require a reduction in the recommended speed of tungsten carbide burrs with standard shanks. The reduced speeds are stated in the table below. Example: TC burr, SL 150 mm, 3 PLUS cut, burr dia. 12 mm. Coarse stock removal on steels up to 1,200 N/mm². Maximum application speed with contact with the workpiece: 7,000 RPM ➊ Burr dia. [mm] 3 6 8 10 12 ➌ Maximum ➋ Maximum idling speed [RPM] application speed [RPM] without contact with the with contact with the workpiece workpiece Shank length [mm] 75 150 75 150 10,000 6,000 - 8,000 6,000 4,000 3,000 31,000 15,000 - 15,000 11,000 9,000 7,000 Extensions for drive spindles In some applications, drive spindle extensions are an economic alternative to customized burrs with long shanks. For more information please see page 25. Catalogue Page 2 11 2

TC burrs for universal applications For fine and coarse stock removal TC burrs for universal applications are suitable for fine and coarse stock removal on the key materials used in industrial manufacturing. They provide a good stock removal rate and are not specific to a particular material. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Good stock removal rate through optimum matching of tungsten carbide, geometry, cut and available coating. ■ Long tool life. ■ Reduced wear on the tool drive due to impact-free work without chatter marks, thanks to the high concentricity. ■ High surface quality. ■ If possible, use the tools on powerful drives with elastically mounted spindles to avoid vibration. ■ For the cost-effective use of burrs, work with higher rotational/cutting speeds. Power recommendation for tool drives: - Shank diameter of 3 mm: 75 to 300 watts - Shank diameter of 6 mm: from 300 watts ■ Please observe the rotational speed recommendations. Materials that can be worked: ■ ■ ■ ■ Steel, cast steel Stainless steel (INOX) Non-ferrous metals Cast iron Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Milling out Levelling Deburring Cutting out holes Surface work Work on weld seams Matching tool drives: ■ ■ ■ ■ Flexible shaft drive Straight grinder Robot Machine tools PFERDVALUE: PFERDEFFICIENCY recommends burrs with HICOAT coating for long fatigue-free and resource-saving work with perfect results in a very short period of time. 1 cut 3 cut 3 PLUS cut ■ Machining of non-ferrous metals, steel and cast iron. ■ High stock removal. ■ Machining of cast iron, steel, stainless steel (INOX), nickel-based alloys and titanium alloys. ■ High stock removal. ■ Good surface. ■ Similar to 3 cut, but with cross cut. ■ Machining of cast iron, steel, stainless steel (INOX), nickel-based alloys and titanium alloys. ■ High stock removal. 4 cut 5 cut HICOAT coating HC-FEP for iron and steel materials ■ Machining of stainless steel (INOX), steel and high-temperature-resistant materials such as nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys. ■ High stock removal with short chips. ■ Good surface. ■ Fine machining of cast iron, steel, stainless steel (INOX) and high-temperature-resistant materials such as nickel-based and cobaltbased alloys. ■ Good surface. ■ High hardness and wear resistance. ■ Effective chip removal through improved anti-adhesion characteristics. ■ Very high resistance against thermal load. ■ Increased service life. ■ Also suitable for use at higher cutting speeds when compared with uncoated burrs. (C according to DIN 8033) (MX according to DIN 8033) Page Catalogue 12 2 (MY according to DIN 8033) (F according to DIN 8033) (MX according to DIN 8033)

TC burrs for universal applications For fine and coarse stock removal Recommended rotational speed range [RPM] To determine the recommended cutting speed range [m/min], please proceed as follows: To determine the recommended rotational speed range [RPM], please proceed as follows: ➊ Select the material group to be machined. ➋ Determine the type of application. ➌ Select the cut. ➍ Establish the cutting speed range. ➎ Select the required burr diameter. ➏ The cutting speed range and the burr ➊ Material group Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² (< 38 HRC) Steel, cast steel Stainless steel (INOX) ➋ Application Construction steels, carbon steels, tool Coarse stock removal steels, non-alloyed steels, case-hardened steels, cast steel, alloyed steels Fine stock removal Hardened, heattreated steels over 1,200 N/mm² (> 38 HRC) Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels, cast steel Rust and acid-resistant steels Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels Coarse stock removal Fine stock removal Coarse stock removal Fine stock removal Coarse stock removal Coarse stock removal Fine stock removal Aluminium alloys Soft non-ferrous metals Nonferrous metals Cast iron Hard non-ferrous metals Brass, copper, zinc Bronze, titanium/titanium alloys, hard aluminium alloys (high Si content) High-temperatureresistant materials Nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys (engine and turbine construction) Grey cast iron, white cast iron Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), with nodular graphite/nodular cast iron EN-GJS (GGG), white annealed cast iron EN-GJMW (GTW), black cast iron EN-GJMB (GTS) Example: TC burr, 3 PLUS cut, burr dia. 12 mm. Coarse stock removal on steels up to 1,200 N/mm². Cutting speed: 450–600 m/min Rotational speed range: 12,000–16,000 RPM 2 diameter determine the recommended rotational speed range. ➎ Burr dia. [mm] 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 16 20 25 ➌ Cut ➍ Cutting speed 1 3 PLUS HICOAT HC-FEP 600–900 m/min 450–600 m/min 450–750 m/min 5 450–600 m/min 3 3 PLUS 4 HICOAT HC-FEP 5 1 3 3 PLUS 4 5 Coarse stock removal Fine stock removal Coarse stock removal Fine stock removal Coarse stock removal Fine stock removal 250–350 m/min 250–450 m/min 350–450 m/min 250–450 m/min 250–350 m/min 250–450 m/min 350–450 m/min 1 600–900 m/min 1 600–900 m/min 3 3 4 5 3 PLUS 4 5 1 3 PLUS 450–600 m/min 3 450–600 m/min 250–350 m/min 350–450 m/min 250–450 m/min 350–600 m/min 600–900 m/min 450–600 m/min ➏ Cutting speeds [m/min] 250 350 53,000 40,000 27,000 20,000 13,000  10,000 8,000 7,000 5,000 4,000 3,000 74,000 56,000 37,000 28,000 19,000 14,000 11,000 9,000 7,000 6,000 4,000 450 600 Rotational speeds [RPM] 95,000 72,000 48,000 36,000 24,000 18,000 14,000 12,000 9,000 7,000 6,000 127,000 95,000 64,000 48,000 32,000 24,000 19,000 16,000 12,000 10,000 8,000 750 900 159,000 119,000 80,000 60,000 40,000 30,000 24,000 20,000 15,000 12,000 10,000 191,000 143,000 95,000 72,000 48,000 36,000 29,000 24,000 18,000 14,000 11,000 Safety note: Please observe the reduced rotational speeds for long-shank versions. They can be found on page 11. Catalogue Page 2 13

TC burrs for universal applications For fine and coarse stock removal d1 Cylindrical shape ZYA without end cut d2 l2 Cylindrical burr according to DIN 8032 with cut conforming to DIN 8033. l1 GL SL = total length (solid tungsten carbide) = shank length (long steel shank) Safety notes: Please observe the reduced rotational speeds for long-shank burrs. They can be found on page 11. PFERDVALUE: HICOAT coating Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] 1 3 Cut 3 PLUS 3 PLUS HC-FEP    Description 4 5 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 2 10 3 40 3 13 3 43 6 7 3 37 13 3 43 Long shank dia. of 3 mm, SL/GL 75 mm 3 13 3 75 6 13 3 88 Shank dia. 6 mm 4 13 6 55 6 16 6 55 8 20 6 60 10 13 6 53 20 6 60 045862 25 6 65 12 25 6 65 045671 16 25 6 65 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 6 16 6 172 8 20 6 170 10 20 6 170 12 25 6 175 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 25 8 65 16 25 8 65 - Page Catalogue 14 2 - 233771 233801 233825 233849 - 233788 402627 - 233795 233818 233832 233856 1 1 1 1 ZYA 0210/3 Z ... ZYA 0313/3 Z ... ZYA 0607/3 Z ... ZYA 0613/3 Z ... - 779699 779606 - - 779644 779583 1 1 ZYA 0313/3 Z ... GL 75 ZYA 0613/3 Z ... SL 75 045473 045534 045855 045657 045787 045435 045480 045541 045596 045879 045978 045695 045800 835548 835555 - 045459 045503 045565 045626 045916 046012 045732 045848 045466 045510 045572 045640 045930 045756 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ZYA 0413/6 Z ... ZYA 0616/6 Z ... ZYA 0820/6 Z ... ZYA 1013/6 Z ... ZYA 1020/6 Z ... ZYA 1025/6 Z ... ZYA 1225/6 Z ... ZYA 1625/6 Z ... - 090114 617632 090121 617649 - - - 1 1 1 1 ZYA 0616/6 Z ... SL 150 ZYA 0820/6 Z ... SL 150 ZYA 1020/6 Z ... SL 150 ZYA 1225/6 Z ... SL 150 - 045701 045817 - - - 1 1 ZYA 1225/8 Z ... ZYA 1625/8 Z ...

TC burrs for universal applications For fine and coarse stock removal Cylindrical shape ZYAS with end cut d1 d2 Cylindrical burr according to DIN 8032 with circumferential and end cut according to DIN 8033. GL l2 = total length (solid tungsten carbide) l1 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. 2 Safety notes: Please observe the reduced rotational speeds for long-shank burrs. They can be found on page 11. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut 3 3 PLUS Description 4 5 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 2 3 6 10 3 13 3 7 3 13 3 Long shank dia. of 3 mm, GL 75 mm 3 13 3 Shank dia. 6 mm 4 13 6 6 16 6 8 20 6 10 13 6 20 6 25 6 12 25 6 16 25 6 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 25 8 40 43 37 43 - 049471 049501 049532 049563 049457 072394 402634 049464 049488 049518 049549 1 1 1 1 ZYAS 0210/3 Z ... ZYAS 0313/3 Z ... ZYAS 0607/3 Z ... ZYAS 0613/3 Z ... 75 - 779705 - 779712 1 ZYAS 0313/3 Z ... GL 75 55 55 60 53 60 65 65 65 044964 045015 045299 045145 045244 044926 044971 045022 045084 045305 045374 045176 045251 044940 044995 045046 045336 045404 045213 045275 044957 045008 045053 045350 045237 045282 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ZYAS 0413/6 Z ... ZYAS 0616/6 Z ... ZYAS 0820/6 Z ... ZYAS 1013/6 Z ... ZYAS 1020/6 Z ... ZYAS 1025/6 Z ... ZYAS 1225/6 Z ... ZYAS 1625/6 Z ... 65 - 045183 - - 1 ZYAS 1225/8 Z ... Catalogue Page 2 15

TC burrs for universal applications For fine and coarse stock removal d1 Ball shape KUD d2 l2 Ball-shaped burr according to DIN 8032 with cut conforming to DIN 8033. l1 GL SL = total length (solid tungsten carbide) = shank length (long steel shank) Safety notes: Please observe the reduced rotational speeds for long-shank burrs. They can be found on page 11. PFERDVALUE: HICOAT coating Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] 1 3 Cut 3 PLUS 3 PLUS HC-FEP    Description 4 5 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 1.5 1 3 33 2 1.5 3 33 3 2 3 33 4 3 3 34 6 5 3 35 Long shank dia. of 3 mm, SL/GL 75 mm 3 2 3 75 6 5 3 80 Shank dia. 6 mm 4 3 6 45 6 5 6 45 8 7 6 47 10 9 6 49 12 10 6 51 16 14 6 54 20 18 6 58 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 6 5 6 155 8 7 6 157 10 9 6 159 12 10 6 160 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 10 8 51 16 14 8 54 20 18 8 58 Page Catalogue 16 2 - - 955444 955468 049778 049792 049815 - 392058 394915 393192 955451 955475 049761 049785 049808 1 1 1 1 1 KUD 01,51/3 Z ... KUD 021,5/3 Z ... KUD 0302/3 Z ... KUD 0403/3 Z ... KUD 0605/3 Z ... - - 780060 780039 - - 780053 780022 1 1 KUD 0302/3 Z ... GL 75 KUD 0605/3 Z ... SL 75 046814 046876 046944 047125 - 046838 046890 046937 047002 047194 046791 046821 046883 046951 047033 047132 047224 835586 835593 835609 - 046845 046906 046975 047071 047170 - 046807 046852 046913 046982 047088 047187 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 KUD 0403/6 Z ... KUD 0605/6 Z ... KUD 0807/6 Z ... KUD 1009/6 Z ... KUD 1210/6 Z ... KUD 1614/6 Z ... KUD 2018/6 Z ... - - 090237 617687 090244 617694 - - - 1 1 1 1 KUD 0605/6 Z ... SL 150 KUD 0807/6 Z ... SL 150 KUD 1009/6 Z ... SL 150 KUD 1210/6 Z ... SL 150 - - 047040 047149 047231 - - - 1 1 1 KUD 1210/8 Z ... KUD 1614/8 Z ... KUD 2018/8 Z ...

TC burrs for universal applications For fine and coarse stock removal Cylindrical shape with radius end WRC d1 d2 Cylindrical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032 with cut conforming to DIN 8033. Combination of cylindrical and ball-shaped geometries. GL SL l2 l1 = total length (solid tungsten carbide) = shank length (long steel shank) 2 Safety notes: Please observe the reduced rotational speeds for long-shank burrs. They can be found on page 11. PFERDVALUE: HICOAT coating Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm]    l1 [mm] 1 3 Cut 3 PLUS 3 PLUS HC-FEP Description 4 5 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 2 10 3 40 3 13 3 43 6 13 3 43 Long shank dia. of 3 mm, SL/GL 75 mm 3 13 3 75 6 13 3 88 Shank dia. 6 mm 4 13 6 55 6 16 6 55 8 20 6 60 10 20 6 60 25 6 65 12 25 6 65 16 25 6 65 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 6 16 6 172 8 20 6 170 10 20 6 170 12 25 6 175 Shank dia. 8 mm 10 20 8 60 12 25 8 65 16 25 8 65 - - 049631 049662 049693 - 395837 393161 393178 049624 049648 049679 1 1 1 WRC 0210/3 Z ... WRC 0313/3 Z ... WRC 0613/3 Z ... - - 779767 779743 - - 779750 779729 1 1 WRC 0313/3 Z ... GL 75 WRC 0613/3 Z ... SL 75 046227 046296 046371 046487 046623 046210 046289 046357 046708 046463 046609 046173 046234 046302 046388 046715 046500 046630 835562 835579 - 046197 046258 046326 046425 046746 046548 046678 046265 046333 046449 046562 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 WRC 0413/6 Z ... WRC 0616/6 Z ... WRC 0820/6 Z ... WRC 1020/6 Z ... WRC 1025/6 Z ... WRC 1225/6 Z ... WRC 1625/6 Z ... - - 090336 617656 090343 617663 - - - 1 1 1 1 WRC 0616/6 Z ... SL 150 WRC 0820/6 Z ... SL 150 WRC 1020/6 Z ... SL 150 WRC 1225/6 Z ... SL 150 - - 046395 046517 046647 - 046555 - - 1 1 1 WRC 1020/8 Z ... WRC 1225/8 Z ... WRC 1625/8 Z ... Catalogue Page 2 17

TC burrs for universal applications For fine and coarse stock removal d1 d2 r l2 l1 Flame shape B Flame-shaped burr according to ISO 7755/8 with cut conforming to DIN 8033. SL = shank length (long steel shank) Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. Safety notes: Please observe the reduced rotational speeds for long-shank burrs. They can be found on page 11. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] 3 Cut 3 PLUS Description 5 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 7 3 6 13 3 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 20 6 10 25 6 12 30 6 16 35 6 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 8 20 6 10 25 6 12 30 6 Page Catalogue 18 2 37 43 0.8 1.0 - 955482 955499 049570 049594 1 1 B 0307/3 Z ... B 0613/3 Z ... 60 65 70 75 1.5 1.7 2.1 2.6 046050 046098 - 046067 955505 046111 046142 - 1 1 1 1 B 0820/6 Z ... B 1025/6 Z ... B 1230/6 Z ... B 1635/6 Z ... 170 175 180 1.5 1.7 2.1 - 617755 090480 617779 - 1 1 1 B 0820/6 Z ... SL 150 B 1025/6 Z ... SL 150 B 1230/6 Z ... SL 150

TC burrs for universal applications For fine and coarse stock removal Pointed tree shape SPG d1 d2 Pointed tree-shaped burr according to DIN 8032 with cut conforming to DIN 8033, flattened tip. GL SL l2 = total length (solid tungsten carbide) = shank length (long steel shank) l1 2 Safety notes: Please observe the reduced rotational speeds for long-shank burrs. They can be found on page 11. PFERDVALUE: HICOAT coating Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm]    l1 [mm] 1 3 Cut 3 PLUS 3 PLUS HC-FEP Description 4 5 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 7 3 37 13 3 43 6 13 3 43 Long shank dia. of 3 mm, SL/GL 75 mm 3 13 3 75 6 13 3 88 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 18 6 55 8 20 6 60 10 20 6 60 12 25 6 65 30 6 70 16 30 6 70 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 6 18 6 172 8 20 6 170 10 20 6 170 12 25 6 175 Shank dia. 8 mm 10 20 8 60 12 25 8 65 16 30 8 70 - - 049921 049952 049983 - 470626 393208 393215 049907 049938 049969 1 1 1 SPG 0307/3 Z ... SPG 0313/3 Z ... SPG 0613/3 Z ... - - 779972 779828 - - 779965 779811 1 1 SPG 0313/3 Z ... GL 75 SPG 0613/3 Z ... SL 75 047934 048016 048139 048368 048252 047927 047996 048115 048344 048238 047941 955512 048023 048146 048382 048276 835630 835654 - 047965 048061 048184 048429 048313 047972 955543 048085 048207 048443 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 SPG 0618/6 Z ... SPG 0820/6 Z ... SPG 1020/6 Z ... SPG 1225/6 Z ... SPG 1230/6 Z ... SPG 1630/6 Z ... - - 090497 955611 090640 955628 - - - 1 1 1 1 SPG 0618/6 Z ... SL 150 SPG 0820/6 Z ... SL 150 SPG 1020/6 Z ... SL 150 SPG 1225/6 Z ... SL 150 048269 - 048030 048153 048283 - - - 1 1 1 SPG 1020/8 Z ... SPG 1225/8 Z ... SPG 1630/8 Z ... Catalogue Page 2 19

TC burrs for universal applications For fine and coarse stock removal α Conical shape with radius end KEL d1 d2 r l2 Conical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032 with cut conforming to DIN 8033. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. l1 d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] a l1 [mm] r [mm] Cut 3 PLUS 3 1 Description 4 5 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 20 10 20 12 25 30 16 30 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 25 30 d1 6 6 6 6 6 60 60 65 70 70 16° 14° 14° 14° 14° 1.25 2.9 3.3 2.6 4.8 048627 - 048467 048528 048603 - 955581 048481 048559 048634 048719 955604 048504 048597 048672 048733 048689 - 1 1 1 1 1 KEL 0820/6 Z ... KEL 1020/6 Z ... KEL 1225/6 Z ... KEL 1230/6 Z ... KEL 1630/6 Z ... 8 8 65 70 14° 14° 3.3 2.6 - - 048566 048641 - - 1 1 KEL 1225/8 Z ... KEL 1230/8 Z ... α d2 l2 Conical pointed burr according to DIN 8032 with cut conforming to DIN 8033, flattened tip. l1 l2 [mm] d1 [mm] Conical pointed shape SKM Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. d2 [mm] l1 [mm] a 1 Cut 3 PLUS 3 Description 4 5 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 7 11 6 13 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 18 10 20 12 25 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 25 Page Catalogue 20 2 3 3 3 37 41 43 21° 14° 25° - 6 6 6 55 60 65 18° 047286 28° 26° 047415 8 65 26° - - 049839 049853 049877 451816 - 049822 049846 049860 1 1 1 SKM 0307/3 Z ... SKM 0311/3 Z ... SKM 0613/3 Z ... 047279 047330 047392 047293 047354 047422 047316 047378 047460 047323 047385 047477 1 1 1 SKM 0618/6 Z ... SKM 1020/6 Z ... SKM 1225/6 Z ... - 047439 - - 1 SKM 1225/8 Z ...

TC burrs for universal applications For fine and coarse stock removal Tree shape with radius end RBF d1 Tree-shaped burr with radius end according to DIN 8032 with cut conforming to DIN 8033. GL SL d2 r l2 = total length (solid tungsten carbide) = shank length (long steel shank) l1 2 Safety notes: Please observe the reduced rotational speeds for long-shank burrs. They can be found on page 11. PFERDVALUE: HICOAT coating Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm]    r [mm] 1 3 Cut 3 PLUS 3 PLUS HC-FEP Description 4 5 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 7 3 37 0.75 13 3 43 0.75 6 13 3 43 1.5 Long shank dia. of 3 mm, SL/GL 75 mm 3 7 3 75 0.75 6 13 3 88 1.5 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 18 6 55 1.5 8 20 6 60 1.2 10 20 6 60 2.5 12 25 6 65 2.5 16 30 6 70 3.6 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 6 18 6 172 1.5 8 20 6 170 1.2 10 20 6 170 2.5 12 25 6 175 2.5 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 25 8 65 2.5 16 30 8 70 3.6 - - 049891 955550 050019 - 400722 049884 955567 049990 1 1 1 RBF 0307/3 Z ... RBF 0313/3 Z ... RBF 0613/3 Z ... - - 780015 779996 - - 780008 779989 1 1 RBF 0307/3 Z ... GL 75 RBF 0613/3 Z ... SL 75 047774 - 047590 047644 047682 047750 047859 047606 047651 047705 047781 047873 835616 835623 - 047620 047675 047729 047828 047910 047637 047736 047835 - 1 1 1 1 1 RBF 0618/6 Z ... RBF 0820/6 Z ... RBF 1020/6 Z ... RBF 1225/6 Z ... RBF 1630/6 Z ... - - 090657 617731 090756 617748 - - - 1 1 1 1 RBF 0618/6 Z ... SL 150 RBF 0820/6 Z ... SL 150 RBF 1020/6 Z ... SL 150 RBF 1225/6 Z ... SL 150 - - 047798 047880 - - - 1 1 RBF 1225/8 Z ... RBF 1630/8 Z ... Catalogue Page 2 21

TC burrs for universal applications For fine and coarse stock removal d1 Oval shape TRE d2 r l2 Oval burr according to DIN 8032 with cut conforming to DIN 8033. l1 GL = total length (solid tungsten carbide), SL = shank length (long steel shank) Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. Safety notes: Please observe the reduced rotational speeds for long-shank burrs. They can be found on page 11. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] Cut 3 PLUS 3 1 Description 4 5 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 7 3 37 6 10 3 40 Long shank dia. of 3 mm, SL/GL 75 mm 3 7 3 75 6 10 3 85 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 10 6 50 8 13 6 53 10 16 6 56 12 20 6 60 16 25 6 65 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 6 10 6 160 8 13 6 163 10 16 6 166 12 20 6 170 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 20 8 60 16 25 8 65 1.2 2.8 - - 049754 050040 - 049747 050026 1 1 TRE 0307/3 Z ... TRE 0610/3 Z ... 1.2 2.8 - - 779804 779781 - 779798 779774 1 1 TRE 0307/3 Z ... GL 75 TRE 0610/3 Z ... SL 75 2.8 3.7 4.0 5.0 6.5 048955 049075 048931 - 048771 048894 048832 048962 049099 048917 048856 049006 049136 048801 048924 049020 - 1 1 1 1 1 TRE 0610/6 Z ... TRE 0813/6 Z ... TRE 1016/6 Z ... TRE 1220/6 Z ... TRE 1625/6 Z ... 2.8 3.7 4.0 5.0 - - 090817 617700 090824 617724 - - 1 1 1 1 TRE 0610/6 Z ... SL 150 TRE 0813/6 Z ... SL 150 TRE 1016/6 Z ... SL 150 TRE 1220/6 Z ... SL 150 5.0 6.5 - - 048979 049105 - - 1 1 TRE 1220/8 Z ... TRE 1625/8 Z ... Rim shape N α Rim-shaped burr, circumferential cut is 90° and symmetric, tapered tip. The rim shape is particularly well suited to producing and processing prism-shaped keyways. d2 d1 l2 l1 d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] a Cut Description 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 8 mm 25 Page Catalogue 22 2 3 6 8 8 43 46 90° 90° 048740 048757 1 1 N 2503/8 Z3 N 2506/8 Z3

TC burr sets for universal applications For fine and coarse stock removal Set 1500 cuts 3 PLUS and 5 Set 1500 – cuts 3 PLUS and 5 – contains 22 tungsten carbide burrs in the most common shapes and dimensions for general applications. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. Contents: 22 tungsten carbide burrs, shank diameter of 6 mm, cut 3 PLUS 1 piece each: ZYAS 0616/6 Z3 PLUS KUD 0807/6 Z3 PLUS ZYAS 1013/6 Z3 PLUS KUD 1210/6 Z3 PLUS ZYAS 1225/6 Z3 PLUS KUD 1614/6 Z3 PLUS WRC 0616/6 Z3 PLUS KUD 0605/6 Z3 PLUS WRC 1225/6 Z3 PLUS SPG 0618/6 Z3 PLUS SPG 1020/6 Z3 PLUS SPG 1225/6 Z3 PLUS SKM 0618/6 Z3 PLUS SKM 1020/6 Z3 PLUS Shank diameter of 3 mm, cut 5 1 piece each: ZYAS 0210/3 Z5 WRC 0210/3 Z5 ZYAS 0313/3 Z5 WRC 0313/3 Z5 SPG 0307/3 Z5 RBF 0307/3 Z5 TRE 0307/3 Z5 WKN 0307/3 Z5 2 Cut Description 3 PLUS, 5 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 and 6 mm 055885 1 1500 Z3 PLUS/Z5 Set 1501 cut 5 Set 1501 – cut 5 – contains 15 small tungsten carbide burrs in the most common shapes and dimensions for general applications. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. Contents: 15 tungsten carbide burrs, shank diameter of 3 mm, cut 5 1 piece each: ZYAS 0210/3 Z5 B 0307/3 Z5 ZYAS 0313/3 Z5 KUD 0403/3 Z5 ZYAS 0607/3 Z5 WRC 0210/3 Z5 WRC 0313/3 Z5 ZYAS 0613/3 Z5 SPG 0307/3 Z5 SKM 0613/3 Z5 RBF 0307/3 Z5 RBF 0613/3 Z5 TRE 0307/3 Z5 TRE 0610/3 Z5 WKNS 0307/3 Z5 Cut Description 5 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 055892 1 1501 Z5 Catalogue Page 2 23

TC burr sets for universal applications For fine and coarse stock removal Set 1506 cut 3 PLUS Set 1506 – cut 3 PLUS – contains five tungsten carbide burrs in the shapes and dimensions most commonly used in the workshop. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. The burrs are secured at the shanks, facilitating the selection and withdrawal of the tools. Five further unused slots are available for other burrs. Contents: 5 tungsten carbide burrs, shank diameter of 6 mm, cut 3 PLUS 1 piece each: ZYA 0616/6 Z3 PLUS KUD 0605/6 Z3 PLUS WRC 0616/6 Z3 PLUS SPG 0618/6 Z3 PLUS RBF 0618/6 Z3 PLUS Cut Description 3 PLUS EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 801017 1 1506 Z3 PLUS Set 1512 cut 3 PLUS Set 1512 – cut 3 PLUS – contains five tungsten carbide burrs in the shapes and dimensions most commonly used in the workshop. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. The burrs are secured at the shanks, facilitating the selection and withdrawal of the tools. Five further unused slots are available for other burrs. Contents: 5 tungsten carbide burrs, shank diameter of 6 mm, cut 3 PLUS 1 piece each: ZYA 1225/6 Z3 PLUS KUD 1210/6 Z3 PLUS WRC 1225/6 Z3 PLUS SPG 1225/6 Z3 PLUS RBF 1225/6 Z3 PLUS Cut Description 3 PLUS EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 801338 Page Catalogue 24 2 1 1512 Z3 PLUS

TC burrs for universal applications Drive spindle extensions Burrs (shank dia. 3, 6 and 8 mm) can be extended with drive spindle extensions. They allow access to hard-to-reach areas. The drive spindle extension is mounted in the collet of the tool drive (airpowered or electric), or in the handpiece of the flexible shaft drive. In some applications, spindle extensions are an economical alternative to customized burrs with long shanks. Safety notes: Tool drives 2 9 ■ For safety reasons, it is not possible to use drive spindle extensions in combination with long-shank burrs. ■ For additional safety notes, please refer to catalogue section 9. More detailed information and ordering data for drive spindle extensions can be found in catalogue section 9. = Read the safety notes! Extension SPV 150-3 S6 for shank diameter of 3 mm 150 11,5 6 EAN 4007220185308 Extension SPV 150-6 S8  for shank diameter of 6 mm 30 150 13,5 8 EAN 4007220185315 Extension SPV 150-8 S8 for shank diameter of 8 mm 30 150 15,9 8 EAN 4007220184400 Extension SPV 100-6 S8 for shank diameter of 6 mm 30 144 12 8 EAN 4007220185261 Extension SPV 100-6 SPG 6 for shank diameter of 6 mm 30 129 M10 x 0,75 12 EAN 4007220656051 Extension SPV 75-6 S8 for shank diameter of 6 mm 20 120 8 12 EAN 4007220185278 Extension SPV 75-6 SPG 6  for shank diameter of 6 mm 30 104 12 M10 x 0,75 EAN 4007220333143 Extension SPV 50-3 S8 for shank diameter of 3 mm EAN 4007220185254 20 78 9,5 8 30 Catalogue Page 2 25

TC burrs for high-performance applications ALLROUND cut for versatile use With the innovative ALLROUND cut, PFERD has developed unique burrs for versatile use on key materials such as steel and cast steel, stainless steel (INOX), non-ferrous metals and cast iron. The ALLROUND cut offers all the benefits of the tried-and-tested 3 PLUS cut, but its stock removal rate is up to 30 % higher for steel. It enables comfortable working with reduced vibration and less noise. They also offer significant time savings and a high economic value. Advantages: Applications: ■ Significantly better stock removal rate than burrs with a conventional cross cut. ■ Saves money and time through its very high stock removal rate on key materials. ■ Comfortable working with reduced vibration and less noise. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Materials that can be worked: Recommendations for use: ■ ■ ■ ■ Steel, cast steel Stainless steel (INOX) Non-ferrous metals Cast iron Performance values for applications on steel up to Stock removal rate 30 % Milling out Levelling Deburring Cutting out holes Surface work Work on weld seams ■ If possible, use the tools on powerful drives with elastically mounted spindles to avoid vibration. ■ For the cost-effective use of burrs, work with higher rotational/cutting speeds. Power recommendation for tool drives: from 300 watts. ■ Please observe the rotational speed recommendations. Matching tool drives: ■ ■ ■ ■ Flexible shaft drive Straight grinder Robot Machine tools Safety note: ■ Conventional burrs with cross cut ■ Tungsten carbide burrs, ALLROUND cut Page Catalogue 26 2 ■ The very high stock removal rate can cause discolouration on the shank. This does not constitute a safety risk. PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends burrs with ALLROUND cut as an innovative tool solution for comfortable working with significantly reduced vibration and less noise. PFERDEFFICIENCY recommends burrs with ALLROUND cut for long fatigue-free and resource-saving work with perfect results in a very short period of time.

TC burrs for high-performance applications ALLROUND cut for versatile use Recommended rotational speed range [RPM] To determine the recommended cutting speed range [m/min], please proceed as follows: To determine the recommended rotational speed range [RPM], please proceed as follows: ➊ Select the material group to be machined. ➋ Establish the cutting speed range. ➌ Select the required burr diameter. 2 ➍ The cutting speed range and the burr diameter determine the recommended rotational speed range. ➊ Material group Steel, cast steel Application Cut ➋ Cutting speed Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² (< 38 HRC) Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, casehardened steels, cast steel, alloyed steels Coarse stock removal ALLROUND 450–750 m/min Hardened, heat-treated steels over 1,200 N/mm² (> 38 HRC) Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels, cast steel Coarse stock removal ALLROUND 250–450 m/min ALLROUND 450–600 m/min ALLROUND 450–750 m/min ALLROUND 450–600 m/min ALLROUND 450–900 m/min Stainless steel (INOX) Rust and acid-resistant Austenitic and steels ferritic stainless steels Coarse stock removal Nonferrous metals Soft non-ferrous metals Hard non-ferrous metals Coarse stock removal Coarse stock removal Cast iron Grey cast iron, white cast iron Example: TC burr, ALLROUND cut, burr dia. 12 mm. Coarse stock removal on steels up to 1,200 N/mm². Cutting speed: 450–750 m/min Rotational speed range: 12,000–20,000 RPM Brass, copper, zinc Bronze, titanium/titanium alloys, hard aluminium alloys (high Si content) Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), with nodular graphite/nodular cast iron EN-GJS (GGG), white annealed cast iron EN-GJMW (GTW), black cast iron EN-GJMB (GTS) ➌ Coarse stock removal ➍ Cutting speeds [m/min] Burr dia. [mm] 250 450 600 750 Rotational speeds [RPM] 6 8 10 12 16 13,000 10,000 8,000 7,000 5,000 24,000 18,000 14,000 12,000 9,000 32,000 24,000 19,000 16,000 12,000 40,000 30,000 24,000 20,000 15,000 900 48,000 36,000 29,000 24,000 18,000 Catalogue Page 2 27

TC burrs for high-performance applications ALLROUND cut for versatile use d1 d2 l2 Cylindrical shape ZYAS with end cut Cylindrical burr according to DIN 8032 with circumferential and end cut. l1 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm]                   Cut    Description ALLROUND EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 16 d1 16 20 20 25 25 55 60 60 65 65 092866 092897 092903 092941 092958 ZYAS 0616/6 ALLROUND ZYAS 0820/6 ALLROUND ZYAS 1020/6 ALLROUND ZYAS 1225/6 ALLROUND ZYAS 1625/6 ALLROUND Ball-shaped burr according to DIN 8032. l1 d1 [mm] 1 1 1 1 1 Ball shape KUD d2 l2 6 6 6 6 6 PFERDVALUE: l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut                      Description ALLROUND EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 16 Page Catalogue 28 2 5 7 9 10 14 6 6 6 6 6 45 47 49 51 54 093009 093030 093108 093115 093146 1 1 1 1 1 KUD 0605/6 ALLROUND KUD 0807/6 ALLROUND KUD 1009/6 ALLROUND KUD 1210/6 ALLROUND KUD 1614/6 ALLROUND

TC burrs for high-performance applications ALLROUND cut for versatile use Cylindrical shape with radius end WRC d1 d2 Cylindrical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. Combination of cylindrical and ballshaped geometries. l2 l1 PFERDVALUE: l2 [mm] d1 [mm]                   d2 [mm] l1 [mm] 2    Cut Description ALLROUND EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 16 16 20 20 25 25 6 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 65 093153 093184 093191 093221 093238 Flame shape B 1 1 1 1 1 WRC 0616/6 ALLROUND WRC 0820/6 ALLROUND WRC 1020/6 ALLROUND WRC 1225/6 ALLROUND WRC 1625/6 ALLROUND d1 Flame-shaped burr according to ISO 7755/8. d2 r PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm]                   l1 [mm] l2 l1    r [mm] Cut Description ALLROUND EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 10 12 16 20 25 30 35 6 6 6 6 60 65 70 75 1.5 1.7 2.1 2.6 093269 093276 093306 093313 1 1 1 1 B 0820/6 ALLROUND B 1025/6 ALLROUND B 1230/6 ALLROUND B 1635/6 ALLROUND Catalogue Page 2 29

TC burrs for high-performance applications ALLROUND cut for versatile use d1 Pointed tree shape SPG d2 l2 Pointed tree-shaped burr according to DIN 8032, flattened tip. l1 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm]                   Cut    Description ALLROUND EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 16 18 20 20 25 30 6 6 6 6 6 α 093344 093351 093382 093399 093436 1 1 1 1 1 SPG 0618/6 ALLROUND SPG 0820/6 ALLROUND SPG 1020/6 ALLROUND SPG 1225/6 ALLROUND SPG 1630/6 ALLROUND Conical shape with radius end KEL d1 d2 r 55 60 60 65 70 l2 d1 [mm] Conical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. PFERDVALUE: l1 l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] a r [mm]                   Cut    Description ALLROUND EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 10 12 16 Page Catalogue 30 2 20 20 25 30 6 6 6 6 60 60 70 70 16° 14° 14° 14° 1.25 2.9 3.3 4.8 093481 093498 093535 093542 1 1 1 1 KEL 0820/6 ALLROUND KEL 1020/6 ALLROUND KEL 1225/6 ALLROUND KEL 1630/6 ALLROUND

TC burrs for high-performance applications ALLROUND cut for versatile use Conical pointed shape SKM α d1 Conical pointed burr according to DIN 8032 with cut conforming to DIN 8033, flattened tip. d2 l2 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm]                   d2 [mm] 2    a l1 [mm] l1 Cut Description ALLROUND EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 18 20 20 25 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 18° 22° 28° 26° 093696 093702 093719 093726 Tree shape with radius end RBF 1 1 1 1 d1 Tree-shaped burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. l2 [mm] d2 [mm] d2 r PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] SKM 0618/6 ALLROUND SKM 0820/6 ALLROUND SKM 1020/6 ALLROUND SKM 1225/6 ALLROUND                   l1 [mm] l2 l1    r [mm] Cut Description ALLROUND EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 16 18 20 20 25 30 6 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 70 1.5 1.2 2.5 2.5 3.6 093580 093641 093658 093672 093689 1 1 1 1 1 RBF 0618/6 ALLROUND RBF 0820/6 ALLROUND RBF 1020/6 ALLROUND RBF 1225/6 ALLROUND RBF 1630/6 ALLROUND Catalogue Page 2 31

TC burrs for high-performance applications ALLROUND cut for versatile use d1 Oval shape TRE d2 r l2 Oval burr according to DIN 8032 with cut conforming to DIN 8033. l1 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm]                   Cut    Description ALLROUND EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 16 10 13 16 20 25 6 6 6 6 6 50 53 56 60 65 2.8 3.7 4.0 5.0 6.5 093733 093740 093757 093764 093771 1 1 1 1 1 TRE 0610/6 ALLROUND TRE 0813/6 ALLROUND TRE 1016/6 ALLROUND TRE 1220/6 ALLROUND TRE 1625/6 ALLROUND Set 1412 ALLROUND Set 1412 ALLROUND contains five tungsten carbide burrs for versatile use on key materials such as steel and cast steel, stainless steel (INOX), non-ferrous metals and cast iron in the most common shapes and dimensions. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. The burrs are secured at the shanks, facilitating the selection and withdrawal of the tools. Five further slots are available for other burrs. Contents: 5 tungsten carbide burrs, shank diameter of 6 mm, ALLROUND cut 1 piece each: ZYAS 1225/6 ALLROUND KUD 1210/6 ALLROUND WRC 1225/6 ALLROUND SPG 1225/6 ALLROUND RBF 1225/6 ALLROUND Cut PFERDVALUE:                   Description ALLROUND EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 133576 Page Catalogue 32 2 1 1412 ALLROUND   

TC burrs for high-performance applications STEEL cut for steel and cast steel With the innovative STEEL cut, PFERD has developed unique burrs for working with steel and cast steel. They are characterized by significantly increased aggressiveness and good guidance. Thus they ensure safe and precise work. The extremely high stock removal rate makes burrs with the STEEL cut impressive, with significant time savings and a high economic value. Advantages: Applications: ■ Up to 50 % higher stock removal rate when used on steel and cast steel in comparison to conventional cross-cut burrs. ■ Significantly increased aggressiveness, large chips and very good chip removal through the innovative tooth geometry. ■ Workpiece is protected through much lower thermal load. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Safety note: Milling out Levelling deburring Cutting out holes Surface work Work on weld seams ■ The very high stock removal rate can cause discolouration on the shank. This does not constitute a safety risk. PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends burrs with STEEL cut as an innovative tool solution for comfortable working with significantly reduced vibration and less noise. Materials that can be worked: ■ Steel ■ Cast steel Performance values for applications on steel and cast steel up to Stock removal rate 50 % Recommendations for use: ■ If possible, use the tools on powerful drives with elastically mounted spindles to avoid vibration. ■ For the cost-effective use of burrs, work with higher rotational/cutting speeds. Power recommendation for tool drives: from 300 watts. ■ Please observe the rotational speed recommendations. PFERDEFFICIENCY recommends burrs with STEEL cut for long fatigue-free and resourcesaving work with perfect results in a very short period of time. PFERD tools for use on construction steel Matching tool drives: ■ Conventional burrs with cross cut ■ Tungsten carbide burrs, STEEL cut ■ ■ ■ ■ Flexible shaft drive Straight grinder Robot Machine tools TRUST BLUE Steel Recommended rotational speed range [RPM] To determine the recommended rotational speed range [RPM], please proceed as follows: ➊ Refer to the table for the cutting speed. Safety note: ➋ Select the required burr diameter. ➌ The cutting speed range and the burr Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² (< 38 HRC) Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, case-hardened steels, cast steel, alloyed steels Hardened, heat-treated steels over 1,200 N/mm² (> 38 HRC) Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels, cast steel Example: TC burr, STEEL cut, burr dia. of 12 mm. Cutting speed: 450–750 m/min Rotational speed range: 12,000–20,000 RPM Please observe the reduced rotational speeds for burrs with a long shank. They can be found on page 11. diameter determine the recommended rotational speed range. Material group Steel, cast steel More PFERD tools and information on working with steel can be found in our PRAXIS brochure “PFERD tools for use on construction steel”. ➋ Application Cut ➊ Cutting speed Coarse stock removal STEEL 450–750 m/min ➌ Cutting speeds [m/min] Burr dia. [mm] 450 6 8 10 12 16 24,000 18,000 14,000 12,000 9,000 750 Rotational speeds [RPM] 40,000 30,000 24,000 20,000 15,000 Catalogue Page 2 33 2

TC burrs for high-performance applications STEEL cut for steel and cast steel d1 Cylindrical shape ZYA without end cut d2 l2 Cylindrical burr according to DIN 8032. l1 d1 [mm] PFERDVALUE: l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut                   RPM Description STEEL EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 16 Page Catalogue 34 2 16 20 20 25 25 6 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 65 937198 937211 937235 937242 002360 24,000–40,000 18,000–30,000 14,000–24,000 12,000–20,000 9,000–15,000 1 1 1 1 1 ZYA 0616/6 STEEL ZYA 0820/6 STEEL ZYA 1020/6 STEEL ZYA 1225/6 STEEL ZYA 1625/6 STEEL   

TC burrs for high-performance applications STEEL cut for steel and cast steel Cylindrical shape ZYAS with end cut d1 Cylindrical burr according to DIN 8032. Shape ZYAS with circumferential and end cut. SL d2 l2 = shank length (long steel shank) l1 Safety notes: The rotational speeds for longshank burrs relate to applications where the tool is in contact with the workpiece. More safety notes can be found on page 11. 2 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm]                   l1 [mm] Cut    RPM Description STEEL EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 16 8 20 10 20 12 25 16 25 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 8 20 10 20 12 25 6 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 65 937259 937266 937310 937341 002889 24,000–40,000 18,000–30,000 14,000–24,000 12,000–20,000 9,000–15,000 1 1 1 1 1 ZYAS 0616/6 STEEL ZYAS 0820/6 STEEL ZYAS 1020/6 STEEL ZYAS 1225/6 STEEL ZYAS 1625/6 STEEL 6 6 6 170 170 175 091173 091289 091982 11,000 9,000 7,000 1 1 1 ZYAS 0820/6 STEEL SL 150 ZYAS 1020/6 STEEL SL 150 ZYAS 1225/6 STEEL SL 150 Catalogue Page 2 35

TC burrs for high-performance applications STEEL cut for steel and cast steel d1 Ball shape KUD d2 l2 Ball-shaped burr according to DIN 8032. l1 SL = shank length (long steel shank) Safety notes: The rotational speeds for longshank burrs relate to applications where the tool is in contact with the workpiece. More safety notes can be found on page 11. PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut                   RPM    Description STEEL EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 5 8 7 10 9 12 10 16 14 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 10 9 12 10 Page Catalogue 36 2 6 6 6 6 6 45 47 49 51 54 936832 936849 936863 936870 003008 24,000–40,000 18,000–30,000 14,000–24,000 12,000–20,000 9,000–15,000 1 1 1 1 1 KUD 0605/6 STEEL KUD 0807/6 STEEL KUD 1009/6 STEEL KUD 1210/6 STEEL KUD 1614/6 STEEL 6 6 159 160 092002 087206 9,000 7,000 1 1 KUD 1009/6 STEEL SL 150 KUD 1210/6 STEEL SL 150

TC burrs for high-performance applications STEEL cut for steel and cast steel Cylindrical shape with radius end WRC d1 Cylindrical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. Combination of cylindrical and ballshaped geometries. SL d2 l2 l1 = shank length (long steel shank) 2 Safety notes: The rotational speeds for longshank burrs relate to applications where the tool is in contact with the workpiece. More safety notes can be found on page 11. PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm]                   l1 [mm] Cut    RPM Description STEEL EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 16 8 20 10 20 12 25 16 25 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 8 20 10 20 12 25 6 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 65 937129 937150 937174 936696 003022 24,000–40,000 18,000–30,000 14,000–24,000 12,000–20,000 9,000–15,000 1 1 1 1 1 WRC 0616/6 STEEL WRC 0820/6 STEEL WRC 1020/6 STEEL WRC 1225/6 STEEL WRC 1625/6 STEEL 6 6 6 170 170 175 092309 092422 092439 11,000 9,000 7,000 1 1 1 WRC 0820/6 STEEL SL 150 WRC 1020/6 STEEL SL 150 WRC 1225/6 STEEL SL 150 Catalogue Page 2 37

TC burrs for high-performance applications STEEL cut for steel and cast steel d1 d2 r l2 l1 Flame shape B Flame-shaped burr according to ISO 7755/8. SL = shank length (long steel shank) Safety notes: The rotational speeds for longshank burrs relate to applications where the tool is in contact with the workpiece. More safety notes can be found on page 11. PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] Cut                   RPM    Description STEEL EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 20 6 10 25 6 12 30 6 16 35 6 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 10 25 6 12 30 6 Page Catalogue 38 2 60 65 70 75 1.5 1.7 2.1 2.6 936719 092590 936764 003039 18,000–30,000 14,000–24,000 12,000–20,000 9,000–15,000 1 1 1 1 B 0820/6 STEEL B 1025/6 STEEL B 1230/6 STEEL B 1635/6 STEEL 175 180 1.7 2.1 092446 092453 9,000 7,000 1 1 B 1025/6 STEEL SL 150 B 1230/6 STEEL SL 150

TC burrs for high-performance applications STEEL cut for steel and cast steel Pointed tree shape SPG d1 Pointed tree-shaped burr according to DIN 8032, flattened tip. SL d2 l2 = shank length (long steel shank) l1 Safety notes: The rotational speeds for longshank burrs relate to applications where the tool is in contact with the workpiece. More safety notes can be found on page 11. 2 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm]                   l1 [mm] Cut    RPM Description STEEL EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 18 8 20 10 20 12 25 16 30 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 8 20 10 20 12 25 6 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 70 936979 936993 937013 937082 003046 24,000–40,000 18,000–30,000 14,000–24,000 12,000–20,000 9,000–15,000 1 1 1 1 1 SPG 0618/6 STEEL SPG 0820/6 STEEL SPG 1020/6 STEEL SPG 1225/6 STEEL SPG 1630/6 STEEL 6 6 6 170 170 175 092460 092477 092484 11,000 9,000 7,000 1 1 1 SPG 0820/6 STEEL SL 150 SPG 1020/6 STEEL SL 150 SPG 1225/6 STEEL SL 150 Catalogue Page 2 39

TC burrs for high-performance applications STEEL cut for steel and cast steel α Conical shape with radius end KEL d1 d2 r l2 Conical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. SL l1 = shank length (long steel shank) Safety notes: The rotational speeds for longshank burrs relate to applications where the tool is in contact with the workpiece. More safety notes can be found on page 11. PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] a r [mm] Cut                   RPM    Description STEEL EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 10 20 6 12 30 6 16 30 6 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 10 20 6 12 30 6 Page Catalogue 40 2 60 70 70 14° 14° 14° 2.9 2.6 4.8 936771 936818 003053 14,000–24,000 12,000–20,000 9,000–15,000 1 1 1 KEL 1020/6 STEEL KEL 1230/6 STEEL KEL 1630/6 STEEL 170 180 14° 14° 2.9 2.6 092576 092583 9,000 7,000 1 1 KEL 1020/6 STEEL SL 150 KEL 1230/6 STEEL SL 150

TC burrs for high-performance applications STEEL cut for steel and cast steel Conical pointed shape SKM d1 α Conical pointed burr according to DIN 8032 with cut conforming to DIN 8033, flattened tip. SL d2 l2 = shank length (long steel shank) l1 Safety notes: The rotational speeds for longshank burrs relate to applications where the tool is in contact with the workpiece. More safety notes can be found on page 11. 2 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm]                   a Cut    RPM Description STEEL EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 18 6 8 20 6 10 20 6 12 25 6 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 10 20 6 12 25 6 55 60 60 65 18° 22° 28° 26° 092736 092774 092781 092859 24,000–40,000 18,000–30,000 14,000–24,000 12,000–20,000 1 1 1 1 SKM 0618/6 STEEL SKM 0820/6 STEEL SKM 1020/6 STEEL SKM 1225/6 STEEL 170 175 28° 26° 092545 092569 9,000 7,000 1 1 SKM 1020/6 STEEL SL 150 SKM 1225/6 STEEL SL 150 Catalogue Page 2 41

TC burrs for high-performance applications STEEL cut for steel and cast steel d1 d2 r l2 l1 Tree shape with radius end RBF Tree-shaped burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. SL = shank length (long steel shank) Safety notes: The rotational speeds for longshank burrs relate to applications where the tool is in contact with the workpiece. More safety notes can be found on page 11. PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] Cut                   RPM    Description STEEL EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 18 6 8 20 6 10 20 6 12 25 6 16 30 6 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 8 20 6 10 20 6 12 25 6 Page Catalogue 42 2 55 60 60 65 70 1.5 1.2 2.5 2.5 3.6 936887 936900 936924 936931 003060 24,000–40,000 18,000–30,000 14,000–24,000 12,000–20,000 9,000–15,000 1 1 1 1 1 RBF 0618/6 STEEL RBF 0820/6 STEEL RBF 1020/6 STEEL RBF 1225/6 STEEL RBF 1630/6 STEEL 170 170 175 1.2 2.5 2.5 092491 092507 092514 11,000 9,000 7,000 1 1 1 RBF 0820/6 STEEL SL 150 RBF 1020/6 STEEL SL 150 RBF 1225/6 STEEL SL 150

TC burrs for high-performance applications STEEL cut for steel and cast steel Oval shape TRE d1 Oval burr according to ISO 7755/8. SL d2 r = shank length (long steel shank) l2 l1 Safety notes: The rotational speeds for longshank burrs relate to applications where the tool is in contact with the workpiece. More safety notes can be found on page 11. 2 PFERDVALUE: l2 [mm] d1 [mm] d2 [mm]                   l1 [mm] r [mm]    Cut RPM Description STEEL EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 13 6 10 16 6 12 20 6 16 25 6 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 10 16 6 12 20 6 53 56 60 65 3.7 4.0 5.0 6.5 092637 092644 092682 092729 18,000–30,000 14,000–24,000 12,000–20,000 9,000–15,000 1 1 1 1 TRE 0813/6 STEEL TRE 1016/6 STEEL TRE 1220/6 STEEL TRE 1625/6 STEEL 160 170 4.0 5.0 092521 092538 9,000 7,000 1 1 TRE 1016/6 STEEL SL 150 TRE 1220/6 STEEL SL 150 Set 1812 STEEL Set 1812 STEEL contains five tungsten carbide burrs for processing steel and cast steel in the most common shapes and dimensions. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. The burrs are secured at the shanks, facilitating the selection and withdrawal of the tools. Five further slots are available for other burrs. Contents: 5 tungsten carbide burrs, shank diameter of 6 mm, STEEL cut 1 piece each: ZYA 1225/6 STEEL KUD 1210/6 STEEL WRC 1225/6 STEEL SPG 1225/6 STEEL RBF 1225/6 STEEL PFERDVALUE:                   Cut    Description STEEL EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 004357 1 1812 STEEL Catalogue Page 2 43

TC burrs for high-performance applications INOX cut for stainless steel (INOX) With the INOX cut, PFERD has developed innovative burrs for work on stainless steel (INOX). The INOX cut is characterized by an extremely high stock removal rate on all austenitic as well as rustand acid-resistant steels. It creates significantly less vibration than a comparable cross cut. Advantages: Applications: ■ Outstanding stock removal rate and tool life due to the innovative tooth geometry. ■ Achieves high surface qualities through optimum chip formation. ■ Prevents heat discolouration in the material due to the reduced heat generation. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Materials that can be worked: Recommendations for use: PFERDVALUE: ■ Stainless steel (INOX) ■ Soft titanium alloys (tensile strength < 500 N/mm²) ■ If possible, use the tools on powerful drives with elastically mounted spindles to avoid vibration. ■ For the cost-effective use of burrs, work with higher rotational/cutting speeds. Power recommendation for tool drives: - Shank diameter of 3 mm: 75 to 300 watts - Shank diameter of 6 mm: from 300 watts ■ Please observe the rotational speed recommendations. PFERDERGONOMICS recommends burrs with INOX cut as an innovative tool solution for comfortable working with significantly reduced vibration and less noise. Performance values for applications on stainless steel (INOX) Stock removal rate up to 100 % Milling out Levelling Deburring Cutting out holes Surface work Work on weld seams Safety note: ■ The very high stock removal rate can cause discolouration on the shank. This does not constitute a safety risk. Matching tool drives: ■ ■ ■ ■ PFERDEFFICIENCY recommends burrs with INOX cut for long fatigue-free and resourcesaving work with perfect results in a very short period of time. Flexible shaft drive Straight grinder Robot Machine tools ■ Conventional burrs with cross cut ■ Tungsten carbide burrs, INOX cut Recommended rotational speed range [RPM] To determine the recommended rotational speed range [RPM], please proceed as follows: ➊ Select the material group to be machined. ➋ Refer to the table for the cutting speed. ➌ Select the required burr diameter. More PFERD tools and information on working with stainless steel (INOX) can be found in our PRAXIS brochure "PFERD tools for use on stainless steel (INOX)". PFERD tools for use on stainless steel ➍ The cutting speed range and the burr diameter determine the recommended rotational speed range. TRUST BLUE INOX ➊ Material group Application Cut ➋ Cutting speed Stainless steel (INOX) Rust and acid-resistant steels Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels Coarse stock removal INOX 450–600 m/min Non-ferrous metals Non-ferrous metals Titanium/titanium alloys Coarse stock removal INOX 250–450 m/min Example: TC burr, INOX cut, burr dia. of 12 mm. Coarse stock removal on stainless steel (INOX). Cutting speed: 450–600 m/min Rotational speed range: 12,000–16,000 RPM Page Catalogue 44 2 ➍ Cutting speeds [m/min] ➌ 250 450 Rotational speeds [RPM] 600 27,000 20,000 16,000 13,000 10,000 8,000 7,000 48,000 36,000 29,000 24,000 18,000 14,000 12,000 64,000 48,000 40,000 32,000 24,000 19,000 16,000 Burr dia. [mm] 3 4 5 6 8 10 12

TC burrs for high-performance applications INOX cut for stainless steel (INOX) Cylindrical shape ZYA without end cut d1 Cylindrical burr according to DIN 8032. d2 l2 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm]                   d2 [mm] l1 [mm] l1 2    Cut RPM Description INOX EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 13 13 3 3 43 43 930380 930403 27,000–64,000 13,000–32,000 1 1 ZYA 0313/3 INOX ZYA 0613/3 INOX 16 20 20 25 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 900499 952245 952252 900505 13,000–32,000 10,000–24,000 8,000–19,000 7,000–16,000 1 1 1 1 ZYA 0616/6 INOX ZYA 0820/6 INOX ZYA 1020/6 INOX ZYA 1225/6 INOX Cylindrical shape ZYAS with end cut d1 Cylindrical burr according to DIN 8032 with circumferential and end cut. PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm]                   l1 [mm] d2 l2 Cut l1    RPM Description INOX EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 12 13 13 3 3 43 43 034453 034460 27,000–64,000 13,000–32,000 1 1 ZYAS 0313/3 INOX ZYAS 0613/3 INOX 16 25 6 6 55 65 034477 034484 27,000–64,000 7,000–16,000 1 1 ZYAS 0616/6 INOX ZYAS 1225/6 INOX Catalogue Page 2 45

TC burrs for high-performance applications INOX cut for stainless steel (INOX) d1 Ball shape KUD d2 l2 Ball-shaped burr according to DIN 8032. l1 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut                   RPM    Description INOX EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 4 5 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 2 3 4 5 3 3 3 3 33 34 35 35 930434 034439 034446 930441 27,000–64,000 20,000–48,000 16,000–40,000 13,000–32,000 1 1 1 1 KUD 0302/3 INOX KUD 0403/3 INOX KUD 0504/3 INOX KUD 0605/3 INOX 5 7 9 10 6 6 6 6 45 47 49 51 900536 952269 952276 900543 13,000–32,000 10,000–24,000 8,000–19,000 7,000–16,000 1 1 1 1 KUD 0605/6 INOX KUD 0807/6 INOX KUD 1009/6 INOX KUD 1210/6 INOX d1 Cylindrical shape with radius end WRC d2 l2 Cylindrical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. Combination of cylindrical and ballshaped geometries. l1 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut                   RPM Description INOX EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 Page Catalogue 46 2 13 13 3 3 43 43 930410 930427 27,000–64,000 13,000–32,000 1 1 WRC 0313/3 INOX WRC 0613/3 INOX 16 20 20 25 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 900512 952283 952290 900529 13,000–32,000 10,000–24,000 8,000–19,000 7,000–16,000 1 1 1 1 WRC 0616/6 INOX WRC 0820/6 INOX WRC 1020/6 INOX WRC 1225/6 INOX   

TC burrs for high-performance applications INOX cut for stainless steel (INOX) Flame shape B d1 Flame-shaped burr according to ISO 7755/8. d2 r l2 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm]                   l1 [mm] r [mm] l1 2    Cut RPM Description INOX EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 10 12 20 25 30 6 6 6 60 65 70 1.5 1.7 2.1 952306 952313 930502 10,000–24,000 8,000–19,000 7,000–16,000 Pointed tree shape SPG 1 1 1 d1 Pointed tree-shaped burr according to DIN 8032, flattened tip. l2 [mm] d2 [mm] d2 l2 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] B 0820/6 INOX B 1025/6 INOX B 1230/6 INOX                   l1 [mm] Cut l1    RPM Description INOX EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 7 13 13 3 3 3 37 43 43 034491 034507 034514 27,000–64,000 27,000–64,000 13,000–32,000 1 1 1 SPG 0307/3 INOX SPG 0313/3 INOX SPG 0613/3 INOX 18 20 20 25 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 936948 952320 952337 936894 13,000–32,000 10,000–24,000 8,000–19,000 7,000–16,000 1 1 1 1 SPG 0618/6 INOX SPG 0820/6 INOX SPG 1020/6 INOX SPG 1225/6 INOX Catalogue Page 2 47

TC burrs for high-performance applications INOX cut for stainless steel (INOX) d1 d2 r l2 Tree shape with radius end RBF Tree-shaped burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. l1 d1 [mm] PFERDVALUE: l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] Cut                   RPM    Description INOX EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 13 13 3 3 43 43 0.75 1.5 930472 930489 27,000–64,000 13,000–32,000 1 1 RBF 0313/3 INOX RBF 0613/3 INOX 18 20 20 25 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 1.5 1.2 2.5 2.5 900550 952344 952351 900567 13,000–32,000 10,000–24,000 8,000–19,000 7,000–16,000 1 1 1 1 RBF 0618/6 INOX RBF 0820/6 INOX RBF 1020/6 INOX RBF 1225/6 INOX d1 Oval shape TRE d2 r l2 Oval burr according to DIN 8032. l1 d1 [mm] PFERDVALUE: l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] Cut                   RPM Description INOX EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 10 12 Page Catalogue 48 2 13 16 20 6 6 6 53 56 60 3.7 4.0 5.0 952368 952375 930519 10,000–24,000 8,000–19,000 7,000–16,000 1 1 1 TRE 0813/6 INOX TRE 1016/6 INOX TRE 1220/6 INOX   

TC burrs for high-performance applications INOX cut for stainless steel (INOX) α Conical shape with radius end KEL d1 Conical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. r PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm]                   a d2 r [mm] l2 l1 2    Cut RPM Description INOX EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 20 10 20 12 30 6 6 6 60 60 70 16° 14° 14° 1.25 2.9 2.6 952382 952399 930496 10,000–24,000 8,000–19,000 7,000–16,000 1 1 1 KEL 0820/6 INOX KEL 1020/6 INOX KEL 1230/6 INOX Set 1912 INOX Set 1912 INOX contains five tungsten carbide burrs for processing stainless steel (INOX) in the most common shapes and dimensions. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. The burrs are secured at the shanks, facilitating the selection and withdrawal of the tools. Five further slots are available for other burrs. Contents: 5 tungsten carbide burrs, shank diameter of 6 mm, INOX cut 1 piece each: ZYA 1225/6 INOX KUD 1210/6 INOX WRC 1225/6 INOX RBF 1225/6 INOX SPG 1225/6 INOX PFERDVALUE:                   Cut    Description INOX EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 068816 1 1912 INOX Catalogue Page 2 49

TC burrs for high-performance applications ALU and NON-FERROUS cuts for aluminium/non-ferrous metals When it comes to machining aluminium and non-ferrous metals, PFERD offers two high-performance cuts and a HICOAT coating which have been designed specifically for demanding machining tasks on long-chipping and lubricating materials. Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Milling out Levelling Deburring Cutting out holes Surface work Work on weld seams Matching tool drives: ■ ■ ■ ■ Flexible shaft drive Straight grinder Robot Machine tools ALU cut Recommendations for use: ■ If possible, use the tools on powerful drives with elastically mounted spindles to avoid vibration. ■ For the cost-effective use of burrs, work with higher rotational/cutting speeds. Power recommendation for tool drives: - Shank diameter of 3 mm: 75 to 300 watts - Shank diameter of 6 mm: from 500 watts ■ Please observe the rotational speed recommendations. ALU cut with HICOAT coating HC-NFE PFERD has further developed the ALU cut especially for stock removal on aluminium. This cut is characterized by its high stock removal rate. The use of burrs with the PFERD HICOAT coating HC-NFE prevents chips adhering during work on soft aluminium alloys. This increases the tool life and improves the surface quality of the workpiece. Advantages: Advantages: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Extremely high stock removal rate. Large chips. Reduced material adhesion. Long tool life and smooth running. Can be used with cutting speeds of up to 1,100 m/min. ■ Mainly used for long-chipping and lubricating non-ferrous metals. ■ Highest stock removal rate. ■ Effective chip removal through improved anti-adhesion characteristics. ■ Lower thermal loads. ■ Longer service life. NON-FERROUS cut Materials that can be worked: PFERD has developed the NON-FERROUS cut for universal use on non-ferrous metals and fibre-reinforced plastics. This cut is characterized by its high stock removal rate. Advantages: ■ Very good stock removal rate when used on non-ferrous metals such as brass and copper, plastics and fibre-reinforced plastics. Page Catalogue 50 2 More PFERD tools and a wealth of useful information on working with aluminium can be found in our PRAXIS brochure “PFERD tools for use on aluminium”. PFERD tools for use on aluminium ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Bronze Copper Brass Zinc Fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP) Thermoplastics. TRUST BLUE Aluminium 412 ALU grinding oil Grinding oil can be used as an alternative to the HICOAT coating HC-NFE. Grinding oil 412 ALU in a 400 ml aerosol is particularly well suited: EAN 4007220791332. Detailed information on grinding oil 412 ALU can be found in catalogue section 4. Materials that can be worked: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Aluminium Bronze Copper Brass Titanium Titanium alloys Zinc Fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP) Thermoplastics PFERDVALUE: PFERDEFFICIENCY recommends burrs with HICOAT coating for long fatigue-free and resource-saving work with perfect results in a very short period of time.

TC burrs for high-performance applications ALU and NON-FERROUS cuts for aluminium/non-ferrous metals Recommended rotational speed range [RPM] To determine the recommended cutting speed range [m/min], please proceed as follows: To determine the recommended rotational speed range [RPM], please proceed as follows: ➊ Select the material group to be machined. ➋ Determine the type of application. ➌ Select the cut. ➍ Establish the cutting speed range. ➎ Select the required burr diameter. ➏ The cutting speed range and the burr 2 diameter determine the recommended rotational speed range. ➊ Material group ➋ Application ❸ Cut Coarse stock removal Aluminium alloys Fine stock removal Soft non-ferrous metals Coarse stock removal ➍ Cutting speed ALU HICOAT HC-NFE ALU HICOAT HC-NFE ALU HICOAT HC-NFE Brass, copper, zinc NON-FERROUS Hard aluminium alloys (high Si content) ALU HICOAT HC-NFE ALU HICOAT HC-NFE ALU HICOAT HC-NFE ALU HICOAT HC-NFE Fine stock removal Non-ferrous metals Hard non-ferrous metals Coarse stock removal Fine stock removal Coarse stock removal Bronze 600–1,100 m/min 900–1,100 m/min 600–1,100 m/min 450–600 m/min 900–1,100 m/min 600–1,100 m/min 900–1,100 m/min 600–900 m/min NON-FERROUS ALU HICOAT HC-NFE Fine stock removal 600–1,100 m/min NON-FERROUS Plastics, other materials Thermoplastics, fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP) Coarse stock removal Fine stock removal Example: TC burr, ALU cut, burr dia. of 12 mm. Coarse stock removal on hard non-ferrous metals, e.g. bronze. Cutting speed: 600–900 m/min Rotational speed range: 16,000–24,000 RPM ➎ ALU HICOAT HC-NFE ALU HICOAT HC-NFE 600–1,100 m/min ➏ Cutting speeds [m/min] Burr dia. [mm] 450 3 6 8 10 12 16 48,000 24,000 18,000 14,000 12,000 9,000 600 900 Rotational speeds [RPM] 64,000 32,000 24,000 19,000 16,000 12,000 95,000 48,000 36,000 29,000 24,000 18,000 1,100 117,000 59,000 44,000 35,000 30,000 22,000 Catalogue Page 2 51

TC burrs for high-performance applications ALU and NON-FERROUS cuts for aluminium/non-ferrous metals d1 Cylindrical shape ZYA without end cut d2 Cylindrical burr according to DIN 8032. l2 l1 d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 Cut [mm] NON-FERROUS Description EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 12 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 d1 16 25 6 6 55 65 221044 533314 1 1 ZYA 0616/6 NON-FERROUS ZYA 1225/6 NON-FERROUS 25 8 65 221051 1 ZYA 1225/8 NON-FERROUS Cylindrical shape ZYAS with end cut d2 l2 Cylindrical burr according to DIN 8032 with circumferential and end cut. l1 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. PFERDVALUE: HICOAT coating    d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut ALU Description ALU HC-NFE EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 16 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 Page Catalogue 52 2 13 13 3 3 43 43 803653 803660 - 1 1 ZYAS 0313/3 ... ZYAS 0613/3 ... 16 20 20 25 25 6 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 65 246986 952955 533321 533345 803974 804117 - 1 1 1 1 1 ZYAS 0616/6 ... ZYAS 0820/6 ... ZYAS 1020/6 ... ZYAS 1225/6 ... ZYAS 1625/6 ... 25 8 65 246979 - 1 ZYAS 1225/8 ...

TC burrs for high-performance applications ALU and NON-FERROUS cuts for aluminium/non-ferrous metals Ball shape KUD d1 d2 Ball-shaped burr according to DIN 8032. l2 l1 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. 2 PFERDVALUE: HICOAT coating    d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] ALU Cut ALU HC-NFE Description NON-FERROUS EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 16 2 5 3 3 33 35 803714 803721 - - 1 1 KUD 0302/3 ... KUD 0605/3 ... 5 7 9 10 14 6 6 6 6 6 45 47 49 51 54 869123 869130 952962 533147 803998 804155 - 221082 533154 - 1 1 1 1 1 KUD 0605/6 ... KUD 0807/6 ... KUD 1009/6 ... KUD 1210/6 ... KUD 1614/6 ... Cylindrical shape with radius end WRC d1 d2 Cylindrical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. Combination of cylindrical and ballshaped geometries. l2 l1 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. PFERDVALUE: HICOAT coating    d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] ALU Cut ALU HC-NFE Description NON-FERROUS EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 16 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 13 13 3 3 43 43 803691 803707 - - 1 1 WRC 0313/3 ... WRC 0613/3 ... 16 20 20 25 25 6 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 65 247006 952979 952986 533260 803981 804131 - 221068 533284 - 1 1 1 1 1 WRC 0616/6 ... WRC 0820/6 ... WRC 1020/6 ... WRC 1225/6 ... WRC 1625/6 ... 25 8 65 247013 - - 1 WRC 1225/8 ... Catalogue Page 2 53

TC burrs for high-performance applications ALU and NON-FERROUS cuts for aluminium/non-ferrous metals d1 Pointed tree shape SPG d2 Pointed tree-shaped burr according to DIN 8032, flattened tip. l2 l1 d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut Description ALU EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 7 13 13 3 3 3 37 43 43 003350 003435 003442 1 1 1 SPG 0307/3 ALU SPG 0313/3 ALU SPG 0613/3 ALU 18 20 20 25 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 003503 003534 003558 003596 1 1 1 1 SPG 0618/6 ALU SPG 0820/6 ALU SPG 1020/6 ALU SPG 1225/6 ALU α Conical shape with radius end KEL d1 d2 r l2 Conical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. l1 PFERDVALUE: HICOAT coating    d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] a r [mm] ALU Cut ALU HC-NFE Description NON-FERROUS EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 20 10 20 12 30 16 30 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 30 16 30 Page Catalogue 54 2 6 6 6 6 60 60 70 70 16° 14° 14° 14° 1.25 2.9 2.6 4.8 953013 953020 533109 804018 533093 - 221105 533116 - 1 1 1 1 KEL 0820/6 ... KEL 1020/6 ... KEL 1230/6 ... KEL 1630/6 ... 8 8 70 70 14° 14° 2.6 4.8 247037 - - 221129 1 1 KEL 1230/8 ... KEL 1630/8 ...

TC burrs for high-performance applications ALU and NON-FERROUS cuts for aluminium/non-ferrous metals Tree shape with radius end RBF d1 Tree-shaped burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. d2 r Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. l2 l1 2 PFERDVALUE: HICOAT coating    d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] ALU Cut ALU HC-NFE Description EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 16 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 13 13 3 3 43 43 0.75 1.5 803677 803684 - 1 1 RBF 0313/3 ... RBF 0613/3 ... 18 20 20 25 30 6 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 70 1.5 1.2 2.5 2.5 3.6 328071 952993 953006 533208 804001 533192 - 1 1 1 1 1 RBF 0618/6 ... RBF 0820/6 ... RBF 1020/6 ... RBF 1225/6 ... RBF 1630/6 ... 25 8 65 2.5 247020 - 1 RBF 1225/8 ... Catalogue Page 2 55

TC burrs for high-performance applications ALU and NON-FERROUS cuts for aluminium/non-ferrous metals Set 1603 ALU Set 1603 ALU contains ten small tungsten carbide burrs for processing aluminium in the most common shapes and dimensions. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. Contents: 10 tungsten carbide burrs, shank diameter of 3 mm, ALU cut 1 piece each: ZYAS 0313/3 ALU WRC 0313/3 ALU ZYAS 0613/3 ALU WRC 0613/3 ALU KUD 0302/3 ALU RBF 0313/3 ALU KUD 0605/3 ALU RBF 0613/3 ALU Cut SPG 0313/3 ALU SPG 0613/3 ALU Description ALU EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 004401 1 1603 ALU Set 1612 ALU Set 1612 ALU contains five tungsten carbide burrs for processing aluminium in the most common shapes and dimensions. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. The burrs are secured at the shanks, facilitating the selection and withdrawal of the tools. Five further slots are available for other burrs. Contents: 5 tungsten carbide burrs, shank diameter of 6 mm, ALU cut 1 piece each: ZYAS 1225/6 ALU RBF 1225/6 ALU KUD 1210/6 ALU KEL 1230/6 ALU WRC 1225/6 ALU Cut Description ALU EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 068823 Page Catalogue 56 2 1 1612 ALU

TC burrs for high-performance applications CAST cut for cast iron With the CAST cut, PFERD has developed innovative burrs especially for work on cast iron. They are characterized by an extremely high stock removal rate on cast iron and impress through smooth milling with significantly reduced vibration and less noise. Advantages: Materials that can be worked: ■■Up to 100 % higher stock removal rate when used on cast iron due to the innovative tooth geometry, when compared with conventional cross-cut burrs. ■■Significantly increased aggressiveness, large chips and very good chip removal. ■■Comfortable working with reduced vibration and less noise. ■■Grey cast iron ■■Nodular cast iron ■■Annealed cast iron Performance values for applications on cast iron Applications: ■■Milling out ■■Levelling ■■Deburring ■■Cutting out holes ■■Surface work ■■Work on weld seams PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends burrs with CAST cut as an innovative tool solution for comfortable working with significantly reduced vibration and less noise. Recommendations for use: ■■If possible, use the tools on powerful drives with elastically mounted spindles to avoid vibration. ■■For the cost-effective use of burrs, work with higher rotational/cutting speeds. Power recommendation for tool drives: from 300 watts. ■■Please observe the rotational speed recommendations. up to Stock removal rate Safety note: ■■The very high stock removal rate can cause discolouration on the shank. This does not constitute a safety risk. 100 % PFERDEFFICIENCY recommends burrs with CAST cut for long fatigue-free and resourcesaving work with perfect results in a very short period of time. Matching tool drives: ■ Conventional burrs with cross cut ■ Tungsten carbide burrs, CAST cut ■■Flexible shaft drive ■■Straight grinder ■■Robot ■■Machine tools Recommended rotational speed range [RPM] To determine the recommended rotational speed range [RPM], please proceed as follows: ➊ Refer to the table for the cutting speed. ➋ Select the required burr diameter. ➌ The cutting speed range and the burr diameter determine the recommended rotational speed range. Material group Cast iron Grey cast iron, white cast iron Example: TC burr, CAST cut, burr dia. of 12 mm. Coarse stock removal on cast iron. Cutting speed: 450–750 m/min Rotational speed range: 12,000–20,000 RPM Application Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), with nodular graphite/nodular cast iron Coarse stock removal EN-GJS (GGG), white annealed cast iron ENGJMW (GTW), black cast iron EN-GJMB (GTS) Cut ➊ Cutting speed CAST 450–750 m/min ➌ Cutting speeds [m/min] ➋ 450 Burr dia. [mm] 6 10 12 750 Rotational speeds [RPM] 24,000 14,000 12,000 40,000 24,000 20,000 Catalogue Page 2 57 2

TC burrs for high-performance applications CAST cut for cast iron d1 Cylindrical shape ZYAS with end cut d2 l2 d1 [mm] Cylindrical burr according to DIN 8032 with circumferential and end cut. l1 PFERDVALUE: l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut                   RPM    Description CAST EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 10 12 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 d1 16 20 25 6 6 6 55 60 65 952658 952665 952672 24,000–40,000 14,000–24,000 12,000–20,000 1 1 1 ZYAS 0616/6 CAST ZYAS 1020/6 CAST ZYAS 1225/6 CAST 25 8 65 067925 12,000–20,000 1 ZYAS 1225/8 CAST Ball shape KUD d2 l2 Ball-shaped burr according to DIN 8032. l1 d1 [mm] PFERDVALUE: l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut                   RPM Description CAST EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 10 12 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 Page Catalogue 58 2 9 10 6 6 49 51 952504 952511 14,000–24,000 12,000–20,000 1 1 KUD 1009/6 CAST KUD 1210/6 CAST 10 8 51 068038 12,000–20,000 1 KUD 1210/8 CAST   

TC burrs for high-performance applications CAST cut for cast iron Cylindrical shape with radius end WRC d1 Cylindrical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. Combination of cylindrical and ballshaped geometries. d2 l2 l1 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm]                   d2 [mm] l1 [mm] 2    Cut RPM Description CAST EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 10 12 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 16 20 25 6 6 6 55 60 65 952610 952627 952634 24,000–40,000 14,000–24,000 12,000–20,000 1 1 1 WRC 0616/6 CAST WRC 1020/6 CAST WRC 1225/6 CAST 25 8 65 067932 12,000–20,000 1 WRC 1225/8 CAST Flame shape B d1 Flame-shaped burr according to ISO 7755/8. d2 r l2 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm]                   r [mm] Cut l1    RPM Description CAST EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 12 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 30 6 70 2.1 952450 12,000–20,000 1 B 1230/6 CAST 30 8 70 2.1 068021 12,000–20,000 1 B 1230/8 CAST Catalogue Page 2 59

TC burrs for high-performance applications CAST cut for cast iron d1 Pointed tree shape SPG d2 l2 Pointed tree-shaped burr according to DIN 8032, flattened tip. l1 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut                   RPM    Description CAST EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 10 12 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 18 20 25 6 6 6 55 60 70 952580 952597 952603 24,000–40,000 14,000–24,000 12,000–20,000 1 1 1 SPG 0618/6 CAST SPG 1020/6 CAST SPG 1225/6 CAST 25 8 70 067956 12,000–20,000 1 SPG 1225/8 CAST α Conical shape with radius end KEL d1 d2 r l2 d1 [mm] Conical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. PFERDVALUE: l1 l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] a r [mm] Cut                   RPM Description CAST EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 12 30 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 30 Page Catalogue 60 2 6 70 14° 2.6 952474 12,000–20,000 1 KEL 1230/6 CAST 8 70 14° 2.6 068014 12,000–20,000 1 KEL 1230/8 CAST   

TC burrs for high-performance applications CAST cut for cast iron Conical pointed shape SKM α d1 d2 Conical pointed burr according to DIN 8032, flattened tip. l2 l1 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm]                   a l1 [mm] 2    Cut RPM Description CAST EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 12 25 6 65 26° 952481 12,000–20,000 Tree shape with radius end RBF 1 SKM 1225/6 CAST d1 Tree-shaped burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. d2 r l2 l1 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm]                   l1 [mm] r [mm]    Cut RPM Description CAST EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 10 12 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 18 20 25 6 6 6 55 60 65 1.5 2.5 2.5 952528 952559 952566 24,000–40,000 14,000–24,000 12,000–20,000 1 1 1 RBF 0618/6 CAST RBF 1020/6 CAST RBF 1225/6 CAST 25 8 65 2.5 067949 12,000–20,000 1 RBF 1225/8 CAST Oval shape TRE d1 Oval burr according to DIN 8032. r PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 d2 [mm] l1 [mm]                   r [mm] Cut l2 l1    RPM Description CAST EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 12 20 6 60 5.0 952467 12,000–20,000 1 TRE 1220/6 CAST Catalogue Page 2 61

TC burrs for high-performance applications TITANIUM cut for titanium The TITANIUM cut has been especially developed for work on hard titanium materials (tensile strength > 500 N/mm²). It is characterized by an extremely high stock removal rate on this material group, which has very challenging stock removal properties. Tungsten carbide burrs with the TITANIUM cut impress with their smooth milling with considerably reduced vibration and less noise. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Outstanding stock removal rate and tool life due to the innovative tooth geometry. ■ Significantly increased aggressiveness, large chips and very good chip removal. ■ Comfortable working with reduced vibration and less noise. ■ Determine the rotational speed in each case depending on the titanium alloy you need to machine. ■ Reduce the rotational speed if excessive flying sparks occur. Depending on the titanium alloy you are machining, flying sparks may not be entirely avoidable. ■ If possible, use the tools on powerful drives with elastically mounted spindles to avoid vibration. ■ For the cost-effective use of burrs, work with higher rotational/cutting speeds. Power recommendation for tool drives: - Shank diameter of 3 mm: 75 to 300 watts - Shank diameter of 6 mm: from 300 watts ■ Please observe the rotational speed recommendations. Materials that can be worked: ■ Titanium ■ Hard titanium alloys Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Milling out Levelling Deburring Cutting out holes Surface work Work on weld seams Safety note: ■ The very high stock removal rate can cause discolouration on the shank. This does not constitute a safety risk. PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends burrs with TITANIUM cut as an innovative tool solution for comfortable working with significantly reduced vibration and less noise. PFERDEFFICIENCY recommends burrs with TITANIUM cut for long fatigue-free and resource-saving work with perfect results in a very short period of time. Matching tool drives: ■ ■ ■ ■ Flexible shaft drive Straight grinder Robot Machine tools Recommended rotational speed range [RPM] To determine the recommended rotational speed range [RPM], please proceed as follows: ➊ Refer to the table for the cutting speed. ➋ Select the required burr diameter. ➌ The cutting speed range and the burr diameter determine the recommended rotational speed range. Material group Non-ferrous Hard non-ferrous metals metals Application Hard titanium alloys Example: TC burr, TITANIUM cut, burr dia. of 12 mm. Coarse stock removal on hard titanium alloys. Cutting speed: 250–450 m/min Rotational speed range: 7,000–12,000 RPM Coarse stock removal Cut ➊ Cutting speed TITANIUM 250–450 m/min ➌ Cutting speeds [m/min] ➋ Burr dia. [mm] 3 4 5 6 12 250 450 Rotational speeds [RPM] 27,000 20,000 16,000 13,000 7,000 48,000 36,000 29,000 24,000 12,000 Note: For soft titanium alloys (tensile strength < 500 N/mm²), we recommend tungsten carbide burrs with the INOX cut. The special tooth geometry on these burrs prevents the flutes becoming clogged, particularly for soft, lubricating materials (see page 44). Page Catalogue 62 2

TC burrs for high-performance applications TITANIUM cut for titanium Cylindrical shape ZYAS with end cut d1 d2 Cylindrical burr according to DIN 8032 with cut on circumference and end. l2 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm]                   d2 [mm] l1 [mm] l1 2    Cut RPM Description TITANIUM EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 12 13 13 3 3 43 43 034217 034224 27,000–48,000 13,000–24,000 1 1 ZYAS 0313/3 TITANIUM ZYAS 0613/3 TITANIUM 16 25 6 6 55 65 034248 034255 13,000–24,000 7,000–12,000 1 1 ZYAS 0616/6 TITANIUM ZYAS 1225/6 TITANIUM Ball shape KUD d1 Ball-shaped burr according to DIN 8032. l2 PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm]                   l1 [mm] d2 Cut l1    RPM Description TITANIUM EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 4 5 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 12 2 3 4 5 3 3 3 3 33 34 35 35 034149 034163 034170 034187 27,000–48,000 20,000–36,000 16,000–29,000 13,000–24,000 1 1 1 1 KUD 0302/3 TITANIUM KUD 0403/3 TITANIUM KUD 0504/3 TITANIUM KUD 0605/3 TITANIUM 5 10 6 6 45 51 034194 034200 13,000–24,000 7,000–12,000 1 1 KUD 0605/6 TITANIUM KUD 1210/6 TITANIUM Catalogue Page 2 63

TC burrs for high-performance applications TITANIUM cut for titanium d1 Cylindrical shape with radius end WRC d2 l2 Cylindrical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. Combination of cylindrical and ballshaped geometries. l1 PFERDVALUE: l2 [mm] d1 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut                   RPM    Description TITANIUM EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 12 13 13 3 3 43 43 034309 034316 27,000–48,000 13,000–24,000 1 1 WRC 0313/3 TITANIUM WRC 0613/3 TITANIUM 16 25 6 6 55 65 034330 034347 13,000–24,000 7,000–12,000 1 1 WRC 0616/6 TITANIUM WRC 1225/6 TITANIUM d1 Pointed tree shape SPG d2 l2 Pointed tree-shaped burr according to DIN 8032, flattened tip. l1 d1 [mm] PFERDVALUE: l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut                   RPM    Description TITANIUM EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 12 Page Catalogue 64 2 7 13 13 3 3 3 37 43 43 034323 034392 034408 27,000–48,000 27,000–48,000 13,000–24,000 1 1 1 SPG 0307/3 TITANIUM SPG 0313/3 TITANIUM SPG 0613/3 TITANIUM 18 25 6 6 55 65 034415 034422 13,000–24,000 7,000–12,000 1 1 SPG 0618/6 TITANIUM SPG 1225/6 TITANIUM

TC burrs for high-performance applications TITANIUM cut for titanium Tree shape with radius end RBF d1 Tree-shaped burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. d2 r PFERDVALUE: d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm]                   r [mm] Cut l2 l1 2    RPM Description TITANIUM EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 12 13 13 3 3 43 43 0.75 1.5 034354 034361 27,000–48,000 13,000–24,000 1 1 RBF 0313/3 TITANIUM RBF 0613/3 TITANIUM 18 25 6 6 55 65 1.5 2.5 034378 034385 13,000–24,000 7,000–12,000 1 1 RBF 0618/6 TITANIUM RBF 1225/6 TITANIUM Catalogue Page 2 65

TC burrs for high-performance applications PLAST, FVK and FVKS cuts for GRP/CRP Tungsten carbide burrs with the PLAST, FVK and FVKS cuts are suitable for trimming and contour milling on a wide range of fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP). Burrs with a drill cut (BS) or with a centre drill (ZBS) allow combined drilling and milling work. Burrs with an end cut (two teeth, STS) enable holes to be drilled with minimal burr formation, whilst the version with a flat end cut (two teeth, FSTS) is used to mill grooves and pockets. The STS and FSTS versions are suitable only for machine and robot applications. The special tooth geometry allows high feed rates due to the low resistance. In addition, these burrs are characterized by smooth milling. Recommendations for use: ■ The version with a drill cut (BS) is particularly suitable for machine and robot applications, while the version with a centre drill (ZBS) is used for manual applications. It allows secure drilling on almost all surface conditions. ■ The versions with an end cut (two teeth, STS) and flat end cut (two teeth, FSTS) are suitable only for machine and robot applications. ■ Select a burr diameter greater than the thickness of the material to be machined, to avoid impacts and chattering with the risk of damaging or breaking the tool. ■ Increase the rotational speed if the tool tends to chatter. ■ If necessary, reduce the rotational speed and contact pressure if melting occurs. ■ If possible, use the tools on powerful drives with elastically mounted spindles to avoid vibration. ■ For the cost-effective use of burrs, work with higher rotational/cutting speeds. Power recommendation for tool drives: - Shank diameter of 3 mm: 75 to 300 watts - Shank diameter of 6 mm: from 300 watts ■ Please observe the rotational speed recommendations. Applications: Trimming Contour milling Deburring Milling grooves and pockets (with FSTS) Drilling blind holes (with FSTS) Drilling with minimal burr formation (with STS) ■ Milling out ■ Cutting out holes ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Matching tool drives: ■ ■ ■ ■ Flexible shaft drive Straight grinder Robot Machine tools PLAST cut Tungsten carbide burrs with the PLAST cut are particularly suitable for use on less hard glass and carbon-fibre-reinforced duroplastics (GRP and CRP with ≤ 40 % fibre content) and fibre-reinforced thermoplastics. The cut (similar to PCD milling) minimizes delamination and fraying. FVK cut Advantages: PFERDVALUE: ■ Particularly suitable for GRP and CRP with ≤ 40 % fibre content. ■ Minimizes delamination and fraying due to the special cut that is similar to PCD mills. ■ Particularly suitable for use on machines and on robots. ■ Very low cutting force. ■ High feed rates. PFERDERGONOMICS recommends burrs with PLAST cut as an innovative tool solution for comfortable working with significantly reduced vibration and less noise. Materials that can be worked: ■ Plastics ■ Fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP) with a fibre content ≤ 40 % ■ Thermoplastics PFERDEFFICIENCY recommends burrs with PLAST cut for long fatigue-free and resourcesaving work with perfect results in a very short period of time. FVKS cut Advantages: ■ Particularly suitable for GRP and CRP, also with > 40 % fibre content. ■ The FVKS cut produces smooth edges and is characterized by smooth milling. Tungsten carbide burrs with the FVK and FVKS cuts are suitable for universal use on hard glass and carbon-fibre-reinforced duroplastics. Due to its high concentricity, the FVK cut is suitable for tool machines and manual applications. It is characterized by smooth milling and produces a smooth cut edge. The FVKS cut is suitable for use on machines and robots with high feed rates. Page Catalogue 66 2 Materials that can be worked: ■ Plastics ■ Fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP) with a fibre content > 40 %

TC burrs for high-performance applications PLAST, FVK and FVKS cuts for GRP/CRP Recommended rotational speed range [RPM] To determine the recommended rotational speed range [RPM], please proceed as follows: ➊ Refer to the table for the cutting speed. ➋ Select the required burr diameter. Material group Plastics, other materials ➌ The cutting speed range and the burr diameter determine the recommended rotational speed range. Application Thermoplastics, fibrereinforced plastics (GRP/CRP) with a fibre content ≤ 40 % Fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP) with a fibre content > 40 % Example: TC burr, PLAST cut, burr dia. of 8 mm. Trimming plastics. Cutting speed: 450–900 m/min Rotational speed range: 18,000–36,000 RPM Cut Trimming, contour milling, cutting out holes, deburring 2 ➊ Cutting speed PLAST 450–900 m/min FVK FVKS ➌ Cutting speeds [m/min] ➋ 450 900 Rotational speeds [RPM] Burr dia. [mm] 6 8 24,000 18,000 PFERD Tools for Use on Plastics 48,000 36,000 TRUST BLUE Plastics Cylindrical shape ZYA BS More PFERD tools and useful information on working with plastic can be found in our PRAXIS brochure “PFERD tools for use on plastics”. Please contact us for further details. d1 l2 Cylindrical burr. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Center drill d3 [mm] l1 d3 STS PFERDVALUE: PLAST cut: d1 [mm] ZBS d2 FSTS                   Cut FVK PLAST    RPM Description FVKS EAN 4007220 Shank dia. of 6 mm with drill cut (BS) 6 25 6 65 Shank dia. of 8 mm with drill cut (BS) 8 25 8 65 Shank dia. of 6 mm with centre drill (ZBS) 6 25 6 65 Shank dia. 6 mm with end cut (STS) 6 25 6 65 Shank dia. 8 mm with end cut (STS) 8 25 8 65 Shank dia. 6 mm with flat end cut (FSTS) 6 25 6 65 Shank dia. 8 mm with flat end cut (FSTS) 8 25 8 65 - 900413 050217 808900 24,000–48,000 1 ZYA 0625/6 ... BS - 900468 050231 808917 18,000–36,000 1 ZYA 0825/8 ... BS 2.5 900451 869048 869055 24,000–48,000 1 ZYA 0625/6 ... ZBS - 003107 - - 24,000–48,000 1 ZYA 0625/6 ... STS - 003121 - - 18,000–36,000 1 ZYA 0825/8 ... STS - 003138 - - 24,000–48,000 1 ZYA 0625/6 ... FSTS - 003152 - - 18,000–36,000 1 ZYA 0825/8 ... FSTS Catalogue Page 2 67

TC burrs for high-performance applications TOUGH and TOUGH-S cuts for tough applications TOUGH cut The TOUGH and TOUGH-S cuts have been specially designed for tough operating conditions in dockyards, foundries and steel construction. They are also ideal for use in all manufacturing sectors where, due to the difficult production environment, tooth breakages or other damage to conventional burrs is a frequent occurrence. Advantages: Materials that can be worked: ■ Innovative, special cuts providing exceptional impact resistance. ■ Minimized tooth chipping/breakage, splintering and burr failures due to very robust, high-performance cuts. ■ Can also be used at low rotational speeds. ■ Due to their extreme impact resistance, they can perfectly be used as long-shank variants. ■ ■ ■ ■ Applications: ■ For the cost-effective use of burrs, work with higher rotational/cutting speeds. Power recommendation for tool drives: - Shank diameter of 3 mm: 75 to 300 watts - Shank diameter of 6 mm: from 300 watts ■ Please observe the rotational speed recommendations. ■ High-impact applications when using shank extensions ■ Applications with a high angle of surface contact ■ Milling of narrow contours ■ Applications where high rotational speeds are not available Cast iron Steel Cast steel The TOUGH and TOUGH-S cuts can be used on materials up to 54 HRC. For harder materials, it is recommended to perform trials beforehand. Tungsten carbide burrs with the TOUGH cut are particularly aggressive and are characterized by high stock removal. TOUGH-S cut Recommendations for use: Tungsten carbide burrs with the TOUGH-S cut are characterized by smooth milling and high stock removal. Matching tool drives: ■ Flexible shaft drive ■ Straight grinder Recommended rotational speed range [RPM] Safety note: To determine the recommended cutting speed range [m/min], please proceed as follows: To determine the recommended rotational speed range [RPM], please proceed as follows: ➊ Select the material group to be machined. ➋ Select the cut. ➌ Establish the cutting speed range.   ➍ Select the required burr diameter. ➎ The cutting speed range and the burr diameter determine the recommended rotational speed range. ➊ Material group Steel, cast steel Cast iron Application Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² (< 38 HRC) Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, casehardened steels, cast steel, alloyed steels Hardened, heat-treated steels over 1,200 N/mm² (> 38 HRC) Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels, cast steel Grey cast iron, white cast iron Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), with nodular graphite/ nodular cast iron EN-GJS (GGG), white annealed cast iron EN-GJMW (GTW), black cast iron EN-GJMB (GTS) Example: TC burr, TOUGH cut, burr dia. of 12 mm. Coarse stock removal with impact load on steels up to 1,200 N/mm². Cutting speed: 250–600 m/min Rotational speed range: 7,000–16,000 RPM Page Catalogue 68 2 Please observe the reduced rotational speeds for burrs with a long shank. They can be found on page 11. ➋ Cut ➌ Cutting speed TOUGH Coarse stock removal with impact load TOUGH-S TOUGH TOUGH-S Coarse stock removal with impact load 250–600 m/min 250–350 m/min TOUGH 250–600 m/min TOUGH-S ➎ Cutting speeds [m/min] ➍ 250 350 Rotational speeds [RPM] 600 10,000 8,000 7,000 5,000 14,000 11,000 9,000 7,000 24,000 19,000 16,000 12,000 Burr dia. [mm] 8 10 12 16

TC burrs for high-performance applications TOUGH and TOUGH-S cuts for tough applications Cylindrical shape ZYA without end cut d1 Cylindrical burr according to DIN 8032. d2 l2 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] 2 Cut TOUGH l1 Description TOUGH-S EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 10 12 20 20 25 6 6 6 60 60 65 895504 895658 895665 895672 1 1 1 Cylindrical shape ZYAS with end cut d1 Cylindrical burr according to DIN 8032 with circumferential and end cut. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] ZYA 0820/6 ... ZYA 1020/6 ... ZYA 1225/6 ... d2 [mm] d2 l2 l1 [mm] Cut l1 Description TOUGH EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 10 12 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 20 20 25 6 6 6 60 60 65 769997 770023 869109 1 1 1 ZYAS 0820/6 TOUGH ZYAS 1020/6 TOUGH ZYAS 1225/6 TOUGH 25 8 65 770054 1 ZYAS 1225/8 TOUGH Catalogue Page 2 69

TC burrs for high-performance applications TOUGH and TOUGH-S cuts for tough applications d1 Ball shape KUD d2 l2 Ball-shaped burr according to DIN 8032. l1 d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut Description TOUGH EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 12 7 10 d1 6 6 955383 770160 1 1 KUD 0807/6 TOUGH KUD 1210/6 TOUGH Cylindrical shape with radius end WRC d2 l2 47 51 Cylindrical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. Combination of cylindrical and ballshaped geometries. l1 SL = shank length (long steel shank) Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. Safety notes: Please observe the reduced rotational speeds for long-shank burrs. They can be found on page 11. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut TOUGH Description TOUGH-S EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 20 10 20 12 25 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 12 25 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 25 Page Catalogue 70 2 6 6 6 60 60 65 770108 770115 770122 770139 1 1 1 WRC 0820/6 ... WRC 1020/6 ... WRC 1225/6 ... 6 175 091043 - 1 WRC 1225/6 ... SL 150 8 65 769881 - 1 WRC 1225/8 ...

TC burrs for high-performance applications TOUGH and TOUGH-S cuts for tough applications Flame shape B d1 Flame-shaped burr according to ISO 7755/8. d2 r l2 l1 2 d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] Cut Description TOUGH EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 12 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 20 30 6 6 60 70 1.5 2.1 770061 770085 1 1 B 0820/6 TOUGH B 1230/6 TOUGH 30 8 70 2.1 770092 1 B 1230/8 TOUGH Pointed tree shape SPG d1 Pointed tree-shaped burr according to DIN 8032, flattened tip. SL d2 l2 = shank length (long steel shank) l1 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. Safety notes: Please observe the reduced rotational speeds for long-shank burrs. They can be found on page 11. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut TOUGH Description TOUGH-S EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 10 20 12 25 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 12 25 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 25 6 6 60 65 770252 770276 770269 - 1 1 SPG 1020/6 ... SPG 1225/6 ... 6 175 090930 - 1 SPG 1225/6 ... SL 150 8 65 770283 - 1 SPG 1225/8 ... Catalogue Page 2 71

TC burrs for high-performance applications TOUGH and TOUGH-S cuts for tough applications α Conical shape with radius end KEL d1 d2 r l2 Conical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. SL l1 = shank length (long steel shank) Safety notes: Please observe the reduced rotational speeds for long-shank burrs. They can be found on page 11. l2 [mm] d1 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] a r [mm] Cut Description TOUGH EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 12 25 6 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 12 25 6 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 25 8 d1 d2 r l2 l1 65 14° 3.3 770320 1 KEL 1225/6 TOUGH 175 14° 3.3 091166 1 KEL 1225/6 TOUGH SL 150 65 14° 3.3 770337 1 KEL 1225/8 TOUGH Tree shape with radius end RBF Tree-shaped burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. SL = shank length (long steel shank) Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. Safety notes: Please observe the reduced rotational speeds for long-shank burrs. They can be found on page 11. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] Cut TOUGH Description TOUGH-S EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 20 10 20 12 25 16 25 Long shank dia. of 6 mm, SL 150 mm 12 25 Shank dia. 8 mm 12 25 Page Catalogue 72 2 6 6 6 6 60 60 65 65 1.2 2.5 2.5 4.9 770191 770207 770214 869116 770238 - 1 1 1 1 RBF 0820/6 ... RBF 1020/6 ... RBF 1225/6 ... RBF 1625/6 ... 6 175 2.5 090947 - 1 RBF 1225/6 ... SL 150 8 65 2.5 770221 770245 1 RBF 1225/8 ...

TC burrs for high-performance applications TOUGH and TOUGH-S cuts for tough applications Oval shape TRE d1 Oval burr according to DIN 8032. d2 r l2 l1 2 d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] Cut Description TOUGH EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 10 12 16 20 6 6 56 60 4.0 5.0 770344 770351 1 1 TRE 1016/6 TOUGH TRE 1220/6 TOUGH Set 1712 TOUGH Set 1712 TOUGH contains five tungsten carbide burrs for tough applications in the most common shapes and dimensions. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. The burrs are secured at the shanks, facilitating the selection and withdrawal of the tools. Five further unused slots are available for other burrs. Contents: 5 tungsten carbide burrs, shank diameter of 6 mm, TOUGH cut 1 piece each: WRC 1225/6 TOUGH SPG 1225/6 TOUGH RBF 1225/6 TOUGH KEL 1225/6 TOUGH TRE 1220/6 TOUGH Cut Description TOUGH EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 955635 1 1712 TOUGH Catalogue Page 2 73

TC burrs for high-performance applications MICRO cut for finishing work Tungsten carbide burrs with the MICRO cut are specifically designed for finishing and are used in areas in which mounted grinding points are usually used. They offer a higher stock removal rate and produce a high surface quality, particularly compared with conventionally milled surfaces. They also operate with low vibration and little noise. They maintain their geometry over their entire tool life, and are well suited to manual and machine applications. Almost all materials up to a hardness of 68 HRC can be machined. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ High surface quality. ■ Unlike with mounted grinding points, there is no change in geometry due to wear and tear. ■ Work on almost all materials up to 68 HRC. ■ If possible, use the tools on powerful drives with elastically mounted spindles to avoid vibration. ■ For the cost-effective use of burrs, work with higher rotational/cutting speeds. Power recommendation for tool drives: - Shank diameter of 3 mm: 75 to 300 watts - Shank diameter of 6 mm: from 300 watts ■ Please observe the rotational speed recommendations. Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ Finishing Very fine cleaning work Corrections in tool and mould construction Sharpening cutting tools Materials that can be worked: ■ ■ ■ ■ Steel and cast steel Stainless steel (INOX) Non-ferrous metals Cast iron FOCUS PFERD tools for tool and mould construction TRUST BLUE ■ PFERDFOCUS – Main emphasis on tool and mould construction: Especially selected products from the PFERD range Page Catalogue 74 2 The PFERD range includes numerous tools which are suitable for use in tool and mould construction. We have compiled these special solutions for you in our FOCUS brochure. Please contact us for further details. Matching tool drives: ■ ■ ■ ■ Flexible shaft drive Straight grinder Robot applications Machine tools PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends burrs with MICRO cut as an innovative tool solution for comfortable working with significantly reduced vibration and less noise. PFERDEFFICIENCY recommends burrs with MICRO cut for long fatigue-free and resourcesaving work with perfect results in a very short period of time.

TC burrs for high-performance applications MICRO cut for finishing work Recommended rotational speed range [RPM] To determine the recommended cutting speed range [m/min], please proceed as follows: To determine the recommended rotational speed range [RPM], please proceed as follows: ➊ Select the material group to be machined. ➋ Establish the cutting speed range. ➌ Select the required burr diameter. 2 ➍ The cutting speed range and the burr diameter determine the recommended rotational speed range. Application ➊ Material group Steel, cast steel Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, Steels up to non-alloyed steels, case-hardened steels, cast 1,200 N/mm² (< 38 HRC) steel, alloyed steels Fine stock removal Hardened, heat-treated Tool steels, tempering steels, steels over 1,200 N/mm² alloyed steels, cast steel (> 38 HRC) Stainless steel Rust and acid-resistant steels (INOX) Non-ferrous metals Cast iron Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels ➋ Cutting speed 600–750 m/min MICRO 450–600 m/min Fine stock removal MICRO 450–600 m/min Fine stock removal MICRO 450–600 m/min MICRO 600–750 m/min Hard non-ferrous metals Bronze, titanium/titanium alloys, hard aluminium alloys (high Si content) High-temperatureresistant materials Nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys (engine and turbine construction) Grey cast iron, white cast iron Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), with nodular graphite/nodular cast iron Fine stock EN-GJS (GGG), white annealed cast iron EN- removal GJMW (GTW), black cast iron EN-GJMB (GTS) Example: TC burr, MICRO cut, burr dia. of 10 mm. Fine stock removal on steels up to 1,200 N/mm². Cutting speed: 600–750 m/min Rotational speed range: 19,000–24,000 RPM Cut ➍ Cutting speeds [m/min] ➌ 450 600 Rotational speeds [RPM] 750 72,000 48,000 36,000 24,000 18,000 14,000 12,000 95,000 64,000 48,000 32,000 24,000 19,000 16,000 120,000 80,000 60,000 40,000 30,000 24,000 20,000 Burr dia. [mm] 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 Catalogue Page 2 75

TC burrs for high-performance applications MICRO cut for finishing work d1 Cylindrical shape ZYA without end cut d2 Cylindrical burr according to DIN 8032. l2 l1 PFERDVALUE:             d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut Description MICRO EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 2 3 4 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 10 13 13 13 3 3 3 3 40 43 43 43 895511 895535 895542 953068 1 1 1 1 ZYA 0210/3 MICRO ZYA 0313/3 MICRO ZYA 0413/3 MICRO ZYA 0613/3 MICRO 16 20 20 25 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 895559 895573 895603 953051 1 1 1 1 ZYA 0616/6 MICRO ZYA 0820/6 MICRO ZYA 1020/6 MICRO ZYA 1225/6 MICRO d1 d2 l2 Cylindrical shape ZYAS with end cut Cylindrical burr according to DIN 8032 with circumferential and end cut. l1 PFERDVALUE:             d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Description Cut MICRO EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 Page Catalogue 76 2 16 20 20 25 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 895566 895580 895610 953105 1 1 1 1 ZYAS 0616/6 MICRO ZYAS 0820/6 MICRO ZYAS 1020/6 MICRO ZYAS 1225/6 MICRO

TC burrs for high-performance applications MICRO cut for finishing work Ball shape KUD d1 d2 Ball-shaped burr according to DIN 8032. l2 PFERDVALUE:       l1 2       d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut Description MICRO EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 2 3 4 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 1.5 2 3 5 3 3 3 3 33 33 34 35 895399 895405 895412 953129 1 1 1 1 KUD 021,5/3 MICRO KUD 0302/3 MICRO KUD 0403/3 MICRO KUD 0605/3 MICRO 5 7 9 10 6 6 6 6 45 47 49 51 895436 895474 895481 953112 1 1 1 1 KUD 0605/6 MICRO KUD 0807/6 MICRO KUD 1009/6 MICRO KUD 1210/6 MICRO Cylindrical shape with radius end WRC d1 Cylindrical burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. Combination of cylindrical and ballshaped geometries. d2 l2 l1 PFERDVALUE:             d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut Description MICRO EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 2 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 10 13 13 3 3 3 40 43 43 953167 869000 953150 1 1 1 WRC 0210/3 MICRO WRC 0313/3 MICRO WRC 0613/3 MICRO 16 20 20 25 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 869017 869024 869031 953136 1 1 1 1 WRC 0616/6 MICRO WRC 0820/6 MICRO WRC 1020/6 MICRO WRC 1225/6 MICRO Catalogue Page 2 77

TC burrs for high-performance applications MICRO cut for finishing work d1 Pointed tree shape SPG d2 Pointed tree-shaped burr according to DIN 8032, flattened tip. l2 l1 PFERDVALUE:             d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut Description MICRO EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 d1 α 7 13 13 3 3 3 37 43 43 003886 003893 003909 1 1 1 SPG 0307/3 MICRO SPG 0313/3 MICRO SPG 0613/3 MICRO 18 20 20 25 6 6 8 6 55 60 60 65 003916 003923 003930 003954 1 1 1 1 SPG 0618/6 MICRO SPG 0820/6 MICRO SPG 1020/6 MICRO SPG 1225/6 MICRO Conical pointed shape SKM d2 l2 Conical pointed burr according to DIN 8032, flattened tip. l1 PFERDVALUE:             d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] a Cut Description MICRO EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 Page Catalogue 78 2 7 11 13 3 3 3 37 41 43 21° 14° 25° 067833 067864 067871 1 1 1 SKM 0307/3 MICRO SKM 0311/3 MICRO SKM 0613/3 MICRO 18 20 20 25 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 18° 22° 28° 26° 067888 067895 067901 067918 1 1 1 1 SKM 0618/6 MICRO SKM 0820/6 MICRO SKM 1020/6 MICRO SKM 1225/6 MICRO

TC burrs for high-performance applications MICRO cut for finishing work Tree shape with radius end RBF d1 Tree-shaped burr with radius end according to DIN 8032. d2 r PFERDVALUE:       l2 l1 2       d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] Cut Description MICRO EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 7 13 13 3 3 3 37 43 43 0.75 0.75 1.5 835524 955352 955338 1 1 1 RBF 0307/3 MICRO RBF 0313/3 MICRO RBF 0613/3 MICRO 18 20 20 25 6 6 6 6 55 60 60 65 1.5 1.2 2.5 2.5 835494 835500 835517 953143 1 1 1 1 RBF 0618/6 MICRO RBF 0820/6 MICRO RBF 1020/6 MICRO RBF 1225/6 MICRO Set 1502 MICRO Set 1502 MICRO contains ten tungsten carbide burrs for finishing in the most common shapes and dimensions. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. Contents: 10 tungsten carbide burrs, shank diameter of 3 mm, MICRO cut 1 piece each: ZYA 0210/3 MICRO WRC 0613/3 MICRO ZYA 0313/3 MICRO KUD 0302/3 MICRO ZYA 0613/3 MICRO KUD 0605/3 MICRO RBF 0307/3 MICRO WRC 0210/3 MICRO WRC 0313/3 MICRO RBF 0613/3 MICRO PFERDVALUE:             Cut Description MICRO EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 896181 1 1502 MICRO Catalogue Page 2 79

TC burrs for high-performance applications TC burrs for work on edges Tungsten carbide burrs for work on edges represent a separate PFERD product line. They are mainly used in steel and aluminium construction and have been specifically designed for chamfering, deburring and rounding of edges. PFERD offers tools for both flexible as well as for defined work on edges. Materials that can be worked: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Steel and cast steel Stainless steel (INOX) Non-ferrous metals Cast iron Plastics, other materials Matching tool drives: ■ ■ ■ ■ Flexible shaft drive Straight grinder Robot Machine tools Flexible work on edges with the 3, 3 PLUS and 5 cuts and the special cut (SP) Tungsten carbide burrs for flexible work on edges achieve almost exact chamfers or radii due to their special shapes. They can also be used flexibly in hard-to-reach areas. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Can be guided freely. ■ Extremely flexible for use in hard-to-reach areas. ■ Creates almost exact chamfers and radii. ■ In exceptional cases, it is possible to work at less than 3,000 RPM. This is preferable for certain stationary applications or when countersinking with 360° use of the burr surface. ■ For applications with low stock removal (deburring, chamfering, minor work on surfaces), the rotational speed can be increased by up to 100 %. ■ In general, burrs are used counterrotationally or with a swinging motion. To achieve fine finishes or to achieve very smooth chamfers, pass the tool rapidly over the workpiece in the direction of rotation. Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Flexible work on edges Flexible chamfering Flexible deburring Rounding edges Countersinking Work on hard-to-reach, reverse-side edges EDGE Cutting System (ECS) Defined work on edges with the EDGE cut Tungsten carbide burrs with the EDGE cut have been especially developed for defined work on edges. The special design allows the burr to run directly along the edges without damaging the workpiece. Exact edge shapes can therefore be created in a single step – with either defined chamfers of 30° or 45°, or to a defined radius of 3.0 mm. Among other things, rounding edges is a precautionary measure for anti-corrosion protection according to ISO 12944-3, ISO 8501-3, SOLAS XII/6.3 (Ref. T4/3.01 MSC.1/Circ.1198). The EDGE Cutting System consists of burrs with the EDGE cut and a special guide sleeve that can be positioned on any conventional drive to ensure optimal guidance during light deburring work (see pages 83–84). Advantages: ■ Improved guidance. ■ Can be used with any conventional straight grinder. ■ Burr is interchangeable. Compressed-air straight grinder PG 3/210 DH and accessories The combination of this compressed-air straight grinder, the specially designed guide sleeve for this drive and burrs with the EDGE cut, guarantees optimal guidance for creating exact edge shapes. Advantages: ■ Improved guidance thanks to additional contact surface. ■ Exhaust is discharged towards the front, so that the thermal load on the workpiece and the tool is reduced (this is a particular advantage when working with materials which do not conduct heat well, such as stainless steel (INOX)). ■ Avoids the build-up of chip deposits when working on aluminium materials. ■ Chips are removed in a targeted way by the drive's exhaust air. Advantages: Recommendations for use: Ordering data: Compressed-air straight grinder: EAN 4007220606315 ■ Special design for precise guidance. ■ Safe and comfortable to guide. ■ Create exact edge shapes in a single step. ■ Use the burrs counterrotationally. In order to produce a fine surface, finally pass them over the edges in the direction of rotation. ■ If possible, use EDGE cut burrs with the PFERD compressed-air straight grinder PG 3/210 with matching guide sleeve EFH PG 3/210 (see the info box on the right). Guide sleeve: EAN 4007220948897 Applications: ■ Defined work on edges ■ Defined deburring ■ Breaking and rounding edges in steel and aluminium construction ■ Rounding edges in preparation for the application of anti-corrosion coatings in shipbuilding, on crane systems and other steel constructions which are exposed to corrosion loading ■ Defined chamfering for weld seam preparation for V-shaped seams (60°, ISO 9692-1) ■ Defined chamfering for edge breaking (45°) Page Catalogue 80 2 PFERDVALUE: PFERDEFFICIENCY recommends burrs with EDGE cut for long fatigue-free and resourcesaving work with perfect results in a very short period of time. Guide plate: EAN 4007220967676

TC burrs for high-performance applications TC burrs for work on edges Recommended rotational speed range [RPM] To determine the recommended cutting speed range [m/min], please proceed as follows: To determine the recommended rotational speed range [RPM], please proceed as follows: ➊ Select the material group ➍ Select the required burr diameter. ➎ The cutting speed range and the burr to be machined. ➋ Select the cut. ➌ Establish the cutting speed range. Application ➊ Material group Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² (< 38 HRC) Steel, cast steel Stainless steel (INOX) 2 diameter determine the recommended rotational speed range. Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, case-hardened steels, cast steel, alloyed steels Work on edges Hardened, heat-treated steels Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels, over 1,200 N/mm² cast steel (> 38 HRC) Work on edges Rust and acid-resistant steels Work on edges Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels Soft aluminium alloys Brass, copper, zinc Work on edges Bronze, hard aluminium alloys (high Si content) Work on edges Titanium/titanium alloys Work on edges High-temperature-resistant materials Nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys (engine and turbine construction) Work on edges Grey cast iron, white cast iron Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), with nodular graphite/nodular cast iron EN-GJS (GGG), white annealed cast iron EN-GJMW (GTW), black cast iron EN-GJMB (GTS) Work on edges Soft non-ferrous metals Non-ferrous metals Hard non-ferrous metals Cast iron Plastics, other materials Work on edges Fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP), thermoplastics Example: TC burr, EDGE cut, burr dia. of 16 mm. Machining steels up to 1,200 N/mm². Cutting speed: 600–900 m/min Rotational speed range: 12,000–18,000 RPM ➍ ➋ Cut 3 3 PLUS SP EDGE 3 3 PLUS SP 5 EDGE 3 3 PLUS SP 5 EDGE ALU 3 EDGE 3 PLUS SP EDGE ALU 3 3 PLUS EDGE ➌ Cutting speed 450–600 m/min 600–900 m/min 250–350 m/min 350–450 m/min 600–750 m/min 250–350 m/min 350–450 m/min 900–1,100 m/min 600–900 m/min 900–1,100 m/min 250–450 m/min SP 5 EDGE 3 3 PLUS SP 350–600 m/min 250–450 m/min EDGE 600–900 m/min EDGE ALU 750–1,100 m/min 450–600 m/min ➎ Cutting speeds [m/min] Burr dia. [mm] 250 350 3 6 8 10 12 13 16 27,000 13,000 10,000 8,000 7,000 6,000 5,000 37,000 19,000 14,000 11,000 9,000 9,000 7,000 450 600 750 Rotational speeds [RPM] 48,000 24,000 18,000 14,000 12,000 11,000 9,000 64,000 32,000 24,000 19,000 16,000 15,000 12,000 80,000 40,000 30,000 24,000 20,000 18,000 15,000 900 1,100 95,000 48,000 36,000 29,000 24,000 22,000 18,000 117,000 59,000 44,000 35,000 30,000 27,000 22,000 Catalogue Page 2 81

TC burrs for high-performance applications For flexible and defined work on edges d1 α Conical counterbore shape KSJ and conical counterbore shape KSJ (double-ended) d2 l2 l1 Conical counterbore burr according to DIN 8032 with cut conforming to DIN 8033, with point angle (60°). The KSJ 0605/6 (double-ended) type is cut and usable on both sides. Suitable for flexible counterboring and chamfering. α d1 l2 Recommendations for use: ■■Information on the characteristics of the available cuts can be found on page 12. l1 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. l2 [mm] d1 [mm] d2 [mm] a l1 [mm] Cut Description 5 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 10 16 5 8 13 6 6 6 d3 d2 l2 l3 60° 60° 60° 047552 047576 047491 047507 1 1 1 KSJ 0605/6 Z ... KSJ 1008/6 Z ... KSJ 1613/6 Z ... Conical counterbore shape KSJ EDGE α d1 50 53 56 Conical counterbore burr for the production of precisely defined chamfers. Suitable for counterboring and chamfering of defined 30° chamfer angles. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. l1 PFERDVALUE:    d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] d3 [mm] l3 [mm] a EDGE    Cut EDGE ALU Description EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 16 5 Page Catalogue 82 2 6 54 10 14 60° 952443 098011 1 KSJ 1605/6 ... 30°

TC burrs for high-performance applications For flexible and defined work on edges Conical counterbore shape KSK and conical counterbore shape KSK (double-ended) d1 α d2 l2 Conical counterbore burr according to DIN 8032 with cut conforming to DIN 8033, with angle (90°). The KSK 0603/6 (double-ended) type is cut and usable on both sides. Suitable for flexible counterboring and chamfering. l1 α d1 l2 2 l1 Recommendations for use: ■■Information on the characteristics of the available cuts can be found on page 12. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] a l1 [mm] Cut Description 5 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 10 16 3 5 8 6 6 6 50 50 53 90° 90° 90° 047569 047583 047521 047545 1 1 1 KSK 0603/6 Z ... KSK 1005/6 Z ... KSK 1608/6 Z ... Conical counterbore shape KSK EDGE α Conical counterbore burr for the production of precisely defined chamfers. Suitable for counterboring and chamfering of defined 45° chamfer angles. The chamfers created using the EDGE Cutting System (ECS) are 1.2 mm (+/- 0.2 mm) wide. d1 d3 l3 Ordering notes: ■■The EDGE Cutting System (ECS) burr can be reordered and replaced if required. Matching burr: KSK 1603/6 EDGE ALU 45°. ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] d3 [mm] l3 [mm] l2 l1 d4 l3 PFERDVALUE:    d2 l2    d4 [mm] a EDGE Cut EDGE ALU Description EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 16 3 1 6 6 52 52 10 10 12 24 25 90° 90° 952436 097984 098004 097991 1 1 KSK 1603/6 ... 45° KSK 1603/6 ... 45° ECS Catalogue Page 2 83

TC burrs for high-performance applications For flexible and defined work on edges d1 d3 V 1015/6 r d2 l2 l3 Concave radius burrs V Concave radius burrs with concave end shape, cut conforming to DIN 8033. Cannot be resharpened. Suitable for the production and processing of outer radii and rounded edges. l1 V 1215/6 V 1315/6 r1 d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] d3 [mm] l3 [mm] r [mm] r1 [mm] Cut Description 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 10 8 12 7 13 10 6 6 6 55 55 55 r d1 2 6 3 15 15 15 10.0 10.0 10.0 1.5 049174 049204 049198 1 1 1 V 1015/6 Z3 V 1215/6 Z3 V 1315/6 Z3 Concave radius burrs V EDGE d3 d2 l3 Concave radius burrs for the production of precise radii. Cannot be re-sharpened. Suitable for the production and processing of 3 mm outer radii. l2 Ordering notes: ■■The EDGE Cutting System (ECS) burr can be reordered and replaced if required. Matching burr: V 1612/6 EDGE R3,0. l1 d4 PFERDVALUE: l3 l2 d1 [mm]    l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] d3 [mm] l3 [mm] d4 [mm] r [mm]    Cut Description EDGE EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 16 3 Page Catalogue 84 2 6 52 10 12 24 25 3.0 3.0 952412 098028 1 1 V 1612/6 EDGE R3,0 V 1612/6 EDGE R3,0 ECS

TC burrs for high-performance applications For flexible and defined work on edges Radius burrs R Radius burrs with a concave shape and special cut. Suitable for the production and processing of outer radii and rounded edges. Cannot be re-sharpened. Ordering notes: ■■Two types are available: Cylindrical with triple concave contour; or concave shape, tapered towards shank. d1 [mm] Shank dia. 6 mm 6 Shank dia. 8 mm 8 16 FOCUS PFERD tools for work on edges VERTRAU BLAU n PFERDFOCUS – Werkzeuge für die Kantenbearbeitung: Speziell ausgewählte Werkzeuge aus dem PFERD-Programm R 0625/6 R 0830/8 r d1 l2 l3 l1 r R 1618/8 d2 d1 l2 l3 Cut d2 2 l1 l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] l3 [mm] r [mm] 5 6 65 25 3.0 952016 1 R 0625/6 SP 5 12 8 8 65 118 27 18 3.0 6.0 049150 049167 1 1 R 0830/8 SP R 1618/8 SP Description Special cut (SP) EAN 4007220 The PFERD product range includes numerous tools which are suitable for work on edges. We have compiled these special solutions for you in our FOCUS brochure. Please contact us for further details. Catalogue Page 2 85

TC burrs for high-performance applications For flexible and defined work on edges α d1 Inverted cones WKN without end cut d2 l2 Inverted cone-shaped burr, tapered towards the shank according to DIN 8032 with cut conforming to DIN 8033. Suitable for work on hard-to-reach, reverse-side edges. l1 Recommendations for use: ■■Information on the characteristics of the available cuts can be found on page 12. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] a l1 [mm] 3 Cut 3 PLUS Description 5 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 10 12 16 7 7 3 3 37 37 8° 10° - 233863 233887 233870 233894 1 1 WKN 0307/3 Z ... WKN 0607/3 Z ... 13 13 13 6 6 6 53 53 53 10° 20° 20° 049211 049235 049242 - - 1 1 1 WKN 1013/6 Z ... WKN 1213/6 Z ... WKN 1613/6 Z ... α d1 Inverted cones WKNS with end cut d2 l2 Inverted cone-shaped burr, tapered towards the shank according to DIN 8032 with cut conforming to DIN 8033. Shape WKNS with end cut. Suitable for work on hard-to-reach, reverse-side edges. l1 Recommendations for use: ■■Information on the characteristics of the available cuts can be found on page 12. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] a Cut 3 PLUS Description 5 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 3 6 Page Catalogue 86 2 7 7 3 3 37 37 8° 10° 049716 049730 049709 049723 1 1 WKNS 0307/3 Z ... WKNS 0607/3 Z ...

HSS rotary cutters 2 Catalogue Page 2 87

HSS rotary cutters For fine and coarse stock removal HSS rotary cutters have a special tooth geometry and ensure high quality. They can also be used cost-effectively with low-power tool drives at low rotational speeds. Advantages: Recommendations for use: Matching tool drives: ■ Highly aggressive. ■ Can be used at low rotational speeds. ■ Very robust tooth cutting edges due to the toughness of the high-speed steel (HSS). ■ Use HSS rotary cutters if your drive unit does not allow for high rotational speeds. ■ When used on soft materials, HSS rotary cutters can be an economical alternative to tungsten carbide burrs. ■ In contrast to tungsten carbide burrs, HSS rotary cutters need to be used with lower rotational speeds. ■ The recommended rotational speeds and cutting speeds for the 3 cut can be used for HSS rotary cutters with a special cut. ■ Antenna burrs and light-metal burrs are an exception to this. The specific rotational speeds and cutting speeds for these tools can be found on pages 96–97. ■ If the smallest area of the burr diameter is being used, the recommended rotational speed can be increased accordingly. ■ ■ ■ ■ Materials that can be worked: ■ ■ ■ ■ Steel Stainless steel (INOX) Non-ferrous metals Cast iron Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Deburring Machining contours Machining edges (chamfering, rounding) Milling out Work on weld seams Cutting out holes Levelling Flexible shaft drive Straight grinder Robot Machine tools Safety notes = Wear eye protection! = Wear hearing protection! Observe the recommended = rotational speed, especially when using burrs with long shanks! Wearing protective gloves is = recommended. Handle the tool drive with both hands. ALU cut 1 cut 2 cut with chip breaker Z3 cut with chip breaker ■ Machining of soft non-ferrous metals, brass, copper, aluminium alloys, plastics, fibrereinforced plastics and rubber. ■ Rotational speed range of 4,000 to 6,000 RPM depending on the burr diameter. ■ Machining of steel, cast steel and stainless steel (INOX). ■ Rotational speed range of 1,200 to 23,900 RPM depending on the burr diameter. ■ Machining of steel, cast steel and cast iron. ■ Finishing work, e.g. deburring steel, cast steel and cast iron, non-ferrous metals and plastics. ■ Rotational speed range of 1,200 to 13,200 RPM depending on the burr diameter. ■ Machining of steel, cast steel and cast iron. ■ Finishing work, e.g. deburring steel, cast steel and cast iron. ■ Rotational speed range of 1,200 to 7,900 RPM depending on the burr diameter. Page Catalogue 88 2

HSS rotary cutters For fine and coarse stock removal Recommended rotational speed range [RPM] To determine the recommended cutting speed range [m/min], please proceed as follows: To determine the recommended rotational speed range [RPM], please proceed as follows: ➊ Select the material group ➎ Select the required burr diameter. ➏ The cutting speed range and the burr to be machined. ➋ Determine the type of application. ➌ Select the cut. ➍ Establish the cutting speed range. ➊ Material group Steel, cast steel ➋ Application Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² (< 38 HRC) Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, casehardened steels, cast steel, alloyed steels Stainless steel (INOX) Rust and acid-resistant steels Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels Non-ferrous metals Soft non-ferrous metals Aluminium alloys, brass, copper, zinc Cast iron Plastics, other materials 2 diameter determine the recommended rotational speed range. Grey cast iron, white cast iron Example: HSS rotary cutter, 2 cut, cutter dia. of 12 mm. Coarse stock removal on steels up to 1,200 N/mm². Cutting speed: 60–80 m/min Rotational speed range: 1,600–2,200 RPM Burr dia. [mm] 1.6 2.3 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 3 60–80 m/min SP Fine stock removal Coarse stock removal Fine stock removal Fine stock removal Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), with nodular Coarse stock removal graphite/nodular cast iron EN-GJS (GGG), white annealed cast iron EN-GJMW (GTW), black cast iron Fine stock removal EN-GJMB (GTS) ➎ ➍ Cutting speed 2 Coarse stock removal Coarse stock removal Coarse stock removal Fibre-reinforced thermoplastics and duroplastics, hard rubber, wood ➌ Cut Fine stock removal 3 SP 80–100 m/min 1 60–80 m/min 1 80–100 m/min 2 60–80 m/min ALU 1 2 200–300 m/min 200–250 m/min 2 3 60–80 m/min SP 3 SP ALU 1 80–100 m/min 200–300 m/min 1 250–300 m/min 2 200–250 m/min ➏ Cutting speeds [m/min] 60 12,000 8,400 6,000 4,800 3,900 3,200 2,800 2,400 2,000 1,600 1,400 1,200 80 16,000 11,100 8,000 6,400 5,100 4,300 3,700 3,200 2,600 2,200 1,900 1,600 100 200 Rotational speeds [RPM] 19,900 13,900 10,000 8,000 6,400 5,400 4,600 4,000 3,200 2,700 2,300 2,000 39,800 27,700 19,900 16,000 12,800 10,700 9,100 8,000 6,400 5,400 4,600 4,000 250 49,800 34,600 24,900 19,900 16,000 13,300 11,400 10,000 8,000 6,700 5,700 5,000 300 59,700 41,600 29,900 23,900 19,100 16,000 13,700 12,000 9,600 8,000 6,900 6,000 Catalogue Page 2 89

HSS rotary cutters For fine and coarse stock removal d1 Cylindrical shape with end cut A-ST d2 l2 d1 [mm] Cylindrical rotary cutter with end cut. l1 l2 [mm] Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut Description 1 ALU 2 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 4 6 8 10 13 16 20 13 20 25 25 12 16 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 d1 60 60 60 53 60 65 65 l2 d1 [mm] 058602 058657 058701 - 058619 058664 058718 058756 058596 058626 058640 058671 058695 058725 058763 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 HSS A 0413ST/6 Z ... HSS A 0616ST/6 Z ... HSS A 0820ST/6 Z ... HSS A 1013ST/6 Z ... HSS A 1020ST/6 Z ... HSS A 1225ST/6 Z ... HSS A 1625ST/6 Z ... Flame shape B d2 r 801345 Flame-shaped rotary cutter. l1 l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] Cut Description 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 8 12 16 Page Catalogue 90 2 20 30 35 6 6 6 60 70 75 1.5 2.0 2.6 058787 058794 058800 5 5 5 HSS B 0820/6 Z3 HSS B 1230/6 Z3 HSS B 1635/6 Z3

HSS rotary cutters For fine and coarse stock removal Cylindrical shape with radius end C d1 Cylindrical rotary cutter with radius end. l2 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] l1 2 Cut Description 1 ALU d2 2 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 16 16 20 20 25 25 6 6 6 6 6 60 60 60 65 65 058947 058824 058909 - 058831 058916 - 058848 058879 058893 058923 058961 Tree shape with radius end H l2 [mm] HSS C 0616/6 Z ... HSS C 0820/6 Z ... HSS C 1020/6 Z ... HSS C 1225/6 Z ... HSS C 1625/6 Z ... r l2 d1 Tree-shaped rotary cutter with radius end. d1 [mm] 5 5 5 5 5 d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] Cut d2 l1 Description 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 8 10 12 16 18 20 20 25 30 6 6 6 6 6 60 60 60 65 70 1.5 1.2 2.5 2.5 3.6 059319 059326 059333 059357 059364 5 5 5 5 5 HSS H 0618/6 Z3 HSS H 0820/6 Z3 HSS H 1020/6 Z3 HSS H 1225/6 Z3 HSS H 1630/6 Z3 Catalogue Page 2 91

HSS rotary cutters For fine and coarse stock removal α d1 d2 l2 Conical pointed shape G Conical pointed rotary cutter, flattened tip. l1 d1 [mm] Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. l2 [mm] d2 [mm] a l1 [mm] Cut 2 1 Description 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 10 12 18 20 25 d1 6 6 6 d2 l2 60 60 65 14° 28° 27° 059234 059272 059241 059289 059210 059258 059296 HSS G 0618/6 Z ... HSS G 1020/6 Z ... HSS G 1225/6 Z ... Pointed tree shape K Pointed tree-shaped rotary cutter, flattened tip. l1 d1 [mm] 5 5 5 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut ALU 1 Description 2 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 10 12 16 Page Catalogue 92 2 18 20 25 30 30 6 6 6 6 6 60 60 65 70 70 059517 059432 059470 - 059388 059487 059524 059395 059425 059456 059494 059531 5 5 5 5 5 HSS K 0618/6 Z ... HSS K 1020/6 Z ... HSS K 1225/6 Z ... HSS K 1230/6 Z ... HSS K 1630/6 Z ...

HSS rotary cutters For fine and coarse stock removal Ball shape F d1 d2 Ball-shaped rotary cutter. l2 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. d1 [mm] l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] Cut 2 1 l1 2 Description 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 4 6 8 10 12 16 3 5 7 9 10 14 6 6 6 6 6 6 55 55 55 49 51 54 059043 059111 059159 059050 059166 058992 059029 059067 059098 059135 059173 d1 Conical rotary cutter with radius end. d2 [mm] l1 [mm] a r [mm] d2 r Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. l2 [mm] HSS F 0403/6 Z ... HSS F 0605/6 Z ... HSS F 0807/6 Z ... HSS F 1009/6 Z ... HSS F 1210/6 Z ... HSS F 1614/6 Z ... α Conical shape with radius end L d1 [mm] 5 5 5 5 5 5 Cut ALU l2 l1 Description 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 10 12 16 20 25 30 30 6 6 6 6 60 65 70 70 14° 14° 14° 14° 2.9 3.3 2.6 4.8 059616 059579 059593 059609 059630 5 5 5 5 HSS L 1020/6 Z ... HSS L 1225/6 Z ... HSS L 1230/6 Z ... HSS L 1630/6 Z ... Catalogue Page 2 93

HSS rotary cutters For fine and coarse stock removal d1 Oval shape O d2 r l2 Oval rotary cutter. l1 d1 [mm] Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired cut. l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] ALU Cut 1 Description 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 6 10 12 16 10 16 20 25 6 6 6 6 α d1 2.8 4.0 5.0 6.5 059746 059708 - 059678 059692 059722 059760 5 5 5 5 HSS O 0610/6 Z ... HSS O 1016/6 Z ... HSS O 1220/6 Z ... HSS O 1625/6 Z ... Inverted cone with end cut W-ST d2 l2 d1 [mm] 55 56 60 65 Inverted cone-shaped rotary cutter, tapered towards the shank, with end cut. l1 l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] a Cut Description 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 12 Page Catalogue 94 2 13 6 53 20° 059784 5 HSS W 1213ST/6 Z3

HSS rotary cutters For fine and coarse stock removal Set 81 HSS Set 81 HSS contains 10 HSS rotary cutters in the most common shapes and dimensions. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. The burrs are secured at the shanks, facilitating the selection and withdrawal of the tools. Contents: 10 HSS rotary cutters, shank diameter of 6 mm, cut 3, 1 piece each: HSS A 0616ST/6 Z3 HSS K 0618/6 Z3 HSS A 1013ST/6 Z3 HSS K 1230/6 Z3 HSS A 1225ST/6 Z3 HSS K 1630/6 Z3 HSS C 0616/6 Z3 HSS F 1210/6 Z3 HSS C 1225/6 Z3 HSS L 1630/6 Z3 2 Cut Description 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 060957 1 81 HSS Set 82 HSS Set 82 HSS contains 10 HSS rotary cutters in the most common shapes and dimensions. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. The burrs are secured at the shanks, facilitating the selection and withdrawal of the tools. Contents: 10 HSS rotary cutters, shank diameter of 6 mm, cut 3, 1 piece each: HSS L 1020/6 Z3 HSS A 1013ST/6 Z3 HSS A 1625ST/6 Z3 HSS L 1630/6 Z3 HSS O 1625/6 Z3 HSS K 1630/6 Z3 HSS F 1614/6 Z3 HSS W 1213ST/6 Z3 HSS G 1020/6 Z3 HSS 45/6 Z3 Cut Description 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 060988 1 82 HSS Set 83 HSS Set 83 HSS contains 18 HSS rotary cutters in the most common shapes and dimensions. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. Contents: 18 HSS rotary cutters, shank diameter of 6 mm, cut 3, 1 piece each: HSS A 0616ST/6 Z3 HSS K 1230/6 Z3 HSS G 1225/6 Z3 HSS A 1225ST/6 Z3 HSS F 0403/6 Z3 HSS O 0610/6 Z3 HSS C 0616/6 Z3 HSS F 0807/6 Z3 HSS O 1220/6 Z3 HSS F 1210/6 Z3 HSS 55/6 Z3 HSS C 1225/6 Z3 HSS K 0618/6 Z3 HSS F 1614/6 Z3 HSS 63/6 Z3 HSS 64/6 Z3 HSS K 1225/6 Z3 HSS G 0618/6 Z3 Cut Description 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 060995 1 83 HSS Catalogue Page 2 95

HSS rotary cutters HSS rotary cutters, special shapes Special shapes shank dia. 6 mm HSS 45/6 Rotary cutters in 4 special shapes with a shank diameter of 6 mm. Perfectly suited to diverse milling work due to their different shapes. HSS 55/6 Explanation of the code system: = rotary cutter diameter d1 l2 = cut length d2 = shank diameter l1 = total length a = angle HSS 63ST/6 HSS 64/6 l2 [mm] d1 [mm] d2 [mm] a l1 [mm] Cut Description 3 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 mm 12 6 12 18 20 30 6 6 6 58 60 70 7° - 056035 056424 056738 056776 5 5 5 5 HSS 45/6 Z3 HSS 55/6 Z3 HSS 63ST/6 Z3 HSS 64/6 Z3 HSS antenna cutter d2 α d1 l2 d1 [mm] Recommendations for use: ■■Rotational speed range for drilling: 200–500 RPM. ■■Max. 9,000 RPM when using the smallest burr diameter, e.g. for sheet edge work. l1 l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] d1 min [mm] a 30 8 60 4 31° Shank dia. 6 mm 20 d1 r Conical cutter with special cut and a shank diameter of 8 mm. For stepless milling and enlarging bores and holes, e.g. antenna mounting holes in a car body. Description 057902 1 HSS 104/8 SP HSS edge trimming cutter d2 l3 Cut Special cut (SP) EAN 4007220 Due to their 3 identical cutting areas, this HSS edge trimming cutter provides three milling areas. Cylindrical rotary cutter with triple, concave contour and special cut, with a shank diameter of 6 mm. Suitable for edge breaking to a defined radius. l1 Recommendations for use: ■■Cutting speed range of 60–80 m/min, rotational speed range of 3,100–4,200 RPM ■■Max. 9,000 RPM when using the smallest burr diameter, e.g. for sheet edge work. d1 [mm] Shank dia. 6 mm 8 Page Catalogue 96 2 l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] 30 6 70 5.0 Cut Description Special cut (SP) EAN 4007220 057964 1 HSS 156/6 SP

HSS rotary cutters HSS rotary cutters, special shapes HSS aluminium cutters with female thread Recommendations for use: ■■For work on soft non-ferrous metals: Cutting speed range of 200–300 m/min, rotational speed range of 3,100–4,700 RPM. d1 HSS 119 Multi-purpose rotary cutters for use on light metals, similar to the tree shape. Available in two different special cuts, with female thread M10. l2 ■■For work on aluminium, up to max. 9,000 RPM. Ordering notes: ■■HSS 120 is supplied with chip breaker. l1 2 HSS 120 d1 [mm] l1 [mm] l2 [mm] Female thread DIN Suitable arbors 20 62 54 53 45 M10 M10 BO 6/10, BO 8/10 BO 6/10, BO 8/10 Cut Description Special cut (SP) EAN 4007220 057919 057926 1 1 HSS 119 M10 SP HSS 120 M10 SP Arbors Arbor for tools with female thread M10 d1 Suitable for tools with female thread M10. l1 l2 d1 [mm] l1 [mm] l2 [mm] Thread Suitable for EAN 4007220 6 8 40 40 57 57 M10 M10 HSS 119, HSS 120 HSS 119, HSS 120 062111 062128 Description 1 1 BO 6/10 M10 BO 8/10 M10 HSS engraving cutters HSS engraving cutters 301/6 Suitable for fine stock removal in small and hard-to-reach places. Available with special cut and in various shapes and dimensions. 305/6 306/6 Explanation of the code system: = rotary cutter diameter d1 l2 = cut length = shank diameter d2 l1 = total length a = angle d1 [mm] Shank dia. 6 mm 3 6 311/6 l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] a 2.7 4.5 4.5 5.6 6 6 6 6 60 60 60 60 34° - Cut Description Special cut (SP) EAN 4007220 057971 058015 058022 058077 5 5 5 5 301/6 SP 305/6 SP 306/6 SP 311/6 SP Catalogue Page 2 97

HSS rotary cutters HSS finishing cutters 906–928 Tools designed specifically for fine stock removal. Available with special cut, 9 different rotary cutter shapes and dimensions, a shank diameter of 3 mm and a shank length of 30 mm. 906 908 d1 [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm 6 8 1.6 2.3 3.2 4.2 5.2 6.2 8.2 911 922 923 924 925 926 l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] a 4.2 5.6 2.8 4 5.6 7 8.7 10.5 14 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 34.2 35.6 32.8 34 35.6 37 38.7 40.5 44 71° 71° 28° 29° 30° 32° 32° 32° 32° 928 Explanation of the code system: = rotary cutter diameter d1 = cut length l2 d2 = shank diameter l1 = total length a = angle Cut Description Special cut (SP) EAN 4007220 058190 058213 058244 058251 058268 058275 058282 058299 058312 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 906/3 SP 908/3 SP 911/3 SP 922/3 SP 923/3 SP 924/3 SP 925/3 SP 926/3 SP 928/3 SP 941–954 Tools designed specifically for fine stock removal. 941 942 943 951 d1 [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm 1.6 2.3 3.2 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 Page Catalogue 98 2 944 945 952 946 953 947 948 Available with special cut, 12 different rotary cutter shapes and dimensions, a shank diameter of 3 mm and a shank length of 30 mm. Explanation of the code system: = rotary cutter diameter d1 l2 = cut length d2 = shank diameter = total length l1 r = radius 954 l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] 1.4 1.7 2.2 2.9 4.4 5 6 7 2 2.5 3 3.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 31.4 31.7 32.2 32.9 34.4 35 36 37 32 32.5 33 33.5 9.5 11.5 14.0 15.5 Cut Description Special cut (SP) EAN 4007220 058329 058336 058343 058350 058367 058374 058381 058398 058404 058411 058428 058435 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 941/3 SP 942/3 SP 943/3 SP 944/3 SP 945/3 SP 946/3 SP 947/3 SP 948/3 SP 951/3 SP 952/3 SP 953/3 SP 954/3 SP

HSS rotary cutters HSS finishing cutters 961–987 Tools designed specifically for fine stock removal. Available with special cut, 10 different rotary cutter shapes and dimensions, a shank diameter of 3 mm and a shank length of 30 mm. 961 962 Explanation of the code system: = rotary cutter diameter d1 = cut length l2 d2 = shank diameter l1 = total length a = angle r = radius Ordering notes: ■■HSS finishing cutters 987 are supplied with a chip breaker. d1 [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm 8 10 12 14 6 8 10 7 6 7 963 964 971 979 986 987 l2 [mm] d2 [mm] l1 [mm] r [mm] a 2 2.3 2.6 3 1 1 1 10 10 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 32 32.3 32.6 33 31 31 31 40 40 42 1.1 1.15 1.3 1.5 1.9 - 22° - 972 Cut 973 Description Special cut (SP) EAN 4007220 058442 058459 058466 058473 058480 058497 058503 058534 058572 058589 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 961/3 SP 962/3 SP 963/3 SP 964/3 SP 971/3 SP 972/3 SP 973/3 SP 979/3 SP 986/3 SP 987/3 SP Set 84 HSS Set 84 HSS contains 15 HSS finishing cutters for fine stock removal in the most common shapes and dimensions. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. The tools are suitable for fine stock removal in small and hard-to-reach places. Contents: 15 HSS finishing cutters, shank diameter of 3 mm, special cut 1 piece each: 923 952 928 924 943 941 946 944 947 954 926 942 945 951 973 Cut Description Special cut (SP) EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 061008 1 84 HSS Catalogue Page 2 99 2

Products made to order Customer-specific tool solution As a tool manufacturer with over 200 years of experience, PFERD can call on comprehensive expertise in the manufacture of tool solutions. The findings from our internal research and development, as well as from day-to-day practice on site with our customers, contribute to the development of each individual PFERD tool. Our production plant in Marienheide, Germany, works with state-of-the-art technology and there are many ways in which we can respond to individual needs. Our range of custom-made PFERD tools comprises also solid carbide milling cutters. 1. Process analysis and tool development 2. Production 3. Use Make an appointment with our experienced sales representatives and technical advisers. You can find our worldwide sales addresses at www.pferd.com. Our production teams subsequently create a technical drawing with which your made-toorder product will be produced. Our flexible production and global logistics network ensure that you receive your new tool on time. Each burr is supplied in premium PFERD quality. We always work to the highest standards, from the inspection of raw materials, through inspections during the course of production by our staff, up to the final visual inspection of each individual burr. Our sales representatives will be happy to help if you have any further questions relating to the optimization of your applications or to the improvement of the working environment. Our employees will analyse your application with you on-site and develop the most economic individual tool solution for you! You will then receive a quote. The quality of PFERD tools is certified according to ISO 9001. Page Catalogue 100 2 See the quality, performance and economic value of PFERD tools for yourself!

Milling tools with cutting inserts 2 Catalogue Page 2 101

Milling tools with cutting inserts ALUMASTER High Speed Disc The innovative ALUMASTER High Speed Disc is a unique tool with an extremely high stock removal rate which has been developed especially for use on angle grinders. It is ideal for processing aluminium as it does not generate hazardous or explosive dust. It consists of ten specially developed tungsten carbide cutting inserts, which are fixed to the very light, but extremely robust GRP disc. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Can be used on angle grinders (diameter of 115/125 mm). ■ Does not generate hazardous or explosive dust. ■ An extraction system is not required. ■ Cost-effective and eco-friendly alternative to reinforced grinding wheels and flap discs of comparable weight. ■ Innovative, light yet robust cut geometry with integrated depth gauge for: - The highest degree of safety - Extreme durability - Comfortable work. ■ Specially developed, turnable and replaceable tungsten carbide cutting inserts. ■ Exceptionally high stock removal rate. ■ The tool has primarily been designed for use on aluminium, wrought aluminium alloys and cast aluminium. Non-ferrous metals with a relatively low strength and fibre-reinforced plastics can also be machined. This must be checked for the specific application on a case-by-case basis. ■ To maximize cost-effectiveness, preferably use the tool on compressed-air angle grinders with a power output of 1,000 watts or more, or electric angle grinders with a rated output of 1,400 watts or more. ■ Do not exert unnecessarily high forces on the angle grinder. The ALUMASTER High Speed Disc already works with low forces. The weight of the angle grinder is enough. ■ Use the ALUMASTER HSD-F at an angle of 5–30°, or up to 60° in special cases. ■ Do not push the tool deep into the workpiece. The milling disc is not a cutting tool. ■ When machining workpiece edges, cut along the edge, never across the edge. ■ Do not decelerate the tool on the workpiece. The cutting inserts may break. Materials that can be worked: ■ ■ ■ ■ Aluminium alloys Brass, copper, zinc Plastics Fibre-reinforced duroplastics (GRP, CRP) Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Milling out Work on weld seams Work on fillet welds Work on edges/chamfering Surface work Page Catalogue 102 2 Industries: ■ ■ ■ ■ Shipbuilding and yacht construction Wagon construction Silo and container construction Vehicle construction PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends ALUMASTER and ALUMASTER HICOAT High Speed Discs as an innovative tool solution for comfortable working with significantly reduced vibration and less noise. PFERDEFFICIENCY recommends ALUMASTER and ALUMASTER HICOAT High Speed Discs for long fatigue-free and resource-saving work with perfect results in a very short period of time.

Milling tools with cutting inserts ALUMASTER High Speed Disc ALUMASTER with HICOAT coating PFERD also offers the cutting inserts with a premium-quality HICOAT coating for lubricating aluminium casting alloys with a silicon content of 5–10 %, abrasive aluminium casting alloys with a silicon content of over 15 % and for other abrasive materials or non-ferrous metals. This prevents tool clogging and abrasive wear, even in use on these particularly demanding materials. Advantages: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 2 Selecting suitable cutting inserts: Extremely hard. Very low friction coefficient. Very low tendency towards adhesion. Improved surface quality. Reduced burr formation. Materials that can be worked: ■ Lubricating aluminium casting alloys with silicon contents of 5–10 % ■ Sticky, greasy materials ■ Abrasive aluminium casting alloys with silicon contents of > 15 % ■ Abrasive materials such as fibre-reinforced plastics (FRP) ■ Non-ferrous alloys of higher strength than aluminium (bronze, brass, etc.) To determine the most suitable cutting insert, please proceed as follows: ➊ Select the material group to be machined. ➋ Select the cutting inserts. ➊ Material group ➋ Cutting inserts Soft nonferrous Non-ferrous metals metals Hard nonferrous metals Highperformance application Universal application Aluminium alloys HICOAT uncoated Brass, copper, zinc HICOAT uncoated Hard aluminium alloys (high Si content) HICOAT - Bronze HICOAT - HICOAT - Fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP), thermoplastics Plastics Safety notes: ■ It is essential to tighten the flange nut using the appropriate tool, such as a face pin wrench. Clamping systems which are designed to be tightened without the use of an additional tool, i.e. which are tightened by hand, are not permissible. Suitable clamping nuts can be found in catalogue section 9. ■ Tighten the mounting bolts of the cutting inserts using the Torx key provided. If used properly, it is designed to provide a tightening torque of around 4 Nm. Alternatively, use a torque spanner with a tightening torque of 4 Nm. ■ Loose cutting inserts may break during use. Therefore, check regularly whether they are attached securely. ■ Do not use damaged cutting inserts! They may break! ■ Only use original accessories from PFERD. 1. de HSD-F DIESES FALTBLATT Befolgen DEN ANWENDERN Interesse Sie die Ihrer Sicherheitsem AUSHÄNDIGE eigenen pfehlungen Sicherheit! WERKZEUGBE N in diesem ZOGENE ■ Die Faltblatt SICHERHEITSE Frässcheibe im (Aluminiumkne darf ausschließlich MPFEHLUNGE auf ■ Die und Kontakttlegierungen, SicherheitsN Frässcheibe mit für die = empfehlungen schleifern anderen Aluminiumguss Bearbeitung ist ausschließlich Werkstoffen ) Ě mit beachten! verwendet von Ě für Bemessungskap Aluminium für das wie Stahl werden. Umfangsgeschw Korbbrille sind azität Freihandarbei - ø 115 Einsatz zu vermeiden. = Gesichtschutzsc (Werkzeugdurc oder - ø 125 mm: max. indigkeit = Handschuhe ■ Führen ten auf benutzen! vorgesehen.mm: 13.300 max. benutzen! Winkelhild max. 80 m/s hmesser) Sie nach ■ Für bei Arbeitsgeschwi 12.300 min -1 115 den jedem und min -1 Halten 125 mm mit einer wirtschaftlichen Aufspannen Sie dabei ndigkeit und Sie treffen Abgabeleistung einer = Gehörschutz für Einsatz die Maschine und Nennleistung ■ Anwendern, zeuges können, korrekt mind. 30 bevorzugt benutzen! 5-60° = Anstellwinkel ab 1.000 ■ Entfernen von der Sekunden angebrachter falls ab 1.400 fohlen, beachten! es zu so, dass weder die Antriebsspinde Watt auf Druckluftwinke einen einem deren Sie oder (Fräsen sich mit bisher mit Watt einsetzen. Schutzhaube en Probelauf Bruchstücke Bruch Elektrowinkelsc der Frässcheibe ■ Das guten niemals Schleifwerkzeu l kommt. lschleifern Keine statt Schleifen). oder ALLGEMEINE WerkstückZustand Schutzhauben durch. zum noch GIVE unnötig Werkstückaufla hleifern Die Frässcheibe = Auf festen gen gearbeitet und THIS muss und ordnungsgemä von Maschinen Ablösen desWerkzeug ihrer ■ Maschine LEAFLET SICHERHEITSM mit Schrauben Sitz sicher Winkelschleifer hohen Kräfte Anwendung Die falsche Werkder In the ge richtig und arbeitet haben, OUT ■ Antrieb ße Anbringung. Kontakt nur starten, achten! und interests ■ BeachtenVerwendung TO USERS ASSNAHMEN vertraut wird und ordnungsgemä recommendat sorgen s genügt. bereits auf den ■ Vermeiden besteht. empWinkelschleife gungen und Frässcheibe of your bei geringen wenn fest eingestellt ß zu machen Sie für Sie Antriebsmaschi von eingespannt zwischen ■ Den zu vermeiden. ions own einwirkung, Sie ■ Vergewissern grundsätzlichWerkzeugen sein. Kräften. mechanische in this sind safety, Winkelschleifer r ausüben: ■ Fräsen Werkstück vor Herabfallen ne. und TOOL-SPECIFIC Frässcheibe die Hinweiseist sehr leaflet! Stöße Das Eigengewicht follow die geeignet Sie ausschließlich Beschädigung und ■ Die oder Sie sich, Frässcheibe. gefährlich. the safety nach Frässcheibe Erwärmung. ist. Prüfen in diesem zu schützen, Frässcheibeabbremsen. auf mögliche dem dass SAFETY ■ Vermeiden ■ The des Einsatz gemäß: des Werkzeuges kein mit dem Faltblatt platten. Sie dasdas Werkzeug RECOMMEND high erfüllt ■ The um Beschädiauslaufen Beschädigung effiziente Sie Ě EN (wrought speed ■ Beachten und dafür Werkzeug für die sicherheitstec Blockierung following ■ Nach auf der 12413 disc durch vorgesehenen lassen die betreffende Arbeitsleistung ATIONS materials aluminium may be heit, für Schleifkörper Kraftwarning en und vor Sie die und des Fräswerkzeuge dem und used nicht men, Abschalten ungleichmäßige Ě EN Seitenbelastbar Hinweise materials. such hnischen festen jeder Inbetriebnahm Bereich instructions des Anwendung mit der ohne as steel,alloys, cast exclusively 13236 ■ The Sitz Seien der aus gebundenem für sachgerechte Anwendungsollte Werkzeuges Ě EN Anforderunge keit) s. der Wendeschneid and avoidaluminium). for and safety Späne, Sie sich high Abnutzung, 13743 für Schleifkörper die Maschine zu ■ Grundsätzlich Werkzeugen e = Do not grinders speed Partikel der von Druck gewährleisten. für Schleifmittel bringing Avoid machining ■ Schutzhauben instructions disc is n Handhabung Schleifmittel ■ Nur um eine damageduse if Sicherheitsmaßauf möglichen mit Diamant Ě with the disc using the aluminium intended auf die von selbst original muss are applicable: Gefahren Späne auf Unterlagenoder ■ Körperlicher Winkelschleifer (Bruchsicherdisc und into eine Die Schrauben Oberfläche.zum Stillstand Ě and disc capacity oder exclusively Wendeschneidp nahmen: und ■ Zusätzliche Lagerung contact on other Schutzhaube während -abdeckungen Bornitrid for Fräspartikel ■ Verletzungen n bewusst der Montage (disc for free-hand with - ø 115 a circumferential (Bruchsicherhei komKontakt mit beigefügtem diameter) der Anwendung (Bruchsicherhei licher such latten Maßnahmenvom = Do not ■ Durch or by der feste und mm: Personen. der Frässcheibe ■ Augenschutz und verwendet Körper sollten so beachten the durch mit dem use on cutting! use for = Refer to ■ For ø 125 mm: max. 13,300 speed 115 and zugehörige t) ■ Lärm den Arbeitsprozess spindle. disc itself Wendeschneid Sitz t) sind Werkzeug wegleiten.eingestellt Bruch Torxschlüssel werden. max. 125 instruction angle the Sie die von der Wendeschneid max. manual/bookle notwendig ■ Never Anwendung wird des Werkzeugesbei if the mm 80 m/s ■ Vibration und Schrauben schneidplattensplatten ers with economic 12,300 RPM sein, in regelmäßigen disc breaks festziehen bei allen Arbeitsgeschwi empfohlenen remove dass zum Gesichtsschutzs ■ Die erzeugte are t verwenden. sie nominal an output application,RPM Schutz protective ■ Augenschutz ähnlich dem Fräsprozessen Flanschmutter platten up or (~ 4 itz in können ■ The in good Späne während Verwenden ■ Users in der output from Nm). ndigkeit use preferably im Einsatz Stirnlochschlüss der breaks Abständen Freihandschleife childe zu des Gebrauchs hoods disc mustcondition 1,000 Nach Nähe = Wear goggles from who gemäß verwenden. mit away grundsätzlich Sie muss Scheibe unnötig brechenprüfen. empfohlen. face from befindbedingt watts to familiarise and have 1,400 from ist zwingend einem ist oder niemals face Lose = Wear protective ■ Start correctly be securely correctly machines, previously watts up or on air-powered Arbeitgeber n werden or a the drive mask! ohne el, festgezogen einen angezogen Mindestschutzf schnell und lassen sitzende en instead empfohlen. Lärm der electric and gloves themselves worked up. secured. mit and correctly the zusätzliches and make um die Korbbrillen ■ Das ■ Do verschleißen.den of grinding). sollten defekte Antrieb, angle workpiece.machine securely angle werden.dem zugehörigen ■ Gehörschutz Für Bauteile dessen Wendenot gesamte werden, with with aktor mounted. clamped eine sure grinders grind■ Avoid sollten jeweils only oder the high grinding such verwenden, Gewinde sind Werkzeug,Spannsysteme speed apply any nach geeignetenRisikobewertun enthält. Arbeitszustand when sicherstellen, with Anwendungennach Werkzeug, hoods mechanical EN 166 and the ausreichend nicht the high unnecessarily discs speed a temperature. den kann. deren the disc performs der EN 352 = Wear zulässig.das heißt Grad disc mounting , die disc and are recommended empfohlen. nicht ■ Cut z. speed dass Sicherheitsvorkg aller damage ■ To weight ausgebildet B mit handgeführter Sie wird Bleibt gesamtesSpannmutter nur von bauart- B. ihre Angestellten ordnungs5-60° = Comply Arbeitsprozesse ■ Stellen ear protection disc is of the well even high forces its use avoid only to the unabhängig das ehrungen ■ Bei in regelmäßigen Gewinde not in purpose. with the verwenden: (milling Hand, approachwith the at low sind. dropped. damage, angle disc due to SICHERHEITSV Druckluftwink Werkzeug eignet Sie sicher, contact ■ Avoid treffen area vornehmen, auf der vom Schleifmaschine zur Ausübung protect grinder applied the angle angle After Ablösen to excessive come für längere ist. Ein of the dass Abständen Lärmpegel with zu können. Spindel Nur Spannmuttern die Frässcheibe ■ The to a stop. use, allow the drive exert a forces. It grinder: high the ungeeignetes elschleifern ficient the disc jamming Vibration die starkedes Werkzeuges Körperkontak ORKEHRUNGE Zeit aufgespannt, force, GENERAL ihrer aufgeschraubt The high speed für alle Make den oder high the angle and the downforce.is sufficient ■ After performance Pflichten Sie impacts Werkstück disc intended ■ Arbeitsprozesse verwendet Bremswirkung ■ Bei = screws sure the out in: speed Do not attempt Produkt für die muss festen Sitz N GEGEN and SAFETY switching t mit grinder high speed disc satisfies or to let ■ Die der wer(Sicherungssc das Zubehörder betreffende by the suffering to a überprüfen kann Incorrect are securely dem Ě EN MEASURES werden! to be Verletzungen MÖGLICHE Vorsicht Verwendung to brake to slow tightened stop Frässcheibe disc against Flanschmutter übermäßigen Werkzeug uneven 12413 nach used mit withoutthe machinedisc. the technical ■ Ergreifen ten sowie ■ Complyuse of Anwendung hraube zum breakage, for grinding dem it using down by for this Sie keine und Sorgfalt von wear, Chips, GEFAHREN ist geeignet the being durch handgeführtem applying off, Werkzeugen Abschalten etc.) Schutz Lärm so as . (ähnlich von Kanten, ■ Verhindern Ě EN particles allow Sie sofortigeVibrationen lose Verwendung ability gemachine.strictly discs is very safety the high itself and ■ Protective geboten. verursachen. to ensure bedingt vor tools any pressure 13236 it to Kleidung, zur Werkzeug with wie to withstand Anstellwinkel ■ Check of bonded des Antriebesdurch requirements Bearbeitung speed dangerous. slow Schruppschleifs zum gefühle to breakage)for grinding the instructions Aufspannen Sie Binden auf Winkelschleifer verursachen. oder efMaßnahmen, des Krawatten Anfasen milled hoods disc. ein to the down ■ Da dem auftreten. Schleifwerkzeu Ě EN Sie von KehlWerkstück before that the Sie die particles or covers ■ Additional surface. by itself Umfang beträgt tools side loads)abrasive set oder unbeabsichtigte oder lange immer Vibrationen 13743 cheiben). und Verändern ■ A falls in this n ist media empfohlen, der ■ Beseitigen Maschinen Auswechseln with and come using disc is suitable away nach Schmuck.Haare zurück werden, protective for abrasive und should the cutting große 5°–30°, ges Kribbeln, können leaflet diamond (resistance Sie ist s Einschalten ■ Labile place. Frässcheibe Stumpfnäh■ Use the 10 Minuten measure from be adjusted ■ Comply ist es unter kälteren von der and on um Schlagen in Sonderfällen regelmäßig the body. kein von Geometrien stellen und Sie niemals einer ■ As hood or Boron only media insertsdisc, check for the respective are necessary ratsam, to Stechen tragen Trennwerkzeu (ähnlich the drive Energieversorgu Frässcheibe.der Maschine pausenloser ders und zum with must screws original on so that Arbeitsbedingu Vibrationslevel. are securely it for speed with the Sie die Sie deren Nitride zu bewegen. die Hände an Maschinen vorsichtig Vibrierenbzw. oder bis 60°. ■ Bearbeiten Protectiveall milling cutting always substrates ■ After using they possible application. ■ Achten disc. in the instructions Rattern einer ■ Verwenden Maschine ordnungsgemä Taubheits(resistance Falls vor dem direct be used. (resistance inserts ng. warm vicinity the highthe Torx notwendig, bearbeiten neigende des TrennschleifschDer Einsatzg. Der ngen seated. Verwenden the goggles processes, Be aware damage chips Werkstückkan check zu halten stärker Werkzeuges Each for correct Sie Kanten Sie die Sie auf of persons HandschuhenSie einschalten. ßen angebrachte ■ It free-hand speed wrench and the eye protection and to breakage) auf eibe) ■ Achten time of potential and Werkstücke take grundsätzlich und Zustand Sie moderne sowie is necessary angleor face masks Maschineden ordnungsgemä empfunden supplied specified loose the cutting disc Schutzeinrichtu trennen wird überprüfen. check handling the recommended empfohlen. wird next zu immer gut sichern. te. in their Hände und ■ Augenschutz: at least Sie darauf, ■ Physical (~ 4 to working that bei Auftreten are recommended ■ Verwenden hazards insertshas been is recommended ■ Nach of that grinding. wie vermeiden.nicht Anbringung Geräte and storage ablaufend mindestensHandschuhe Nm). screws. Tighten und mounted, to grade the eye Bleche ßen Zustand ngen ■ Thethe cutting seating can for secure Finger ■ Injuries contact mit niedrigem dass dem nicht safety whilst using Noise und guten übermäßiger besonprotection und sicher, vollständig Ausschalten B to of the ein Schutzgrad Sie Werkzeuge the und insert and at flange break zulässig. Bügelbrillenniemand at all with for applications measures: the nicht EN 166. ■ Chips due seating. Ihres geeignete ■ Halten mechanischen high bevor verwenden. Für pocket spanner. nut in times. regular ■ Ear the durch to discs used gegen stillsteht, must VibrationWerkzeuges; der Maschine ■ Es in the use and cause Cutting 80 m/s sind bei ■ Noise thrown fracture disc at Verletzung on angle fliegende nach protection should von Kleidung. Sie Clamping intervals, without be die Mindestschutzf mechanischen operating Befestigungsfla similar gelten Zustand. guter bevor of the tightened disc. EN 388 und off by zulässige UmfangsgeschwSpäne held inserts give grinders, ■ Use unnecessarily ■ Vibration ■ Der Bei Qualität lassen stoppen folgende Sie sollten any systems disc whilst speed a protection durch the process Kategorie ■ Make grinding to EN 352 that Deformierung. with Korbbrillen additional getroffen the Umgang Sie diese and Sie sicherstellen, are Zustand Werkzeugbru diese unbeaufsichtigt und nsche machine the appropriate Warn- aktor nach which ■ Halten is recommended indigkeiten entire full thread in use rapid digt sorgen 2 Never factor und wird. und tion. sure that oder werden mit Frässcheiben wear thread EN 166 oder Gesichtsschutzs Sie für of the tools, are can only ersetzen Tragkörper An unsuitable the highor workpiece, Sicherheitshinw clamped über Schäden. ch parts. use a drive üben Sie Werkstück können. can lassen. dass diese tool, Grad einen clamping not be tightened for all 45 m/s = Nicht benutzen, Sie nicht Sie diese der ■ Lagern speed e.g. face ■ Vermeiden Vibration permitted. nut at for an be screwed B. as to Employers which is Prüfen verlangt Frässcheibe oder product nut: disc is irrespective applications falls eise: childe bei Abnutzung determine should not in ■ When regular extended Sie vor on ■ Verwenden Sie übermäßig Maschine äußerste Use only beschädigt! ■ Work by hand, Frost Sie Frässcheiben suitable ensure can cause of the in gutem using perform good working intervals. period, to the spindle deren und die pausenlose the appropriate Druck Sorgfalt, clamping bei actual that a handagainstpneumatic gungen große oder Verwendung excessivefor the übermäßige Sie check due processes their a risk auf das Anwendung so, dass thread. respectivenoise da diese Temperaturschw ein geeignetes Inbetriebnahme nuts order, ■ Beachtenvermieden employees ■ Achten the secure ■ Take to vibration. involving used, the disc angle level. noise. Werkzeug whose schädliche safety assessment If the or nicht Vibrationen alle Produkte = Nicht beschägrinders applicaa hand-held SAFETY immediate are properlyprecautions of all which has zu fest when because working Sie Warn- werden. seating disc remains Verpackung. Werkzeug, aus. Sie ggf. Sie auf the grinding ankungen Einflüsse trennen! of the working PRECAUTIONS und they defective körperlicheerzeugen loose are used, ■ The des Werkzeuges. ■ Wenden auf remedial of the tool medizinischen oder in each trained durch are strong or numbness. machine sowie (locking or workpiece high the Bodily Sicherheitshinw kann. da ein ungeeignetes flange measures Symptome Feuchtigkeit, case. processes, for performing mechanische ■ Since Sie beim braking seams, speed switched Veränderungen AGAINST screw accessory the user They Rat ein. ENTSORGUNG ■ Whencontact disc is off. if after can cause ■ Überschreiten vibration Aufspannen effect etc.) aufgrund should so to protect profiles and also eise auf with suitable POTENTIAL Beschädihas warm, Produkt their 10 must using such for sensations am minutes injuries ■ Stellen duties. back von Vibrationen Frässcheiben preparing for preparation and makeis felt more Werkzeug niemals always parting (similarly discs the disc angle ■ Abgenutzte VON FRÄSSCHEIBEN ern HAZARDS Sie ■ When long hair on angle of pins continuous grinders be Gewalt ■ Keepequipment regular acutely It is not off. The to reinforced edges, vor. diese Sie sicher, niemals oder and needles, use – holen grinders, of fillet clampingand do len Vorschriften die zulässige under in einem an und deren exert approach grindingchamfering oder dass recommended a check with low movements cidentally machining not wear of z. B. weld cold ■ Weitere stop defekte great or changing Spänen guten die geeigneten Arbeitshöchstg nehmen on the levels pricking and butt and changing angle switching discs). from of the conditions, ■ Use the machine loose caution that (like entsorgt Werkzeuge mechanischen Sie keine condition of vibration. o. ä., Informationen is 5°–30°, The this would hands clothing, a cut-offthat the ■ Never the power informationen“ weld the ■ Workpieces and care Spannflansche the keep sind. disc ■ Keepgood quality and werden. and fingers. sollten ■ Beachten of your eschwindigkeit the hands is not geometrical wheel), high speed have ties supply. machine high speed up disable cause. Zustand is the the machine nach must suitable on. If Ihres befinden disc, or jewellery.called for. because disc to 60° in any safety benutzt in good securing tools and it checked. disc; if excessive such Use modund regionalen Sie, dass ■ Always Werkstückmate necessary, take Lieferanten. sich ■ When be securely Tie as sheet frei von werden . of the is used for special cases. for mechanicalflange keep them on, check features steps in den ■ Entsorgte deformed. Werkzeuge oder wear vibration Fremdkörpern, disconnect to prevent impacts circumferential machining clamped metal and und „Freiwilligen the ■ Whilst in good nationathe rial, protective that safety on the condition attachment that and chattering occurs, ■ Aftergloves worn Werkzeugekontaminiertdurch zu verhindern. ■ Take edge. acmachines, the machine edges, and machined working, are liable ProduktFremdpartikel, and replace body mechanical excessive you have should gloves and devices always ■ Eye care that sollten sein and come of ■ Avoid to move force do not suitable are present before switched provide them the high condition. zerstört können. protection: no-one cut along with to a z. B. stop switching if they care. and ■ Use continuallyto the grip the machine protection clothing. and speed impermissible Späne is hit werden, Injuries before the machine disc. vibrate the edge, operational. At circumferential become disc a by oder suitable We flying running at wear um eine you leave vibration. too tightly, ■ High due to recommend worn off you least to approvedto wear never chips. disc, Wiederverwend ■ Watch or EN 166 it unattended. since of the disc. speed breakage frame-type speeds across should category and do they an unsuitable grade goggles discs 2 to that ensure not apply advice out for physical safety in excess ■ Store may become should of the disc or a EN 388. B. ung that face if necessary. be product it has high mask. glasses. of 45 m/s, symptoms due to speed damaged.handled fully can generate MinimumFor speeds it is Before with the DISPOSAL arising damage.humidity, discs so protection of 80 utmost that using excessive from frost ■ Comply m/s OF HIGH any product,care, vibration and largethey are according ■ Worn since not subject SPEED – seek or their with warning variations otherwise to check medical DISCS ■ When packaging. to harmful it for nationalor defective in temperature, notices damage ■ See clamping regulations.discs or safety influences any should the disc ■ Be the „Voluntary or mechanical ■ Neverchanges notices be disposed aware shown ■ Make exceed to the disc. on to the Product that chips of according on high drive, the discs ■ When or workpiece Information“ can become do not are in sure that permissible speed to regional the appropriatemaximum force discs material. re-use. discs are issued similar good mechanical contaminated it, and disposed or by your ■ After contamination. do not clampingoperating condition, of they by foreignsupplier. each make normal flanges speed. clamping should free bodies, operating of foreign are used be destroyed Hold operation, such the machine speed bodies and that as perform so as such they to prevent in suchand with a test as chips a way the correct run of or they protectiveat least you cannot 30 seconds hood be struck in position. at by fragments 115/125 ALUMAS SICHERHEI TER ® TSEMPFEH SAFETY RECOMME LUNGEN CONSIGNE NDATIONS RECOMEN S DE DACIONES SÉCURITÉ DE SEGURIDA D August = Wear hearing protection! = Do not use if damaged! = Follow the safety instructions! = Do not use for cutting! 5-60° = Observe the contact angle of 5–60° (ALUMASTER HSD-F)! = Wear eye protection! = Wear gloves! 2. Tighten the bolts! 4 Nm 3. 4. 252 271 03/2016 Rüggeberg PFERD-We GmbH Hauptstrasrkzeuge & Co. KG D-51709 se 13 Marienhei www.pfer d.com de = CE-marked de Montagevideo Assembly Montage video Vídeo vidéo de montaje 4 Nm 5. 6. 5-10 min 7. 8. 30-60 min. Catalogue Page 2 103

Milling tools with cutting inserts ALUMASTER High Speed Disc ALUMASTER HSD-F High Speed Disc Special tool for processing aluminium alloys using an angle grinder. D H Contents: ■■ALUMASTER HSD-F High Speed Disc ■■Cutting insert set ■■Screw set for cutting inserts ■■Torx wrench, plastic box PFERDVALUE:                U D [mm] H [mm] U [mm] Max. RPM EAN 4007220 115 22.23 13.0 13,300 026106 Description 1 HSD-F 115/125 ALUMASTER ALUMASTER HSD-F HICOAT High Speed Disc Special tool for processing particularly challenging aluminium alloys using an angle grinder. The cutting inserts come with a HICOAT coating. D H U Contents: ■■ALUMASTER HSD-F HICOAT High Speed Disc ■■HICOAT cutting insert set ■■Screw set for cutting inserts ■■Torx wrench, plastic box PFERDVALUE:       D [mm] H [mm] U [mm] Max. RPM EAN 4007220 115 22.23 13.0 13,300 061213 Page Catalogue 104 2          Description 1 HSD-F 115/125 ALUMASTER HICOAT

Milling tools with cutting inserts ALUMASTER High Speed Disc Cutting insert sets, HICOAT cutting insert sets Cutting insert set for ALUMASTER High Speed Disc. Ordering notes: ■■The set is available with or without HICOAT coating. D [mm] Contents [pcs.] Suitable for EAN 4007220 12 10 ALUMASTER HSD-F 018583 061220 2 Description 1 1 WSP-A-12R ALUMASTER WSP-A-12R ALUMASTER HICOAT Screw set for cutting inserts Screw set for PFERD cutting inserts. Suitable for cutting inserts Contents [pcs.] EAN 4007220 WSP-A-12R ALUMASTER, WSP-A-12R ALUMASTER HICOAT 5 005392 Description 1 WSP-S-M4S ALUMASTER service set, ALUMASTER HICOAT service set For exchanging individual cutting inserts on the ALUMASTER High Speed Disc. Set contains: ■■2 cutting inserts ■■2 bolts ■■1 TORX wrench Ordering notes: ■■The set is available with or without HICOAT coating. Suitable for EAN 4007220 ALUMASTER HSD-F 061237 061244 Description 1 1 ASS-R12 ASS-R12 HICOAT Torque spanner and spare blade WIHA torque spanner with a tightening torque of 4 Nm for optimally and securely mounting cutting inserts on the ALUMASTER High Speed Disc. Suitable for EAN 4007220 Description ALUMASTER 104620 1 DSWK WIHA Torque 4,0 DSWK WIHA 4.0 104637 1 TWK WIHA Torque T15 Torque spanner Spare blade Catalogue Page 2 105

Milling tools with cutting inserts EDGE FINISH system for work on edges Alongside a drive which has been especially designed for work on edges, the EDGE FINISH system comprises cutting tools for defined chamfering and rounding/breaking of edges on medium to large workpieces. Exact edge shapes can be created by selecting the relevant tungsten carbide cutting inserts and matching tool mounting. The special tungsten carbide cutting inserts come with a high-quality coating and achieve the very best results. They are available in the STEEL, INOX and ALU versions for creating chamfers of 30° and 45° on components made from steel, stainless steel (INOX) and aluminium. For steel applications, there is also a radius version which has been specifically designed to prepare for corrosion protection, producing a defined radius of 3 mm. Among other things, rounding edges is a precautionary measure for anti-corrosion protection according to: ■ ISO 12944-3 ■ ISO 8501-3 ■ SOLAS XII/6.3 (Ref. T4/3.01 MSC.1/Circ. 1198) Advantages: Materials that can be worked: Safety notes: ■ Highest possible comfort and optimal guidance thanks to ergonomically optimized design and very good haptic properties. ■ The best possible stock removal rate and a long service life thanks to specially coated cutting inserts. ■ Chamfer height can be individually adjusted up to 6 mm. ■ Enables work with low levels of fatigue thanks to SENSOHANDLE anti-vibration handle. ■ Steel ■ Stainless steel (INOX) ■ Aluminium ■ Do not use damaged cutting inserts! They may break! Applications: ■ Rounding edges in preparation for the application of anti-corrosion coatings in shipbuilding, on crane systems and other medium to large steel constructions which are exposed to corrosion loading. ■ Chamfering for weld seam preparation on medium to large components (60° V-shaped seam in accordance with ISO 9692-1). ■ Chamfering for edge breaking (45° visible edge). = Wear eye protection! Recommendations for use: ■ Move the EDGE FINISH system over the workpiece counterrotationally in order to prevent damage to the tool and chatter marks on the workpiece. ■ Process very uneven burn burrs beforehand using reinforced grinding wheels or POLIFAN flap discs to prevent damage to the cutting inserts and improve guidance. ■ Proper servicing and correct storage will increase the service life of your drive and tool. Material group Matching cutting inserts Steel Stainless steel (INOX) Aluminium Page Catalogue 106 2 EF-WSP-F STEEL EF-WSP-R3 STEEL EF-WSP-F INOX EF-WSP-F ALU = Wear hearing protection! = Observe the applicable safety regulations! = Observe the recommended rotational speed! PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends the EDGE FINISH system as an innovative tool solution for comfortable working with reduced vibration, good haptics and optimized tool guidance. Selecting suitable cutting inserts: To determine the most suitable cutting insert, please proceed as follows: = Wear gloves! ➊ Select the material group to be machined. ➋ Select the cutting inserts. Recommended Max. depth of rotational cut per process speed range step [RPM] [mm] Max. chamfer width/radius to be created [mm] 7,100–8,700 7,100–8,700 7,500–8,000 3 2 6 3 3 11,000 6 6 PFERDEFFICIENCY recommends the EDGE FINISH system for long, fatigue-free and resource-saving work, with perfect results in the shortest possible time.

Milling tools with cutting inserts EDGE FINISH system for work on edges EDGE FINISH system for work on edges A powerful angle grinder with a rotational speed of 2,750–11,000 RPM forms the basis of this impressive system. Two different cutting insert holders are available and can be exchanged at any time if required. They specify the required angle of 30° or 45°, and each comes with three tungsten carbide cutting inserts. In combination with a high-quality coating, they enable an outstanding stock removal rate and produce defined chamfers or radii depending on the version being used. The guide bearing ensures the tool is optimally guided along the edges to be machined. All parts described are available both individually and as a complete system. A sturdy transport case is also available and provides ideal protection for the parts and plenty of space for accessories. EDGE FINISH system for work on edges in transport case (TK) ➊ ➍ ➎ ➋ ➌ ➏ ➐ 2 ➊ Angle grinder UWER 18/110 EF ➋ Cutting insert holder 45°/R3 ➌ Cutting insert holder 30° ➍ Cutting inserts, chamfer ➎ Cutting inserts, R3 ➏ Guide bearing 45°/R3 with locking nut ➐ Guide bearing 30° with locking nut ➑ Torx screw set M4 ➍ ➑ UWER 18/110 EF-R3/45° TK and UWER 18/110 EF-30° TK Tool drives 9 The drive and tools are supplied in a sturdy plastic case for optimal storage. Included in delivery: ■ UWER 18/110 EF with 4 m power cable, three keys and anti-vibration handle ■ Cutting insert holder with guide bearing ■ Screw set for cutting inserts Detailed information and the matching assembly accessories for angle grinder UWER 18/110 EF can be found in catalogue section 9 Tool drives. The ordering data can be found in the table below. Special features: ■ Max. chamfer height of 6 mm. ■ Stepless rotational speed control. ■ Digital electronics for constant rotational speed. ■ Restart protection in case of power failure. ■ Anti-vibration handle. ■ Smooth start-up to protect people, tools and the drive. ■ Lockable on-off switch. ■ Spindle lock pin. Included in delivery: 4 m power cable, 3 keys, anti-vibration handle Designation EDGE FINISH UWER 18/110 EF-R3/45° TK 230V1) EDGE FINISH UWER 18/110 EF-30° TK 230V1) EDGE FINISH UWER 18/110 EF TK 230V2) 1) 2) UWER 18/110 EF 11,000–2,750 RPM / 1,750 watts 500 70 150 120 PFERDVALUE EAN 4007220 Rotational speed [RPM] Voltage Power [volts] consump50–60 Hz tion [watts] Power output [watts] Work spindle thread Incl. cutting insert holder EF-WSP-A R3/45° EF-WSP-A 30° - 004272 11,000–2,750 230 1,750 1,150 M14 004364 11,000–2,750 230 1,750 1,150 M14 973172 11,000–2,750 230 1,750 1,150 M14 Matching Net cutting insert weight holder [kg] EF-WSP-A R3/45°, EF-WSP-A 30° EF-WSP-A R3/45°, EF-WSP-A 30° EF-WSP-A R3/45°, EF-WSP-A 30° 7.360 7.360 3.640 The cutting inserts are not included in delivery. Please order these separately (see page 108). The cutting insert holder with guide bearing, cutting inserts and bolt set are not included in delivery. Please order these separately (see page 108). Catalogue Page 2 107

Milling tools with cutting inserts EDGE FINISH system for work on edges Cutting insert set with 3 mm radius, cutting insert set with chamfer Cutting insert sets for the EDGE FINISH system for work on edges. EF-WSP-R3 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired type. EF-WSP-F Suitable for cutting insert holder a Cutting insert set with 3 mm radius EF-WSP-A R3/45° Cutting insert set chamfer EF-WSP-A 30°, EF-WSP-A R3/45° 45°–30° r [mm] Contents [pcs.] STEEL Type INOX EAN 4007220 ALU 3.0 - Description 3 005101 - - 1 EF-WSP-R3 3 005118 071182 039533 1 EF-WSP-F Cutting insert holder with 3 mm radius/45° chamfer, cutting insert holder with 30° chamfer Cutting insert holders for the EDGE FINISH system for work on edges. EF-WSP-A R3/45° EF-WSP-A 30° Ordering notes: ■■The cutting inserts and matching screw sets are not included in the delivery. Please order separately. Suitable for cutting inserts Suitable for machine types Cutting insert holder with 3 mm radius/45° chamfer EF-WSP-R3, EF-WSP-F UWER 18/110 EF Cutting insert holder with 30° chamfer EF-WSP-F UWER 18/110 EF a r [mm] EAN 4007220 45° 3.0 005200 1 EF-WSP-A R3/45° 30° - 005170 1 EF-WSP-A 30° Description Guide bearing with 3 mm radius/45° chamfer, guide bearing with 30° chamfer EF-FL-R3/45° Guide bearings for the EDGE FINISH system for work on edges. EF-FL-30° Ordering notes: ■■Delivery includes locking nut MG INOX. Suitable for cutting insert holder EAN 4007220 Guide bearing with 3 mm radius/45° chamfer EF-WSP-A R3/45° Guide bearing with 30° chamfer EF-WSP-A 30° Description 005163 1 EF-FL-R3/45° 005132 1 EF-FL-30° Screw set for cutting inserts Screw set for PFERD cutting inserts. Page Catalogue 108 2 Suitable for cutting inserts Contents [pcs.] EAN 4007220 EF-WSP-R3, EF-WSP-F 5 005392 Description 1 WSP-S-M4S

HSS step drills, HSS hole saws, sets and accessories 2 Catalogue Page 2 109

HSS step drills with HICOAT coating HSS step drills with HICOAT coating HSS step drills with HICOAT coating d2 l1 8 10 Sturdy high-performance tool for burr-free drilling and deburring of sheet metal, pipes and profiles. Materials up to 4 mm thick can be drilled and deburred easily in a single step. The premium HICOAT coating is wear-resistant and versatile as it can be used to process steel, stainless steel (INOX), non-ferrous metals, thermoplastics and duroplastics. Advantages: ■■Drilling and deburring in a single step. ■■Completely smooth running and a high cutting performance. ■■The high-quality drill tip ensures effortless centring and drilling. ■■The tool taper makes it easier to pull back from drilled plates. ■■Chips which do not break are neatly removed as with a spiral drill. ■■Built-up edges and cold welding on the blades are prevented. Applications: drilling, deburring Recommendations for use: ■■Use HSS step drills with HICOAT coating on sheets, pipes and profiles with a maximum thickness of 4 mm. ■■Use cutting oil or compressed air as a coolant and lubricant. ■■Please refer to the table for the recommended rotational speeds. Matching tool drives: Power drill Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX), other non-ferrous metals, plastics Drill bit dia. range [mm] No. of drill steps d2 [mm] l1 [mm] EAN 4007220 4–20 4–30 9 14 8 10 75 100 802755 802762 Description 1 1 STB HSS 04-20/8 HC-FEP STB HSS 04-30/10 HC-FEP Recommended rotational speed range [RPM] for HSS step drills Step dia. [mm] Steel 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 2,390 1,590 1,190 950 800 680 600 530 480 430 400 370 340 320 Page Catalogue 110 2 Stainless steel (INOX) Non-ferrous metals Plastics Rec. rotational speed [RPM] 1,590 1,060 800 640 530 450 400 350 320 290 270 240 230 210 2,390 1,590 1,190 950 800 680 600 530 480 430 400 370 340 320 1,590 1,060 800 640 530 450 400 350 320 290 270 240 230 210

HSS hole saws, sets and accessories General information Hole saws are made from tough, shatter-proof, sturdy HSS bimetal. The saw teeth are made from high-quality M42 material. A selection of the most common HSS hole saws is available as sets for tradespeople, fitters, electricians and mechanics. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Cost-effective sawing of round cut-outs. ■ Chattering during sawing is prevented by the alternating tooth pitch. ■ High concentricity. ■ Good chip removal. ■ The hole saw is conveniently centred and guided via the replaceable HSS pilot drill. ■ Hole saw arbor is supplied with an ejection spring for improved ejection of the sawn material. ■ Observe the recommended rotational speed. ■ Clamp the pilot drill in the hole saw arbor and make sure that it projects at least 3 mm (1/8") over the teeth of the hole saw. ■ When cutting metals, use a high-quality cutting oil, if possible. This facilitates smooth running and lengthens the hole saw service life. Exception: When working on aluminium, use kerosene instead of cutting oil. ■ HSS hole saws are suitable for work on stainless steel (INOX). In order to avoid corrosion, remove any particles which develop during work from the workpiece. Clean the workpiece chemically or mechanically (etching/polishing, etc.).  ■ Make sure that all the teeth are applied evenly. To prevent tooth breakage, avoid swinging movements during sawing. ■ Avoid overheating the saw. Materials that can be worked: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Steel Stainless steel (INOX) Aluminium Copper, bronze, brass Plastics Wood Applications: ■ Cutting out holes 2 Safety notes: ■ When using shank extensions, the recommended hole saw rotational speed must not be exceeded. Risk of accidents! = Wear eye protection! Matching tool drives: ■ Power drill = Follow the safety instructions! Example applications for HSS hole saws and TC hole cutters Dia. [mm] Applications Dia. [mm] Applications Dia. [mm] Applications 25.0 30.0 32.0 35.0 Plumbing and heating pipes Plumbing and heating pipes Sink fittings with dia. 32 mm Plumbing and heating pipes, hollow wall junction boxes, halogen spots Plumbing and waste pipes Water and heating pipes 50.0 Water and heating pipes with insulation Built-in lights with dia. 55 mm Built-in lights with dia. 60 mm Pattress boxes with dia. 68 mm Hollow wall junction boxes with dia. 70 mm 74.0 Hollow wall junction boxes with dia. 74 mm Distribution boxes, built-in lights, cable opening covers with dia. 80 mm Built-in lights with dia. 90 mm Waste air pipes 40.0 45.0 55.0 60.0 68.0 70.0 80.0 90.0 105.0 Catalogue Page 2 111

HSS hole saws, sets and accessories HSS hole saws HSS hole saws Hole saws made from tough, shatter-proof, sturdy HSS bimetal for cutting out holes. d1 Thread: LS 14–LS 30 LS 32–LS 152 = 1/2–20 = 5/8-18 Matching arbors: LS 14–LS 30 LS 32–LS 152 = LSS 1, LSS 4 = LSS 2 Ordering notes: ■■Please refer to the table below for the maximum cutting depth. ■■Please order hole saw arbors separately. Detailed information and ordering data on hole saw arbors can be found on page 115. d1 [inch] EAN 4007220 Max. cutting depth [mm] Max. cutting depth [inch] Opt. RPM Steel Opt. RPM Stainless steel (INOX) Opt. RPM Nonferrous metals Opt. RPM Plastics 14 9/16 16 5/8 17 11/16 19 3/4 20 21 13/16 22 7/8 24 15/16 25 1 27 1 1/16 29 1 1/8 30 1 3/16 32 1 1/4 33 1 5/16 35 1 3/8 37 1 7/16 38 1 1/2 40 1 9/16 41 1 5/8 43 1 11/16 44 1 3/4 46 1 13/16 48 1 7/8 51 2 52 2 1/16 54 2 1/8 57 2 1/4 59 2 5/16 60 2 3/8 64 2 1/2 65 2 9/16 67 2 5/8 68 2 11/16 70 2 3/4 73 2 7/8 76 3 79 3 1/8 83 3 1/4 86 3 3/8 89 3 1/2 92 3 5/8 95 3 3/4 98 3 7/8 102 4 105 4 1/8 319086 062319 319093 062326 062333 319109 062340 319116 062357 062364 062371 062388 062395 062401 062418 319123 062425 319130 062432 319147 062449 319154 062456 062463 319161 062470 062487 319178 062494 062500 319185 062517 500811 062524 062531 062548 062555 062562 319192 062579 062586 062593 319208 062609 062616 34 34 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 1 5/16 1 5/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 620 550 520 460 425 410 390 360 350 325 300 285 275 260 250 235 230 215 210 200 195 185 180 170 165 160 150 145 140 135 135 130 130 125 120 115 110 105 100 95 95 90 90 85 80 310 275 260 230 210 205 195 180 175 160 150 145 140 135 125 115 115 110 105 100 95 90 90 85 80 80 75 70 70 65 60 65 65 60 60 55 55 50 50 45 45 45 45 40 40 800 730 680 600 560 540 520 470 470 435 400 380 360 345 330 310 300 280 280 260 260 250 240 230 220 210 200 190 190 180 180 170 170 160 160 150 140 140 130 130 120 120 120 110 110 1,000 880 820 740 700 670 640 580 560 520 480 470 440 420 400 370 370 350 340 330 320 300 290 270 270 260 250 240 230 220 220 210 210 200 190 180 180 170 160 160 150 150 140 140 130 d1 [mm] Page Catalogue 112 2 Description 1 LS 14 1 LS 16 1 LS 17 1 LS 19 1 LS 20 1 LS 21 1 LS 22 1 LS 24 1 LS 25 1 LS 27 1 LS 29 1 LS 30 1 LS 32 1 LS 33 1 LS 35 1 LS 37 1 LS 38 1 LS 40 1 LS 41 1 LS 43 1 LS 44 1 LS 46 1 LS 48 1 LS 51 1 LS 52 1 LS 54 1 LS 57 1 LS 59 1 LS 60 1 LS 64 1 LS 65 1 LS 67 1 LS 68 1 LS 70 1 LS 73 1 LS 76 1 LS 79 1 LS 83 1 LS 86 1 LS 89 1 LS 92 1 LS 95 1 LS 98 1 LS 102 1 LS 105 Continued on next page

HSS hole saws, sets and accessories HSS hole saws d1 [mm] d1 [inch] EAN 4007220 Max. cutting depth [mm] Max. cutting depth [inch] Opt. RPM Steel Opt. RPM Stainless steel (INOX) Opt. RPM Nonferrous metals Opt. RPM Plastics 111 114 121 127 140 152 4 3/8 4 1/2 4 3/4 5 5 1/2 6 319222 062623 319239 319246 319253 319260 31 31 31 31 31 31 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4 75 75 70 65 60 55 35 35 35 30 30 25 100 100 90 80 75 70 130 120 120 110 100 90 Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 LS 111 LS 114 LS 121 LS 127 LS 140 LS 152 2 HSS hole saw sets Set for craftsmen The set contains five HSS hole saws in the most common diameters, including accessories, for use in crafts. It is supplied in a clearly structured plastic box which protects against dirt and damage. The operating instructions are included. It is possible to use hole saws LS 32 and LS 38 with the LSA adapter and washer. Contents: 5 HSS hole saws: LS 22, LS 25, LS 29, LS 32 and LS 38 1 hole saw arbor: LSS 4 1 LSA adapter for hole saw arbor LSS 4 1 Allen key, 4 mm 1 ejection spring Dimensions [mm] EAN 4007220 168 x 116 x 57 319314 Description 1 LS-SO 7 H Set for plumbers The set contains six HSS hole saws in the most common diameters, including accessories, for plumbers and sanitary engineers. It is supplied in a clearly structured plastic box which protects against dirt and damage. The operating instructions are included. It is possible to use hole saw LS 38 with the LSA adapter and washer. Contents: 6 HSS hole saws: LS 19, LS 22, LS 29, LS 38, LS 44 and LS 57 2 hole saw arbors: LSS 2 and LSS 4 1 LSA adapter for hole saw arbor LSS 4 1 Allen key, 4 mm 1 ejection spring Dimensions [mm] EAN 4007220 219 x 156 x 60 319338 Description 1 LS-SO 9 I Catalogue Page 2 113

HSS hole saws, sets and accessories HSS hole saw sets Set for electricians (International standard sizes) The set contains six HSS hole saws in the most common international diameters, including accessories, for electricians. It is supplied in a clearly structured plastic box which protects against dirt and damage. The operating instructions are included. It is possible to use hole saw LS 35 with the LSA adapter and washer. Contents: 6 HSS hole saws: LS 22, LS 29, LS 35, LS 44, LS 51 and LS 64 2 hole saw arbors: LSS 2 and LSS 4 1 LSA adapter for hole saw arbor LSS 4 1 Allen key, 4 mm 1 ejection spring Dimensions [mm] EAN 4007220 219 x 156 x 60 319321 Description 1 LS-SO 9 E-1 Set for electricians (German standard sizes) The set contains nine HSS hole saws in the most common diameters, including accessories, for electricians in Germany. It is supplied in a clearly structured plastic box which protects against dirt and damage. The operating instructions are included. It is possible to use hole saws LS 32 and LS 38 with the LSA adapter and washer. Contents: 9 HSS hole saws: LS 19, LS 22, LS 25, LS 32, LS 38, LS 44, LS 51, LS 60 and LS 68 2 hole saw arbors: LSS 2 and LSS 4 1 LSA adapter for hole saw arbor LSS 4 1 pilot drill: LSB 6/90 1 Allen key, 4 mm 1 ejection spring Dimensions [mm] EAN 4007220 219 x 156 x 60 319369 Description 1 LS-SO 13 E-2 Set for engineers The set contains nine HSS hole saws in the most common diameters, including accessories, for engineers in the construction, container and pipeline industries. It is supplied in a clearly structured plastic box which protects against dirt and damage. The operating instructions are included. It is possible to use hole saws LS 35 and LS 38 with the LSA adapter and washer. Contents: 9 HSS hole saws: LS 19, LS 22, LS 29, LS 35, LS 38, LS 44, LS 51, LS 57 and LS 64 2 hole saw arbors: LSS 2 and LSS 4 1 pilot drill: LSB 6/90 1 LSA adapter for hole saw arbor LSS 4 1 Allen key, 4 mm 1 ejection spring Page Catalogue 114 2 Dimensions [mm] EAN 4007220 219 x 180 x 66 319352 Description 1 LS-SO 13 M

HSS hole saws, sets and accessories Accessories Hole saw arbors LSS d2 LSS 1 Hole saw arbors are designed for mounting the hole saw and the pilot drill. Purpose of the ejection spring It prevents the sawn-out material from becoming jammed between the inner walls of the hole saw and the drill. The spring force ejects the material. Should this effect not be required for a particular application, e.g. pipes that are already installed, the spring can easily be removed manually without the help of tools. Ordering notes: ■■Available in three sizes. ■■Select the appropriate arbor, taking into account the hole saw diameter and available tool drive. LSS 2 ■■Hole saw arbors LSS 1 and LSS 2 are supplied with the HSS pilot drill LSB 6/60 and an ejection spring. ■■Hole saw arbors LSS 4 are supplied with the HSS pilot drill LSB 6/90 and an ejection spring. 2 LSS 4 Suitable for hole saws d2 [mm] d2 [inch] Shank type EAN 4007220 Thread LS 14–30 LS 32–152 LS 14–30 9.53 9.53 6.35 3/8 3/8 1/4 hexagonal hexagonal round 062630 062647 062661 1/2–20 UNF 5/8–18 UNF 1/2–20 UNF Shank shapes The adjacent tables provide information on the arbor shapes and dimensions for the LSS hole saw arbors and LSB pilot drills. The matching hole saws and hole saw arbors are indicated. Shank dimensions [mm] Hexagonal Round 6.35 AF 9.53 10.5 PFERD hole saw arbor Description 1 1 1 Shank shape LSS 1 LSS 2 LSS 4 Shank dia. [mm] Shank dia. [inch] LSS 1 9.53 3/8 LS 14 to LS 30 LSS 2 9.53 3/8 LS 32 to LS 152 LSS 4 6.35 1/4 LS 14 to LS 30 PFERD pilot drill Shank dia. [mm] Shank dia. [inch] LSB 6/60 6.35 1/4 LSS 1, LSS 2 LSB 6/90 6.35 1/4 LSS 4 Shank shape For PFERD hole saws For PFERD hole saw arbor Ejection spring All hole saw arbors are delivered with an ejection spring for better ejection of the sawn material. Before using the tool, this ejection spring can be installed/removed without additional tools if required. Screw the ejection spring onto the drill from the side with the smaller diameter up to its limit. It is also possible to use the ejection spring with the LSA adapter and washer (see diagram). HSS hole saw Ejection spring Washer Adapter (LSA) Hole saw arbor (LSS) Catalogue Page 2 115

HSS hole saws, sets and accessories Accessories Quick-mounting system for hole saws, adapter sets d2 PSL 11 PFERD offers a clamping system for easily and quickly using HSS hole saws. The quick-mounting system and the two three-part adapter sets, which have been tailored to the hole saw diameter, enable PFERD HSS hole saws to be used easily and conveniently on all conventional power drills. Advantages: ■■Easily and quickly swap different hole saws. ■■After the application is completed, the hole saw and quick-mounting system can be separated without the use of additional tools by simply pressing a button. ■■Interchangeable HSS pilot drill. AS-PSL 14-30 AS-PSL 32-152 Ordering notes: ■■Adapter set AS-PSL 14-30 is available for a hole saw diameter of 14–30 mm, and adapter set AS-PSL 32-152 is available for a hole saw diameter of 32–152 mm. Both adapter sets contain three adapters with the same dimensions. Recommendations for use: ■■Screw the adapters quickly and easily into the desired hole saw and clamp them in the quick-mounting system. Suitable for hole saws Shank type EAN 4007220 d2 [mm] d2 [inch] LS 14–152 LS 14–30 LS 32–152 hexagonal - 900185 900215 900192 11 - 7 1/16 - Description 1 1 1 PSL 11 AS-PSL 14-30 AS-PSL 32-152 Example combination + HSS hole saw LS 44 + = Quick-mounting system PSL 11 Adapter from adapter set AS-PSL 32-152 LSB 6/60 d2 LSB 6/90 HSS pilot drill LSB HSS pilot drills for HSS hole saw arbors and quick-mounting systems for hole saws. Ordering notes: ■■Hole saw arbors LSS 1 and LSS 2 are supplied with the HSS pilot drill LSB 6/60. Suitable for hole saws LS 44 with adapter AS-PSL 32-152 and quick-mounting system PSL 11 ■■Hole saw arbors LSS 4 are supplied with the HSS pilot drill LSB 6/90. ■■The HSS pilot drill LSB 6/90 can be used for the quick-mounting system PSL 11. Suitable arbors d2 [mm] d2 [inch] Shank type EAN 4007220 LS 14–152 LSS 1, LSS 2 LSS 4 6.35 6.35 1/4 1/4 round round 319284 062708 Page Catalogue 116 2 Description 1 1 LSB 6/60 LSB 6/90

HSS hole saws, sets and accessories Accessories Repair set for hole saw arbors With the repair set for hole saw arbors, the most common parts can be replaced in case of loss or damage. Contents: 2 ejection springs 2 hexagon socket head screws 1 hexagon socket wrench AF 4 2 EAN 4007220 Description 758953 1 RSL-5 LSA adapter Hole saws LS 32 to LS 38 can be used with the LSA adapter, a washer and the hole saw arbors LSS 1 and LSS 4. Suitable for hole saws Suitable arbors EAN 4007220 LS 32–38 LSS 1, LSS 4 319291 Description 1 Arbor extension for hole saws The HSS hole saw arbors LSS 1 and LSS 2 can be extended using the arbor extension SVL-300. Advantages: ■■Suitable for work on hard-to-reach components. ■■Particularly suitable for work on hollow walls. ■■Deep holes can be sawn easily. LSA d2 d1 l1 ■■Achieves the required distance between the tool drive and the work area. ■■Avoids damage to the workpiece and machine. ■■Dust is not drawn into the tool drive during sawing. Suitable arbors Shank type EAN 4007220 Hexagon socket d1 [mm] Hexagon socket d1 [inch] l1 [mm] l1 [inch] Width across flats (AF) d2 [mm] LSS 1, LSS 2 hexagonal 798447 9.53 3/8 300 12 11 Description 1 SVL-300 Catalogue Page 2 117

TC hole cutters and accessories General information Tungsten carbide hole cutters are professional tools for quick, precise hole-cutting (cut-outs) with a diameter of 16 to 105 mm. They are suitable for working on alloyed and non-alloyed steels, stainless steel (INOX), non-ferrous metals and plastics (including GRP). Tungsten carbide hole cutters are used on hand drills or on stationary machines. Advantages: ■ High concentricity, as the cutting head and shank are produced in one piece. ■ Optimum cutting performance due to sharp teeth made of high-quality tungsten carbide. ■ Interchangeable HSS pilot drill. Ordering notes: ■ 35 mm tool height (long type) for work on pipes and curved surfaces, available in different diameters from 16 to 60 mm. ■ PFERD tungsten carbide hole cutters can be resharpened. Timely and professional resharpening substantially lengthens the tool life. Please contact your local sharpening service. ■ Tungsten carbide hole cutters are supplied together with the pilot drill. ■ 8 mm tool height (flat type) for work on sheets and flat materials, available in different diameters from 16 to 105 mm. Recommendations for use: ■ The stated reference rotational speed (see "Opt. RPM") apply to machines capable of providing roughly constant rotational speed under load. For low-power machines where speeds drop sharply under load, the rotational speed can be increased by about 30 %. If the teeth of the cutter are not continuously engaged (e.g. on pipes or curved surfaces), the recommended rotational speed levels may be increased by up to 100 %. This will help to prevent chatter and tooth breakage when using the cutter in manual applications. ■ TC hole cutters are suitable for work on stainless steel (INOX). ■ In order to avoid corrosion, remove any particles which develop during work from the workpiece. Clean the workpiece chemically or mechanically (etching/ polishing, etc.). Pipes Tooth pitch: Shank shape and dimensions: PFERD hole cutters have an irregular tooth pitch (distance between teeth) to prevent tool chatter. The table below shows information about the shank shape and the dimensions of the PFERD LOS hole cutter. Flat materials When working on sheets, leave an unobstructed exit for the hole cutter. Place supports outside the cutting area. Do not tilt the drill Cutting depth for pipes Wall thickness max. 4 mm Max. 4 mm PFERD hole cutter Hole cutter diameter Centrepunching Shank diameter [mm] 16 to 22 mm diameter 23 to 55 mm LOS HM 2308 to LOS HM 5508 diameter 60 to 105 mm LOS HM 6008 to LOS HM 10508 diameter LOS HM 1608 to LOS HM 2208 Irregular tooth pitch Catalogue 118 2 As soon as the cutter touches the material, exert a low and even pressure Shank shape 7 10 12 Safety notes: = Wear eye protection! Page Guided by pilot drill = Observe the recommended rotational speed! D

TC hole cutters and accessories TC hole cutter Flat type, tool height of 8 mm The flat type (tool height 8 mm) is suitable for work on flat materials up to 4 mm in thickness. d1 d2 2 d1 [mm] d2 [mm] EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Steel Opt. RPM Stainless steel (INOX) Opt. RPM Non-ferrous metals Opt. RPM Plastics Matching drill 16 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 28 30 32 34 35 38 40 42 43 45 48 50 52 54 55 60 65 68 70 75 80 90 100 105 7 7 7 7 7 7 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 062913 062937 062944 062951 062968 062975 062982 062999 063002 063026 063033 063057 063071 063095 063101 063132 063156 063170 063187 063200 063231 063255 063279 063293 063309 063354 063361 063378 063385 063392 063408 063422 063446 063453 790–1,200 710–1,060 670–1,000 630–950 600–910 580–870 550–830 530–800 510–760 470–710 455–680 425–635 400–600 375–560 365–545 335–505 320–480 305–455 295–445 285–425 265–400 255–380 245–370 235–355 230–350 210–320 195–295 190–280 180–270 170–255 160–240 140–210 125–190 120–180 400–1,000 350–880 330–840 320–800 300–760 290–720 280–690 270–660 260–640 240–590 230–570 210–530 200–500 185–470 180–450 170–420 160–400 150–380 150–370 140–355 135–330 125–320 120–305 120–295 115–290 105–265 100–245 95–235 90–230 85–215 80–200 70–180 65–160 60–150 880–1,310 780–1,170 740–1,110 700–1,050 670–1,000 640–950 610–910 580–880 560–840 520–780 500–750 470–700 440–660 410–620 400–600 370–550 350–530 330–500 330–490 310–470 290–440 280–420 270–400 260–390 250–380 230–350 220–320 210–310 200–300 190–280 180–260 160–230 140–210 130–200 880–1,310 780–1,170 740–1,110 700–1,050 670–1,000 640–950 610–910 580–880 560–840 520–780 500–750 470–700 440–660 410–620 400–600 370–550 350–530 330–500 330–490 310–470 290–440 280–420 270–400 260–390 250–380 230–350 220–320 210–310 200–300 190–280 180–260 160–230 140–210 130–200 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 8/48 LOSB 8/48 LOSB 8/48 LOSB 8/48 LOSB 8/48 LOSB 8/48 LOSB 8/48 LOSB 8/48 LOSB 8/48 Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 LOS HM 1608 LOS HM 1808 LOS HM 1908 LOS HM 2008 LOS HM 2108 LOS HM 2208 LOS HM 2308 LOS HM 2408 LOS HM 2508 LOS HM 2708 LOS HM 2808 LOS HM 3008 LOS HM 3208 LOS HM 3408 LOS HM 3508 LOS HM 3808 LOS HM 4008 LOS HM 4208 LOS HM 4308 LOS HM 4508 LOS HM 4808 LOS HM 5008 LOS HM 5208 LOS HM 5408 LOS HM 5508 LOS HM 6008 LOS HM 6508 LOS HM 6808 LOS HM 7008 LOS HM 7508 LOS HM 8008 LOS HM 9008 LOS HM 10008 LOS HM 10508 Catalogue Page 2 119

TC hole cutters and accessories TC hole cutter Deep type, tool height of 35 mm The long type (tool height 35 mm) is suitable for use on curved surfaces and pipe materials. The maximum cut depth is 32 mm. Exception: LOS HM 6060: maximum cut depth 57 mm d2 d1 Ordering notes: ■■LOS HM 6060: Tool height 60 mm. d1 [mm] d2 [mm] EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Steel Opt. RPM Stainless steel (INOX) Opt. RPM Non-ferrous metals Opt. RPM Plastics Matching drill 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 30 32 35 38 40 42 43 45 48 50 52 55 60 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 12 063491 063507 063514 063521 063538 063545 063552 063576 063583 063590 063606 063613 063637 063651 063682 063712 063736 063750 063767 063781 063811 063835 063842 063859 063866 790–1,200 750–1,130 710–1,060 670–1,000 630–950 600–910 580–870 530–800 510–760 490–740 470–710 455–680 425–635 400–600 365–545 335–505 320–480 305–455 295–445 285–425 265–400 255–380 245–370 230–350 210–320 400–1,000 370–930 350–880 330–840 320–800 300–760 290–720 270–660 260–640 250–610 240–590 230–570 210–530 200–500 180–450 170–420 160–400 150–380 150–370 140–355 135–330 125–320 120–305 115–290 105–265 880–1,310 820–1,240 780–1,170 740–1,110 700–1,050 670–1,000 640–950 580–880 560–840 540–810 520–780 500–750 470–700 440–660 400–600 370–550 350–530 330–500 330–490 310–470 290–440 280–420 270–400 250–380 230–350 880–1,310 820–1,240 780–1,170 740–1,110 700–1,050 670–1,000 640–950 580–880 560–840 540–810 520–780 500–750 470–700 440–660 400–600 370–550 350–530 330–500 330–490 310–470 290–440 280–420 270–400 250–380 230–350 LOSB 6/69 LOSB 6/69 LOSB 6/69 LOSB 6/69 LOSB 6/69 LOSB 6/69 LOSB 6/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/94 Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 LOS HM 1635 LOS HM 1735 LOS HM 1835 LOS HM 1935 LOS HM 2035 LOS HM 2135 LOS HM 2235 LOS HM 2435 LOS HM 2535 LOS HM 2635 LOS HM 2735 LOS HM 2835 LOS HM 3035 LOS HM 3235 LOS HM 3535 LOS HM 3835 LOS HM 4035 LOS HM 4235 LOS HM 4335 LOS HM 4535 LOS HM 4835 LOS HM 5035 LOS HM 5235 LOS HM 5535 LOS HM 6060 HSS pilot drills for TC hole cutters HSS pilot drill LOSB The HSS pilot drill is replaceable. Suitable for tungsten carbide hole cutter diameter [mm] Tool height [mm] EAN 4007220 16–55 16–22 24–55 60 60–105 8 35 35 60 8 063873 063880 063903 063910 063897 Page Catalogue 120 2 Description 1 1 1 1 1 LOSB 6/48 LOSB 6/69 LOSB 8/69 LOSB 8/94 LOSB 8/48

Mounted points 3 3 Catalogue Page 3 1

Mounted points Table of contents General information 3 The fast way to the best tool 4 General information on mounted points 6 Explanation of the description 7 Drive spindle extensions 8 Mounted points For steel and cast steel ■ STEEL ■ STEEL EDGE For materials that are difficult to machine ■ TOUGH For stainless steel (INOX) ■ INOX ■ INOX EDGE For soft non-ferrous metals ■ ALU For grey and nodular cast iron ■ CAST ■ CAST EDGE For foundries ■ CAST EDGE ■ CAST STEEL For plastics 9 13 22 26 28 31 32 34 36 38 ■ RUBBER 40 ■ UNIVERSAL type ■ HSS type ■ CARBIDE type 42 42 43 ■ UNIVERSAL type ■ CARBIDE type ■ Arbors 45 45 45 ■ Dressing stones ■ Abrasive segments ■ Diamond dressers 46 46 46 Bench grinding wheels Finishing stones Hand dressers Page Catalogue 2 3

Mounted points General information PFERD customer support If you have any questions regarding the optimization of your grinding work or solutions to specific application problems, our sales representatives and technical advisers are happy to help. Just get in touch! Our worldwide sales addresses can be found at: www.pferd.com PFERDTOOL-CENTER 3 On the TOOL-CENTER, the point of sale from PFERD, you will find all the important information required for selecting the most appropriate tool. Your local retailer or PFERD sales representative will be glad to answer any questions you might have. PFERD packaging Mounted points from PFERD are delivered in protective plastic pouches. The transparent front of the packaging enables you to immediately identify the shape, colour and grain of the tools. The European standard holes mean that all packs can be displayed on the PFERDTOOL-CENTER. CAST STEEL and CAST EDGE mounted points for foundries are delivered separately in robust industrial packaging (IP). The packaging units (PU) for the individual tools are listed in the product tables. The packaging labels contain technical information, the description, the EAN code and the item number. PFERD quality Mounted points, bench grinding wheels, hand dressers and finishing stones from PFERD are developed, manufactured and tested in accordance with stringent quality requirements. Research and development, our own machine and plant construction, and the continuous testing and further development of the quality and safety standards in our own laboratories all guarantee high PFERD quality. PFERD quality management is certified according to ISO 9001. Fine grinding and polishing tools 4 Straight grinder Flexible shaft Manual filing tool Manual application Detailed information and ordering data for Poliflex fine grinding points can be found in catalogue section 4. Diamond and CBN tools 5 Detailed information and ordering data for diamond grinding points can be found in catalogue section 5. Bench grinder All tools and more information: www.pferd.com Catalogue Page 3 3

Mounted points The fast way to the best tool PFERD offers a very extensive range of ceramic-bonded and resinoid-bonded mounted points. Designed to meet individual grinding tool application needs, these products come in a broad range of grain types, grit sizes, hardness grades and shapes. The mounted points are manufactured on modern production lines to high standards of dimensional accuracy and stability, consistent quality and close tolerances. To select the correct mounted point, the material, main fields of application and specific operating requirements have to be taken into consideration. This overview shows which types (abrasives and bonds) are suitable for the various materials and the tasks at hand. ➊ Material group The various material groups are colour-coded and form the starting point for choosing the most appropriate mounted point. ➋ Application After the material, the application must be selected. This differentiation is necessary in order to find the optimum mounted point and correct bond type. The mounted point bond, hardness and grain mixture have a decisive impact on the abrasive performance, tool life and aggressiveness of the tools: ➊ Material group Bond Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² (< 38 HRC) Hardened, heat-treated steels over 1,200 N/mm² (> 38 HRC) Steel, cast steel Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, case-hardened steels, tempering steels Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels  Resinoi ➌ Mounted point type  INOX Abrasive  ADW Recommended cutting speed  35–50 m/s ➋ Application  General use on edge and surface Surface grinding with high stock removal rate  Edge grinding with high dimensional stability General use on edge and surface Surface grinding with high stock removal rate Edge grinding with high dimensional stability General use on edge and surface Cast steel Non-alloyed cast steel, low-alloyed cast steel Surface grinding with high stock removal rate  Edge grinding with high dimensional stability Stainless steel (INOX) Non-ferrous metals Cast iron Plastics, other materials Rust and acid-resistant steels Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels Surface grinding with high stock removal rate  Edge grinding with high dimensional stability  Soft non-ferrous metals, non-ferrous metals Aluminium alloys, brass, copper, zinc Hard non-ferrous metals Bronze, titanium, titanium alloys, hard aluminium alloys High-temperature-resistant materials Nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys (engine and turbine construction) Grey cast iron, white cast iron Surface grinding Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), with high stock removal rate with nodular graphite/nodular cast iron EN-GJS Edge grinding and grinding out (GGG), white annealed cast iron EN-GJMW of metal contamination (GTW), black cast iron EN-GJMB (GTS) with high dimensional stability Fibre-reinforced plastics, thermoplastics, rubber, wood  General use on edge and surface     General use on edge and surface ➍ Catalogue page  26  = highly su Page Catalogue 4 3

ype Mounted points The fast way to the best tool ■ General use: For general use on surfaces and edges, the emphasis is on the balance between abrasive performance and tool life. ■ Surface grinding: In surface grinding, the mounted points are subject to lower loads. The mounted point bond is therefore comparatively soft and has been designed to give high stock removal rates. ■ Edge grinding: In edge grinding, the mounted points must be dimensionally stable. The mounted point bond is therefore comparatively hard and designed for a long tool life. ➌ Mounted point type After determining the application (see column ➋), the type is selected in the horizontal row. The "highly suitable" types are indicated by a black dot (). Further "suitable" types are indicated by an open dot (). ➍ Reference to catalogue page Further information about the hardness grades, mounted point shapes and dimensions, as well as grit sizes, can be found on the corresponding catalogue pages stated in the table.  Resinoid bond Vitrified bond  INOX INOX EDGE RUBBER ALU TOUGH CAST CAST STEEL STEEL  ADW AN AH CN AWCO ARN ADR ADW STEEL EDGE CAST EDGE AR CU  35–50 m/s 35–50 m/s 5–20 m/s 20–40 m/s 30–50 m/s 30–50 m/s 25–40 m/s 30–50 m/s 25–40 m/s 30–50 m/s    val rate  l stability       val rate   l stability    val rate   l stability val rate l stability     grinding out tion l stability              val rate                 32 38 13 36 26  = highly suitable 28   40 31 22 9  = suitable Catalogue Page 3 5 3

Mounted points General information Mounted point dia. [mm] 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 16 20 25 32 40 50 10 Cutting speeds [m/s] 20 25 30 Rotational speeds [RPM] 15 95,500 63,700 47,700 38,200 31,800 27,300 23,900 19,100 15,900 13,600 11,900 9,500 7,600 6,000 4,800 3,800 143,200 95,500 71,600 57,300 47,700 40,900 35,800 28,600 23,900 20,500 17,900 14,300 11,500 9,000 7,200 5,700 Collet Sd 238,700 159,200 119,400 95,500 79,600 68,200 59,700 47,700 39,800 34,100 29,800 23,900 19,100 14,900 11,900 9,500 286,500 191,000 143,200 114,600 95,500 81,900 71,600 57,300 47,700 40,900 35,800 28,600 22,900 17,900 14,300 11,500 382,000 254,600 191,000 152,800 127,300 109,100 95,500 76,400 63,700 54,600 47,700 38,200 30,600 23,900 19,100 15,300 50 477,500 318,300 238,700 191,000 159,200 136,400 119,400 95,500 79,600 68,200 59,700 47,700 38,200 29,800 23,900 19,100 Recommended rotational speed range Refer to the table for the recommended rotational speed based on the diameter and cutting speed of your tool. The recommended cutting speeds can be found in the introductory descriptions of the various hardness grades in this catalogue. Note: The optimum rotational speeds can be found in the product tables. These have been limited to 150,000 RPM, as conventional drives do not permit a higher rotational speed. Example: Mounted point dia. 20 mm STEEL Cutting speed: 30–50 m/s Rotational speed: 28,600–47,700 RPM Explanation of the code system according to EN 12413 D = Mounted point outer dia. T = Mounted point width Sd = Shank dia. D L0 = Unsupported shank length L2 = Shank length L3 = Clamping length of shank L3 L0 T 191,000 127,300 95,500 76,400 63,700 54,600 47,700 38,200 31,800 27,300 23,900 19,100 15,300 11,900 9,500 7,600 40 L2 Safety notes All PFERD mounted points are approved for a maximum operating speed of 50 m/s. The maximum permitted rotational speeds for the various shank lengths and shank diameters are defined in DIN 69170 based on EN 12413. These must be adhered to in order to avoid buckling of the shank during use. Regardless of the shank length, the clamping length (L3) of the shank must be at least 10 mm. The maximum permitted rotational speed calculated according to EN 12413 is determined by the following factors: ■ Shape and dimensions of the mounted point ■ Diameter of the steel shank Sd ■ Unsupported shank length L0 Each packaging unit of PFERD mounted points comes with rotational speed specifications for the unsupported shank length (L0) of that mounted point. Proper concentric accuracy and correct clamping of the tool drive must also be ensured.  Tables with the maximum permitted rotational speeds for the entire PFERD mounted point product range are available on request. = Wear eye protection! = Wear hearing protection! = Wear a dust mask! = Wear gloves! Applications of mounted points ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Page Catalogue 6 3 Work on edges (chamfering, rounding) Deburring Grinding out Levelling Surface work Work on weld seams Finishing Grouting Roughening (RUBBER type) = Read the safety notes!

Mounted points Explanation of the description based on ISO 525 ZY 2025 6 ADW 30 M 5 V STEEL ➊ ➋ ➌ ➍ ➎ ➏ ➐ ➑ ➒ ➊ Shapes according to DIN 69170 Cylindrical with radius end ZY = Cylindrical WR = SP = Pointed tree KU = Ball Conical KE = with radius end TO = Cup US shapes according to ANSI B74.2 Series W (cylindrical mounted points in inch dimensions), series A and B (other shapes) ➋ Dimensions 3 The first digits of the description indicate the mounted point outer diameter D and mounted point width T in mm: 3 mm x 6 mm = 0306 20 mm x 25 mm = 2025 50 mm x 13 mm = 5013 US dimensions Series W cylindrical mounted points and series A and B shaped mounted points are specified by a number (e.g. W 143). ➌ Shanks Only the shank diameter is given in the description. The shank length is determined as follows: Shank dia. 3 mm = 30 mm shank length Shank dia. 1/8" = 1 1/4" shank length Shank dia. 6 mm = 40 mm shank length Shank dia. 1/4" = 1 1/2" shank length Shank dia. 8 mm = 40 mm shank length ➍ Abrasives In general, two grain types are used, with internationally defined descriptions according to ISO 525: C = Silicon carbide (SiC) A = Aluminium oxide (Al2O3) The following abbreviations are used in order to specify the grain mixtures more precisely, beyond ISO 525: ADW = Aluminium oxide mixture AD + AW AD = Aluminium oxide, dark red ARN = Aluminium oxide mixture AR + AN AW = Aluminium oxide, white ADR = Aluminium oxide mixture AD + AR AR = Aluminium oxide, pink AWCO = Aluminium oxide mixture AW + CO AN = Aluminium oxide, regular AH = Bubble grain aluminium oxide CN = Silicon carbide, green CU = Silicon carbide, grey CO = Ceramic oxide grain ➎ Grit sizes according to ISO 525 and ISO 8486 The grit sizes used in PFERD mounted points are determined by the shape and diameter of the mounted point. In this example, grit size 30 is used. ➏ Hardness grades according to ISO 525 Hardness grades are classified using letters in alphabetical order to specify the hardness from soft to hard. This example concerns a mounted point with hardness M. Hardness grade coding Property A E H L P T X B F I M Q U Y C G J N R V Z D – K O S W – Extremely soft Very soft Soft Medium Hard Very hard Extremely hard ➐ Structure according to ISO 525 ➑ Bond according to ISO 525 The internationally valid scale for structural density ranges from 1 = dense to 14 = open (porous) structure. In this example, the structural density is specified by the number 5. Bond types are indicated with the following internationally standardized letters: V = Vitrified bond B = Resinoid bond ➒ Material-specific description The material-specific description indicates the material to be processed. STEEL = Universal for steel and cast steel STEEL EDGE = Specialist for use on edges for steel and cast steel Catalogue Page 3 7

Mounted points Drive spindle extensions Mounted points with a shank diameter of 3, 6 and 8 mm can be extended with drive spindle extensions. They allow access to hard-to-reach areas. The drive spindle extension is mounted in the collet of the tool drive (air grinder or electric grinder), or in the handpiece of the flexible shaft. In some applications, spindle extensions are an economical alternative to customized mounted points with long shanks. Safety notes: ■ For safety reasons, it is not possible to use drive spindle extensions in combination with mounted points that have long shanks. ■ For additional safety notes, please refer to catalogue section 9. Tool drives 9 More detailed information and ordering data for drive spindle extensions can be found in catalogue section 9. = Read the safety notes! Extension SPV 150-3 S6 for shank diameter of 3 mm 150 11,5 6 EAN 4007220185308 Extension SPV 150-6 S8  for shank diameter of 6 mm 30 150 13,5 8 EAN 4007220185315 Extension SPV 150-8 S8 for shank diameter of 8 mm 30 150 15,9 8 EAN 4007220184400 Extension SPV 100-6 S8 for shank diameter of 6 mm 30 144 12 8 EAN 4007220185261 Extension SPV 100-6 SPG 6 for shank diameter of 6 mm 30 129 M10 x 0,75 12 EAN 4007220656051 Extension SPV 75-6 S8 for shank diameter of 6 mm 20 120 8 12 EAN 4007220185278 Extension SPV 75-6 SPG 6  for shank diameter of 6 mm 30 104 12 M10 x 0,75 EAN 4007220333143 Extension SPV 50-3 S8 for shank diameter of 3 mm EAN 4007220185254 Page Catalogue 8 3 20 78 9,5 8 30

Mounted points For universal use on steel and cast steel STEEL mounted points The STEEL type is the most universal bond for machining steel and cast steel. It is extremely well suited to grinding high-speed steel (HSS) moulded parts and weld dressing on steel constructions. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Good grinding performance and stock removal rate in universal use on steel materials. ■ Shortened grinding times and thus cost savings due to the high stock removal rate. ■ Particularly suitable for work on surfaces and edges. ■ STEEL mounted points perform best at a cutting speed of 30 to 50 m/s. Matching tool drives: ■ Flexible shaft drive ■ Straight grinder Materials that can be worked: Ordering notes: ■ Steel ■ Cast steel ■ Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Type: Safety notes: ■ Vitrified bond ■ Aluminium oxide mixture of dark-red and white aluminium oxide ■ The maximum permitted rotational speed relates to the unsupported shank length of 10 mm. 3 STEEL, cylindrical type Sd D The cylindrical shape ZY is ideal for grinding bores, radii and contours. T DxT [mm] 24 30 Grit size 46 60 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 x 30 mm [Sd x L2] 2x5 3x6 4x8 5 x 10 6 x 13 8 x 10 095331 8 x 16 095522 10 x 2 10 x 13 095706 13 x 3 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 3x6 4x8 5 x 10 6 x 13 8 x 10 8 x 16 095416 10 x 13 095614 10 x 20 095850 10 x 25 095959 10 x 32 096017 13 x 13 096093 13 x 20 096260 13 x 25 096345 13 x 40 098035 16 x 4 098912 L2 US shape Opt. RPM Max. RPM 094365 094518 094679 094662 094877 094860 095140 095133 095348 659878 098653 098783 098776 W 141 W 144 W 153 W 163 W 169 W 172 W 176 W 122 150,000 150,000 150,000 130,000 93,600 87,600 61,000 85,000 58,400 65,000 201,800 206,100 175,100 130,700 93,600 87,600 61,000 95,400 58,400 73,400 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 ZY 0205 3 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 0306 3 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 0408 3 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 0510 3 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 0613 3 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 0810 3 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 0816 3 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 1002 3 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 1013 3 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 1303 3 ADW ... M5V STEEL 094570 094754 095034 - W 144 W 153 W 163 W 169 W 176 W 177 W 178 W 179 W 185 W 186 W 187 W 188 - 150,000 150,000 130,000 131,500 110,000 110,000 85,000 85,000 83,200 62,800 65,000 65,000 65,000 42,400 55,000 206,100 177,400 157,800 131,500 119,300 119,300 95,400 95,400 83,200 62,800 73,400 73,400 66,000 42,400 59,600 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 ZY 0306 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 0408 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 0510 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 0613 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 0810 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 0816 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 1013 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 1020 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 1025 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 1032 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 1313 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 1320 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 1325 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 1340 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 1604 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL Continued on next page 80 100 094457 095027 095263 095423 095621 095867 659892 659908 659915 096352 660003 - Description Catalogue Page 3 9

Mounted points For universal use on steel and cast steel DxT [mm] 24 30 Grit size 46 60 EAN 4007220 16 x 20 096451 16 x 32 096598 16 x 40 096727 16 x 50 659922 20 x 6 099117 20 x 20 096895 20 x 25 096994 20 x 32 097106 20 x 40 097212 25 x 6 099322 25 x 25 097335 25 x 32 097434 32 x 8 099575 32 x 16 099667 32 x 20 099773 660065 32 x 32 097595 097601 32 x 40 097717 659984 40 x 6 100455 40 x 10 099889 40 x 20 100028 100035 40 x 40 097809 659991 50 x 8 100509 50 x 13 100189 50 x 25 100325 Shank dia. 8 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 50 x 25 100554 - Page Catalogue 10 3 80 096468 096604 660010 659946 097007 659953 097229 659977 660034 - - 100 US shape Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description - W 195 W 197 W 201 W 204 W 205 W 206 W 207 W 216 W 220 W 226 W 228 W 230 W 231 W 235 W 236 W 238 W 242 55,000 51,200 40,500 31,300 43,000 43,000 43,000 41,100 32,400 35,000 35,000 32,900 27,000 27,000 27,000 25,700 20,300 22,000 22,000 22,000 16,200 17,000 17,000 17,000 59,600 51,200 40,500 31,300 47,700 47,700 47,700 41,100 32,400 38,100 38,100 32,900 29,800 29,800 29,800 25,700 20,300 23,800 23,800 23,800 16,200 19,000 19,000 19,000 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 ZY 1620 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 1632 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 1640 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 1650 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 2006 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 2020 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 2025 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 2032 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 2040 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 2506 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 2525 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 2532 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 3208 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 3216 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 3220 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 3232 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 3240 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 4006 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 4010 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 4020 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 4040 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 5008 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 5013 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL ZY 5025 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL - W 242 17,000 19,000 5 ZY 5025 8 ADW ... M5V STEEL

Mounted points For universal use on steel and cast steel STEEL, ball type D The ball shape KU is often used for contour grinding and backside deburring. Sd L2 D [mm] 24 Grit size 30 46 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 13 16 101261 20 101339 25 32 660171 - 60 101209 660188 660140 101346 660164 - Opt. RPM Max. RPM 65,000 55,000 43,000 35,000 27,000 73,400 59,600 47,700 38,100 29,800 Description 10 10 10 10 5 KU 13 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL KU 16 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL KU 20 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL KU 25 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL KU 32 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL 3 STEEL, cylindrical with radius end type D The cylindrical shape with radius end WR is suitable for a variety of deburring and grinding jobs. Sd T DxT [mm] 30 Grit size 46 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 13 x 20 660096 20 x 25 660119 - 60 660126 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 65,000 43,000 73,400 47,700 L2 Description 10 10 WR 1320 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL WR 2025 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL STEEL, pointed tree type D The pointed tree shape SP is suitable for machining small holes and bores. Sd T DxT [mm] 30 Grit size 46 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 8 x 16 102008 13 x 20 102138 20 x 32 102237 20 x 50 102312 25 x 40 660270 - 60 660256 - Opt. RPM Max. RPM 110,000 65,000 43,000 30,500 35,000 119,300 73,400 47,700 30,500 35,000 L2 Description 10 10 10 10 10 SP 0816 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL SP 1320 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL SP 2032 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL SP 2050 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL SP 2540 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL Catalogue Page 3 11

Mounted points For universal use on steel and cast steel STEEL, conical with radius end type D Sd T DxT [mm] L2 24 30 Grit size 46 EAN 4007220 60 80 102763 102862 102596 660294 660348 660317 - 102770 660300 - Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 10 x 25 16 x 45 20 x 32 102671 20 x 40 102961 25 x 25 102534 25 x 45 534687 25 x 70 103043 32 x 32 660287 - A1 The conical shape with radius end KE is designed for a comfortable working position during surface grinding and grinding of chamfers. D Sd T Opt. RPM Max. RPM 85,000 52,000 43,000 43,000 35,000 34,000 20,400 27,000 95,400 52,000 47,700 47,700 38,100 34,000 20,400 29,800 Description 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 KE 1025 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL KE 1645 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL KE 2032 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL KE 2040 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL KE 2525 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL KE 2545 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL KE 2570 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL KE 3232 6 ADW ... M5V STEEL Series A STEEL The shape A 1 is excellent for machining small holes and bores. L2 The shape A 11 is ideal for a variety of deburring and grinding jobs. A 11 US shape DxT [mm] Grit size Opt. RPM Max. RPM 33,500 30,400 33,500 30,400 30 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6.35 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] A 1 19 x 64 A 11 22 x 50 114582 114681 Description 10 10 A 1 6,3 ADW 30 M5V STEEL A 11 6,3 ADW 30 M5V STEEL Mounted point set SSO 5300 STEEL Contains 100 STEEL type mounted points with shank diameter 6 mm in the most common shapes and dimensions for the most common applications. Delivered in sales-promoting display box for the point of sale in shops. Contents: 10 pieces each of: ■■ZY 1620 ■■ZY 2025 ■■ZY 2506 ■■ZY 2532 ■■ZY 3216 Sd [mm] 6 Page Catalogue 12 3 ■■ZY 3232 ■■ZY 4020 ■■SP 2032 ■■KE 2032 ■■KE 2570 Grit size Description coarse EAN 4007220 114513 1 SSO 5300 STEEL

Mounted points For edge grinding on steel and cast steel STEEL EDGE mounted points The STEEL EDGE type is particularly well suited to edge grinding and deburring work on steel and cast steel components. Its applications also include grinding of chamfers in preparation for weld seams and grinding of contours. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Long tool life and low tool wear due to hard, dimensionally stable bond. ■ Economical to use due to the high edge stability even on low-speed tool drives. ■ Particularly well suited to work on edges. ■ STEEL EDGE mounted points perform best at a cutting speed of 25 to 40 m/s. Materials that can be worked: ■ Steel ■ Cast steel Type: ■ Vitrified bond ■ Pink aluminium oxide Matching tool drives: ■ Flexible shaft drive ■ Straight grinder 3 Ordering notes: ■ Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Safety notes: ■ The maximum permitted rotational speed relates to the unsupported shank length of 10 mm. Catalogue Page 3 13

Mounted points For edge grinding on steel and cast steel STEEL EDGE, cylindrical type Sd D T The cylindrical shape ZY is ideal for grinding bores, radii and contours. L2 DxT [mm] 24 30 Grit size 46 60 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 x 30 mm [Sd x L2] 2x5 3x6 3 x 10 3 x 13 4x8 5 x 10 5 x 13 5 x 15 6 x 10 6 x 13 6 x 19 6 x 25 8x2 8 x 10 095355 8 x 13 118399 8 x 16 095546 10 x 2 10 x 3 10 x 10 10 x 13 095720 13 x 3 13 x 13 096154 16 x 3 16 x 4 098974 19 x 3 20 x 6 25 x 3 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 3x6 4x8 5 x 10 6 x 13 6 x 25 8 x 10 095270 8 x 16 095430 10 x 13 095638 10 x 20 095874 10 x 25 095966 10 x 32 096024 13 x 3 13 x 13 096109 13 x 20 096277 13 x 25 096369 13 x 40 098059 16 x 4 098929 16 x 10 099063 16 x 20 096475 16 x 32 096611 16 x 40 096741 - Page Catalogue 14 3 80 100 US shape Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 094693 094891 534670 118320 095164 118368 534656 118429 098806 118580 118627 - 095362 118405 095553 118467 095737 096161 098981 100424 - 094372 094525 118139 118146 094686 094884 118238 118313 095157 118351 098578 098660 098790 118696 W 141 W 144 W 145 W 146 W 153 W 154 W 162 W 163 W 164 W 165 W 169 W 170 W 172 W 173 W 175 W 176 W 182 W 185 W 191 W 200 W 201 W 215 150,000 150,000 131,400 95,400 150,000 130,000 114,800 98,100 100,000 93,600 64,500 53,100 85,000 85,000 74,400 61,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 58,400 50,000 45,300 42,000 42,000 35,000 33,000 26,000 201,800 206,100 131,400 95,400 175,100 130,700 114,800 98,100 110,500 93,600 64,500 53,100 119,300 87,600 74,400 61,000 95,400 100,500 77,500 58,400 73,400 45,300 60,000 59,600 49,900 47,700 37,500 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 ZY 0205 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0306 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0310 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0313 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0408 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0510 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0513 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0515 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0610 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0613 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0619 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0625 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0802 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0810 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0813 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0816 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1002 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1003 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1010 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1013 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1303 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1313 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1603 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1604 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1903 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2006 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2503 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE 094594 094778 095058 534663 098745 096482 096628 096758 095287 095447 095645 095881 095973 096031 096116 096284 096376 098936 - 094464 094587 094761 095041 - W 144 W 153 W 163 W 169 W 176 W 177 W 178 W 179 W 182 W 185 W 186 W 187 W 188 W 193 W 195 - 150,000 150,000 130,000 100,000 62,200 85,000 85,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 62,800 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 42,400 42,000 42,000 42,000 42,000 40,500 206,100 177,400 157,800 131,500 62,200 119,300 119,300 95,400 95,400 83,200 62,800 73,400 73,400 73,400 66,000 42,400 59,600 59,600 59,600 51,200 40,500 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 ZY 0306 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0408 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0510 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0613 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0625 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0810 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 0816 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1013 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1020 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1025 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1032 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1303 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1313 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1320 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1325 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1340 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1604 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1610 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1620 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1632 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 1640 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE Continued on next page

Mounted points For edge grinding on steel and cast steel DxT [mm] 24 30 Grit size 46 60 EAN 4007220 16 x 50 096840 20 x 6 099124 20 x 10 099216 20 x 20 096901 20 x 25 097014 20 x 32 097113 20 x 40 097236 20 x 50 098080 25 x 6 099339 25 x 10 099377 25 x 13 099438 25 x 16 25 x 25 097342 25 x 32 097458 25 x 40 098127 32 x 6 119112 32 x 8 099582 32 x 20 099780 099797 32 x 32 097618 097625 32 x 40 097731 097748 40 x 6 100462 40 x 10 099896 40 x 15 099957 40 x 20 100042 100059 40 x 40 097816 097823 50 x 8 100516 50 x 13 100202 50 x 25 100332 100349 Shank dia. 8 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 32 x 40 098196 40 x 40 098271 - 80 099131 099223 096918 097021 097120 097243 099346 099513 097359 097465 099599 099902 099964 - - 100 US shape Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description - W 197 W 201 W 202 W 204 W 205 W 206 W 207 W 208 W 214 W 217 W 218 W 220 W 221 W 225 W 228 W 230 W 231 W 235 W 236 W 238 W 242 31,300 33,000 33,000 33,000 33,000 33,000 32,400 25,100 26,000 26,000 26,000 26,000 26,000 26,000 26,000 21,000 21,000 21,000 21,000 20,300 16,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 13,000 13,000 13,000 31,300 47,700 47,700 47,700 47,700 41,100 32,400 25,100 38,100 38,100 38,100 38,100 38,100 32,900 26,000 30,000 29,800 29,800 25,700 20,300 23,800 23,800 23,800 23,800 16,200 19,000 19,000 19,000 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 ZY 1650 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2006 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2010 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2020 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2025 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2032 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2040 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2050 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2506 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2510 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2513 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2516 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2525 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2532 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 2540 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 3206 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 3208 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 3220 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 3232 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 3240 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 4006 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 4010 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 4015 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 4020 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 4040 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 5008 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 5013 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 5025 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE - W 231 W 238 21,000 16,000 29,800 23,800 5 5 ZY 3240 8 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE ZY 4040 8 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE Catalogue Page 3 15 3

Mounted points For edge grinding on steel and cast steel STEEL EDGE, ball type D Sd The ball shape KU is often used for contour grinding and backside deburring. L2 D [mm] 24 Grit size 46 60 EAN 4007220 30 Shank dia. 3 x 30 mm [Sd x L2] 3 5 8 10 13 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 3 5 8 10 13 16 101278 20 101353 25 101391 32 101445 - 80 100 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 101551 101520 101605 101100 - 101568 101537 101612 101018 101094 - 150,000 130,000 85,000 65,000 50,000 300,200 190,900 116,200 83,300 54,000 10 10 10 10 10 KU 03 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KU 05 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KU 08 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KU 10 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KU 13 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE 101148 101490 101216 101452 101056 101285 101360 101407 - 101155 101506 101223 - 100981 101049 - 150,000 130,000 85,000 65,000 50,000 42,000 33,000 26,000 21,000 317,300 190,900 119,300 95,400 73,400 59,600 47,700 38,100 29,800 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 KU 03 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KU 05 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KU 08 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KU 10 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KU 13 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KU 16 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KU 20 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KU 25 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KU 32 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE STEEL EDGE, cylindrical with radius end type D Sd T The cylindrical shape with radius end WR is suitable for a variety of deburring and grinding jobs. L2 DxT [mm] 30 46 Shank dia. 3 x 30 mm [Sd x L2] 3x6 5 x 10 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 5 x 10 8 x 16 100851 13 x 20 100905 20 x 25 100943 - Page Catalogue 16 3 Grit size 60 EAN 4007220 80 100 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 100837 - 100783 100950 100868 100912 - Description 100745 100820 150,000 130,000 219,800 136,500 10 10 WR 0306 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE WR 0510 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE - 130,000 85,000 50,000 33,000 168,400 119,300 73,400 47,700 10 10 10 10 WR 0510 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE WR 0816 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE WR 1320 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE WR 2025 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE

Mounted points For edge grinding on steel and cast steel STEEL EDGE, pointed tree type D The pointed tree shape SP is excellent for machining small holes and bores. Sd T DxT [mm] 30 46 Shank dia. 3 x 30 mm [Sd x L2] 3x6 5 x 10 8 x 16 102084 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 3x6 5 x 10 8 x 16 102015 13 x 20 102152 20 x 32 102244 20 x 50 102329 25 x 40 102350 - Grit size 60 EAN 4007220 80 100 101940 - 102091 101872 102251 - 102022 102169 - L2 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 101810 101933 - 150,000 130,000 72,800 252,000 149,500 72,800 10 10 10 SP 0306 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE SP 0510 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE SP 0816 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE 101773 101865 - 150,000 130,000 85,000 50,000 33,000 30,500 26,000 255,500 190,900 119,300 73,400 47,700 30,500 35,000 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 SP 0306 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE SP 0510 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE SP 0816 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE SP 1320 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE SP 2032 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE SP 2050 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE SP 2540 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE Catalogue Page 3 17 3

Mounted points For edge grinding on steel and cast steel STEEL EDGE, conical with radius end type D Sd T DxT [mm] The conical shape with radius end KE is designed for a comfortable working position when smoothing out a ridge on a surface. L2 24 30 Grit size 46 EAN 4007220 60 80 102404 - 102374 102787 102428 102879 102619 - Shank dia. 3 x 30 mm [Sd x L2] 10 x 10 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 10 x 10 10 x 25 13 x 13 16 x 16 102466 16 x 45 20 x 20 102497 20 x 32 102688 20 x 40 102978 25 x 25 102541 25 x 45 102923 25 x 70 103067 32 x 32 102602 Shank dia. 8 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 32 x 50 103098 - Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description - 65,000 95,400 10 KE 1010 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE 102473 102503 102695 102985 102558 102930 - 102794 102886 - 65,000 65,000 50,000 42,000 42,000 33,000 33,000 33,000 26,000 26,000 20,400 21,000 95,400 95,400 73,400 59,600 52,000 47,700 47,700 47,700 38,100 34,000 20,400 29,800 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 KE 1010 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KE 1025 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KE 1313 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KE 1616 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KE 1645 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KE 2020 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KE 2032 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KE 2040 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KE 2525 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KE 2545 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KE 2570 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE KE 3232 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE - - 21,000 29,800 5 KE 3250 8 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE STEEL EDGE, cup type D Sd T The cup shape TO is ideal for work on profiles, planar surfaces and ledges, without the cylindrical surface being damaged. L2 DxT [mm] 24 Grit size 30 46 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 20 x 16 103128 25 x 20 103142 32 x 25 103173 - Page Catalogue 18 3 103180 60 103135 - Opt. RPM Max. RPM 33,000 26,000 21,000 47,700 38,100 29,800 Description 10 10 5 TO 2016 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE TO 2520 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE TO 3225 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE

Mounted points For edge grinding on steel and cast steel Series A STEEL EDGE Series A mounted points are generally used on larger components. Due to the special shapes of series A mounted points, it is possible to grind in a variety of contours. The applications range from grinding out slits and grooves in hard-to-reach areas to machining bores and small holes as well as smoothing. Explanation of the code system: D = Mounted point outer dia. T = Mounted point width = Shank dia. Sd L2 = S hank length A1 DxT [mm] 30 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] A 1 19 x 64 117101 A 2 25 x 32 117125 A 3 25 x 70 117149 A 4 32 x 32 117163 A 5 19 x 29 117170 A 6 19 x 29 117187 A 11 22 x 50 117200 A 12 17 x 32 117224 A 14 17 x 22 117248 A 15 6 x 27 A 21 25 x 25 117279 A 24 6 x 19 A 25 25 117323 A 26 16 117330 A 34 38 x 10 117385 A 36 41 x 10 A 37 32 x 6 Shank dia. 6.35 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] A 1 19 x 64 114599 A 2 25 x 32 114612 A 3 25 x 70 114636 A 4 32 x 32 114650 A 5 19 x 29 114667 A 11 22 x 50 114698 A 12 17 x 32 114711 A 15 6 x 27 A 24 6 x 19 A 25 25 114810 A 36 41 x 10 A 37 32 x 6 - A3 A4 A5 A6 A 11 A 12 A 14 3 A 15 US shape A2 A 21 Grit size 60 EAN 4007220 100 117262 117316 117415 117422 114759 114803 114902 114919 A 24 A 25 A 26 A 34 A 36 A 37 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 117255 117309 - 30,400 26,000 18,600 21,000 35,000 35,000 27,600 40,000 40,000 100,000 26,000 100,000 26,000 42,000 18,000 16,000 21,000 30,400 37,500 18,600 30,000 49,900 49,900 27,600 54,500 54,500 112,900 37,500 117,400 37,500 60,000 25,000 23,100 30,000 10 10 10 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 A 1 6 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 2 6 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 3 6 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 4 6 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 5 6 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 6 6 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 11 6 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 12 6 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 14 6 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 15 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE A 21 6 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 24 6 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE A 25 6 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 26 6 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 34 6 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 36 6 AR 60 O5V STEEL EDGE A 37 6 AR 60 O5V STEEL EDGE - 33,500 26,000 18,600 21,000 35,000 30,400 40,000 100,000 100,000 26,000 16,000 21,000 33,500 37,500 18,600 30,000 49,900 30,400 54,500 112,900 117,400 37,500 23,100 30,000 10 10 10 5 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 A 1 6,3 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 2 6,3 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 3 6,3 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 4 6,3 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 5 6,3 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 11 6,3 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 12 6,3 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 15 6,3 AR 60 O5V STEEL EDGE A 24 6,3 AR 60 O5V STEEL EDGE A 25 6,3 AR 30 O5V STEEL EDGE A 36 6,3 AR 60 O5V STEEL EDGE A 37 6,3 AR 60 O5V STEEL EDGE Catalogue Page 3 19

Mounted points For edge grinding on steel and cast steel Series B STEEL EDGE B 43 B 44 B 45 B 46 B 51 B 52 B 53 B 54 B 55 B 61 B 64 B 69 B 70 B 71 B 72 B 73 B 81 B 82 B 84 B 95 B 96 B 97 B 98 B 102 B 103 B 105 B 114 B 115 B 121 B 122 B 123 B 124 B 125 DxT [mm] 46 US shape Shank dia. 3 x 30 mm [Sd x L2] B 43 6x8 B 44 6 x 10 B 45 5x8 B 46 3x8 B 51 11 x 19 B 52 10 x 19 117514 B 53 6 x 16 B 54 6 x 13 B 55 3x6 B 61 19 x 8 B 64 6x2 B 69 8x2 B 70 19 x 3 B 71 16 x 2 B 72 13 x 3 B 73 13 x 3 B 81 19 x 8 B 82 13 x 6 B 84 8x5 B 95 3x5 B 96 3x6 B 97 2 x 10 B 98 2x6 B 102 16 x 13 B 103 16 x 5 B 105 6x6 B 114 6 x 10 B 115 2x3 B 121 13 117972 B 122 10 117996 B 123 5 B 124 3 B 125 6 Shank dia. 3.17 x 30 mm [Sd x L2] B 123 5 B 125 6 - Page Catalogue 20 3 Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 100 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Series B mounted points are generally used on smaller or more delicate components, such as in tool and mould construction. Due to the special shapes of series B mounted points, it is possible to grind in a variety of contours. The applications range from grinding out slits and grooves in hard-to-reach areas to machining bores and small holes as well as smoothing. Explanation of the code system: D = Mounted point outer dia. T = Mounted point width = Shank dia. Sd L2 = Shank length Description 117545 117569 - 117507 117521 117590 117842 117866 118009 - 117453 117460 117477 117484 117538 117552 117576 117637 117668 117675 117682 117699 117705 117712 117736 117750 117798 117804 117811 117828 117880 117958 117965 118016 118023 118030 100,000 100,000 130,000 150,000 60,000 65,000 100,000 100,000 150,000 35,000 100,000 85,000 35,000 42,000 50,000 50,000 35,000 50,000 85,000 150,000 150,000 107,300 150,000 42,000 42,000 100,000 100,000 150,000 50,000 65,000 130,000 150,000 100,000 149,200 141,100 181,900 267,100 63,600 66,200 149,200 101,500 257,000 45,000 149,200 120,800 49,900 60,000 75,100 75,100 49,900 75,100 120,800 260,300 236,100 107,300 168,300 46,400 60,000 149,200 136,900 299,400 56,200 90,200 198,900 291,800 149,200 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 B 43 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 44 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 45 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 46 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 51 3 AR 80 O5V STEEL EDGE B 52 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE B 53 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE B 54 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE B 55 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 61 3 AR 80 O5V STEEL EDGE B 64 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 69 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 70 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 71 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 72 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 73 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 81 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 82 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 84 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 95 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 96 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 97 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 98 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 102 3 AR 80 O5V STEEL EDGE B 103 3 AR 80 O5V STEEL EDGE B 105 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 114 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 115 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 121 3 AR 46 O5V STEEL EDGE B 122 3 AR ... O5V STEEL EDGE B 123 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 124 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 125 3 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE - - 115701 115732 130,000 100,000 198,900 149,200 10 10 B 123 3,1 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE B 125 3,1 AR 100 O5V STEEL EDGE

Mounted points For edge grinding on steel and cast steel Mounted point set 2002 STEEL EDGE Contains 15 small mounted points with shank diameter 3 mm in the most common shapes and dimensions for fine work. Contents: 2 pieces each: ■■ZY 0510 ■■ZY 0810 ■■ZY 1604 1 piece each: ■■ZY 0408 ■■ZY 0613 ■■ZY 0802 ■■ZY 1013 ■■ZY 1303 ■■WR 0510 ■■KU 05 ■■SP 0306 ■■SP 0816 Sd [mm] Grit size 3 Description fine EAN 4007220 3 114476 1 2002 O F STEEL EDGE Mounted point set 2001 STEEL EDGE Contains 10 mounted points with shank diameter 6 mm in the most common shapes and dimensions. Contents: 1 piece each: ■■ZY 1013 ■■ZY 1320 ■■ZY 2006 ■■ZY 2013 ■■ZY 2025 ■■KU 16 ■■WR 2025 ■■KE 2032 ■■SP 1320 ■■KE 2020 Sd [mm] 6 Grit size Description coarse EAN 4007220 114469 1 2001 O G STEEL EDGE Catalogue Page 3 21

Mounted points For universal use on materials that are difficult to machine TOUGH mounted points The TOUGH type is specifically designed for use on titanium materials, nickel-based and cobaltbased alloys, hardened steel components and built-up weld deposits. Its applications include weld dressing on repair welds and reworking on turbine blades during aircraft maintenance and regrinding of repair welds in tool and mould-making. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Cool grinding as the grain mixture is easy to break down. ■ High stock removal rates and very long tool life. ■ Constant stock removal rates through selfsharpening qualities of the ceramic oxide grain. ■ TOUGH mounted points perform best at a cutting speed of 30 to 50 m/s. Materials that can be worked: Ordering notes: ■ Hardened, heat-treated steels over 1,200 N/mm2 (> 38 HRC) ■ Titanium alloys ■ Titanium ■ High-temperature-resistant materials ■ Nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys ■ Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Type: ■ Vitrified bond ■ Aluminium oxide mixture of ceramic oxide grain and white aluminium oxide Page Catalogue 22 3 Matching tool drives: ■ Flexible shaft drive ■ Straight grinder Safety notes: ■ The maximum permitted rotational speed relates to the unsupported shank length of 10 mm.

Mounted points For universal use on materials that are difficult to machine TOUGH, cylindrical type The cylindrical shape ZY is ideal for grinding bores, radii and contours. Sd D T DxT [mm] 24 30 46 Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 x 30 mm [Sd x L2] 1x5 1.5 x 8 1.7 x 8 2x5 3x6 4x8 5 x 10 6 x 13 898468 8 x 10 947852 8 x 16 898475 10 x 13 13 x 3 20 x 6 898581 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 5 x 10 8 x 16 802205 10 x 13 802229 10 x 20 898512 13 x 25 802304 16 x 20 947883 802328 16 x 32 947890 802342 20 x 25 947906 802373 20 x 40 947913 898604 25 x 25 947920 32 x 16 947937 32 x 32 947944 802427 40 x 10 898635 40 x 20 802434 100 898437 898444 898451 802175 898499 898574 898598 898413 802106 802137 802151 802182 898505 947869 - 802335 802366 802397 898628 898642 - 947876 802212 802274 898550 802311 - 320 898383 898390 898406 898420 802120 802144 802168 802199 - L2 US shape Opt. RPM Max. RPM W 141 W 144 W 153 W 163 W 169 W 176 W 182 W 201 104,200 104,700 112,300 150,000 150,000 150,000 130,700 93,600 87,600 61,000 58,400 65,000 45,000 104,200 104,700 112,300 201,800 206,100 175,100 130,700 93,600 87,600 61,000 58,400 73,400 47,700 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 ZY 0105 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 1,508 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 1,708 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 0205 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 0306 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 0408 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 0510 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 0613 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 0810 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 0816 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 1013 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 1303 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 2006 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH W 153 150,000 157,800 - 100,000 119,300 W 176 85,000 95,400 - 85,000 95,400 W 187 65,000 66,000 W 195 55,000 59,600 - 51,200 51,200 W 205 45,000 47,700 W 207 32,400 32,400 W 220 35,000 38,100 - 27,000 29,800 W 230 25,700 25,700 W 236 22,000 23,800 - 22,000 23,800 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 ZY 0510 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 0816 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 1013 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 1020 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 1325 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 1620 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 1632 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 2025 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 2040 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 2525 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 3216 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 3232 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 4010 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH ZY 4020 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH TOUGH, ball type Description D The ball shape KU is often used for contour grinding and backside deburring. Sd L2 D [mm] 46 Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 x 30 mm [Sd x L2] 3 898659 6 898673 8 898680 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 13 802533 802557 100 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 898666 802465 802489 802472 802519 150,000 140,000 100,000 300,200 159,100 116,200 10 10 10 KU 03 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH KU 06 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH KU 08 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH 802595 - 65,000 73,400 10 KU 13 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH Catalogue Page 3 23 3

Mounted points For universal use on materials that are difficult to machine D TOUGH, pointed tree type Sd T The pointed tree shape SP is excellent for machining small holes and bores. L2 DxT [mm] Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 46 Shank dia. 3 x 30 mm [Sd x L2] 3x6 898697 4x8 5 x 10 6 x 10 898789 6 x 13 898772 8 x 16 898796 802687 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 13 x 20 802717 802724 D DxT [mm] Max. RPM Description 898734 898765 948071 802670 802700 150,000 150,000 149,500 134,100 108,100 72,800 252,000 195,400 149,500 134,100 108,100 72,800 10 10 10 10 10 10 SP 0306 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH SP 0408 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH SP 0510 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH SP 0610 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH SP 0613 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH SP 0816 3 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH 802731 - 65,000 73,400 10 SP 1320 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH L2 Grit size 46 Opt. RPM 898703 898758 802663 802694 Sd T 100 60 TOUGH, conical with radius end type The conical shape with radius end KE is designed for a comfortable working position during surface grinding and grinding of chamfers. Opt. RPM Max. RPM 85,000 52,000 95,400 52,000 Description EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 10 x 25 802601 16 x 45 802625 Page Catalogue 24 3 802618 802656 10 10 KE 1025 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH KE 1645 6 AWCO ... J5V TOUGH

Mounted points For universal use on materials that are difficult to machine Mounted point set 2002 TOUGH Contains 15 small mounted points with shank diameter 3 mm in the most common shapes and dimensions for fine work. Contents: 1 piece each: ■■ZY 0205 ■■ZY 0306 ■■ZY 0408 ■■ZY 0510 ■■ZY 0613 ■■ZY 0816 ■■ZY 1303 ■■ZY 2006 ■■KU 03 ■■KU 06 ■■KU 08 ■■SP 0306 ■■SP 0408 ■■SP 0613 ■■SP 0816 Sd [mm] 3 Grit size 3 Description fine EAN 4007220 947616 1 2002 J F TOUGH Mounted point set 2001 TOUGH Contains 10 mounted points with shank diameter 6 mm in the most common shapes and dimensions. Contents: 1 piece each: ■■ZY 1013 ■■ZY 1325 ■■ZY 1620 ■■ZY 2025 ■■ZY 2040 ■■ZY 4010 ■■KU 13 ■■SP 1320 ■■KE 1025 ■■KE 1645 Sd [mm] 6 Grit size Description coarse EAN 4007220 947609 1 2001 J G TOUGH Catalogue Page 3 25

Mounted points For universal use on stainless steel (INOX) INOX mounted points The INOX type is particularly well suited to surface work on stainless steel (INOX) and for universal use on non-ferrous metals and bronze. These tools are used for rough grinding of stainless steel (INOX) castings and grinding of moulded parts made of high-temperature-resistant alloys. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Due to cool grinding, very suitable for use on temperature-sensitive materials. ■ High level of grinding comfort due to lowvibration grinding. ■ INOX mounted points perform best at a cutting speed of 35 to 50 m/s. Materials that can be worked: ■ Flexible shaft drive ■ Straight grinder ■ Stainless steel (INOX) ■ Bronze ■ Hard non-ferrous metals Ordering notes: Matching tool drives: ■ Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Type: Safety notes: ■ Resinoid bond ■ Aluminium oxide mixture of dark-red and white aluminium oxide ■ The maximum permitted rotational speed relates to the unsupported shank length of 10 mm. INOX, cylindrical type Sd D T The cylindrical shape ZY is ideal for grinding bores, radii and contours. L2 DxT [mm] 24 Grit size 30 46 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 8 x 16 10 x 20 10 x 32 16 x 32 096697 20 x 25 097083 20 x 40 097304 25 x 13 099483 25 x 25 346938 25 x 32 097533 32 x 16 099742 32 x 40 097793 40 x 6 40 x 10 099940 40 x 20 100127 50 x 13 100271 50 x 25 100394 Shank dia. 8 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 32 x 40 098257 50 x 40 100653 - Page Catalogue 26 3 60 US shape Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 346877 346891 346907 - 346914 346976 - W 177 W 179 W 205 W 207 W 218 W 220 W 231 W 235 W 236 W 242 100,000 90,000 62,800 51,200 45,000 32,400 37,000 37,000 32,900 29,000 20,300 23,000 23,000 23,000 19,000 19,000 119,300 95,400 62,800 51,200 47,700 32,400 38,100 38,100 32,900 29,800 20,300 23,800 23,800 23,800 19,000 19,000 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 ZY 0816 6 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 1020 6 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 1032 6 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 1632 6 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 2025 6 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 2040 6 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 2513 6 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 2525 6 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 2532 6 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 3216 6 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 3240 6 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 4006 6 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 4010 6 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 4020 6 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 5013 6 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 5025 6 ADW ... L6B INOX - - W 231 W 243 28,500 19,000 29,800 19,000 5 5 ZY 3240 8 ADW ... L6B INOX ZY 5040 8 ADW ... L6B INOX

Mounted points For universal use on stainless steel (INOX) INOX, cylindrical with radius end type The cylindrical shape with radius end WR is suitable for a variety of deburring and grinding jobs. D Sd T DxT [mm] Grit size 30 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 25 x 32 353813 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 37,000 37,300 L2 Description 10 WR 2532 6 ADW 30 L6B INOX 3 INOX, conical with radius end type D The conical shape with radius end KE is designed for a comfortable working position during surface grinding and grinding of chamfers. Sd T DxT [mm] Grit size 30 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 20 x 20 347034 25 x 45 660331 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 45,000 34,000 47,700 34,000 Series A INOX Description 10 10 A1 Series A mounted points are generally used on larger, stainless steel components, such as in container construction. Due to the special shapes of series A mounted points, it is possible to grind in a variety of contours. The applications range from grinding in hard-to-reach areas to machining bores and small holes as well as smoothing. L2 KE 2020 6 ADW 30 L6B INOX KE 2545 6 ADW 30 L6B INOX D Sd T L2 A3 A 11 US shape DxT [mm] Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] A1 19 x 64 A3 25 x 70 A 11 22 x 50 Grit size 60 EAN 4007220 347096 347119 347133 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 30,400 18,600 27,600 30,400 18,600 27,600 Description 10 10 10 A 1 6 ADW 60 L6B INOX A 3 6 ADW 60 L6B INOX A 11 6 ADW 60 L6B INOX Catalogue Page 3 27

Mounted points For edge grinding on stainless steel (INOX) INOX EDGE mounted points The INOX EDGE type is particularly well suited to edge grinding on stainless steel (INOX). Its applications include weld dressing on fillet welds on stainless steel components, removing burrs on moulded parts made of high-temperature-resistant alloys, removing burrs on stainless steel castings and grinding chamfers in preparation for welding stainless steel profiles. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Due to cool grinding, particularly suitable for use on temperature-sensitive materials. ■ High level of grinding comfort due to lowvibration grinding. ■ Economical to use due to the high edge stability even on low-speed tool drives. ■ High dimensional stability on edges. ■ INOX EDGE mounted points perform best at a cutting speed of 35 to 50 m/s. Materials that can be worked: Ordering notes: ■ Stainless steel (INOX) ■ Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Type: ■ Resinoid bond ■ Regular aluminium oxide Page Catalogue 28 3 Matching tool drives: ■ Flexible shaft drive ■ Straight grinder Safety notes: ■ The maximum permitted rotational speed relates to the unsupported shank length of 10 mm.

Mounted points For edge grinding on stainless steel (INOX) INOX EDGE, cylindrical type Sd D The cylindrical shape ZY is ideal for grinding bores, radii and contours. T DxT [mm] Grit size 30 46 EAN 4007220 24 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 8 x 16 10 x 20 10 x 32 13 x 25 16 x 32 096673 16 x 50 096871 20 x 8 346952 20 x 25 097076 20 x 40 097298 25 x 6 25 x 13 099476 25 x 32 097526 25 x 40 098141 32 x 8 099629 32 x 16 099735 32 x 20 099834 32 x 32 097670 32 x 40 097786 40 x 6 40 x 10 099933 40 x 20 100110 40 x 40 346945 50 x 8 100523 50 x 13 100264 50 x 25 100387 Shank dia. 8 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 32 x 40 098240 - L2 60 US shape Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 346860 346884 096062 096420 346969 100479 - 096680 - W 177 W 179 W 187 W 197 W 205 W 207 W 216 W 218 W 221 W 226 W 228 W 230 W 231 W 235 W 238 W 242 100,000 92,000 62,800 66,000 51,200 31,300 46,000 46,000 32,400 37,000 37,000 32,900 26,000 29,000 29,000 29,000 25,700 20,300 23,000 23,000 23,000 16,200 19,000 19,000 19,000 119,300 95,400 62,800 66,000 51,200 31,300 47,700 47,700 32,400 38,100 38,100 32,900 26,000 29,800 29,800 29,800 25,700 20,300 23,800 23,800 23,800 16,200 19,000 19,000 19,000 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 ZY 0816 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 1020 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 1032 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 1325 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 1632 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 1650 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 2008 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 2025 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 2040 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 2506 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 2513 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 2532 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 2540 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 3208 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 3216 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 3220 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 3232 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 3240 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 4006 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 4010 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 4020 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 4040 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 5008 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 5013 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE ZY 5025 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE - - W 231 28,500 29,800 5 ZY 3240 8 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE 3 INOX EDGE, ball type D The ball shape KU is often used for contour grinding and backside deburring. Sd L2 D [mm] Grit size 30 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 16 347003 20 347010 25 347027 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 58,000 46,000 37,000 59,600 47,700 38,100 Description 10 10 10 KU 16 6 AN 30 N5B INOX EDGE KU 20 6 AN 30 N5B INOX EDGE KU 25 6 AN 30 N5B INOX EDGE Catalogue Page 3 29

Mounted points For edge grinding on stainless steel (INOX) INOX EDGE, conical with radius end type Sd D T L2 DxT [mm] 24 Grit size 30 EAN 4007220 46 660324 - 347041 347065 - Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 10 x 25 16 x 45 25 x 45 32 x 32 347072 A1 The conical shape with radius end KE is designed for a comfortable working position during surface grinding and grinding of chamfers. D Sd T L2 A3 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 92,000 52,000 34,000 29,000 95,400 52,000 34,000 29,800 Description 10 10 10 5 KE 1025 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE KE 1645 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE KE 2545 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE KE 3232 6 AN ... N5B INOX EDGE Series A INOX EDGE Series A mounted points are generally used on larger, stainless steel components, such as in container construction. Due to the special shapes of series A mounted points, it is possible to grind in a variety of contours. The applications range from grinding in hard-to-reach areas to machining bores and small holes as well as smoothing. A 11 US shape DxT [mm] Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] A1 19 x 64 A3 25 x 70 A 11 22 x 50 Shank dia. 6.35 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] A 11 22 x 50 Page Catalogue 30 3 Grit size Opt. RPM Max. RPM 347089 347102 347126 30,400 18,600 27,600 30,400 18,600 27,600 10 10 10 A 1 6 AN 30 N5B INOX EDGE A 3 6 AN 30 N5B INOX EDGE A 11 6 AN 30 N5B INOX EDGE 347157 30,400 30,400 10 A 11 6,3 AN 30 N5B INOX EDGE 30 EAN 4007220 Description

Mounted points For universal use on soft non-ferrous metals ALU mounted points The ALU type is particularly well suited to universal use on aluminium and non-ferrous metals. It is used to remove burrs on cast aluminium parts and for chamfering on aluminium profiles for weld-seam preparation. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ The special impregnation means there is no clogging when working on soft, lubricating or tough materials. ■ Good grinding performance and stock removal rate. ■ ALU mounted points perform best at a cutting speed of 20 to 40 m/s. Materials that can be worked: ■ ■ ■ ■ Matching tool drives: ■ Flexible shaft drive ■ Straight grinder 3 Safety notes: Aluminium Copper Brass Zinc ■ The maximum permitted rotational speed relates to the unsupported shank length of 10 mm. Type: ■ Vitrified bond ■ Green silicon carbide ALU, cylindrical type Sd D The cylindrical shape ZY is ideal for grinding bores, radii and contours. It can be made into any desired shape with the aid of a dressing stone. T DxT [mm] Grit size 80 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 x 30 mm [Sd x L2] 3x6 948101 6 x 13 948118 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 10 x 13 802908 13 x 20 802915 16 x 20 096512 16 x 32 802939 20 x 32 097151 32 x 32 802946 40 x 20 100080 L2 US shape Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description W 144 W 163 150,000 93,600 206,100 93,600 10 10 ZY 0306 3 CN 80 F10V ALU ZY 0613 3 CN 80 F10V ALU W 176 W 186 W 195 W 206 W 230 - 45,000 35,000 30,000 30,000 24,000 15,000 12,000 95,400 73,400 59,600 51,200 41,100 25,700 23,800 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 ZY 1013 6 CN 80 F10V ALU ZY 1320 6 CN 80 F10V ALU ZY 1620 6 CN 80 F10V ALU ZY 1632 6 CN 80 F10V ALU ZY 2032 6 CN 80 F10V ALU ZY 3232 6 CN 80 F10V ALU ZY 4020 6 CN 80 F10V ALU Catalogue Page 3 31

Mounted points For surface grinding on grey and nodular cast iron CAST mounted points The CAST type is particularly well suited to surface work on grey and nodular cast iron in combination with high peripheral speeds. Its applications include cleaning of workpieces and grinding out of shrinkage holes. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Suitable for use on surfaces and edges. ■ Good grinding performance and long tool life. ■ High stock removal rates thanks to coarse grit size. ■ CAST mounted points perform best at a cutting speed of 30 to 50 m/s. Matching tool drives: ■ Flexible shaft drive ■ Straight grinder Materials that can be worked: Safety notes: ■ Grey/nodular cast iron (GG/GJL, GGG/GJS) ■ Annealed cast iron ■ The maximum permitted rotational speed relates to the unsupported shank length of 10 mm. Type: ■ Vitrified bond ■ Aluminium oxide mixture of pink aluminium oxide and regular aluminium oxide CAST, cylindrical type Sd D T The cylindrical shape ZY is ideal for grinding bores, radii and contours. L2 DxT [mm] Grit size 24 30 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 16 x 32 16 x 50 20 x 25 20 x 40 25 x 32 32 x 32 097564 32 x 40 097694 40 x 10 40 x 20 100004 50 x 8 50 x 13 Shank dia. 8 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 32 x 40 098158 50 x 25 100530 US shape Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 096567 096819 096963 097199 097410 099865 100493 100165 W 197 W 205 W 207 W 230 W 231 W 236 - 51,200 31,300 43,000 32,400 32,900 25,700 20,300 22,000 22,000 18,000 18,000 51,200 31,300 47,700 32,400 32,900 25,700 20,300 23,800 23,800 19,000 19,000 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 ZY 1632 6 ARN 30 K5V CAST ZY 1650 6 ARN 30 K5V CAST ZY 2025 6 ARN 30 K5V CAST ZY 2040 6 ARN 30 K5V CAST ZY 2532 6 ARN 30 K5V CAST ZY 3232 6 ARN 24 K5V CAST ZY 3240 6 ARN 24 K5V CAST ZY 4010 6 ARN 30 K5V CAST ZY 4020 6 ARN 24 K5V CAST ZY 5008 6 ARN 30 K5V CAST ZY 5013 6 ARN 30 K5V CAST - W 231 W 242 27,000 18,000 29,800 19,000 5 5 ZY 3240 8 ARN 24 K5V CAST ZY 5025 8 ARN 24 K5V CAST CAST, pointed tree type D Sd T L2 DxT [mm] Grit size 30 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 20 x 50 102305 Page Catalogue 32 3 The pointed tree shape SP is excellent for machining small holes and bores. Opt. RPM Max. RPM 30,500 30,500 Description 10 SP 2050 6 ARN 30 K5V CAST

Mounted points For surface grinding on grey and nodular cast iron CAST, conical with radius end type DxT [mm] Grit size Sd D The conical shape with radius end KE is designed for a comfortable working position during surface grinding and grinding of chamfers. T L2 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 534649 102848 - 85,000 52,000 43,000 95,400 52,000 47,700 10 10 10 KE 1025 6 ARN 46 K5V CAST KE 1645 6 ARN 46 K5V CAST KE 2040 6 ARN 24 K5V CAST - 27,000 29,800 5 KE 3250 8 ARN 24 K5V CAST 24 46 Description EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 10 x 25 16 x 45 20 x 40 534694 Shank dia. 8 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 32 x 50 103081 Series A CAST A 11 3 D Sd The shape A 11 is excellent for machining small holes and bores. T US shape DxT [mm] Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] A 11 22 x 50 Grit size 30 EAN 4007220 534700 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 27,600 27,600 L2 Description 10 A 11 6 ARN 30 K5V CAST Catalogue Page 3 33

Mounted points For edge grinding on grey and nodular cast iron CAST EDGE mounted points The CAST EDGE type is particularly well suited to edge grinding and grinding out sand contamination and metal contamination on grey and nodular cast iron in combination with high cutting speeds. Its main applications include removal of sharp burrs and grinding of sand contamination and metal contamination on cast parts. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Highly dimensionally stable due to the high bond content. ■ Economical to use due to the high edge stability even on low-speed tool drives. ■ CAST EDGE mounted points perform best at a cutting speed of 30 to 50 m/s. Materials that can be worked: ■ Flexible shaft drive ■ Straight grinder ■ Grey/nodular cast iron (GG/GJL, GGG/GJS) ■ Annealed cast iron ■ Casting scale with sand contamination and metal contamination Type: Matching tool drives: Safety notes: ■ The maximum permitted rotational speed relates to the unsupported shank length of 10 mm. ■ Vitrified bond ■ Grey silicon carbide CAST EDGE, cylindrical type Sd D T The cylindrical shape ZY is ideal for grinding bores, radii and contours. L2 DxT [mm] Grit size 24 30 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 16 x 32 20 x 25 20 x 40 20 x 50 32 x 32 097663 40 x 20 100103 Shank dia. 8 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 32 x 40 098233 40 x 40 098301 Page Catalogue 34 3 US shape Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 096666 097069 097281 098097 - W 205 W 208 W 230 - 47,000 38,000 32,400 25,100 23,000 19,000 51,200 47,700 32,400 25,100 25,700 23,800 10 10 10 10 5 5 ZY 1632 6 CU 30 R5V CAST EDGE ZY 2025 6 CU 30 R5V CAST EDGE ZY 2040 6 CU 30 R5V CAST EDGE ZY 2050 6 CU 30 R5V CAST EDGE ZY 3232 6 CU 24 R5V CAST EDGE ZY 4020 6 CU 24 R5V CAST EDGE - W 231 W 238 24,000 19,000 29,800 23,800 5 5 ZY 3240 8 CU 24 R5V CAST EDGE ZY 4040 8 CU 24 R5V CAST EDGE

Mounted points For edge grinding on grey and nodular cast iron CAST EDGE, pointed tree type D The pointed tree shape SP is excellent for machining small holes and bores. Sd T DxT [mm] Grit size 30 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 20 x 32 102282 20 x 50 102336 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 38,000 30,500 47,700 30,500 CAST EDGE, conical with radius end type The conical shape with radius end KE is designed for a comfortable working position during surface grinding and grinding of chamfers. DxT [mm] Grit size 30 46 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 47,000 38,000 30,000 52,000 47,700 34,000 L2 Description 10 10 SP 2032 6 CU 30 R5V CAST EDGE SP 2050 6 CU 30 R5V CAST EDGE 3 Sd D T L2 Description EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 16 x 45 20 x 32 102725 25 x 45 102947 102916 - Series A CAST EDGE 10 10 10 A3 The shape A 3 is designed for a comfortable working position during surface grinding and grinding of chamfers. KE 1645 6 CU 46 R5V CAST EDGE KE 2032 6 CU 30 R5V CAST EDGE KE 2545 6 CU 30 R5V CAST EDGE Sd D T The shape A 11 is excellent for machining small holes and bores. L2 A 11 US shape DxT [mm] Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] A3 25 x 70 A 11 22 x 50 Grit size 30 EAN 4007220 117156 117217 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 18,600 27,600 18,600 27,600 Description 10 10 A 3 6 CU 30 R5V CAST EDGE A 11 6 CU 30 R5V CAST EDGE Catalogue Page 3 35

Mounted points For edge grinding on grey and nodular cast iron CAST EDGE mounted points for foundries The CAST EDGE type for foundries is particularly well suited to universal use and for grinding out metal contamination and grinding of sand contamination and sand deposits on grey and nodular cast iron workpieces in conjunction with high cutting speeds. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Excellent grinding performance and aggressiveness from the start. ■ High stock removal rate in combination with a long tool life. ■ Delivered in practical and environmentally friendly industrial packaging. ■ CAST EDGE mounted points perform best at a cutting speed of 30 to 50 m/s. Materials that can be worked: ■ Grey/nodular cast iron (GG/GJL, GGG/GJS) ■ Annealed cast iron ■ Casting scale with sand contamination and metal contamination Matching tool drives: ■ Flexible shaft drive ■ Straight grinder Safety notes: ■ The maximum permitted rotational speed relates to the unsupported shank length of 10 mm. Type: ■ Vitrified bond ■ Grey silicon carbide CAST EDGE, cylindrical type Sd D T The cylindrical shape ZY is ideal for grinding bores, radii and contours. L2 DxT [mm] Grit size 30 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 20 x 40 803028 25 x 32 803035 US shape Opt. RPM Max. RPM W 205 - 32,400 30,000 32,400 32,900 Description IP 50 50 ZY 2040 6 CU 30 R5V CAST EDGE N ZY 2532 6 CU 30 R5V CAST EDGE N CAST EDGE, pointed tree type Sd D T L2 DxT [mm] Grit size 30 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 20 x 50 803042 Page Catalogue 36 3 The pointed tree shape SP is excellent for machining small holes and bores. Opt. RPM Max. RPM 14,100 14,100 Description IP 50 SP 2050 6 CU 30 R5V CAST EDGE N

Mounted points For edge grinding on grey and nodular cast iron CAST EDGE, conical with radius end type The conical shape with radius end KE is designed for a comfortable working position during surface grinding and grinding of chamfers. Sd D T DxT [mm] 24 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 16 x 45 20 x 40 Shank dia. 8 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 35 x 50 642665 Grit size 30 EAN 4007220 46 803066 - L2 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 803059 - 24,000 20,900 24,000 20,900 50 50 KE 1645 6 CU 46 R5V CAST EDGE N KE 2040 6 CU 30 R5V CAST EDGE N - 15,600 15,600 50 KE 3550 8 CU 24 R5V CAST EDGE N IP Catalogue Page 3 37 3

Mounted points For universal use on cast steel CAST STEEL mounted points for foundries The CAST STEEL type is particularly well suited to tough universal work on cast steel. It is ideal for removing burrs on cast steel parts and for grinding of intersections after separating risers. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Excellent grinding performance and aggressiveness from the start. ■ High stock removal rate in combination with a long tool life. ■ Delivered in practical and environmentally friendly industrial packaging. ■ CAST STEEL mounted points perform best at a cutting speed of 25 to 40 m/s. Materials that can be worked: Matching tool drives: ■ Flexible shaft drive ■ Straight grinder Safety notes: ■ Cast steel ■ The maximum permitted rotational speed relates to the unsupported shank length of 10 mm. Type: ■ Vitrified bond ■ Aluminium oxide mixture of pink and dark-red aluminium oxide CAST STEEL, cylindrical type Sd D T The cylindrical shape ZY is ideal for grinding bores, radii and contours. L2 DxT [mm] Grit size 30 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 20 x 40 802953 25 x 32 802960 US shape Opt. RPM Max. RPM W 207 - 32,400 25,000 32,400 32,900 Description IP 50 50 ZY 2040 6 ADR 30 O5V CAST STEEL ZY 2532 6 ADR 30 O5V CAST STEEL CAST STEEL, pointed tree type Sd D T L2 DxT [mm] Grit size 30 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 20 x 50 802977 Page Catalogue 38 3 The pointed tree shape SP is excellent for machining small holes and bores. Opt. RPM Max. RPM 14,100 14,100 Description IP 50 SP 2050 6 ADR 30 O5V CAST STEEL

Mounted points For universal use on cast steel CAST STEEL, conical with radius end type The conical shape with radius end KE is designed for a comfortable working position during surface grinding and grinding of chamfers. Sd D T DxT [mm] 24 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 16 x 45 20 x 40 Shank dia. 8 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 35 x 50 642672 Grit size 30 EAN 4007220 46 803011 - L2 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 802991 - 24,000 20,900 24,000 20,900 50 50 KE 1645 6 ADR 46 O5V CAST STEEL KE 2040 6 ADR 30 O5V CAST STEEL - 15,600 15,600 50 KE 3550 8 ADR 24 O5V CAST STEEL IP Catalogue Page 3 39 3

Mounted points For universal use on plastic RUBBER mounted points The RUBBER type is specifically designed for universal use on soft materials such as rubber, plastic and wood. The fields of application include removal of burrs on plastic injection-moulded parts, trimming of rubber moulded parts and moulded parts made of polyurethane (PUR), grinding of wooden cores and wooden shapes in model construction workshops and roughening of various adhesive joints (e.g. for repairs on conveyor belts and tyres). Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Open structure and large chip spaces due to bubble grain aluminium oxide. ■ Machining of temperature-sensitive materials without addition of cooling lubricant due to large chip spaces. ■ Excellent grinding performance. ■ RUBBER mounted points perform best at a cutting speed of 5 to 20 m/s. Materials that can be worked: ■ ■ ■ ■ Matching tool drives: ■ Flexible shaft drive ■ Straight grinder Safety notes: Elastomers Thermoplastics Rubber Wood ■ The maximum permitted rotational speed relates to the unsupported shank length of 10 mm. Type: ■ Vitrified bond ■ Bubble grain aluminium oxide RUBBER, cylindrical type The cylindrical shape ZY is ideal for grinding radii and contours, and for deburring work. Sd D T L2 DxT [mm] Grit size 1 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 12,000 8,000 5,000 51,200 32,900 23,800 2 Description EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 16 x 32 096703 25 x 32 097540 40 x 20 - 100134 10 10 5 ZY 1632 6 AH 1 D12V RUBBER ZY 2532 6 AH 1 D12V RUBBER ZY 4020 6 AH 2 D12V RUBBER RUBBER, ball type The ball shape KU is often used for roughening rubber surfaces in tyre repair. D Sd L2 D [mm] Grit size 2 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L2] 40 948095 Page Catalogue 40 3 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 5,000 19,700 Description 5 KU 40 6 AH 2 D12V RUBBER

Bench grinding wheels General information PFERD offers a very wide range of high-quality bench grinding wheels for working with a large variety of materials and for many different applications. Bench grinding wheels are available with different dimensions, grains and abrasives. The PFERD range has been adapted to the standard bench grinders on the market. Advantages: ■ ■ ■ ■ Long tool life. High dimensional stability. High abrasive performance. Integrated adapter sleeves for mounting on almost any bench grinder spindle. Applications: ■ Deburring ■ Work on edges (chamfering, rounding) ■ Sharpening Safety notes: ■ The maximum permitted peripheral speed is 35 m/s. ■ For safety reasons, the maximum permitted rotational speed indicated must never be exceeded. ■ Before clamping, the grinding tool must be ring tested to make sure that it does not have any cracks (undamaged grinding tools give a clear tone). 3 = Wear eye protection! Recommendations for use: ■ Dressing the wheel on a regular basis exposes sharp grain and maintains an even grinding area. ■ Constantly adjust the workpiece support to the grinding wheel diameter (gap width max. 3 mm). = Wear a dust mask! Matching tool drives: = Wear gloves! = Wear hearing protection! ■ Bench grinders Ordering notes: ■ Please complete the description with the desired grit size. = Follow the safety instructions! = Do not use if damaged! Catalogue Page 3 41

Bench grinding wheels UNIVERSAL, HSS, CARBIDE UNIVERSAL type UNIVERSAL type bench grinding wheels are ideal for universal use in the workshop. Materials that can be worked: steel, cast steel, stainless steel (INOX), cast iron D H Type: Vitrified bond, regular aluminium oxide, hardness grade: Q (grit size 24), P (grit size 36), M (grit size 60), structural density: 5 (grit size 24 and 36), 6 (grit size 60) T DxT [mm] H [mm] 24 Grit size 36 EAN 4007220 60 037904 037911 037928 037935 037942 037959 037966 037973 037980 037997 610145 610183 610220 038000 038017 610312 610367 038024 610398 038031 038048 038062 Aluminium oxide, regular (AN) 125 x 20 32 150 x 16 32 610138 150 x 20 32 610176 150 x 25 32 610213 175 x 25 32 51 200 x 20 32 610305 200 x 25 32 610350 51 200 x 30 32 612378 200 x 32 51 250 x 32 51 300 x 40 76 - Reductions Max. RPM 25/20/16 25/20/16 25/20/16 25/20/16 25/20/16 32 25/20/16 25/20/16 32 25/20/16 32 32 - 5,350 4,500 4,500 4,500 3,750 3,750 3,350 3,350 3,350 3,350 3,350 2,700 2,250 Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BW 12520-32 AN ... UNIVERSAL BW 15016-32 AN ... UNIVERSAL BW 15020-32 AN ... UNIVERSAL BW 15025-32 AN ... UNIVERSAL BW 17525-32 AN ... UNIVERSAL BW 17525-51 AN ... UNIVERSAL BW 20020-32 AN ... UNIVERSAL BW 20025-32 AN ... UNIVERSAL BW 20025-51 AN ... UNIVERSAL BW 20030-32 AN ... UNIVERSAL BW 20032-51 AN ... UNIVERSAL BW 25032-51 AN ... UNIVERSAL BW 30040-76 AN ... UNIVERSAL HSS type HSS type bench grinding wheels are particularly useful for sharpening HSS pilot drills or machining other high-alloy steels. D H Materials that can be worked: tool steels, case-hardened steels, hardened, heat-treated steels over 1,200 N/mm2 (> 38 HRC) T DxT [mm] H [mm] Grit size 60 Type: Vitrified bond, white aluminium oxide, hardness grade: K, structural density: 7 Reductions Max. RPM 25/20/16 25/20/16 25/20/16 25/20/16 25/20/16 32 25/20/16 25/20/16 32 25/20/16 32 32 - 5,350 4,500 4,500 4,500 3,750 3,750 3,350 3,350 3,350 3,350 3,350 2,700 2,250 80 Description EAN 4007220 Aluminium oxide (AW) 125 x 20 32 150 x 16 32 150 x 20 32 150 x 25 32 175 x 25 32 51 200 x 20 32 200 x 25 32 51 200 x 30 32 200 x 32 51 250 x 32 51 300 x 40 76 Page Catalogue 42 3 610152 610190 610237 610329 610374 612385 - 037812 037829 037836 037843 037850 037867 037874 037881 037898 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BW 12520-32 AW ... HSS BW 15016-32 AW ... HSS BW 15020-32 AW ... HSS BW 15025-32 AW ... HSS BW 17525-32 AW ... HSS BW 17525-51 AW ... HSS BW 20020-32 AW ... HSS BW 20025-32 AW ... HSS BW 20025-51 AW ... HSS BW 20030-32 AW ... HSS BW 20032-51 AW ... HSS BW 25032-51 AW ... HSS BW 30040-76 AW ... HSS

Bench grinding wheels UNIVERSAL, HSS, CARBIDE CARBIDE type CARBIDE type bench grinding wheels are used on hard materials, such as for sharpening tungsten carbide tools. D H Materials that can be worked: tungsten carbide, hardened, heat-treated steels over 1,200 N/mm2 (> 38 HRC), steel materials with a hardness > 54 HRC, glass T Type: Vitrified bond, green silicon carbide, hardness grade: J, structural density: 7 DxT [mm] H [mm] Silicon carbide (CN) 125 x 20 150 x 16 150 x 20 150 x 25 175 x 25 200 x 20 200 x 25 200 x 30 200 x 32 250 x 32 300 x 40 32 32 32 32 32 51 32 32 51 32 51 51 76 60 Grit size 80 EAN 4007220 120 718902 - 038079 038086 038093 038109 610336 629031 038116 038123 038130 038147 610169 610206 610244 610343 610381 612392 - Reductions Max. RPM 25/20/16 25/20/16 25/20/16 25/20/16 25/20/16 32 25/20/16 25/20/16 32 25/20/16 32 32 - 5,350 4,500 4,500 4,500 3,750 3,750 3,350 3,350 3,350 3,350 3,350 2,700 2,250 3 Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BW 12520-32 CN ... CARBIDE BW 15016-32 CN ... CARBIDE BW 15020-32 CN ... CARBIDE BW 15025-32 CN ... CARBIDE BW 17525-32 CN ... CARBIDE BW 17525-51 CN ... CARBIDE BW 20020-32 CN ... CARBIDE BW 20025-32 CN ... CARBIDE BW 20025-51 CN ... CARBIDE BW 20030-32 CN ... CARBIDE BW 20032-51 CN ... CARBIDE BW 25032-51 CN ... CARBIDE BW 30040-76 CN ... CARBIDE Catalogue Page 3 43

Finishing stones General information PFERD finishing stones are versatile tools for finish machining on forms in tool and mould-making. They are used for step-by-step fine grinding after machining or after electrical discharge machining (EDM) to grind in a brushed finish/polish in the demoulding direction or to prepare for highgloss polishing with diamond pastes. Advantages: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Recommendations for use: Long tool life. High dimensional stability. High abrasive performance. Even stock removal. Fine surface finish. ■ A quick-mounting handle is recommended in manual applications to make work more ergonomic. ■ The use of grinding oils is recommended to achieve a better surface finish. ■ Sort the finishing stones by type to avoid grain being carried over. Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Surface work Polishing Rounding Finishing Step-by-step fine grinding Matching tool drives: ■ Manual filing machine Ordering notes: ■ Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Detailed information on ceramic fibre files can be found in catalogue section 4. Detailed information on grinding oils can be found in catalogue section 4. A manual filing machine is recommended to make work easier. Detailed information can be found in catalogue section 9. The fast way to the best tool Material group Type  UNIVERSAL CARBIDE Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² (< 38 HRC) Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, case-hardened steels, tempering steels   Hardened, heat-treated steels over 1,200 N/mm² (> 38 HRC) Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels   Stainless Rust and acid-resistant steels steel (INOX) Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels  Tungsten carbide – Steel – Soft non-ferrous metals, Non-ferrous non-ferrous metals metals Hard non-ferrous metals  = highly suitable Page Catalogue 44 3  Aluminium alloys, brass, copper, zinc  Bronze, titanium, titanium alloys, hard aluminium alloys   = suitable

Finishing stones UNIVERSAL, CARBIDE and arbors UNIVERSAL type The UNIVERSAL type finishing stones are the all-rounders for step-by-step fine grinding in tool and mould construction. Height [mm] Length [mm] 4 3 6 3 6 13 150 150 150 150 150 150 H L Type: Vitrified bond, regular aluminium oxide Materials that can be worked: hardened, heat-treated steels over 1,200 N/ mm2 (> 38 HRC), stainless steel (INOX), aluminium, other non-ferrous metals Width [mm] B Grit size 320 400 EAN 4007220 220 Description 600 Square 4 6 13 25 106679 106914 106921 106938 106945 106952 106969 106976 106983 107003 107010 107027 107034 107041 107058 107065 107072 107089 107096 107102 107119 107126 107133 107140 CARBIDE type The CARBIDE type soft finishing stones enable high removal rates without clogging on hard materials in tool and mould construction. Materials that can be worked: high-temperature-resistant materials, tungsten carbide, steel materials with a hardness > 54 HRC Width [mm] Height [mm] Length [mm] 4 3 6 3 6 13 150 150 150 150 150 150 12 12 12 12 12 6 SPS 4x4x150 AN ... UNIVERSAL SPS 6x3x150 AN ... UNIVERSAL SPS 6x6x150 AN ... UNIVERSAL SPS 13x3x150 AN ... UNIVERSAL SPS 13x6x150 AN ... UNIVERSAL SPS 25x13x150 AN ... UNIVERSAL B H L Type: Vitrified bond, green silicon carbide 150 220 Grit size 320 EAN 4007220 400 600 Description 107157 107164 107171 107188 107195 107201 107218 107225 107232 107249 107256 107263 107270 107287 107294 107300 107317 107324 107331 107348 107355 107362 107379 107386 107393 107409 107416 107423 107430 107447 Square 4 6 13 25 12 12 12 12 12 6 SPS 4x4x150 CN ... CARBIDE SPS 6x3x150 CN ... CARBIDE SPS 6x6x150 CN ... CARBIDE SPS 13x3x150 CN ... CARBIDE SPS 13x6x150 CN ... CARBIDE SPS 25x13x150 CN ... CARBIDE Arbors for finishing stones SPSH 6x6/6x13: Offers space to clamp two different cross sections. SPSH 6x6/6x13 SPSH 6x3/6x6/13x1,5/13x3 SPSH 6x3/6x6/13x1,5/13x3: Is used to clamp four different cross sections. SPSH 3-13mm 3,1: The arbor for the manual filing machine is variably adjustable. SPSH 3-13mm 3,1 Matching cross sections EAN 4007220 Manual application 6 x 6 mm, 13 x 6 mm 107553 6 x 3 mm, 13 x 1.5 mm / 6 x 6 mm, 107560 13 x 3 mm Manual filing machine shank diameter of 3.17 x 20 mm [Sd x L2] all finishing stones 107577 Description 1 1 SPSH 6x6/6x13 SPSH 6x3/6x6/13x1,5/13x3 1 SPSH 3-13mm 3,1 Catalogue Page 3 45 3

Hand dressers Dressing stones, abrasive segments, diamond dresser Dressing stones Dressing stone SE 1203050 CU 30 R 5 V: Dressing stone with coarse grain (grit size 30) for coarse dressing work. The rubber backing provides a slip-free grip and protects the support surfaces from damage. H B L Dressing stone SE 1203050 CU 30/60 R 5 V: Dressing stone with two different grit sizes: ■■Upper side (coarse): Profiling and dressing of large mounted points with coarse bonds and grain ■■Underside (fine): Profiling and dressing of mounted points with fine bonds and grain Dressing stone SE 702212 CU 46 M 5 V: Small dressing stone with finer grain for profiling and dressing of smaller mounted points. LxHxB [mm] EAN 4007220 120 x 30 x 50 103500 505687 114445 70 x 22 x 12 Description 5 5 5 SE 1203050 CU 30 R 5 V SE 1203050 CU 30/60 R 5 V SE 702212 CU 46 M 5 V Abrasive segments H B Wedge-shaped abrasive segments for work on sand moulds and cores in foundries. Using the abrasive segments, the intersections and separators on sand moulds and cores can be re-finished and removed. The wedge-shaped design allows effortless work in both very narrow areas and on large surfaces. L LxHxB [mm] EAN 4007220 235 x 42 x 4 246 x 32 x 5 800034 800041 Description 10 10 SE 235-42-4 AN 46 N 5 B SE 246-32-5 AN 46 N 5 B Diamond dresser D L Long-life diamond dresser with large single grit diamond for profiling and dressing mounted points, grinding discs and Poliflex grinding points (see catalogue section 4). Using this diamond dresser, blunt grit and metal particles can be removed from the grinding tool, and the required grinding wheel shapes can be produced. Recommendations for use: ■■Protect the diamond dresser from impacts and impact-type loads. ■■Clamp deeply and ensure it is well tightened. ■■Insert at an angle of 5 to 15 degrees, just below the mounted point or disc centre. Page Catalogue 46 3 LxD [mm] EAN 4007220 Carats [ct] 81 x 6 103494 0.20 Description 1 400 B

Mounted points Customer-specific tool solutions If you cannot find the solution for your particular application in our extensive catalogue range, we can produce mounted points in premium PFERD quality specifically for your application on request. We can take into account your specifications and needs, drawings, information on bonds and hardness grades, grit sizes, grain types, shapes, dimensions, shanks and packaging. Please speak to our sales representatives. We will be happy to advise you. 3 1. Process analysis and tool development 2. Production 3. Use Contact us to arrange an appointment with our experienced sales representatives and technical customer support team. You can find our worldwide sales addresses at www.pferd.com. Our production teams subsequently create a technical drawing with which your madeto-order product will be produced. Our flexible production and global logistics network ensure that you receive your new tool on time. Each mounted point is supplied in premium PFERD quality. We always work to the highest standards, from the inspection of raw materials, through inspections during the course of production by our staff, up to the final visual inspection of each individual mounted point. If desired, your personal sales representative and a technical adviser will set up all the process parameters together with you. Our employees will analyse your application with you on-site and develop the most economic individual tool solution for you! You will then receive a quote. See the quality, performance and economic value of PFERD tools for yourself! The quality of PFERD tools is certified according to ISO 9001. Examples of custom PFERD tools Catalogue Page 3 47

Quality tools from a single source Files Milling tools 1 Mounted points 2 3 Catalogue section 1 Catalogue section 2 Catalogue section 3 Files Milling tools Mounted points Fine grinding and polishing tools Diamond and CBN tools 4 Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels 5 6 Catalogue section 4 Catalogue section 5 Catalogue section 6 Fine grinding and polishing tools Diamond and CBN tools Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels Cut-off wheels for stationary applications Industrial power brushes 7 Tool drives 8 9 Catalogue section 7 Catalogue section 8 Catalogue section 9 Cut-off wheels for stationary applications Industrial power brushes Tool drives Page Catalogue 48 3

Fine grinding and polishing tools 4 4 Catalogue Page 4 1

Fine grinding and polishing tools Table of contents General information 4 The fast way to the best tool 6 Surface roughness – Influencing factors and reference values 8 Coated abrasives 9 Non-woven tools 97 Fine grinding and polishing tools COMBICLICK ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Fibre discs Non-woven discs Felt discs Backing pads Set 12 16 18 19 19 Fibre discs ■ Fibre discs ■ Backing pads 20 24 Self-adhesive discs ■ Self-adhesive discs and holders 25 Self-adhesive abrasive discs ■ Self-adhesive abrasive discs and abrasive disc holders 27 COMBIDISC grinding tools ■ COMBIDISC grinding tools CD, CDR 28 Flexible abrasives ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Short belts Long belts Abrasive sheets Hand pads Shop rolls and holders Non-woven shop rolls Velcro-backed abrasive discs 48 52 55 57 58 59 61 Abrasive spiral bands and rubber drum holders ■ Abrasive spiral bands KSB ■ Abrasive spiral bands GSB ■ Rubber drum holders 64 65 68 POLIROLL, POLICO ■ Cartridge rolls and abrasive cones Page Catalogue 2 4 69

Fine grinding and polishing tools Table of contents POLICAP ■ Abrasive caps and abrasive cap holders 72 Flap tools ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Mounted flap wheels Unmounted flap wheels Flap drums POLIFLAP tools Overlap slotted discs POLISTAR 81 86 90 91 93 94 Non-woven tools ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ POLINOX unmounted grinding wheels POLINOX mounted grinding wheels POLINOX cross buffs POLINOX fibre-backing discs POLINOX grinding drums POLINOX discs POLINOX marbling tools POLIVLIES grinding discs POLICLEAN tools 99, 111 108 110 115 116 118 120 121 123 Poliflex tools ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ PUR bond Structuring tools GR/GHR bond LR/LHR bond TX bond 130 133 135 138 140 Ceramic fibre files ■ Ceramic fibre files 143 Polishing tools ■ ■ ■ ■ Felt points Felt wheels Felt sheets Cloth rings 145 149 150 150 Grinding oils and polishing pastes ■ Grinding and polishing pastes ■ Grinding oils ■ Cleaners 153 155 156 Tool sets Tool sets with drives are allocated to the respective tools. Angle grinder Eccentric orbital sander Belt grinder Straight grinder Flexible shaft drive Stationary belt grinder Burnishing machines Belt grinder Manual filing machines Manual application Catalogue Page 4 3 4

Fine grinding and polishing tools General information PFERD quality Fine grinding and polishing tools from PFERD are developed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the strictest quality requirements. Research and development, our own machine and plant construction, and the continuous testing and further development of the quality and safety standards in our own laboratories all guarantee high PFERD quality. PFERD quality management is certified according to ISO 9001. PFERD customer support If you have any questions regarding the optimization of your grinding work or solutions to specific application problems, our sales representatives and technical advisers will be happy to help. Just get in touch! Our worldwide sales addresses can be found at: www.pferd.com Products made to order If you cannot find the solution for your particular application in our extensive catalogue range, we can produce fine grinding and polishing tools in premium PFERD quality specifically for your application upon request. We take into account your specifications and wishes, drawings, information on dimensions and shapes, grit sizes and grain types, grain mixtures, in addition to shank diameters and lengths. Please speak to our sales representatives. We will be happy to advise you. Page Catalogue 4 4

Fine grinding and polishing tools General information PFERD packaging PFERD supplies fine grinding and polishing tools in robust industrial packaging, which protects the tools against damage. You can find details on the packaging unit (PU) in the product tables. Important information such as the item number, description, EAN code, technical specifications and safety notes can be found on the packaging label. PFERDTOOL-CENTER You will also find all the important information you require in order to select the most appropriate tool at your local specialist retailer's PFERDTOOL-CENTER. The information and theme cards from PFERD provide you with useful tips on tools and applications. Your local retailer or PFERD sales representative will be glad to answer any questions you might have. 4 PFERD PRAXIS brochures and theme brochures aerospace and PFERD tools for the gas turbine industry PFERD tools for use on aluminium PFERD tools steel for use on stainless TRUST BLUE TRUST on PFERD tools on mould constructi FOCUS FOCUS Our PFERD PRAXIS brochures, theme brochures and FOCUS brochures contain a wealth of useful information on material properties, as well as tips and tricks for using PFERD tools. for tool and tools abrasive ers PFERD grind ess angle for cordl BLUE construction: on tool and mould – Main emphasis the PFERD range ■ PFERDFOCUS products from Especially selected ■ Over 200 years of experience ■ Competent and targeted ■ The highest possible economic in the production advice by experienced value thanks to tools PFERD steel : n wheels angle grinders constructio and cut-off PFERDTRUST ToolsBLUE for Use on Plastics of individual tooling solutions key account managers innovative solutions cordless discs Tools for wheels, flap OCUS – n PFERDF ly selected grinding Especial PFERD range from the for use TRUST BLUE Aluminium TRUST BLUE INOX TRUST BLUE TRUST Plastics BLUE Steel Discover PFERDERGONOMICS and PFERDEFFICIENCY: As part of PFERDERGONOMICS, PFERD offers ergonomically optimized tools and tool drives that contribute to greater safety and working comfort, and thus to health protection. As part of PFERDEFFICIENCY, PFERD offers innovative, high-performance tool solutions and tool drives with outstanding added value. For more information on this topic, please refer to our brochure “PFERDVALUE – Your added value with PFERD“. PFERD VALUE Your added value with PFERD PFERDEFFICIENCY Results from the PFERD test laboratories as well as from the product tests by independent testing institutes prove: PFERD tools offer measurable added value. PFERDERGONOMICS PFERDVALUE – Your added value with PFERD TRUST BLUE All tools and more information: www.pferd.com Catalogue Page 4 5

Fine grinding and polishing tools The fast way to the best tool Face-down grinding Tools with backing pad Work type Work steps Changing geometrical profiles Page 25–26 Short belts 48–51 Abras bands COMBIDISC midget fibre discs Fibre discs 21–24 Long belts 52–54 POLIR POLIC COMBICLICK fibre discs 13–15 Self-adhesive discs 25–26 Short belts 48–51 Abras bands 27 Long belts 52–54 POLIR COMBIDISC ■ abrasive discs ■ non-woven discs COMBICLICK non-woven discs Catalogue 6 4 131 16–17 PSA discs Velcro-backed abrasive discs 61–62 Fibre discs 21–24 115 COMBICLICK fibre discs 13–15 Grinding oils 155 Fibre discs 21–24 31–38 39–41 Poliflex discs 131 POLINOX unitized discs 102 39–41 38 COMBICLICK non-woven discs 16–17 COMBIDISC non-woven discs 39–41 COMBIDISC TX discs Page 31–38 39–41 POLINOX-discs PNL/PNZ COMBIDISC POLICLEAN discs Polishing 30 102 COMBIDISC non-woven discs Creating visual effects 35–36 POLINOX unitized discs COMBIDISC ■ abrasive discs ■ non-woven discs Cleaning Page Self-adhesive discs Poliflex discs Fine grinding Very fine grinding Page COMBIDISC ■ abrasive discs 31–38 ■ diamond abrasive discs 37 COMBIDISC Mini-POLIFAN Step-by-step fine grinding Reducing roughness depths Belt grinding Tools for belt grinders 42 PSA discs COMBICLICK fibre discs 27 13–15 POLIVLIES self-adhesive discs 122 POLICLEAN discs 125 POLIC POLIC Moun flap w Unmo flap w 155 POLIR POLIC Short belts 48–51 Grind Long belts 52–54 Polifle points Grinding oils Short belts, non-woven 50 Short belts, non-woven 50 POLIN grindi POLIN grindi POLIN cross POLIVLIES self-adhesive discs 122 Marbling tools 120, 132 Short belts, non-woven 50 POLIN grindi POLIN grindi POLIVLIES flap discs 121 Poliflex structuring tools 133–134 POLIN grindi POLINOX discs PNL/PNZ 115 COMBICLICK non-woven discs 16–17 POLIN discs COMBIDISC felt discs 42 COMBICLICK felt discs 18 Felt flap wheels 149 Short belts, felt 51 Felt p Felt w and le

Fine grinding and polishing tools The fast way to the best tool ng rinders Peripheral grinding Mounted tools, tools with arbor holes Page Manual grinding Page Page Page 48–51 Abrasive spiral bands 64–67 52–54 POLIROLL, POLICO 70–71 POLICAP 74–80 48–51 Abrasive spiral bands 64–67 Unmounted flap wheels for angle grinders 89 Poliflex blocks 132 52–54 POLIROLL 70–71 Flap drums Ceramic fibre files 143 POLICAP 74–80 POLISTAR Mounted flap wheels 83–85 Unmounted flap wheels 87–88 POLIROLL, POLICO 70–71 155 48–51 Grinding oils 155 52–54 Poliflex fine grinding points 130, 135–136, 138–141 Overlap slotted discs 93 90 94–95 Overlap slotted discs Page 93 Abrasive sheets, cloth/paper 55–56 Shop rolls, cloth/paper 58–59 Poliflex fine grinding wheels 131, 137, 142 Poliflex blocks POLINOX unitized wheels Abrasive sheets, cloth/paper 55–56 Shop rolls, cloth/paper 58–59 Abrasive sheets, cloth/paper 55–56 101, 106 132 4 Diamond hand pads 57 Non-woven shop rolls 59 50 50 50 POLINOX mounted grinding wheels 108–109 POLINOX grinding drums POLINOX unmounted grinding wheels 111–113 POLICLEAN wheels 124 POLINOX hand pads POLINOX cross buffs 110 POLICLEAN mounted tools 125 Shop rolls, cloth/paper POLINOX mounted grinding wheels 108–109 POLIFLAP grinding wheel 91 POLINOX hand pads 57 POLINOX unmounted grinding wheels 111–113 Poliflex structuring tools Non-woven shop rolls 59 POLINOX grinding drums Flap drums POLINOX discs 51 Felt points Felt wheels and lenses 116–117 116–117 133–134 90 57 58–59 Masking tape 119 Diamond polishing pastes 154 Polishing paste bars 153 118 145–148 149 Mounted felt flap wheels Cloth rings 148 150–151 Grinding pastes 153 Catalogue Page 4 7

Fine grinding and polishing tools Surface roughness – influencing factors and reference values Factors influencing surface roughness: Abrasive: ■ The larger the grit, the rougher the surface finish will be. ■ Aluminium oxide, ceramic oxide grain and zirconia alumina achieve similar levels of surface roughness. ■ Workpieces which are machined with silicon carbide exhibit a slightly finer surface finish. Material to be worked: ■ The softer the material to be machined, the coarser the finished surface will be when using the same grit sizes. ■ Adding grease or lubricant will achieve a slightly finer surface finish. Work parameters: ■ The relationship between the cutting speed and feed rate has the following impact: - Increasing the cutting speed slightly improves the surface quality. - Reducing the speed of the feed rate makes the surface quality slightly finer. ■ The contact pressure only has a minor influence on the surface roughness. There is a differentiation between the following roughness depths: The individual roughness depth Rzi is the sum of the height of the largest profile peak and the depth of the largest profile trough within an individual measuring section. RZ 1 RZ 2 RZ 3 RZ 4 Reference values for roughness depths in the case of different applications RZ 5 The roughness depth Rz is the mean value of the individual roughness depths (Rzi) of consecutive individual measuring sections. Individual measuring section Overall measuring section The roughness depth Rmax is the largest individual roughness depth within the overall measuring section. The average roughness value Ra is the arithmetic mean value of the sum of all profile values within the roughness profile. Ra Application Roughness depth Coarse grinding: Grit sizes 24 to 150 Fine grinding: Grit sizes 180 to 400 Very fine grinding: Grit sizes 500 to 1200 Polishing: Step 1: Step 2: Step 3: Structuring: Surfaces ground Ra = 0.70 to 12 µm Satinizing/ matt finishing: With non-woven abrasive Overall measuring section Ra = 0.20 to 0.70 µm Ra = 0.05 to 0.20 µm Ra = 0.10 to 0.20 µm Ra = 0.04 to 0.10 µm Ra = < 0.01 µm Ra = 0.20 to 0.70 µm Ra = 0.10 to 0.70 µm Surface roughness of different materials after machining with tools using coated abrasives 10,00 µm 9,50 µm Stainless steel (INOX) 9,00 µm 8,50 µm Steel, non-hardened/non-heat-treated 8,00 µm 7,50 µm Soft non-ferrous metals Roughness Ra [µm] 7,00 µm 6,50 µm 6,00 µm 5,50 µm 5,00 µm 4,50 µm 4,00 µm 3,50 µm 3,00 µm 2,50 µm 2,00 µm 1,50 µm 1,00 µm 0,50 µm Grit size Page Catalogue 8 4 A 1200 A 1000 A 800 A 600 A 500 A 400 A 320 A 240 A 180 A 150 A 120 A 80 A60 A 40 0,00 µm

Fine grinding and polishing tools Coated abrasives Structure of coated abrasives PFERD supplies a wide range of tools with coated abrasives for machining a variety of workpiece geometries and materials: ■ COMBICLICK fibre discs ■ Fibre discs ■ COMBIDISC abrasive discs ■ Abrasive spiral bands and abrasive belts ■ Mounted and unmounted flap wheels ■ Abrasive sheets and shop rolls ■ POLIROLL cartridge rolls and POLICO abrasive cones ■ Velcro-backed abrasive discs ■ Self-adhesive abrasive discs (PSA) ➎ Active grinding layer You can find additional PFERD tools with coated abrasives in catalogue section 6. Coated abrasives are used for both wet and dry grinding. ➊ Backing material ➋ Base bond ➌ Coating ➍ Abrasive bond grain ➊ Backing material Bond and abrasive grain are applied to the base. The backing materials available for selection differ in their properties, such as tear strength, flexibility and wear. The respective grinding tool is adapted to the requirements of the intended application by choosing the appropriate base material. The PFERD range is sub-divided into three groups: Paper: The main areas of application for coated abrasives with a paper base are in the woodworking industry and in trade, e.g. among carpenters, painters and decorators. Coated abrasives with a paper base are rarely used for industrial metalwork. Abrasives for manual grinding are predominantly made from paper with a surface weight of 70 to 100 g/m². Heavier paper types are used to make abrasives for machine applications involving wide and narrow belts alike. Cloth: Coated abrasives with a cloth base are predominantly used for metalwork. Vulcanized fibre: When adapted to the corresponding applications, vulcanized fibre in various thicknesses is predominantly used for making fibre grinding discs. Vulcanized fibre is a very sturdy, robust backing material, and also very wear-resistant. ➋ + ➌ Bond When manufacturing coated abrasives, different resin bonds are used to fix the abrasive grain to the backing material. First, the backing material is coated with the base bond (➋). After this, the abrasive grain is evenly scattered over the surface and aligned to achieve higher aggressiveness with the help of special procedures. The coating bond (➌) ensures that the abrasive grain is fixed in place and protects the grain against the forces and loads resulting from the grinding process. Catalogue Page 4 9 4

Fine grinding and polishing tools Coated abrasives ➍ Abrasive grain Choosing the right abrasive grain has a significant influence on surface quality and profitability. The most common materials for abrasive grain are: Aluminium oxide A Numerous types of aluminium oxide are used as abrasives. These may be present in molten or sintered form. The hardness and toughness can be influenced by special manufacturing procedures or additives. Standard types of aluminium oxide and a "sharp-edged" grain shape are predominantly used for coated abrasives. Ceramic oxide grain CO For sintered aluminium oxides, a differentiation is made between sintered bauxite aluminium oxides and sol-gel aluminium oxides. Sol-gel aluminium oxides are predominantly used for coated abrasives in the form of abrasive ceramic grain. This state-of-the-art abrasive is used for numerous applications thanks to its high toughness and good self-sharpening qualities. Zirconia alumina Z Zirconia alumina is a fused mixture of aluminium oxide and zirconium oxide. In comparison to aluminium oxides, zirconia alumina exhibits lower hardness but greater toughness. The high proportion of zirconium oxide results in an extremely powerful self-sharpening effect and contributes to outstanding stock removal rates with cool grinding and a long tool life. Silicon carbide SiC Silicon carbide is synthetically manufactured abrasive grain which is very sharp-edged, with low toughness and very high hardness. It is particularly suitable for work on titanium, aluminium, bronze, stone and plastics. Ideally suited for use in the aeronautical industry, especially where SiC is the only approved abrasive, e.g. for use on engine components. Diamond grain D Diamond grain is the hardest abrasive. It consists of pure carbon in a crystalline structure. For grinding tools, the diamonds used are generally synthetic, produced at very high temperatures and under high pressure. The properties of diamond grain can be adapted for use in grinding tools through various synthesis conditions. Compact grain CK In the case of compact grain, individual grains are built up as granulate with a bond system. Each individual grain of granulate is one solid unit, in which numerous abrasive grains made from aluminium oxide or silicon carbide (SiC) are joined together. Used abrasive grains are torn out of this compound structure by the forces resulting from the grinding, and expose sharp abrasive points in doing so. This guarantees a long tool life with a constant surface quality. VICTOGRAIN VICTOGRAIN products are some of the most effective grinding tools in the world. PFERD's triangular, precision-formed abrasive grain achieves uniquely high abrasive performance. The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain triangles are identical in shape and size and their cutting edges are applied to the workpiece at the optimum angle, meaning the grain needs very little energy to penetrate the workpiece. As such, the user benefits from an efficient machining process with fast working, a long tool life, less heat build-up in the workpiece, and a lower power output required for the tool drive. The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain triangles are fixed to the substrate on one of their sides. This means they are securely fixed in place and, together with their slim design, offer an extremely large chip space in order to further improve machining efficiency. The structure of the triangular VICTOGRAIN has also been specially adapted to maximize results. The very small crystals inside the triangles ensure optimal wear characteristics as sharp cutting edges are always exposed, but only the minimum amount of abrasive grain/the triangle breaks off. By combining all these properties together, users benefit from optimal, constant performance during cool grinding and an extremely long tool life together with consistent workpiece surface roughness. Grit sizes The various grit sizes for coated abrasives are specified in ISO 6344 and have been adopted for FEPA standards: Coarse Medium Fine Superfine P 12 – 16 – 20 – 24 – 36 – 40 – 50 – 60 – 80 P 100 – 120 – 150 – 180 – 220 – 240 – 280 P 320 – 360 – 400 – 500 – 600 P 800 – 1000 – 1200 – 1500 ➎ Active grinding layer The use of an active grinding layer considerably increases the stock removal rate and reduces the workpiece temperature. This is especially advantageous for materials with poor heat-conducting properties, such as stainless steel (INOX). PFERD tools with an active grinding layer feature the additional "COOL" label in their item description. Page Catalogue 10 4

COMBICLICK General information The patented quick-mounting and cooling system from PFERD is suitable for use with fibre, non-woven and felt discs. The COMBICLICK system consists of a specially developed backing pad and a rugged mounting system at the back of the tool. With the backing pad, COMBICLICK tools can be used on commercially available angle grinders. The special geometry of the cooling slots ensures high air throughput, which in turn considerably reduces the thermal load on the abrasive material and the workpiece. Compared to conventional tools, the quick-mounting system, the robust holder, the safe fixing of the tool and the integrated cooling system together achieve a workpiece temperature that is 30 % lower, a stock removal rate that is 25 % higher, a tool life that is 30 % longer and better exploitation of the abrasive material. Lower process costs and workpiece temperature Fibre discs Higher stock removal rate Longer tool life Up to 25 % COMBICLICK fibre discs Up to 30 % - 25 % - 30 % Process costs Workpiece temperature Fibre discs COMBICLICK fibre discs Fibre discs COMBICLICK fibre discs 4 Advantages: System Clamping Cooling effect Very easy and convenient handling. Extremely fast and simple tool changing reduces process costs. Very good cooling of the tool and workpiece. Flexible grinding A very low angle to the workpiece is possible with COMBICLICK! Fibre discs COMBICLICK fibre discs Min. 15° Particularly soft and flexible grinding properties for face-down grinding with fibre discs of diameter 125 mm. Using COMBICLICK helps to avoid scratches caused by protruding clamping pieces, and exploits the abrasive material that is available. PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends COMBICLICK as an innovative tool solution to sustainably reduce vibration, noise and dust levels produced by tools, and to improve working comfort. Min. 3° PFERDEFFICIENCY recommends COMBICLICK for long, fatigue-free and resource-saving work, with perfect results in the shortest possible time. The patented quick-mounting system reduces tool change and setup times. GERMAN FEDERAL AWARD FOR OUTSTANDING INNOVATION IN THE CRAFTS SECTOR INTERNATIONALE HANDWERKSMESSE (INTERNATIONAL CRAFTS FAIR) Catalogue Page 4 11

COMBICLICK General information – Fibre discs The wide range of COMBICLICK fibre discs offers the best tool for any grinding application, from coarse to fine. Advantages: Recommendations for use: Ordering notes: ■ Innovative quick-mounting system guarantees convenient handling and cool grinding. ■ High profitability thanks to long tool life and very high stock removal rate. ■ Consistent surface finish thanks to highquality abrasives. ■ Use COMBICLICK fibre discs with COMBICLICK backing pads on commercially available angle grinders. ■ Use grinding oil which is suitable for the material in order to considerably increase the tool life and abrasive performance of the tools. More detailed information and ordering data for grinding oils can be found on page 155. ■ For particularly flexible performance when face-down grinding, use fibre discs with a diameter of 125 mm. ■ Please order COMBICLICK backing pads separately. More detailed information and ordering data for backing pads can be found on page 19. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220722275 CC-FS 125 A-COOL 60 ■ Ordering example explanation: CC-FS = COMBICLICK fibre disc 125 = Outer diameter D [mm] A = Abrasive COOL = Bond type 60 = Grit size Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Levelling Deburring Surface work Work on edges Work on weld seams Step-by-step fine grinding Matching tool drives: ■ Angle grinders ■ Cordless angle grinders Safety notes: ■ The maximum permitted peripheral speed is 80 m/s. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. Accessories: ■ COMBICLICK backing pads The fast way to the best tool Abrasive  Material group  Steel, cast steel Non-hardened, non-heat-treated steels Hardened, heat-treated steels Stainless Rust- and acid-resistant steel steels (INOX) Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, cast steel Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels, cast steel Hard non-ferrous metals High-temperatureresistant materials 12 4           Bronze, titanium    Nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys       = Suitable Catalogue    = Highly suitable Page   Plastics, other materials Grey cast iron, white cast iron   Hard aluminium alloys Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), with nodular graphite/nodular cast iron EN-GJS (GGG), white annealed cast iron EN-GJMW (GTW), black cast iron EN-GJMB (GTS) Fibre-reinforced plastics, thermoplastics, wood, chipboard, paintwork Cast iron  Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels Soft non-ferrous metals, Soft aluminium alloys non-ferrous metals Brass, copper, zinc Nonferrous metals Alu­ Zirconia Ceramic VICTO­ Silicon Alu­ Ceramic minium Alumina oxide GRAIN carbide minium oxide oxide Z grain COOL SiC oxide grain A CO A­COOL CO­COOL           

COMBICLICK Fibre discs CC-FS Aluminium oxide A type For universal grinding work from coarse to fine grinding in industry and professional trades. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] 100 115 125 24 36 763179 721988 836095 763186 721995 D                         Grit size 50 60 EAN 4007220 836101 763193 722008 836118 763209 722039 Max. RPM 80 120 836125 763216 722060 836132 763223 722077 15,300 13,300 12,200 Description 25 25 25 CC-FS 100 A ... CC-FS 115 A ... CC-FS 125 A ... Zirconia alumina Z type 4 For coarse grinding work with a high stock removal rate and a long tool life. Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■Use powerful angle grinders in the case of a higher contact pressure. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] 115 125 24 36 722640 722572 722657 D                         Grit size 50 60 EAN 4007220 722596 722664 763230 722671 Max. RPM 80 120 722619 722688 722633 722695 13,300 12,200 Description 25 25 CC-FS 115 Z ... CC-FS 125 Z ... Ceramic oxide grain CO type For aggressive grinding with a very high stock removal rate and very long tool life. The ceramic oxide grain is specifically designed for work on hard materials and layers. Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO D PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■Use powerful angle grinders.             Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size.             D [mm] 115 125 24 36 763247 722084 763254 722169 Grit size 50 60 EAN 4007220 763261 722183 763278 722206 80 120 763285 722237 763292 722268 Max. RPM 13,300 12,200 Description 25 25 CC-FS 115 CO ... CC-FS 125 CO ... Catalogue Page 4 13

COMBICLICK Fibre discs CC-FS Silicon carbide SiC type For universal grinding work on components made from aluminium, copper, bronze, titanium and fibre-reinforced plastics. D Particularly recommended for use on titanium alloys. Ideally suited to use in the aeronautical industry, especially where SiC is the only approved abrasive, e.g. for use on engine components. Abrasive: Silicon carbide SiC PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] Grit size 36 60                         Max. RPM 80 120 898901 898949 898918 898956 Description EAN 4007220 115 125 898888 898925 898895 898932 13,300 12,200 25 25 CC-FS 115 SiC ... CC-FS 125 SiC ... Aluminium oxide A-COOL type For universal grinding work from fine to very fine grinding on materials which do not conduct heat well, e.g. stainless steel (INOX) and aluminium. D Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A-COOL PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] 115 125 50 60 80 Grit size 120 EAN 4007220 150 180 220 722251 722176 722275 722190 722299 722213 722312 722220 722329 722343 722244 722367                         Max. RPM Description 13,300 12,200 25 25 CC-FS 115 A-COOL ... CC-FS 125 A-COOL ... Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL type For aggressive grinding with maximum stock removal rate on hard materials which do not conduct heat well. Consistently high performance due to self-sharpening ceramic oxide grain. D Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] 100 115 125 180 Page Catalogue 14 4 24 36 763308 722442 722534 836149 763315 722473 722558 Grit size 50 60 EAN 4007220 836163 763322 722480 722565 836187 763339 722497 722589 80 120 836194 763346 722503 722602 892442 763353 722510 -                         Max. RPM 15,300 13,300 12,200 8,500 Description 25 25 25 25 CC-FS 100 CO-COOL ... CC-FS 115 CO-COOL ... CC-FS 125 CO-COOL ... CC-FS 180 CO-COOL ...

COMBICLICK Fibre discs CC-FS VICTOGRAIN-COOL type For extremely aggressive grinding with an extremely long tool life and an outstanding stock removal rate on steels and materials which are hard or have poor heat-conducting properties. D Outstanding, constant high performance thanks to the VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain. Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: VICTOGRAIN-COOL PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■Use powerful angle grinders.                         D [mm] EAN 4007220 Max. RPM 100 115 125 180 109267 109250 109274 109281 15,300 13,300 12,200 8,500 Description 25 25 25 25 CC-FS 100 VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 CC-FS 115 VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 CC-FS 125 VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 CC-FS 180 VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 High-performance tools with VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain VICTOGRAIN products are some of the most effective grinding tools in the world. PFERD's triangular, precision-formed abrasive grain achieves uniquely high abrasive performance. The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain triangles are identical in shape and size and their cutting edges are applied to the workpiece at the optimum angle, meaning the grain needs very little energy to penetrate the workpiece. As such, the user benefits from an efficient machining process with ■ fast working, ■ a long tool life, ■ less heat build-up in the workpiece, and ■ a lower power output required for the tool drive. Conventional abrasive grain The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain triangles are fixed to the substrate on one of their sides. This means they are securely fixed in place and, together with their slim design, offer an extremely large chip space in order to further improve machining efficiency. The structure of the triangular VICTOGRAIN has also been specially adapted to maximize results. The very small crystals inside the triangles ensure optimal wear characteristics as sharp cutting edges are always exposed, but only the minimum amount of abrasive grain/the triangle breaks off. VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain By combining all these properties together, users benefit from optimal, constant performance during cool grinding and an extremely long tool life together with consistent workpiece surface roughness. The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain is optimally aligned Catalogue Page 4 15 4

COMBICLICK General information – Non-woven discs COMBICLICK non-woven discs are used for face-down grinding. They are available in the following types: VRW (soft), VRH (hard) and PNER. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Innovative quick-mounting system guarantees convenient handling and cool grinding. ■ Use COMBICLICK non-woven discs with COMBICLICK backing pads on speedadjustable angle grinders. Materials that can be worked: Matching tool drives: ■ Can be used on nearly all materials. ■ Angle grinders ■ Cordless angle grinders Applications: Roughening Deburring Surface work Cleaning Work on weld seams Structuring surfaces Step-by-step fine grinding ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220935873 CC-VRH 115 A 180 M ■ Ordering example explanation: CC-VRH = COMBICLICK non-woven discs, hard type 115 = Outer diameter D [mm] A = Abrasive 180 M = Grit size Safety notes: Ordering notes: ■ Please order COMBICLICK backing pads separately. More detailed information and ordering data for backing pads can be found on page 19. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. Accessories: ■ COMBICLICK backing pads Non-woven discs Soft type CC-VRW Suitable for very fine grinding on moderate and coarse surfaces and contours, and for cleaning metal and painted surfaces. Achieve matt and satin-finished surfaces. Highly open structure. D Advantages: ■■Can be used for wet and dry working. ■■The open structure and high flexibility of the non-woven material prevents tool clogging. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Available POLINOX grit sizes: 100 = medium 180 = fine 280 = very fine Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. PFERDVALUE:                         Recommendations for use: ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 15–20 m/s. This provides an ideal compromise between stock removal rate, surface quality, thermal load on the workpiece and tool wear. D [mm] 100 115 125 Page Catalogue 16 4 100 Grit size 180 EAN 4007220 280 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 948170 935941 935972 948163 935934 935965 948156 935927 935958 3,800 3,300 3,100 12,000 10,500 9,650 Description 10 10 10 CC-VRW 100 A ... CC-VRW 115 A ... CC-VRW 125 A ...

COMBICLICK Non-woven discs Hard type CC-VRH Suitable for universal work on moderate and coarse metal surfaces, e.g. removal of rough grinding traces, removal of oxidation and light deburring work. Achieve matt and satin-finished surfaces. Advantages: ■■Little wear due to high tear strength. ■■The open structure of the non-woven material prevents tool clogging. ■■The addition of oil or water during grinding results in a finer finish, cooler grinding and longer tool life. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Available POLIVLIES grit sizes: 100 G = coarse (yellow-brown) 180 M = medium (red-brown) 240 F = fine (blue) PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 15–20 m/s. This provides an ideal compromise between stock removal rate, surface quality, thermal load on the workpiece and tool wear. D [mm] 100 115 125 D                         100 G Grit size 180 M EAN 4007220 240 F Opt. RPM Max. RPM 948149 935880 935910 948132 935873 935903 948125 935743 935897 3,800 3,300 3,100 12,000 10,500 9,650 4 Description 10 10 10 CC-VRH 100 A ... CC-VRH 115 A ... CC-VRH 125 A ... CC-PNER type For achieving a very fine, uniform surface finish which, depending on requirements, is a sufficient preparation for high-gloss polishing. Especially suitable for work on larger surfaces on components made of stainless steel (INOX). D The different thicknesses/hardnesses of the non-woven material are colour-coded: W (soft) = grey, MW (medium-soft) = light blue, MH (medium-hard) = dark blue, H (hard) = red Advantages: ■■High edge strength thanks to extreme durability. ■■Can be profiled as desired, enabling optimal adjustment to the contour. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Silicon carbide SiC Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired type. ■■Further information on PNER type non-woven products can be found on pages 99–100. PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 15–35 m/s. This provides an ideal compromise between stock removal rate, surface quality, thermal load on the workpiece and tool wear. D Abrasives [mm] 100 115 125 SiC A SiC A SiC A W (soft) 948187 935989 935996 -                         Type MW MH (medium- (mediumsoft) hard) EAN 4007220 948194 936009 936030 - 948200 936016 936047 - Grit size Opt. RPM Max. RPM fine fine fine fine fine fine 5,700 5,700 5,000 5,000 4,500 4,500 9,550 9,550 8,350 8,350 7,650 7,650 H (hard) 948217 936023 936054 Description 5 5 5 5 5 5 CC-PNER ... 100 SiC F CC-PNER ... 100 A F CC-PNER ... 115 SiC F CC-PNER ... 115 A F CC-PNER ... 125 SiC F CC-PNER ... 125 A F Catalogue Page 4 17

COMBICLICK General information – Felt discs COMBICLICK felt discs are used for face-down grinding on medium-sized and large surfaces. They are supplied in various diameters. Advantages: Recommendations for use: Safety notes: ■ Innovative quick-mounting system guarantees convenient handling with fast tool changes. ■ Use COMBICLICK felt discs with COMBICLICK backing pads on speedadjustable angle grinders. ■ For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 5–10 m/s. This provides an ideal compromise between polishing performance, thermal load on the workpiece and tool wear. ■ When changing the polishing paste, use a brand-new felt disc. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. Matching tool drives: Accessories: ■ Angle grinders ■ Cordless angle grinders ■ COMBICLICK backing pads ■ Grinding and polishing pastes Materials that can be worked: ■ Can be used on nearly all materials. Applications: ■ Polishing Ordering notes: ■ Please order COMBICLICK backing pads separately. More detailed information and ordering data for backing pads can be found on page 19. ■ Please order grinding and polishing pastes separately. Detailed information and ordering data for grinding and polishing pastes can be found on pages 153–155. Felt discs CC-FR CC-FR type Suitable for polishing with polishing paste bars, grinding pastes or diamond polishing pastes in face-down grinding on medium-sized and large surfaces. D Advantages: ■■High economic efficiency due to very long tool life. ■■Focused working over the entire lifespan thanks to high dimensional stability. Page Catalogue 18 4 D [mm] EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 100 115 125 948224 936061 936078 1,900 1,650 1,500 12,000 10,500 9,650 PFERDVALUE:                         Description 5 5 5 CC-FR 100 CC-FR 115 CC-FR 125

COMBICLICK Backing pads CC-GT type With this backing pad, COMBICLICK tools can be used on commercially available angle grinders. The different hardnesses are colour-coded: CC-GT (medium) = black CC-H-GT (hard) = blue Advantages: ■■The geometry of the cooling slots significantly reduces the thermal load. ■■High economic efficiency due to minimized tool change times. Safety notes: ■■The maximum peripheral speed is 80 m/s. ■■For backing pads with a diameter of 180 mm, do not apply too high a contact pressure in order to prevent the backing pad from overstretching. Recommendations for use: ■■Type CC-H-GT is mainly used to work on stainless steel (INOX). It features very high edge strength, which enables a higher contact pressure. PFERDVALUE:                         Suitable for CC diameter [mm] Thread Hardness Suitable for machine types EAN 4007220 Max. RPM 100 115, 125 M10 M14 5/8 M14 5/8 M14 5/8 medium medium medium hard hard medium medium Angle grinders 100, spindle M10 Angle grinders 115 / 125, spindle M14 Angle grinders 115 / 125, spindle 5/8” Angle grinders 115 / 125, spindle M14 Angle grinders 115 / 125, spindle 5/8” Angle grinders 180, spindle M14 Angle grinders 180, spindle 5/8” 836200 725764 725771 835869 841419 725788 725795 15,300 13,300 13,300 13,300 13,300 8,500 8,500 180 Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CC-GT 100 M10 CC-GT 115-125 M14 CC-GT 115-125 5/8 CC-H-GT 115-125 M14 CC-H-GT 115-125 5/8 CC-GT 180 M14 CC-GT 180 5/8 Set CC-SET Set for surface work, from coarse to mirror-polished. The sets with a diameter of 125 mm are especially flexible around the edge. Contents: ■■3 pcs. each of COMBICLICK fibre discs: -- CC-FS CO-COOL 36 -- CC-FS CO-COOL 120 -- CC-FS A-COOL 220 ■■1 pc. each of COMBICLICK non-woven disc: -- CC-VRH A 240 F -- CC-VRH A 180 M -- CC-VRH A 100 G -- CC-VRW A 280 -- CC-VRW A 180 -- CC-VRW A 100 -- CC-PNER W SiC F ■■1 pc. each of: -- Universal polishing paste -- COMBICLICK felt disc CC-FR -- COMBICLICK backing pad CC-GT M14 or 5/8-11 Advantages: ■■Getting to know and testing the comprehensive system. ■■Coordinated selection of the most common versions. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL Silicon carbide SiC PFERDVALUE:                         D [mm] Thread EAN 4007220 115 M14 5/8-11 M14 5/8-11 955345 955406 955369 955413 125 Description 1 1 1 1 CC-SET 115 M14 CC-SET 115 5/8-11 CC-SET 125 M14 CC-SET 125 5/8-11 Catalogue Page 4 19 4

Fibre discs General information The wide range of fibre discs offers the best tool for any grinding application, from coarse to fine. PFERD fibre discs are manufactured in compliance with ISO 16057 in shape A1, type F, under the designation "vulcanized fibre disc". Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ High profitability thanks to long tool life and very high stock removal rate. ■ Consistent surface finish thanks to highquality abrasives. ■ Optimum adaptation to contours thanks to high flexibility. ■ Use fibre discs conforming to ISO 15636 with backing pads on commercially available angle grinders. ■ Use grinding oil which is suitable for the material in order to considerably increase the tool life and abrasive performance of the tools. More detailed information and ordering data for grinding oils can be found on page 155. Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Levelling Deburring Surface work Work on edges Work on weld seams Step-by-step fine grinding ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220696354 FS 115-22 A-COOL 60 ■ Ordering example explanation: FS = Fibre disc 115 = Outer diameter D [mm] 22 = Centre hole diameter H [mm] A = Abrasive COOL = Bond type 60 = Grit size Safety notes: Matching tool drives: ■ The maximum permitted peripheral speed is 80 m/s. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. ■ Angle grinders ■ Cordless angle grinders Ordering notes: ■ Please order backing pads separately. More detailed information and ordering data for backing pads can be found on page 24. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. Accessories: ■ Backing pads The fast way to the best tool Abrasive  Material group  Steel, cast steel Stainless steel (INOX) Nonferrous metals Non-hardened, non-heat-treated steels Hardened, heat-treated steels Rust- and acidresistant steels Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, cast steel Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels, cast steel Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels Soft non-ferrous metals, non-ferrous metals Soft aluminium alloys  Brass, copper, zinc    Hard aluminium alloys    Bronze, titanium   Nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys     Hard non-ferrous metals High-temperatureresistant materials Grey cast iron, white cast iron Cast iron Alu­ Zirconia Ceramic minium Alu­ oxide oxide mina grain A Z CO Plastics, other materials  = Highly suitable Page Catalogue 20 4 Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), with nodular graphite/nodular cast iron EN-GJS (GGG), white annealed cast iron EN-GJMW (GTW), black cast iron EN-GJMB (GTS) Fibre-reinforced plastics, thermoplastics, wood, chipboard, paintwork  = Suitable VICTO­ GRAIN COOL             Alu­ Zirconia Ceramic minium Alu­ oxide oxide mina grain A­COOL Z­COOL CO­COOL            

Fibre discs Fibre discs FS Aluminium oxide A type For universal grinding work from coarse to fine grinding in industry and professional trades. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] H [mm] 100 115 125 150 180 16 22 22 22 22 Grit size 50 60 EAN 4007220 16 24 36 344477 164914 164921 164945 228012 164952 164969 164983 227442 165003 165010 165027 165034 301630 500910 696286 696323 228319 165058 165065 165072 165089 80 100 120 228326 165102 165119 165126 165133 228043 165157 165164 165188 306444 500934 500941 165201 D H Max. RPM 15,300 13,300 12,200 10,200 8,500 Description 25 25 25 25 25 FS 100-16 A ... FS 115-22 A ... FS 125-22 A ... FS 150-22 A ... FS 180-22 A ... 4 Zirconia alumina Z type For coarse grinding work with a high stock removal rate and a long tool life. Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z Recommendations for use: ■■Use powerful angle grinders in the case of a higher contact pressure. D [mm] H [mm] 100 115 125 180 16 22 22 22 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 24 36 50 832943 216569 216613 216668 832950 216576 216620 216675 832967 216583 216637 216682 750636 216590 216644 216699 832974 216606 216651 216705 100 120 750643 696606 696620 696644 832981 696613 696637 696651 D H Max. RPM 15,300 13,300 12,200 8,500 Description 25 25 25 25 FS 100-16 Z ... FS 115-22 Z ... FS 125-22 Z ... FS 180-22 Z ... Ceramic oxide grain CO type For aggressive grinding with a very high stock removal rate and very long tool life. Consistently high performance due to self-sharpening ceramic oxide grain. D H The ceramic oxide grain is specifically designed for work on hard materials and layers. Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Recommendations for use: ■■Use powerful angle grinders. D [mm] H [mm] 115 125 180 22 22 22 24 36 617434 617472 617519 617441 617489 617526 Grit size 50 60 EAN 4007220 696781 696811 696842 617458 617496 617533 80 120 617465 617502 617540 696804 696835 696866 Max. RPM 13,300 12,200 8,500 Description 25 25 25 FS 115-22 CO ... FS 125-22 CO ... FS 180-22 CO ... Catalogue Page 4 21

Fibre discs Fibre discs FS Aluminium oxide A-COOL type For universal grinding work from fine to very fine grinding on materials which do not conduct heat well, e.g. stainless steel (INOX). D H Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A-COOL D [mm] H [mm] 115 125 180 50 60 Grit size 100 120 EAN 4007220 80 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. 150 180 Max. RPM 220 22 696347 696354 696361 696378 696385 696392 696408 696415 22 696422 696439 696446 696453 696460 696477 696484 696491 22 696507 696514 696521 696538 696552 696583 696569 696590 Description 13,300 12,200 8,500 25 25 25 FS 115-22 A-COOL ... FS 125-22 A-COOL ... FS 180-22 A-COOL ... Zirconia alumina Z-COOL type For coarse grinding work with a high stock removal rate and cool grinding. Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. D H Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z-COOL Recommendations for use: ■■Use powerful angle grinders in the case of a higher contact pressure. D [mm] H [mm] 115 125 22 22 Grit size 50 60 EAN 4007220 36 696668 696705 696675 696712 696682 696729 Max. RPM 80 696699 696736 13,300 12,200 Description 25 25 FS 115-22 Z-COOL ... FS 125-22 Z-COOL ... Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL type For aggressive grinding with maximum stock removal rate on hard materials which do not conduct heat well. Consistently high performance due to self-sharpening ceramic oxide grain. D H Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL D [mm] H [mm] 100 115 125 180 16 22 22 22 Page Catalogue 22 4 Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 24 36 50 899625 696880 696958 697023 832998 696897 696965 697030 833001 696903 696972 697047 833018 696910 696989 697054 833025 696927 696996 697061 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. 100 120 696934 697009 697078 908129 696941 697016 697085 Max. RPM 15,300 13,300 12,200 8,500 Description 25 25 25 25 FS 100-16 CO-COOL ... FS 115-22 CO-COOL ... FS 125-22 CO-COOL ... FS 180-22 CO-COOL ...

Fibre discs Fibre discs FS VICTOGRAIN-COOL type For extremely aggressive grinding with an extremely long tool life and an outstanding stock removal rate on steels and materials which are hard or have poor heat-conducting properties. D Outstanding, constant high performance thanks to the VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain. H Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: VICTOGRAIN-COOL D [mm] H [mm] EAN 4007220 Max. RPM 100 115 125 180 16 22 22 22 108796 108789 108802 108819 15,300 13,300 12,200 8,500 Description 25 25 25 25 FS 100-16 VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 FS 115-22 VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 FS 125-22 VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 FS 180-22 VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 High-performance tools with VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain 4 VICTOGRAIN products are some of the most effective grinding tools in the world. PFERD's triangular, precision-formed abrasive grain achieves uniquely high abrasive performance. The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain triangles are identical in shape and size and their cutting edges are applied to the workpiece at the optimum angle, meaning the grain needs very little energy to penetrate the workpiece. As such, the user benefits from an efficient machining process with ■ fast working, ■ a long tool life, ■ less heat build-up in the workpiece, and ■ a lower power output required for the tool drive. Conventional abrasive grain The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain triangles are fixed to the substrate on one of their sides. This means they are securely fixed in place and, together with their slim design, offer an extremely large chip space in order to further improve machining efficiency. The structure of the triangular VICTOGRAIN has also been specially adapted to maximize results. The very small crystals inside the triangles ensure optimal wear characteristics as sharp cutting edges are always exposed, but only the minimum amount of abrasive grain/the triangle breaks off. VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain By combining all these properties together, users benefit from optimal, constant performance during cool grinding and an extremely long tool life together with consistent workpiece surface roughness. The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain is optimally aligned Catalogue Page 4 23

Fibre discs Backing pads GT, H-GT and HT-GT types Three different backing pad types are supplied for using fibre discs on commercially available angle grinders. GT H-GT HT-GT GT: Backing pad for optimum adaptation to contours thanks to high flexibility. According to ISO 15636. H-GT: High-performance backing pad with a long tool life thanks to abrasion-resistant, glass-fibre-reinforced plastic. Impresses with particularly cool grinding due to radially arranged cooling fins, and high fibre disc stock removal rate due to sturdy, rigid design. HT-GT: Flexible and extremely temperature-resistant backing pad with a long tool life due to the highly temperature-resistant material. Enables high-precision work thanks to high flexibility. According to ISO 15636. Ordering notes: ■■The matching clamping nut is included. Suitable for tool dia. [mm] Thread Accessories: ■■Clamping nuts for backing pads GT Suitable for machine types EAN 4007220 Max. RPM Description M10 Angle grinders 100, spindle M10 M10 Angle grinders 115, spindle M10 M14 Angle grinders 115, spindle M14 125 M14 Angle grinders 125, spindle M14 150 M14 Angle grinders 150, spindle M14 180 M14 Angle grinders 180, spindle M14 H-GT, high-performance backing pad 115 M14 Angle grinders 115, spindle M14 125 M14 Angle grinders 125, spindle M14 180 M14 Angle grinders 180, spindle M14 HT-GT, temperature-resistant backing pad 115 M14 Angle grinders 115, spindle M14 125 M14 Angle grinders 125, spindle M14 180 M14 Angle grinders 180, spindle M14 100998 668047 668054 668061 668078 668085 15,300 13,300 13,300 12,200 10,200 8,500 1 1 1 1 1 1 GT 100 MF M10 GT 115 MF M10 GT 115 MF M14 GT 125 MF M14 GT 150 MF M14 GT 180 MF M14 668115 668122 668139 13,300 12,200 8,500 1 1 1 H-GT 115 MF M14 H-GT 125 MF M14 H-GT 180 MF M14 032398 032404 032381 13,300 12,200 8,500 1 1 1 HT-GT 115 MF M14 HT-GT 125 MF M14 HT-GT 180 MF M14 GT 100 115 FL-GT, clamping nuts for backing pads GT Accessories for GT-type backing pads. Advantages: ■■Matching centre hole distances for standard commercial face pin spanners. Page Catalogue 24 4 Thread Suitable for machine types EAN 4007220 M10 M14 Angle grinders 100–115, spindle M10 Angle grinders 80–115, spindle M14 Angle grinders 125, spindle M14 Angle grinders 150–230, spindle M14 668146 668153 668160 668177 Description 1 1 1 1 FL-GT 100-115 M10 FL-GT 80-115 M14 FL-GT 125 M14 FL-GT 150-230 M14

Self-adhesive discs General information Self-adhesive discs are suited to grinding larger surfaces. The flexible system comprising a self-adhesive disc and the associated holder enables use on contours. With the self-adhesive disc holder, self-adhesive discs can be used on commercially available, speed-adjustable or slow-running angle grinders with an M14 spindle. Advantages: Matching tool drives: Safety notes: ■ Quick tool changes thanks to self-adhesive system. ■ Optimum adaptation to contours thanks to high flexibility. ■ Angle grinders ■ Cordless angle grinders Materials that can be worked: ■ Please order self-adhesive disc holders separately. More detailed information and ordering data for self-adhesive disc holders can be found on page 26. ■ The maximum permitted peripheral speed is 32 m/s. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. ■ Position the self-adhesive discs centrally on the holder. ■ Can be used on nearly all materials. Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Ordering notes: Levelling Deburring Surface work Work on edges Work on weld seams Step-by-step fine grinding 4 Accessories: ■ Self-adhesive disc holders Recommendations for use: ■ The best grinding results are achieved with speed-adjustable angle grinders. ■ Use grinding oil which is suitable for the material in order to considerably increase the tool life and abrasive performance of the tools. More detailed information and ordering data for grinding oils can be found on page 155. Self-adhesive discs KR Aluminium oxide A type For universal grinding work from coarse to fine grinding in industry and professional trades. Advantages: ■■Suitable for universal use on virtually all materials. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D1 Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A D1 [mm] 115 125 40 60 294291 294352 294307 294369 Grit size 80 120 EAN 4007220 294314 294376 294321 294383 150 180 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 294338 294390 294345 294406 5,000 4,600 5,300 4,850 Description 50 50 KR 115 A ... KR 125 A ... Catalogue Page 4 25

Self-adhesive discs Self-adhesive discs KR Aluminium oxide A compact grain type The wide range of different grains makes this range outstandingly suited to fine and very fine grinding, and for step-by-step preparations for polishing. D1 Advantages: ■■Very long tool life and consistent surface roughness over the entire lifespan thanks to self-sharpening compact grain. D1 [mm] 120 180 240 320 Grit size 400 600 EAN 4007220 800 1000 1200 115 026113 026168 026175 026199 026205 026212 026229 026236 026243 125 026250 026267 026274 026281 026298 026304 026311 026328 026335 Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A compact grain Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Opt. RPM Max. RPM 5,000 4,600 5,300 4,850 Description 50 50 KR 115 A ... CK KR 125 A ... CK Self-adhesive disc holders KRH KRH type Flexible arbor for using self-adhesive discs on commercially available angle grinders. D Page Catalogue 26 4 D [mm] Thread EAN 4007220 Max. RPM 115 125 M14 M14 294413 294420 5,300 4,850 Description 1 1 KRH 115 M14 KRH 125 M14

Self-adhesive abrasive discs General information The comprehensive range of self-adhesive abrasive discs and abrasive disc holders is specifically intended for tool- and mould-making. Advantages: Recommendations for use: Safety notes: ■ Optimum adaptation to contours thanks to high flexibility. ■ Quick and easy tool changes. ■ Secure hold of the disc on the holder thanks to high-quality adhesive connections. ■ Use abrasive discs with abrasive disc holders. ■ Use grinding oil which is suitable for the material in order to considerably increase the tool life and abrasive performance of the tools. More detailed information and ordering data for grinding oils can be found on page 155. ■ The maximum permitted peripheral speed is 20 m/s. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. Materials that can be worked: ■ Can be used on nearly all materials. Matching tool drives: Applications: ■ Flexible shaft drives ■ Straight grinders ■ ■ ■ ■ Levelling Surface work Finishing Step-by-step fine grinding Accessories: ■ Abrasive disc holder Self-adhesive abrasive discs PSA and abrasive disc holders PSA-H PSA type For heavily contoured, delicate components. Different surface quality levels from coarse to very fine can be successively achieved. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A D1 [mm] 12 20 30 50 D1 Ordering notes: ■■Please order abrasive disc holders separately. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Grit size 180 240 EAN 4007220 60 80 120 026182 027059 027141 027226 026731 027066 027158 027233 026991 027080 027165 027240 027004 027097 027172 027257 027011 027103 027189 027264 320 400 600 027028 027110 027196 027271 027035 027127 027202 027288 027042 027134 027219 027295 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 16,000 10,000 6,500 4,000 31,800 19,100 12,700 7,650 PSA-H type Recommendations for use: ■■When working on narrow radii, choose the abrasive disc holder to be one size smaller than the abrasive disc so that the outer Shank dia. 2.35 mm 10 18 25 Shank dia. 3 mm 10 18 25 45 Shank dia. 6 mm 45 100 100 100 100 PSA 12 A ... PSA 20 A ... PSA 30 A ... PSA 50 A ... S Flexible abrasive disc holder for using self-adhesive abrasive discs. D [mm] Description L edges of the abrasive disc can adapt to the contour of the radius. D S [mm] L [mm] Suitable for EAN 4007220 Max. RPM Description 2.35 2.35 2.35 35 35 35 PSA 12 PSA 20 PSA 30 026885 026939 026953 31,800 19,100 12,700 5 5 5 PSA-H 12-2,35 PSA-H 20-2,35 PSA-H 30-2,35 3 3 3 3 35 35 35 35 PSA 12 PSA 20 PSA 30 PSA 50 026922 026946 026960 026984 31,800 19,100 12,700 7,650 5 5 5 5 PSA-H 12-3 PSA-H 20-3 PSA-H 30-3 PSA-H 50-3 6 35 PSA 50 026977 7,650 5 PSA-H 50-6 Catalogue Page 4 27 4

COMBIDISC General information The COMBIDISC product range contains a wide selection of grinding tools for surface finishing. From coarse machining and surface texturing to face-down mirror polishing – the range provides the best tool, even for complicated applications. Advantages: Recommendations for use: Ordering notes: ■ High profitability thanks to quick tool changes. ■ Great convenience thanks to simple handling and low-vibration working. ■ No operational disruptions caused by sticking, slipping or disengaging. ■ Use COMBIDISC grinding tools with arbors or abrasive disc holders on flexible shaft drives with angle handpieces, compressedair or electric angle grinders. ■ Use grinding oil which is suitable for the material in order to considerably increase the tool life and abrasive performance of the tools. More detailed information and ordering data for grinding oils can be found on page 155. ■ Please order arbors or COMBIDISC abrasive disc holders separately. More detailed information and ordering data can be found on page 43. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220266175 CD 38 A 180 ■ Ordering example explanation: CD = COMBIDISC abrasive discs 38 = Outer diameter D1 [mm] A = Abrasive 180 = Grit size Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Roughening Levelling Deburring Surface work Work on edges Polishing Cleaning Sharpening Work on weld seams Structuring surfaces Step-by-step fine grinding Matching tool drives: ■ ■ ■ ■ Flexible shaft drives Straight grinders Angle grinders Cordless angle grinders Safety notes: ■ The maximum permitted peripheral speed is 50 m/s. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. Accessories: ■ Arbors for COMBIDISC Mini-POLIFAN ■ COMBIDISC abrasive disc holders The fast way to the best tool Abrasive  Material group  Non-hardened, non-heat-treated Steel, steels cast steel Hardened, heat-treated steels Stainless Rust- and acidsteel resistant steels (INOX) Soft non-ferrous metals, non-ferrous metals Nonferrous Hard metals non-ferrous metals High-temperatureresistant materials Grey cast iron, Cast iron white cast iron Plastics, other materials  = Highly suitable Page Catalogue 28 4 Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, cast steel Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels, cast steel Aluminium oxide A, A-PLUS, A-FLEX, A-CONTOUR, A-FORTE   Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels Soft aluminium alloys Aluminium oxide A Compact grain Zirconia alumina Z       Brass, copper, zinc   Hard aluminium alloys   Bronze, titanium  Nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys  Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), with nodular graphite/nodular cast iron EN-GJS (GGG), white annealed cast iron EN-GJMW (GTW), black cast iron ENGJMB (GTS) Fibre-reinforced plastics, thermoplastics, wood, chipboard, paintwork  = Suitable   

COMBIDISC General information PFERD offers two alternative clamping systems: PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends COMBIDISC tools as a solution to sustainably reduce vibration, noise and dust levels produced by tools and to improve working comfort. CDR system CD system PFERDEFFICIENCY recommends COMBIDISC tools to reduce tool change and setup times. Tool side: Threaded connection with female thread (metal/plastic) Also suitable for the following systems used on the market: PSG, Power Lock Type II "turn on", SocAtt, Turn-On Recommended rotational speed range Example: CD 50 A-COOL 60 Application: Grinding stainless steel (INOX) Cutting speed: 20–25 m/s Rotational speed: 7,600–9,500 RPM Silicon carbide SiC Aluminium oxide A-COOL Tool side: Threaded connection with male thread (plastic) Also suitable for the following systems used on the market: Roloc™, Lockit, Speed Lok TR, Power Lock Type III, Fastlock-System B, Roll-On Cutting speed [m/s] 20 25 30 Rotational speeds [RPM] D1 [mm] 5 10 15 20 25 38 50 75 4,700 3,800 2,500 1,900 1,200 9,500 7,600 5,000 3,800 2,500 14,300 11,400 7,500 5,700 3,800 Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL VICTOGRAIN-COOL  19,000 15,200 10,000 7,600 5,000 Diamond abrasive discs  28,600 22,900 15,000 11,400 7,600 35 40 50 33,400 26,700 17,500 13,300 8,900 38,100 30,500 20,100 15,200 10,100 47,700 38,100 25,100 19,000 12,700 POLICLEAN discs Non-woven discs PNER, VRH, VRW                       23,800 19,000 12,500 9,500 6,300 4                Catalogue Page 4 29

COMBIDISC Mini-POLIFAN CD, CDR Aluminium oxide A type For universal coarse grinding work with high stock removal rates. D1 Ideal for dressing weld seams in hard-to-reach places. Longer tool life and higher stock removal rate when compared to abrasive discs. CD Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A CDR PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D1 [mm] Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 40 CD system 50 75 120                Opt. RPM Suitable arbors Description 617359 617397 617366 617403 617373 617410 617380 617625 12,000–14,000 8,000–10,000 BO PFF 50, SBH 20–50 BO PFF 75, SBH 75 10 10 CD PFF 50 A ... CD PFF 75 A ... ​CDR system 50 016121 75 016169 016145 016176 821633 821640 016152 016336 12,000–14,000 8,000–10,000 SBHR 20–75 SBHR 20–75 10 10 CDR PFF 50 A ... CDR PFF 75 A ... Zirconia alumina Z type For coarse grinding work with a high stock removal rate and a long tool life. D1 Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z CD D1 [mm] CDR Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 40 CD system 50 75 PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■Use in the case of a higher contact pressure.    Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size.    120 Opt. RPM Suitable arbors       Description 592717 592755 592724 592762 592731 592779 592748 592786 12,000–14,000 8,000–10,000 BO PFF 50, SBH 20–50 BO PFF 75, SBH 75 10 10 CD PFF 50 Z ... CD PFF 75 Z ... ​CDR system 50 902707 75 835111 902714 016558 016534 016565 016541 821688 12,000–14,000 8,000–10,000 SBHR 20–75 SBHR 20–75 10 10 CDR PFF 50 Z ... CDR PFF 75 Z ... Mini-POLIFAN arbors BO PFF S Matching arbors for COMBIDISC Mini-POLIFAN. L S [mm] L [mm] Suitable tool EAN 4007220 6 40 CD PFF 50 CD PFF 75 593196 593202 Page Catalogue 30 4 Description 1 1 BO PFF 50 BO PFF 75   

COMBIDISC Abrasive discs CD, CDR Aluminium oxide A type For universal coarse to fine grinding applications in industry and professional trades. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D1 [mm] D1 PFERDVALUE: 36          CD CDR    Grit size 80 120 EAN 4007220 60    180 320 Opt. RPM Description CD system 20 25 38 355749 50 355787 75 355824 265864 355718 355756 355794 355831 266007 355725 355763 355800 355848 266038 355732 355770 355817 355855 266052 266083 266175 266212 266328 266069 266151 266199 266281 266359 20,000–35,000 15,000–26,000 10,000–16,000 8,000–13,000 5,000–9,000 100 100 100 100 50 CD 20 A ... CD 25 A ... CD 38 A ... CD 50 A ... CD 75 A ... ​CDR system 20 25 38 596456 50 596517 75 596586 778036 778098 596463 596524 596593 778043 778104 596470 596531 596609 778050 778111 597255 596548 596616 778074 778128 597262 596555 596623 778081 778135 596500 596562 596630 20,000–35,000 15,000–26,000 10,000–16,000 8,000–13,000 5,000–9,000 100 100 100 100 50 CDR 20 A ... CDR 25 A ... CDR 38 A ... CDR 50 A ... CDR 75 A ... 4 Aluminium oxide A-PLUS type For universal applications from coarse to fine grinding. D1 Higher stock removal rate due to sturdy backing material. Particularly for use in edge grinding due to high tear strength. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A-PLUS PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D1 [mm]    CD       CDR       36 PLUS Grit size 60 PLUS 80 PLUS EAN 4007220 50 75 593608 593660 593615 593677 593622 593684 593653 593691 8,000–13,000 5,000–9,000 100 50 CD 50 A ... CD 75 A ... ​CDR system 50 75 778302 778340 778319 778357 778326 778364 778333 778371 8,000–13,000 5,000–9,000 100 50 CDR 50 A ... CDR 75 A ... 120 PLUS Opt. RPM Description CD system Catalogue Page 4 31

COMBIDISC Abrasive discs CD, CDR Aluminium oxide A-FLEX type Particularly flexible abrasive discs, which are especially suitable for work on contours and concave surfaces, e.g. in tool- and mould-making. For achieving seamless transitions in the surface finish. D1 CD Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A-FLEX CDR PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■These discs should be used with a soft holder to support their flexibility.                Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D1 [mm] 60 FLEX Grit size 80 FLEX EAN 4007220 120 FLEX Opt. RPM 38 50 75 638842 638873 638903 638859 638880 638910 638866 638897 638927 10,000–16,000 8,000–13,000 5,000–9,000 100 100 50 CD 38 A ... CD 50 A ... CD 75 A ... 38 50 75 778166 778180 778241 778159 778210 778272 778173 778227 778296 10,000–16,000 8,000–13,000 5,000–9,000 100 100 50 CDR 38 A ... CDR 50 A ... CDR 75 A ... Description CD system ​CDR system Aluminium oxide A-FORTE type For universal applications from coarse to fine grinding, with a high stock removal rate and long tool life. D1 Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A-FORTE CD D1 [mm] 36 FORTE CDR PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Grit size 60 FORTE 80 FORTE EAN 4007220 120 FORTE             Opt. RPM Description CD system 25 38 50 75 266076 266120 266182 265833 266090 266137 266205 266021 266106 266144 266229 266045 266113 266168 266250 15,000–26,000 10,000–16,000 8,000–13,000 5,000–9,000 100 100 100 50 CD 25 A ... CD 38 A ... CD 50 A ... CD 75 A ... ​CDR system 25 38 50 75 596647 596692 596739 778388 596661 596708 596746 778395 596678 596715 596753 778401 596685 596722 596760 15,000–26,000 10,000–16,000 8,000–13,000 5,000–9,000 100 100 100 50 CDR 25 A ... CDR 38 A ... CDR 50 A ... CDR 75 A ... Page Catalogue 32 4   

COMBIDISC Abrasive discs CD, CDR Aluminium oxide A-COOL type For universal applications from coarse to fine grinding on materials with challenging stock removal properties, e.g. stainless steel (INOX). D1 Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A-COOL Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D1 [mm] CD PFERDVALUE:          CDR       36 Grit size 60 EAN 4007220 80 Opt. RPM Description 50 75 265840 266441 266427 266458 266434 266465 8,000–13,000 5,000–9,000 100 50 CD 50 A-COOL ... CD 75 A-COOL ... 50 75 596777 596807 596784 596814 596791 596821 8,000–13,000 5,000–9,000 100 50 CDR 50 A-COOL ... CDR 75 A-COOL ... CD system 4 ​CDR system Aluminium oxide A compact grain type Outstandingly suited to fine and very fine grinding, and for step-by-step preparations for polishing. D1 The self-sharpening compact grain facilitates a very long tool life and achieves consistent surface quality levels throughout the entire tool life. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A compact grain Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D1 [mm] 120 180 240 CD PFERDVALUE: 320          CDR       Grit size 400 600 EAN 4007220 800 1000 1200 Opt. RPM Description CD system 50 003169 065594 065600 065860 065921 065976 066539 066546 066553 75 066775 066782 066799 066805 066812 066836 066843 066850 066867 3,800–13,000 2,500–9,000 100 50 CD 50 A ... CK CD 75 A ... CK ​CDR system 50 066577 066591 066607 066621 066638 066645 066652 066669 066737 75 066874 066881 066904 067123 067130 067161 067185 067192 067208 3,800–13,000 2,500–9,000 100 50 CDR 50 A ... CK CDR 75 A ... CK Catalogue Page 4 33

COMBIDISC Abrasive discs CD, CDR Aluminium oxide A-CONTOUR type Very flexible and adaptable on account of the outer contour. Cutting into the workpiece is avoided. D1 Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A-CONTOUR CD CDR PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■Use an abrasive disc holder with a diameter of 20–50 mm.    60 CONTOUR Grit size 80 120 CONTOUR CONTOUR EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM 180 CONTOUR          Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D1 [mm]    Description CD system 60 898802 898819 898826 898833 7,500–11,000 50 CD 60 A ... ​CDR system 60 898840 898857 898864 898871 7,500–11,000 50 CDR 60 A ... Zirconia alumina Z type For coarse grinding work with a high stock removal rate and a long tool life. D1 Particularly high stock removal rate in coarse grinding applications using grit sizes 36 and 60. CD CDR Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■Use with hard or medium-hard COMBIDISC abrasive disc holders. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D1 [mm]             Description 36 Grit size 60 EAN 4007220 80 Opt. RPM 38 50 75 778418 265857 266526 778425 266472 266533 778432 266519 266540 5,000–16,000 3,800–13,000 2,500–9,000 100 100 50 CD 38 Z ... CD 50 Z ... CD 75 Z ... 38 50 75 778449 596838 596869 778456 596845 596876 778463 596852 596883 5,000–16,000 3,800–13,000 2,500–9,000 100 100 50 CDR 38 Z ... CDR 50 Z ... CDR 75 Z ... CD system ​CDR system Page Catalogue 34 4   

COMBIDISC Abrasive discs CD, CDR Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL type For aggressive grinding with maximum stock removal rate on hard materials which do not conduct heat well. Consistently high performance due to self-sharpening ceramic oxide grain. D1 Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D1 [mm] CD PFERDVALUE:          CDR       24 36 Grit size 60 EAN 4007220 80 120 Opt. RPM Description CD system 38 50 75 770672 617922 617939 770689 617298 617328 770696 617304 617335 770702 617311 617342 770719 771365 771372 5,000–16,000 3,800–13,000 2,500–9,000 100 100 50 CD 38 CO-COOL ... CD 50 CO-COOL ... CD 75 CO-COOL ... ​CDR system 38 50 75 778593 778661 778715 778609 778678 778722 778616 778685 778739 778623 778692 778746 778630 778708 778753 5,000–16,000 3,800–13,000 2,500–9,000 100 100 50 CDR 38 CO-COOL ... CDR 50 CO-COOL ... CDR 75 CO-COOL ... Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL midget fibre discs type Exceptionally well-suited to surface and edge grinding. The fibre backing strengthens the abrasive disc and improves stock removal. D1 For aggressive grinding with maximum stock removal rate on hard materials which do not conduct heat well. Consistently high performance due to self-sharpening ceramic oxide grain. CDF Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D1 [mm] 36 CDFR                Grit size 50 80 EAN 4007220 120 Opt. RPM Description CD system 50 75 778876 779163 778883 779170 778890 779187 779156 779194 3,800–13,000 2,500–9,000 100 50 CDF 50 CO-COOL ... CDF 75 CO-COOL ... ​CDR system 50 75 779200 779255 779217 779262 779224 779279 779231 779286 3,800–13,000 2,500–9,000 100 50 CDFR 50 CO-COOL ... CDFR 75 CO-COOL ... Catalogue Page 4 35 4

COMBIDISC Abrasive discs CD, CDR VICTOGRAIN-COOL type For extremely aggressive grinding with an extremely long tool life and an outstanding stock removal rate on steels and materials which are hard or have poor heat-conducting properties. D1 Outstanding, constant high performance thanks to the VICTOGRAIN-COOL abrasive grain. CD CDR Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: VICTOGRAIN-COOL PFERDVALUE:                D1 [mm] EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM 38 50 75 108857 109762 109779 5,000–16,000 3,800–13,000 2,500–9,000 100 100 50 CD 38 VICTOGRAIN-COOL CD 50 VICTOGRAIN-COOL CD 75 VICTOGRAIN-COOL 38 50 75 109786 109793 109809 5,000–16,000 3,800–13,000 2,500–9,000 100 100 50 CDR 38 VICTOGRAIN-COOL CDR 50 VICTOGRAIN-COOL CDR 75 VICTOGRAIN-COOL Description CD system ​CDR system VICTOGRAIN-COOL midget fibre discs type Exceptionally well-suited to surface and edge grinding. The fibre backing considerably strengthens the abrasive disc and improves stock removal. D1 CDF CDFR For extremely aggressive grinding with an extremely long tool life and an outstanding stock removal rate on steels and materials which are hard or have poor heat-conducting properties. Outstanding, constant high performance thanks to the VICTOGRAIN-COOL abrasive grain. Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: VICTOGRAIN-COOL PFERDVALUE:                D1 [mm] EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Description 38 50 75 109298 109304 109311 5,000–16,000 3,800–13,000 2,500–9,000 100 100 50 CDF 38 VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 CDF 50 VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 CDF 75 VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 38 50 75 109328 109335 109342 5,000–16,000 3,800–13,000 2,500–9,000 100 100 50 CDFR 38 VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 CDFR 50 VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 CDFR 75 VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 CD system ​CDR system Page Catalogue 36 4

COMBIDISC Abrasive discs CD, CDR High-performance tools with VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain VICTOGRAIN products are some of the most effective grinding tools in the world. PFERD's triangular, precision-formed abrasive grain achieves uniquely high abrasive performance. The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain triangles are identical in shape and size and their cutting edges are applied to the workpiece at the optimum angle, meaning the grain needs very little energy to penetrate the workpiece. As such, the user benefits from an efficient machining process with ■ fast working, ■ a long tool life, ■ less heat build-up in the workpiece, and ■ a lower power output required for the tool drive. Conventional abrasive grain The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain triangles are fixed to the substrate on one of their sides. This means they are securely fixed in place and, together with their slim design, offer an extremely large chip space in order to further improve machining efficiency. The structure of the triangular VICTOGRAIN has also been specially adapted to maximize results. The very small crystals inside the triangles ensure optimal wear characteristics as sharp cutting edges are always exposed, but only the minimum amount of abrasive grain/the triangle breaks off. VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain By combining all these properties together, users benefit from optimal, constant performance during cool grinding and an extremely long tool life together with consistent workpiece surface roughness. 4 The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain is optimally aligned Diamond type Exceptionally suitable for work on wear-resistant coatings and for hard facings made of tungsten carbide, chromium carbide, titanium carbide, etc. Particularly recommended for work on materials used for aircraft engine construction, e.g. Hastelloy, Inconel and titanium/titanium alloys. Also highly suitable for work on extremely hard materials such as tungsten carbide, glass, ceramics, enamel, stone and GRP/CRP. D1 CD Detailed information on diamond grinding tools can be found in catalogue section 5. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. ■■Grit sizes are indicated in µm. Abrasive: Diamond D 251 = P 60 D 126 = P 120 D 76 = P 220 (P = Grit size according to ISO 6344) PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 10–20 m/s. ■■Use with hard or medium-hard COMBIDISC abrasive disc holders. D1 [mm] 251 CDR                Grit size [µm] 126 EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Description 76 CD system 25 38 50 75 750292 750339 750360 750391 750315 750346 750377 750407 750322 750353 750384 750414 7,500–15,000 5,000–10,000 3,800–7,500 2,500–5,000 10 10 10 10 CD DIA 25 D ... CD DIA 38 D ... CD DIA 50 D ... CD DIA 75 D ... 25 38 50 75 750421 750452 750483 750513 750438 750469 750490 750520 750445 750476 750506 750537 7,500–15,000 5,000–10,000 3,800–7,500 2,500–5,000 10 10 10 10 CDR DIA 25 D ... CDR DIA 38 D ... CDR DIA 50 D ... CDR DIA 75 D ... ​CDR system Catalogue Page 4 37

COMBIDISC Abrasive discs CD, CDR Silicon carbide SiC type For universal grinding work on components made from aluminium, copper, bronze, titanium and fibre-reinforced plastics. D1 Particularly recommended for use on titanium alloys. CD Ideally suited to use in the aeronautical industry, especially where SiC is the only approved abrasive, e.g. for use on engine components. CDR Abrasive: Silicon carbide SiC PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size.             36 60 Grit size 80 EAN 4007220 120 240 CD system 50 75 441176 441220 441183 441237 441190 441244 441206 441251 441213 441268 3,800–13,000 2,500–9,000 100 50 CD 50 SiC ... CD 75 SiC ... ​CDR system 50 75 778470 778524 778487 778548 778494 778555 778500 778562 778517 778579 3,800–13,000 2,500–9,000 100 50 CDR 50 SiC ... CDR 75 SiC ... D1 [mm]    Opt. RPM Description POLICLEAN discs CD, CDR PCLR and PCLR PLUS types For coarse cleaning work such as removing paint, scale, heat discolouration, rust and adhesive residues in face-down grinding. D1 POLICLEAN-PLUS discs (blue) exhibit a higher stock removal rate with a very long tool life. CD CDR Applications: roughening, surface work, cleaning PFERDVALUE: Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Silicon carbide SiC          Recommendations for use: ■■Use with hard or medium-hard COMBIDISC abrasive disc holders. D1 [mm]    Type Abrasives EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Description 50 75 50 75 PCLR PCLR PCLR PLUS PCLR PLUS SiC SiC A A 471500 471517 069288 069295 5,500–8,000 3,800–5,000 5,500–8,000 3,800–5,000 10 10 10 10 CD 50 PCLR CD 75 PCLR CD 50 PCLR PLUS CD 75 PCLR PLUS 50 75 50 75 PCLR PCLR PCLR PLUS PCLR PLUS SiC SiC A A 677124 677131 069301 069318 5,500–8,000 3,800–5,000 5,500–8,000 3,800–5,000 10 10 10 10 CDR 50 PCLR CDR 75 PCLR CDR 50 PCLR PLUS CDR 75 PCLR PLUS CD system ​CDR system Page Catalogue 38 4   

COMBIDISC Non-woven discs CD, CDR Hard type VRH Suitable for universal work on small and medium-sized metal surfaces, e.g. removing rough grinding traces, removing oxidation and light deburring work. Achieve matt and satin-finished surfaces. D1 Applications: roughening, deburring, surface work, cleaning, weld dressing, structuring, fine grinding in multiple steps Recommendations for use: ■■The addition of oil or water during grinding results in a finer finish, cooler grinding and longer tool life. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Available POLIVLIES grit sizes: 100 G = coarse (yellow-brown) 180 M = medium (red-brown) 240 F = fine (blue) Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. CD CDR PFERDVALUE:                100 G Grit size 180 M EAN 4007220 240 F 20 25 38 50 75 628218 268865 266588 266618 266649 584507 266564 266595 266625 266656 265871 266571 268872 266632 266663 14,000–19,000 11,000–15,000 7,000–10,000 5,500–7,500 3,800–5,000 50 50 50 50 25 CD VRH 20 A ... CD VRH 25 A ... CD VRH 38 A ... CD VRH 50 A ... CD VRH 75 A ... 38 50 75 596906 596937 596968 596913 596944 596975 596920 596951 597354 7,000–10,000 5,500–7,500 3,800–5,000 50 50 25 CDR VRH 38 A ... CDR VRH 50 A ... CDR VRH 75 A ... D1 [mm] Opt. RPM Description 4 CD system ​CDR system Catalogue Page 4 39

COMBIDISC Non-woven discs CD, CDR Soft type VRW Suitable for very fine grinding on small and medium-sized surfaces and contours, and for cleaning metal and painted surfaces. Achieve matt and satin-finished surfaces. Highly open structure. D1 CD CDR Applications: roughening, deburring, surface work, cleaning, weld dressing, structuring, fine grinding in multiple steps Recommendations for use: ■■The addition of oil or water during grinding results in a finer finish, cooler grinding and longer tool life. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Available POLINOX grit sizes: 100 = medium 180 = fine 280 = very fine Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. PFERDVALUE:             100 Grit size 180 EAN 4007220 280 38 50 75 537039 266670 266717 450345 266687 266724 450352 266694 266731 7,000–10,000 5,500–7,500 3,800–5,000 50 50 25 CD VRW 38 A ... CD VRW 50 A ... CD VRW 75 A ... 50 75 596999 597026 597002 597033 597019 597040 5,500–7,500 3,800–5,000 50 25 CDR VRW 50 A ... CDR VRW 75 A ... D1 [mm] Opt. RPM Description CD system ​CDR system Page Catalogue 40 4   

COMBIDISC Non-woven discs CD, CDR PNER type For achieving a very fine, uniform surface finish which, depending on requirements, is a sufficient preparation for high-gloss polishing. Particularly suitable for work on small and medium-sized surfaces of stainless steel (INOX) components. D1 The different thicknesses/hardnesses of the non-woven material are colour-coded: W (soft) = grey MH (medium-hard) = dark blue H (hard) = red CD CDR Further information on non-woven products in the PNER type can be found on pages 99–100. Applications: roughening, deburring, surface work, cleaning, weld dressing, structuring, fine grinding in multiple steps ■■The non-woven discs are supplied with a thickness of 6 mm. PFERDVALUE: Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Silicon carbide SiC    CD system 50 75 ​CDR system 50 75          Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D1 [mm]    Type Abrasives Grit size G (coarse) F (fine) EAN 4007220 soft soft medium-hard medium-hard hard soft soft medium-hard medium-hard hard A SiC A SiC A A SiC A SiC A 832783 832851 832868 832905 soft soft medium-hard medium-hard hard soft soft medium-hard medium-hard hard A SiC A SiC A A SiC A SiC A 832660 832707 832721 832769 4 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 832776 832806 832790 832813 832837 832882 832875 832899 9,500 9,500 9,500 9,500 9,500 6,400 6,400 6,400 6,400 6,400 19,100 19,100 19,100 19,100 19,100 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 CD PNER-W 5006 A ... CD PNER-W 5006 SiC ... CD PNER-MH 5006 A ... CD PNER-MH 5006 SiC ... CD PNER-H 5006 A ... CD PNER-W 7506 A ... CD PNER-W 7506 SiC ... CD PNER-MH 7506 A ... CD PNER-MH 7506 SiC ... CD PNER-H 7506 A ... 832653 832684 832677 832691 832714 832745 832738 832752 9,500 9,500 9,500 9,500 9,500 6,400 6,400 6,400 6,400 6,400 19,100 19,100 19,100 19,100 19,100 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 CDR PNER-W 5006 A ... CDR PNER-W 5006 SiC ... CDR PNER-MH 5006 A ... CDR PNER-MH 5006 SiC ... CDR PNER-H 5006 A ... CDR PNER-W 7506 A ... CDR PNER-W 7506 SiC ... CDR PNER-MH 7506 A ... CDR PNER-MH 7506 SiC ... CDR PNER-H 7506 A ... Catalogue Page 4 41

COMBIDISC TX discs CD Aluminium oxide A type For achieving fine, matt grinding finishes in one process. The very sturdy granular bond facilitates very aggressive abrasive performance. Particularly suitable for work on stainless steel (INOX) and aluminium. D1 Applications: deburring, surface work, weld dressing, structuring, fine grinding in multiple steps PFERDVALUE:    Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Grit size 80 TX 120 TX EAN 4007220 36 TX          Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D1 [mm]    320 TX Opt. RPM 505755 505816 7,500–9,500 5,000–6,500 Description CD system 50 75 505724 505786 505731 505793 505748 505809 25 25 CD 50 A ... CD 75 A ... Felt discs CD, CDR FR type Suitable for polishing with polishing paste bars, grinding pastes or diamond polishing pastes in face-down grinding on small and medium-sized surfaces. D1 Applications: polishing CD CDR Recommendations for use: ■■Use COMBIDISC felt discs with an abrasive disc holder on flexible shaft drives with an angle handpiece or small compressed-air or electric angle grinders. ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 5–10 m/s. This provides an ideal compromise between polishing performance, thermal load on the workpiece and tool wear. ■■When applying a different polishing paste, use a new unused felt disc. Ordering notes: ■■Further information on felt tools can be found on page 144. Accessories: ■■Grinding and polishing pastes PFERDVALUE:          D1 [mm] EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Description 50 75 440490 440506 2,000–4,000 1,200–2,500 10 10 CD FR 50 CD FR 75 50 75 004784 004791 2,000–4,000 1,200–2,500 10 10 CDR FR 50 CDR FR 75 CD system ​CDR system Page Catalogue 42 4      

COMBIDISC Abrasive disc holders SBH and SBHR types S Matching arbors for COMBIDISC grinding tools. Available in three different hardness grades. Ordering notes: ■■The different hardness grades are colourcoded: W (soft) – grey; M (medium) – blue; H (hard) – red ■■Please complete the description with the desired hardness grade. D [mm] PFERDVALUE:          L    D    S [mm] L [mm] W (soft) Hardness M (medium) EAN 4007220 H (hard) Max. RPM Description 20 25 38 50 75 6 6 6 6 6 40 40 40 40 40 266762 266793 266823 265901 266755 266779 266809 266830 266786 266816 266847 47,500 38,000 25,000 19,000 12,500 1 1 1 1 1 SBH 20 ... SBH 25 ... SBH 38 ... SBH 50 ... SBH 75 ... ​CDR system 20 25 38 50 75 6 6 6 6 6 40 40 40 40 40 776346 776360 776384 776315 776322 597057 597064 597071 776339 776353 776377 47,500 38,000 25,000 19,000 12,500 1 1 1 1 1 SBHR 20 ... SBHR 25 ... SBHR 38 ... SBHR 50 ... SBHR 75 ... CD system Adapters: The shank of the abrasive disc holders can be replaced by suitable adapters. This enables the abrasive disc holder to be mounted directly to the drive spindle of the tool drive. The following adapters are available: AF 14-1/4, (EAN 4007220302026) Female thread M14, male thread 1/4-20 UNC. Suitable for drives with spindle M14. SPV-20 CD 1/4-20 UNC, (EAN 4007220333167) Female thread 1/4-20 UNC, male thread 1/4-20 UNC. Suitable for drives with spindle 1/4-20 UNC, e.g. for PW 3/120 DH. Ordering notes: More detailed information and ordering data for adapters can be found in catalogue section 9. AF M5 CD 1/4-20 UNC (EAN 4007220064702) Male thread M5, male thread 1/4-20 UNC. Suitable for cordless angle grinder, dia. 75, with spindle M5 (female thread). Catalogue Page 4 43 4

COMBIDISC COMBIDISC SET Set of various COMBIDISC tools. Contents: ■■3 pcs. each of COMBIDISC abrasive discs: -- CD A 60 FORTE -- CD A 120 FORTE -- CD A-COOL 60 -- CD CO-COOL 36 -- CD Z 60 ■■3 pcs. each of COMBIDISC non-woven discs: -- CD VRH A 180 M -- CD VRW A 100 ■■1 pc. each of: -- Abrasive disc holder SBH M Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Zirconia alumina Z Aluminium oxide A-FORTE Aluminium oxide A-COOL Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL Advantages: ■■Getting to know and testing the comprehensive system. ■■Coordinated selection of the most common versions. PFERDVALUE: D1 [mm] EAN 4007220 50 75 265918 265932 Recommendations for use: ■■ Use COMBIDISC grinding tools with an arbor or abrasive disc holder on flexible shaft drives with an angle handpiece or small compressed-air or electric angle grinders.                Description 1 1 COMBIDISC-SET 50 COMBIDISC-SET 75 SET CD UWER Set of different COMBIDISC tools, including single-hand angle grinder, for all coarse and fine grinding, polishing and cleaning work, especially on assembly and construction sites. Contents: ■■Electric angle grinder UWER 5/200 SI with electronic rotational speed control (9,000– 20,000 RPM), output 500 watts ■■4 abrasive disc holders and 2 adapters for alternative tool drives ■■135 different abrasive discs, TX discs, MiniPOLIFAN, non-woven and felt discs with a diameter of 50 mm ■■Polishing paste bar for using felt discs Advantages: ■■Entire rotational speed range covered for COMBIDISC tools with a diameter of 50 mm. ■■Easy and comfortable to use thanks to the handy angle grinder design. ■■Coordinated selection of the most common versions. Page Catalogue 44 4 D1 [mm] EAN 4007220 50 607893 Ordering notes: ■■Detailed information and ordering data on tool drives can be found in catalogue section 9. PFERDVALUE:                Description 1 SET CD 50 UWER 5/200 230 V

Coated abrasives The fast way to the best tool PFERD supplies a comprehensive range of products which utilize flexible abrasives. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Short and long belts Abrasive sheets, cloth and paper Hand pads, non-woven and diamond Shop rolls, non-woven, cloth and paper Velcro-backed abrasive discs The fast way to the best tool Abrasive  Material group  Steel, cast steel Stainless steel (INOX) Nonferrous metals Cast iron Recommended Alu- Zirconia AluCeramic Ceramic Aluminium Nonoxide A wocutting speeds for minium alumina minium oxide oxide compact ven short and long belts oxide Z oxide grain grain grain [m/s] A A-COOL CO CO-COOL Nonhardened, non-heattreated steels Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, cast steel 25–35    Hardened, heat-treated steels Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels, cast steel 20–30    Rust- and acid-resistant steels Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels 15–25 Soft non-ferrous metals, non-ferrous metals Soft aluminium alloys Hard non-ferrous metals                                 20–30 Bronze, titanium Nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys 5–15 Grey cast iron, white cast iron Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), with nodular graphite/ nodular cast iron EN-GJS (GGG), white annealed cast iron ENGJMW (GTW), black cast iron EN-GJMB (GTS) 25–35  Fibre-reinforced plastics, thermoplastics, wood, chipboard, paintwork 10–25   = Highly suitable    High-temperature-resistant materials Plastics, other materials   30–40 Brass, copper, zinc Hard aluminium alloys  Felt     = Suitable Catalogue Page 4 45 4

Coated abrasives General information – Short and long belts The comprehensive range of short and long belts is tailored to the belt grinders that are commonly found on the market. Short and long belts from PFERD are designated as "abrasive belts" in ISO 2976. Advantages: Recommendations for use: Ordering notes: ■ High profitability thanks to high abrasive performance and long tool life. ■ High tear strength with optimum flexibility. ■ Consistent work results thanks to very high grain adhesion. ■ Use grinding oil which is suitable for the material in order to considerably increase the tool life and abrasive performance of the tools. More detailed information and ordering data for grinding oils can be found on page 155. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. Please include the desired grit size with the description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220585269 BA 10/480 A 80 ■ Ordering example explanation: BA = Abrasive belt 10 = Width T [mm] 480 = Length L [mm] A = Abrasive 80 = Grit size Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Levelling Deburring Work on edges Sharpening Work on weld seams Step-by-step fine grinding Matching tool drives: ■ Belt grinders Safety notes: ■ Observe the safety notes "Safety notes for the correct use of abrasive belts" provided by the German Abrasives Association (VDS). You can find this information at www.pferd.com. Recommended rotational speed range Using the table opposite, you can determine the rotational speed in RPM based on the cutting speed. Please refer to page 45 for the recommended cutting speeds. Example: BA 16/480 A 60 Diameter of the drive roller: 30 mm Cutting speed: 20–30 m/s Rotational speed: 12,700–19,000 RPM Page Catalogue 46 4 Cutting speed [m/s] 20 25 30 Rotational speeds [RPM] Drive roller dia. [mm] 5 10 15 20 30 40 50 80 100 120 160 200 250 300 4,700 3,100 2,300 1,900 1,100 900 700 500 400 300 300 9,500 6,300 4,700 3,800 2,300 1,900 1,500 1,100 900 700 600 14,300 9,500 7,100 5,700 3,500 2,800 2,300 1,700 1,400 1,100 900 19,000 12,700 9,500 7,600 4,700 3,800 3,100 2,300 1,900 1,500 1,200 23,800 15,900 11,900 9,500 5,900 4,700 3,900 2,900 2,300 1,900 1,500 28,600 19,000 14,300 11,400 7,100 5,700 4,700 3,500 2,800 2,200 1,900 35 40 33,400 22,200 16,700 13,300 8,300 6,600 5,500 4,100 3,300 2,600 2,200 38,100 25,400 19,000 15,200 9,500 7,600 6,300 4,700 3,800 3,000 2,500

Coated abrasives Tool drive and matching grinding belt dimensions Manufacturer Model PFERD Compressed-air belt grinder PBS 3/200 DH 99 BA 3/305 BA 6/305 PWS 3/200 DH + BA 9/305 BSVH 25.5 BA 12/305 BA 3/520 BA 6/520 BA 12/520 PBSA 5/160 HV 925 BA 16/520 BA 20/520 BA 6/610 BA 12/610 BA 6/610 BA 10/480 BA 16/480 PBS 5/155 HV BA 20/480 BA 25/480 BA 12/610 Electric belt grinders BA 3/520 BA 6/520 BA 12/520 UBS 5/100 SI 925 BA 16/520 BA 20/520 BA 6/610 BA 12/610 Pipe belt grinders UBS 5/70 SI-R BA 30/533 BA 30/610 UBS 11/90 SI-R 3M AEG Atlas Copco ATA Black & Decker Abrasive belts' width/ length [mm] BSG belt grinders for flexible shaft drives BSG 10/35E BA 35/450 BSG 10/50E BA 50/450 Angle handpieces WT 7 E M14 + BA 3/520 BSVH 41 BA 6/520 WZ 7 B + BSVH 36 BA 12/520 BA 16/520 BA 20/520 WZ 10 B + BSVH 36 BA 6/610 BA 12/610 BA 3/305 BA 6/305 WZ 4 A + BSVH 24 BA 9/305 BA 12/305 3M™ BA 13/457 file belt sander HBS 1000E BA 75/533 BBSE 1100 BA 100/560 G2403 BA 10/330 G2404 BA 20/520 G2410 BA 3-13/305 RAL20L BA 12/305 BL16L BA 20/480 KA 88 BA 75/533 KA 900 E BA 13/457 Manufacturer Model Abrasive belts' width/ length [mm] Manufacturer GBS 75 AE DW432 DW433 DWP352VS Dynabrade 40352 40353 40320 40321 40324 40335 40381 15300 15400 40326 40330 40615 40503 15360 15420 14000 15401 15003 Einhell RT-BS 75 BT-US 400 Fein/Grit GX 75 / 75 2H GXC GI 75 (2H) / GI 150 (2H) GIS 75 BA 75/533 Makita Bosch DeWalt GIC GI 100 / 100 EF GIM GIL GIS 150 BF10-280E RS10-70E Festool BS 75 Flott BSM 75 / 75A / 75A pol BSM 150 / 150A / 150A pol TBSM 75 BS 76-900 E BTS 4000 ECO BTS 4000 Güde Hitachi SB10V2 BA 75/533 BA 13/457 BA 6-16/520 BA 13/457 BA 6/610 BA 12/610 BA 6/610 BA 12/610 BA 12-0/520 BA 3-12/305 BA 75/533 BA 100/920 BA 75/2000 9910 9911 9902 9903 9920 9404 9403 9031 9032 Metabo BF 18 LTX 90 RB 18 LTX 60 BFE 9-20 BAE 75 DBF 457 Milwaukee BS 100 LE HBSE 75 S Proxxon BS/E BS/A Rexon BD480A BD460M Ryobi EBS800V EBS1310VFHG SCANTOOL SC 75 SC 150 Scheppach BTS 800 SKIL 1215AA 1210AA Suhner UBK 6-R UTG 9-R UTC 7-R LBH 7 D 35 LBH 7 D 50 UBC 10-R LBC 16 H WB 10 BA 75/2000 BA 150/2000 BA 100/1000 BA 150/2000 BA 150/2000 BA 3-20/520 BA 12-20/520 BA 30/533 LBB 20 DH BA 75/533 BA 75/2000 BA 150/2000 Model Triton FTM BSG 10/35 BSG 10/50 TA 1200BS Abrasive belts' width/ length [mm] BA 75/457 BA 75/533 BA 75/610 BA 100/610 BA 30/533 BA 9/533 BA 13/457 BA 30/533 BA 13/457 BA 75/533 BA 13/457 BA 100/620 BA 75/533 BA 10/330 BA 10/330 BA 100/920 BA 75/533 BA 100/610 BA 75/2000 BA 150/2000 BA 100/920 BA 75/457 BA 3550/450 BA 30/610 BA 30/533 BA 35/450 BA 50/450 BA 6-12/520 BA 6/305 BA 12/305 BA 30/610 BA 35/450 BA 50/450 BA 75/533 BA 75/1000 BA 75/533 BA 100/920 BA 100/610 Catalogue Page 4 47 4

Coated abrasives Short belts BA Aluminium oxide A type For universal applications from coarse to fine grinding. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A L Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. T L T [mm] [mm] 305 3 6 9 12 10 35 50 13 10 16 20 25 3 6 12 16 20 30 75 12 30 100 100 330 450 457 480 520 533 610 920 40 50 60 80 Grit size 100 120 EAN 4007220 180 663899 663912 664025 664032 664056 664179 664186 664193 664209 664261 664278 664285 664445 664292 620151 620168 620182 620199 585665 585672 585719 585726 585733 620267 620274 620298 620304 585542 585252 585269 585559 585368 585382 585610 664520 585429 585436 585443 664544 585634 585481 585498 585641 663950 663967 663974 663981 663998 585528 585191 585207 585214 664124 585573 585306 585313 585320 664322 585603 585399 585405 585412 664407 585627 585450 585467 585474 664568 620359 620380 620397 620410 664667 584958 584965 584972 600429 584989 585580 585337 585344 585351 776414 776421 776438 776445 776452 585030 585047 585054 600467 585061 620786 620793 620809 620823 - 240 320 400 664704 664711 664766 664551 664001 664131 664155 664339 664346 664353 664575 664674 664681 776469 - Acc. to ISO standards 2976 2976 2976 2976 2976 2976 2976 2976 2976 2976 - Description 100 100 100 100 100 20 20 100 100 50 10 20 100 100 100 50 20 20 10 100 10 10 10 BA 3/305 A ... BA 6/305 A ... BA 9/305 A ... BA 12/305 A ... BA 10/330 A ... BA 35/450 A ... BA 50/450 A ... BA 13/457 A ... BA 10/480 A ... BA 16/480 A ... BA 20/480 A ... BA 25/480 A ... BA 3/520 A ... BA 6/520 A ... BA 12/520 A ... BA 16/520 A ... BA 20/520 A ... BA 30/533 A ... BA 75/533 A ... BA 12/610 A ... BA 30/610 A ... BA 100/610 A ... BA 100/920 A ... Aluminium oxide A compact grain type Outstandingly suited to fine and very fine grinding, and for step-by-step preparations for polishing. The self-sharpening compact grain facilitates a very long tool life and achieves consistent surface quality levels throughout the entire tool life. L Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A compact grain T L [mm] T [mm] 533 610 120 180 240 320 Grit size 400 600 EAN 4007220 30 025925 025932 025949 025956 025963 30 026014 026021 026038 026045 026052 Page Catalogue 48 4 025970 026069 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Description 800 1000 1200 025987 026076 025994 026083 026007 026090 10 10 BA 30/533 J A ... CK BA 30/610 J A ... CK

Coated abrasives Short belts BA Zirconia alumina Z type For coarse grinding work with a high stock removal rate and a long tool life. Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. L T L [mm] T [mm] 330 10 12 12 20 12 520 610 36 620342 - Grit size 40 60 EAN 4007220 620205 586273 586303 586280 620212 620236 586198 586259 586211 80 620250 586204 586310 586228 Acc. to ISO standards 2976 2976 - Description 100 100 100 20 100 BA 10/330 Z ... BA 12/330 Z ... BA 12/520 Z ... BA 20/520 Z ... BA 12/610 Z ... 4 Aluminium oxide A-COOL type For universal grinding work from fine to very fine grinding on materials which do not conduct heat well, e.g. stainless steel (INOX). Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A-COOL L Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. L [mm] T [mm] 450 50 40 586099 Grit size 80 120 EAN 4007220 586105 586112 180 586129 T Acc. to ISO standards 2976 Description 10 BA 50/450 A-COOL ... Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL type For aggressive grinding with the highest stock removal rates on hard materials which do not conduct heat well. Consistently high performance due to self-sharpening ceramic oxide grain. Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL L [mm] T [mm] 305 6 9 12 10 12 35 50 13 16 20 330 450 457 480 L Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. 40 799215 799352 799444 799390 799482 949887 949931 799628 799666 799741 Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 799222 799369 799451 799406 799499 949894 949948 799635 799673 799758 799239 799376 799468 799413 799505 949917 949955 799642 799680 799772 120 799246 799383 799475 799420 799536 949924 949962 799659 799697 799789 T Acc. to ISO standards 2976 2976 2976 2976 2976 Description 100 100 100 100 100 20 20 100 50 20 BA 6/305 CO-COOL ... BA 9/305 CO-COOL ... BA 12/305 CO-COOL ... BA 10/330 CO-COOL ... BA 12/330 CO-COOL ... BA 35/450 CO-COOL ... BA 50/450 CO-COOL ... BA 13/457 CO-COOL ... BA 16/480 CO-COOL ... BA 20/480 CO-COOL ... Continued on next page Catalogue Page 4 49

Coated abrasives Short belts BA L [mm] T [mm] 480 520 25 6 12 16 20 30 6 12 30 533 610 Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 40 799833 799260 799543 799703 799796 799871 799314 799581 799918 799840 799277 799550 799710 799802 799888 799321 799598 799925 799857 799284 799567 799727 799819 799895 799338 799604 799932 120 799864 799307 799574 799734 799826 799901 799345 799611 799949 Acc. to ISO standards 2976 2976 2976 2976 - Description 20 100 100 50 20 20 100 100 10 BA 25/480 CO-COOL ... BA 6/520 CO-COOL ... BA 12/520 CO-COOL ... BA 16/520 CO-COOL ... BA 20/520 CO-COOL ... BA 30/533 CO-COOL ... BA 6/610 CO-COOL ... BA 12/610 CO-COOL ... BA 30/610 CO-COOL ... Short belts VB Non-woven type Suitable for universal work on surfaces such as metal tubular structures, e.g. removal of rough grinding traces, removal of oxidation and light deburring work. Achieve matt and satin-finished surfaces. L Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Available POLIVLIES grit sizes: 100 G = coarse (yellow-brown) 180 M = medium (red-brown) 240 F = fine (blue) T L [mm] T [mm] 305 6 9 12 35 50 6 12 16 20 30 6 12 30 450 520 533 610 Page Catalogue 50 4 100 G Grit size 180 M EAN 4007220 240 F 667552 667668 667637 586631 586662 586518 586549 586570 586600 667699 101063 101117 776520 667569 667675 667644 586648 586679 586525 586556 586587 586617 667705 101070 101124 776537 667545 667620 667651 586655 586686 586532 586563 586594 586624 667682 101087 101131 776551 Recommendations for use: ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 5–15 m/s. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Acc. to ISO standards 2976 2976 2976 2976 - Description 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 10 10 5 VB 6/305 A ... VB 9/305 A ... VB 12/305 A ... VB 35/450 A ... VB 50/450 A ... VB 6/520 A ... VB 12/520 A ... VB 16/520 A ... VB 20/520 A ... VB 30/533 A ... VB 6/610 A ... VB 12/610 A ... VB 30/610 A ...

Coated abrasives Short belts P-BA Felt type Suitable for polishing with polishing paste bars and grinding pastes on tubular constructions and rails. Recommendations for use: ■■For the polishing process, apply pre-polishing and high-gloss polishing successively. ■■When changing the polishing paste, also replace the polishing belt in order not to introduce any contaminants from the previous work step. ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 5–15 m/s. Accessories: ■■Grinding and polishing pastes L T L [mm] T [mm] EAN 4007220 Acc. to ISO standards 533 610 30 30 936269 936276 2976 - Description 5 5 P-BA 30/533 P-BA 30/610 Set BA Belt grinder set BA Set of different short belts, including electric belt grinder, for universal work on surfaces from coarse to fine, especially for assembly work. Contents: ■■Electric belt grinder UBS 5/100 SI 925 with continuous rotational speed control from 6.5–16 m/s, output 500 watts ■■2 pcs. each of abrasive belts, width 6 and 12 mm, in aluminium oxide A type, grain 40, 60, 80, 120 and 180 ■■2 pcs. each of non-woven belts (6 and 12 mm wide) in coarse, medium and fine Advantages: ■■Optimal, stepless rotational speed regulation for the use of high-speed abrasive belts and low-speed non-woven belts. ■■Coordinated selection of the most common versions. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Recommendations for use: ■■Use abrasive belts at the higher rotational speed levels 4–6 (7,000–10,000 RPM = 11–16 m/s). ■■Use non-woven belts at the lower rotational speed levels 1–4 (4,000–7,000 RPM = 6–11 m/s). Ordering notes: ■■Detailed information and ordering data on tool drives can be found in catalogue section 9. Safety notes: ■■The maximum peripheral speed for abrasive belts is 32 m/s. ■■The maximum peripheral speed for nonwoven belts is 25 m/s. L [mm] EAN 4007220 520 344125 Description 1 SET BA 6-12/520 UBS 5/100 230 V Catalogue Page 4 51 4

Coated abrasives Long belts BA Aluminium oxide A type For universal applications from coarse to fine grinding. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. L T L [mm] T [mm] 1,000 50 100 50 75 150 75 2,000 2,500 36 40 Grit size 60 EAN 4007220 80 120 600481 600597 620373 585917 585771 585832 585955 585870 621059 585924 585788 585849 585962 585887 621066 585931 585795 585856 585979 585894 621073 585948 585801 585863 585900 Acc. to ISO standards 2976 2976 2976 2976 2976 2976 Description 10 10 10 10 10 10 BA 50/1000 A ... BA 100/1000 A ... BA 50/2000 A ... BA 75/2000 A ... BA 150/2000 A ... BA 75/2500 A ... Zirconia alumina Z type For coarse grinding work with a high stock removal rate and a long tool life. Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. L T L [mm] T [mm] 1,000 2,000 100 50 75 150 75 75 150 2,250 2,500 Page Catalogue 52 4 24 36 621219 600511 - 621233 586358 600641 586402 621141 Grit size 40 60 EAN 4007220 586457 586327 586365 586488 613191 586419 - 586464 586334 586372 586495 613214 586426 - 80 120 586471 586341 586389 586501 586433 - 621042 619353 586396 600672 - Acc. to ISO standards 2976 2976 2976 2976 2976 2976 2976 Description 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 BA 100/1000 Z ... BA 50/2000 Z ... BA 75/2000 Z ... BA 150/2000 Z ... BA 75/2250 Z ... BA 75/2500 Z ... BA 150/2500 Z ...

Coated abrasives Long belts BA Zirconia alumina Z-FORTE type For coarse grinding work with a high stock removal rate, a long tool life and very cool grinding. Particularly suitable for work on thin-walled stainless steel (INOX) components and on steels or nickel-based alloys which do not conduct heat well. Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z-FORTE Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. L T L [mm] T [mm] 2,000 2,500 75 75 36 FORTE Grit size 40 FORTE 60 FORTE EAN 4007220 620175 620458 620243 620502 Acc. to ISO standards 80 FORTE 620311 - 620335 - 2976 2976 Description 10 10 BA 75/2000 Z ... BA 75/2500 Z ... 4 Ceramic oxide grain CO type For aggressive grinding with a very high stock removal rate and very long tool life. Consistently high performance due to self-sharpening ceramic oxide grain. The ceramic oxide grain is specifically designed for work on hard materials and layers. Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. L T L [mm] T [mm] 2,000 50 75 75 2,500 Grit size 50 EAN 4007220 24 36 40 950623 950692 950760 950630 950708 950777 950647 950715 950784 950654 950722 950791 Acc. to ISO standards 60 80 120 950661 950739 950807 950678 950746 950814 950685 950753 950821 2976 2976 2976 Description 10 10 10 BA 50/2000 CO ... BA 75/2000 CO ... BA 75/2500 CO ... Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL type For aggressive grinding with the highest stock removal rates on hard materials which do not conduct heat well. Consistently high performance due to self-sharpening ceramic oxide grain. Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL L [mm] T [mm] 2,000 50 75 75 2,500 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. 36 40 950173 950449 950562 950333 950470 950579 Grit size 50 60 EAN 4007220 950357 950494 950586 950371 950500 950593 80 120 950401 950517 950609 950425 950524 950616 L T Acc. to ISO standards 2976 2976 2976 Description 10 10 10 BA 50/2000 CO-COOL ... BA 75/2000 CO-COOL ... BA 75/2500 CO-COOL ... Catalogue Page 4 53

Coated abrasives Long belts BA Non-woven type Suitable for universal work on metal surfaces in stationary applications, e.g. removal of rough grinding traces, removal of oxidation and light deburring work. Achieve matt and satin-finished surfaces. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Available POLIVLIES grit sizes: 100 G = coarse (yellow-brown) 180 M = medium (red-brown) 240 F = fine (blue) L T L [mm] T [mm] 2,000 2,500 75 75 Page Catalogue 54 4 Recommendations for use: ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 5–15 m/s. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. 100 G Grit size 180 M EAN 4007220 240 F Description 066164 066225 066188 066232 066195 066249 2 2 VB 75/2000 A ... VB 75/2500 A ...

Coated abrasives Cloth-backed abrasive sheets BG Brown BR type The brown cloth-backed variant is suitable for universal, heavy-duty use on alloyed and non-alloyed steels, as well as non-ferrous metals. The cloth-backed abrasive sheets comply with ISO 21948. Advantages: ■■Very high grain adhesion on very flexible cloth. ■■High abrasive performance. ■■Oil and kerosene-resistant. L Recommendations for use: ■■Tear to the necessary size if required. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. T Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A L [mm] T [mm] 280 230 L [mm] T [mm] 280 230 40 60 80 Grit size 100 EAN 4007220 120 150 180 Description 587393 587409 587416 587423 587430 587447 587454 220 240 280 Grit size 320 EAN 4007220 400 444 999 587461 587478 587485 587492 587515 587522 587539 50 BG BR 230x280 A ... Description 50 4 BG BR 230x280 A ... Blue BL type The blue cloth-backed variant is the low-cost alternative for normal workloads when working on painted wooden and metal surfaces. The cloth-backed abrasive sheets comply with ISO 21948. Advantages: ■■Good grain adhesion on sturdy cloth. ■■Good abrasive performance. Ordering notes: ■■Grit sizes 40, 60 and 80 are supplied in packaging units of 50 pieces. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A L [mm] 280 T [mm] 40 230 587270 L Recommendations for use: ■■Tear to the necessary size if required. Grit size 120 150 EAN 4007220 60 80 100 587287 587294 587300 587317 587324 T Description 180 220 240 587331 587348 587355 100 BG BL 230x280 A ... Catalogue Page 4 55

Coated abrasives Paper-backed abrasive sheets BP SiC type, waterproof W The SiC abrasive enables use on paint and glass. Particularly suitable for all wet grinding work on conventional painted constructions. The paper-backed abrasive sheets comply with ISO 21948. L Advantages: ■■Very high grain adhesion on very flexible and light paper. ■■Maximum abrasive performance. ■■Can be used for wet and dry grinding. Recommendations for use: ■■Tear to the necessary size if required. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Abrasive: Silicon carbide SiC T L [mm] T [mm] 280 230 L [mm] T [mm] 280 230 Grit size 180 220 EAN 4007220 100 120 150 587546 588222 588239 588246 Description 588253 240 280 320 588260 588277 588284 360 400 500 Grit size 600 EAN 4007220 800 1000 1200 588291 588307 588314 588321 588338 588345 588352 50 BP W 230x280 SiC ... Description 50 BP W 230x280 SiC ... Aluminium oxide A type The aluminium oxide A abrasive is the low-cost alternative for normal workloads when working on painted wooden and metal surfaces. The paper-backed abrasive sheets comply with ISO 21948. L Advantages: ■■Good grain adhesion on sturdy paper. ■■Good abrasive performance. 280 Ordering notes: ■■Grit sizes 40, 60 and 80 are supplied in packaging units of 50 pieces. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A T L T [mm] [mm] Recommendations for use: ■■Tear to the necessary size if required. 40 60 80 100 120 Grit size 150 180 EAN 4007220 Description 220 240 280 400 230 622520 622544 622551 622568 622575 622582 622476 622483 622490 622506 622513 Page Catalogue 56 4 100 BP 230x280 A ...

Coated abrasives Hand pads POLINOX hand pads PVSK Suitable for very fine grinding on small to large surfaces and contours, and for manually cleaning metal and painted surfaces. Achieve matt and satin-finished surfaces. Highly open structure. Advantages: ■■Highly flexible, enabling optimal adjustment to the contour. ■■Hard-to-reach areas can be accessed. ■■Can be used for wet and dry grinding. Recommendations for use: ■■Cut to the necessary size if required. L Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. T Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Silicon carbide SiC L [mm] T [mm] Abrasives 224 154 A SiC 80 100 Grit size 180 EAN 4007220 280 400 Description 294611 - 294628 - 294635 - 294642 - 294659 10 10 PVSK 150 A ... PVSK 150 SiC ... 4 HP diamond type Exceptionally suitable for work on wear-resistant coatings and for hard facings made of tungsten carbide, chromium carbide, titanium carbide, etc. Particularly recommended for work on materials used for aircraft engine construction, e.g. Hastelloy, Inconel and titanium/titanium alloys. Also highly suitable for work on extremely hard materials such as tungsten carbide, glass, ceramics, enamel, stone and GRP/CRP. Advantages: ■■Highly flexible, enabling optimal adjustment to the contour. ■■Hard-to-reach areas can be accessed. ■■Can be used for wet and dry grinding. Abrasive: Diamond D 251 (green) = P 60 D 126 (black) = P 120 D 76 (red) = P 200 (P = Grit size according to ISO 6344) L [mm] Ordering notes: ■■Grit sizes are indicated in µm. ■■Further information on diamond grinding tools can be found in catalogue section 5. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. T [mm] 55 L Recommendations for use: ■■Work with little contact pressure. 251 90 T 804568 Grit size [µm] 126 EAN 4007220 804575 Description 76 804582 1 HP 5590 DIA ... Catalogue Page 4 57

Coated abrasives General information – Shop rolls Thanks to their high flexibility, shop rolls are ideally suited to a range of grinding applications. The matching shop roll holder is suitable for storing and tearing off the belts to the required length. Advantages: Recommendations for use: Ordering notes: ■ Optimum adaptation to contours thanks to high flexibility. ■ Low wear thanks to high tear strength and very high grain adhesion. ■ Cut to the required dimensions if necessary. ■ Please order shop roll holders separately. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220587775 SBR 50 A 100 ■ Ordering example explanation: SBR = Shop rolls 50 = Width T [mm] A = Abrasive 100 = Grit size Matching tool drives: ■ Manual application Applications: Roughening Surface work Cleaning Step-by-step fine grinding ■ ■ ■ ■ Accessories: ■ Shop roll holders Shop rolls SBR Cloth, aluminium oxide A type The brown cloth-backed variant is suitable for universal, heavy-duty use on alloyed and non-alloyed steels, as well as non-ferrous metals. The carton has a tear-off edge for separating the sections of abrasive belt at the workplace. D SBR 25, SBR 40 and SBR 50 correspond to shape B, ISO 3366. SBR 100 corresponds to shape A, ISO 3366. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. T Length [m] T [mm] D [mm] 40 50 60 25 50 38 25 40 50 100 75.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 602010 587645 587744 587843 602027 - 602034 587553 587652 587751 587850 Length [m] T [mm] D [mm] 180 220 240 25 50 38 25 40 50 100 75.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 75.0 602089 587607 587706 587805 587980 602096 622612 621981 - 602102 587614 587713 587812 587997 Page Catalogue 58 4 Grit size 80 100 EAN 4007220 602041 587560 587669 587768 588864 602058 587577 587676 587775 587874 Grit size 320 400 EAN 4007220 602119 587621 587720 587829 588000 602126 587638 587737 587836 588017 Description 120 150 602065 587584 587683 587782 587881 602072 587591 587690 587799 587973 600 800 607237 607251 - 607244 - 1 1 1 1 1 SBR 38 A ... SBR 25 A ... SBR 40 A ... SBR 50 A ... SBR 100 A ... Description 1 1 1 1 1 SBR 38 A ... SBR 25 A ... SBR 40 A ... SBR 50 A ... SBR 100 A ...

Coated abrasives Shop rolls SBR-P Paper, aluminium oxide A type The abrasive material aluminium oxide A is the low-cost alternative for normal workloads when working on painted wooden and metal surfaces. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A D Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Length [m] T [mm] D [mm] 40 60 Grit size 80 100 EAN 4007220 25 115 75.0 667774 667781 622858 T Description 622865 120 150 667798 667804 1 SBR-P 115 A ... Shop roll holder SRH SRH 1 and SRH 5 types SRH 1 Holder for wall-mounting: for storing and tearing off to the required length as necessary. With the variant SRH 5, various roll sizes can be combined with each other as desired. Advantages: ■■Enable shop rolls to be stored correctly. 4 SRH 5 No. of rolls Suitable for roll widths [mm] Suitable for roll dia. [mm] EAN 4007220 1 5 25, 38, 40, 50 25, 38, 40, 50 380 260 297551 297568 Description 1 1 SRH 1 SRH 5 POLINOX non-woven shop rolls VBR Aluminium oxide A and silicon carbide SiC types Suitable for very fine grinding on small to large surfaces and contours, and for manually cleaning metal and painted surfaces. Achieve matt and satin-finished surfaces. Highly open structure. Advantages: ■■Highly flexible, enabling optimal adjustment to the contour. ■■Hard-to-reach areas can be accessed. ■■Can be used for wet and dry grinding. Recommendations for use: ■■Cut to the necessary size if required. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. T Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Silicon carbide SiC Length [m] T [mm] Abrasives 10 100 A SiC 80 100 Grit size 180 EAN 4007220 280 400 Description 095690 - 622711 - 622728 - 622735 - 951385 1 1 VBR 100 A ... VBR 100 SiC ... Catalogue Page 4 59

Coated abrasives Abrasive cord SS type High flexibility, therefore ideal for very fine deburring and finishing work in hard-to-reach places. Especially recommended for work on very small holes, grooves and cut-outs in tool- and mouldmaking. Explanation of the abbreviations: D = Abrasive cord diameter Silicon carbide SiC Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A D [mm] Length [m] Abrasives 0.8 1 1.4 1.8 2.1 0.5 15 15 15 15 15 15 A A A A A SiC Page Catalogue 60 4 120 037676 - Grit size 150 180 EAN 4007220 037645 - 037638 037652 - Description 200 037614 037607 1 1 1 1 1 1 SS 0,8mm x 15m A ... SS 1,0mm x 15m A ... SS 1,4mm x 15m A ... SS 1,8mm x 15m A ... SS 2,1mm x 15m A ... SS 0,5mm x 15m SiC ...

Coated abrasives General information – Velcro-backed abrasive discs KSS Velcro-backed abrasive discs are suitable for fine-grinding large surfaces using eccentric orbital sanders and can be universally used on metal, wood, plastic and paintwork. The velcro-backed abrasive discs with extraction holes are realized in shape A in compliance with ISO 21951: O L: Without extraction holes Dia. 125 8 L: 8 extraction holes, dia. 10 mm, reference circle 65 mm, ISO 21951 – nominal size 6  Dia. 150 8 L: 8 extraction holes, dia. 10 mm, reference circle 65 mm, ISO 21951 – nominal size 9 Dia. 150 6 L: 6 extraction holes, dia. 10 mm, reference circle 80 mm, ISO 21951 – nominal size 10 Advantages: Ordering notes: ■ High profitability thanks to quick tool changes and high abrasive performance. ■ Longest possible tool life thanks to low clogging. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220599297 KSS 125 8 L A 60 ■ Ordering example explanation: KSS = Velcro-backed abrasive disc 125 = Diameter 8L = 8 extraction holes A = Abrasive 60 = Grit size Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ Roughening Surface work Cleaning Step-by-step fine grinding Safety notes: 4 Matching tool drives: ■ Eccentric orbital sanders Velcro-backed abrasive discs KSS Aluminium oxide A type For universal grinding work from coarse to fine grinding in industry and professional trades. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A D1 [mm] Holes 125 0 8 0 8 6 150 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. 40 60 80 100 599273 588024 599341 599105 588123 599297 588031 599358 599112 588130 599303 588048 599365 599129 588147 599310 588055 599372 599136 588154 Grit size 120 150 EAN 4007220 599426 588062 599389 599143 588161 D1 Description 180 240 320 400 599327 588079 588086 588093 588109 588116 599396 599402 599419 599150 588178 588185 588192 588208 588215 25 25 25 25 25 KSS 125 O L A ... KSS 125 8 L A ... KSS 150 O L A ... KSS 150 8 L A ... KSS 150 6 L A ... Catalogue Page 4 61

Coated abrasives General information – Velcro-backed abrasive discs KSS-NET Velcro-backed abrasive discs in the NET type feature a netting fabric, to which the abrasive grain is bonded with a high-performance bond system, which makes it very durable. The range comprises various diameters that have been adapted to the drives common on the market, and also a comprehensive choice of grains, from 80 to 1,000. Advantages: Materials that can be worked: ■ Very long tool life and high stock removal rate. ■ Very fine, even surfaces can be achieved. ■ Dust-free work thanks to good extraction capability. ■ No clogging thanks to netting structure. ■ Durable netting structure with high tear strength and edge stability. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Aluminium Additional non-ferrous metals Stainless steel (INOX) Wood Plastics Steel, cast steel ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220105207 KSS NET 125 A 80 ■ Ordering example explanation: KSS NET = Velcro-backed abrasive disc, NET type 125 = Diameter A = Abrasive 80 = Grit size Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ Ordering notes: Roughening Surface grinding Cleaning Step-by-step fine grinding Safety notes: Matching tool drives: ■ Eccentric orbital sanders Velcro-backed abrasive discs KSS-NET KSS-NET type For dust-free, universal grinding work on medium-sized and large surfaces. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A D1 Recommendations for use: ■■Use the extraction connection on the machine to effectively remove the grinding dust. D1 [mm] 80 100 120 150 180 Grit size 240 320 EAN 4007220 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Description 400 600 800 1000 125 105207 105214 105221 105238 105245 105252 105269 105276 105283 105290 105306 150 105313 105320 105337 105344 105351 105368 105375 105382 105399 105405 105412 Page Catalogue 62 4 25 25 KSS NET 125 A ... KSS NET 150 A ...

Abrasive spiral bands General information The comprehensive range of abrasive spiral bands offers the best tool solution for every application, from fine grinding through to aggressive grinding. Matching, reusable rubber drum holders in two different shapes are available for using abrasive spiral bands: ■ Cylindrical ■ Conical In ISO 2421, abrasive spiral bands are designated as "cylindrical abrasive sleeves". In ISO 15637-1, cylindrical rubber drum holders are designated as "holding fixtures for cylindrical abrasive sleeves". KSB = Small pack of abrasive spiral bands GSB = Bulk pack of abrasive spiral bands Ordering notes: ■ Please order rubber drum holders separately. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220148426 GSB 4530 Z-COOL 36 ■ Ordering example explanation: GSB = Bulk pack of abrasive spiral bands 4530 = Inner diameter D x width T [mm] Z = Abrasive COOL = Bond type 36 = Grit size Advantages: Recommendations for use: Safety notes: ■ Abrasive spiral band fits securely on the rubber drum holder as the holder expands during use. ■ Outstanding tool life thanks to special manufacturing process – even under the toughest work conditions. ■ Highest possible profitability thanks to particularly high stock removal and aggressiveness of the abrasive. ■ To change the abrasive spiral bands easily, raise and lower them while turning slightly to the right. When doing so, leave the rubber drum holder engaged in the tool drive. ■ Adhere to the minimum speed for the rubber drum holder to ensure that the abrasive spiral band fits securely. ■ For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 20–30 m/s. ■ Use grinding oil which is suitable for the material in order to considerably increase the tool life and abrasive performance of the tools. More detailed information and ordering data for grinding oils can be found on page 155. ■ The maximum permitted peripheral speed is 30 m/s. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. ■ Do not allow abrasive spiral bands to protrude beyond the rubber drum holder. Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Roughening Levelling Deburring Surface work Work on edges Sharpening Work on weld seams Step-by-step fine grinding Recommended rotational speed range Example: KSB 4530 A 60 Cutting speed: 20–30 m/s Rotational speed: 8,400–12,700 RPM Accessories: ■ Rubber drum holder Matching tool drives: ■ Flexible shaft drives ■ Straight grinders Tool dia. [mm] 20 Cutting speed [m/s] 25 Rotational speeds [RPM] 30 4 6 8 10 13 15 19 22 25 30 38 45 51 60 75 100 95,400 63,600 47,700 38,100 29,300 25,400 20,100 17,300 15,200 12,700 10,000 8,400 7,400 6,300 5,000 3,800 119,300 79,500 59,600 47,700 36,700 31,800 25,100 21,700 19,000 15,900 12,500 10,600 9,300 7,900 6,300 4,700 143,200 95,400 71,600 57,200 44,000 38,100 30,100 26,000 22,900 19,000 15,000 12,700 11,200 9,500 7,600 5,700 Catalogue Page 4 63 4

Abrasive spiral bands General information The fast way to the best tool Abrasive  Aluminium oxide A Material group  Non-hardened, non-heat-treated steels Hardened, heat-treated steels Stainless Rust- and acid-resistant steel (INOX) steels Steel, cast steel Soft non-ferrous metals, non-ferrous metals Non-ferrous Hard metals non-ferrous metals High-temperatureresistant materials Grey cast iron, white cast iron Cast iron Plastics, other materials  = Highly suitable Zirconia alumina Z Zirconia alumina Z-COOL Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, cast steel Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels, cast steel Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels       Soft aluminium alloys  Brass, copper, zinc    Hard aluminium alloys    Bronze, titanium    Nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys     Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), with nodular graphite/nodular cast iron EN-GJS (GGG), white annealed cast iron EN-GJMW (GTW), black cast iron EN-GJMB (GTS) Fibre-reinforced plastics, thermoplastics, wood, chipboard, paintwork      Silicon carbide SiC       = Suitable Small pack KSB Aluminium oxide A type For universal applications from coarse to fine grinding. D Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. T D [mm] T [mm] Cylindrical shape 10 10 20 13 10 25 15 10 30 19 25 22 20 25 25 30 20 30 38 25 45 30 51 25 60 30 75 30 Page Catalogue 64 4 40 50 149263 149324 149379 149461 149515 149577 149614 149089 149171 149317 149454 149560 - Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 149041 149096 149133 149188 149225 149270 149331 149386 149478 149522 149584 149621 148921 148952 148983 149010 149058 149102 149140 149195 149232 149287 149348 149393 149485 149539 149591 149638 150 240 148938 148969 148990 149027 149065 149119 149157 149201 149249 149294 149355 149409 149492 149546 149607 149645 148976 149126 149164 - Opt. RPM 30,000–44,000 30,000–44,000 30,000–44,000 30,000–44,000 26,000–36,000 26,000–36,000 20,000–30,000 18,000–26,000 16,000–22,900 13,000–19,100 13,000–19,100 10,000–15,900 8,500–12,700 7,500–11,200 6,500–9,500 5,000–7,600 Description 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 10 10 10 10 KSB 1010 A ... KSB 1020 A ... KSB 1310 A ... KSB 1325 A ... KSB 1510 A ... KSB 1530 A ... KSB 1925 A ... KSB 2220 A ... KSB 2525 A ... KSB 3020 A ... KSB 3030 A ... KSB 3825 A ... KSB 4530 A ... KSB 5125 A ... KSB 6030 A ... KSB 7530 A ...

Abrasive spiral bands Bulk pack GSB Aluminium oxide A type For universal applications from coarse to fine grinding. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A D [mm] J [mm] Cylindrical shape 4 6 8 10 13 - 15 - 19 22 25 30 - 38 45 51 60 75 100 Conical shape 20 14 29 22 36 22 D Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. T [mm] 10 10 10 10 20 10 25 10 30 25 20 25 20 30 25 30 25 30 30 40 40 50 148112 148174 148280 148372 148488 148549 148648 148686 147832 147979 148167 148365 148532 - 63 148723 30 148778 60 148822 - Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 J D T Opt. RPM T Description 150 240 147610 147634 147658 147689 147719 147740 147771 147818 147863 147955 148006 148099 148143 148204 148310 148402 148518 148570 148679 148716 147726 147870 148013 148211 148419 - 30,000–55,000 30,000–55,000 30,000–55,000 30,000–44,000 30,000–44,000 30,000–44,000 30,000–44,000 26,000–36,000 26,000–36,000 20,000–30,000 18,000–26,000 16,000–22,900 13,000–19,100 13,000–19,100 10,000–15,900 8,500–12,700 7,500–11,200 6,500–9,500 5,000–7,600 4,000–5,700 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 GSB 0410 A ... GSB 0610 A ... GSB 0810 A ... GSB 1010 A ... GSB 1020 A ... GSB 1310 A ... GSB 1325 A ... GSB 1510 A ... GSB 1530 A ... GSB 1925 A ... GSB 2220 A ... GSB 2525 A ... GSB 3020 A ... GSB 3030 A ... GSB 3825 A ... GSB 4530 A ... GSB 5125 A ... GSB 6030 A ... GSB 7530 A ... GSB 10040 A ... 148730 148747 148754 148761 148785 148792 148808 148839 148846 148853 - 19,000–26,000 13,000–19,100 10,000–15,900 100 100 100 GSB 201463 A ... GSB 292230 A ... GSB 362260 A ... 949740 147795 147849 147931 147986 148075 148129 148181 148297 148389 148495 148556 148655 148693 147672 147702 147733 147764 147801 147856 147948 147993 148082 148136 148198 148303 148396 148501 148563 148662 148709 4 Catalogue Page 4 65

Abrasive spiral bands Bulk pack GSB Zirconia alumina Z type D J T D [mm] For coarse grinding work with a high stock removal rate and a long tool life. D Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z T J [mm] Cylindrical shape 13 19 25 30 38 45 51 Conical shape 20 14 29 22 36 22 T [mm] 25 25 25 30 25 30 25 Grit size 50 60 EAN 4007220 36 40 949771 949795 949801 949849 804896 805022 805145 805190 805664 803943 63 950050 30 950067 60 950166 - Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Opt. RPM Description 80 120 804889 804957 805091 805183 949825 805732 803967 949757 949764 949788 949832 949863 30,000–44,000 20,000–30,000 16,000–22,900 13,000–19,100 10,000–15,900 8,500–12,700 7,500–11,200 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 GSB 1325 Z ... GSB 1925 Z ... GSB 2525 Z ... GSB 3030 Z ... GSB 3825 Z ... GSB 4530 Z ... GSB 5125 Z ... 950074 950081 950098 950104 950128 950135 950142 950159 950241 950258 950265 950289 19,000–26,000 13,000–19,100 10,000–15,900 100 100 100 GSB 201463 Z ... GSB 292230 Z ... GSB 362260 Z ... 804827 804902 805077 805152 949818 805671 949856 804872 804940 805084 805176 805206 805725 803950 Zirconia alumina Z-COOL type For coarse grinding work with a high stock removal rate and cool grinding. D Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z-COOL T D [mm] Cylindrical shape 15 22 30 45 60 Page Catalogue 66 4 T [mm] 30 20 30 30 30 36 148228 148426 148587 Grit size 50 80 EAN 4007220 147887 148020 148235 148433 148594 147894 148037 148242 148440 148600 150 147924 148068 148273 148471 148631 Ordering notes: ■■Grit size 150 is supplied with aluminium oxide A-COOL (brown). ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Opt. RPM 26,000–36,000 18,000–26,000 13,000–19,100 8,500–12,700 6,500–9,500 Description 100 100 100 100 100 GSB 1530 Z-COOL ... GSB 2220 Z-COOL ... GSB 3030 Z-COOL ... GSB 4530 Z-COOL ... GSB 6030 Z-COOL ...

Abrasive spiral bands Bulk pack GSB Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL type For aggressive grinding with maximum stock removal rate on hard and tough materials which do not conduct heat well. Consistently high performance due to self-sharpening ceramic oxide grain. J D Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. D T T The packaging size is ideally suited to industrial requirements. Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL D [mm] J [mm] Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. T [mm] Cylindrical shape 13 15 19 22 25 30 38 45 51 60 Conical shape 20 14 29 22 36 22 Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 36 Opt. RPM 120 Description 25 30 25 20 25 30 25 30 25 30 088234 088456 772287 088494 772355 088661 772416 088074 772195 088333 772225 772256 772294 088500 772362 088678 772423 092415 772201 088340 772232 772263 772317 088579 772393 088753 772430 088227 772218 088432 772249 772270 772331 088586 772409 088760 772447 30,000–44,000 26,000–36,000 20,000–30,000 18,000–26,000 16,000–22,900 13,000–19,100 10,000–15,900 8,500–12,700 7,500–11,200 6,500–9,500 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 GSB 1325 CO-COOL ... GSB 1530 CO-COOL ... GSB 1925 CO-COOL ... GSB 2220 CO-COOL ... GSB 2525 CO-COOL ... GSB 3030 CO-COOL ... GSB 3825 CO-COOL ... GSB 4530 CO-COOL ... GSB 5125 CO-COOL ... GSB 6030 CO-COOL ... 63 30 60 950302 950364 950432 950319 950388 950456 950326 950395 950463 950340 950418 950487 19,000–26,000 13,000–19,100 10,000–15,900 100 100 100 GSB 201463 CO-COOL ... GSB 292230 CO-COOL ... GSB 362260 CO-COOL ... Silicon carbide SiC type For universal grinding work on components made from aluminium, copper, bronze, titanium and fibre-reinforced plastics. D Particularly recommended for use on titanium alloys. Ideally suited to use in the aeronautical industry, especially where SiC is the only approved abrasive, e.g. for use on engine components. Abrasive: Silicon carbide SiC D [mm] Cylindrical shape 10 13 15 22 30 45 T Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. T [mm] 20 25 30 20 30 30 60 066270 066324 066379 066416 066454 066492 Grit size 80 100 EAN 4007220 066294 066348 066386 066423 066461 066508 066300 066355 066393 066430 066478 066515 150 066317 066362 066409 066447 066485 066522 Opt. RPM 30,000–44,000 30,000–44,000 26,000–36,000 18,000–26,000 13,000–19,100 8,500–12,700 Description 100 100 100 100 100 100 GSB 1020 SiC ... GSB 1325 SiC ... GSB 1530 SiC ... GSB 2220 SiC ... GSB 3030 SiC ... GSB 4530 SiC ... Catalogue Page 4 67 4

Abrasive spiral bands Rubber drum holders GK Conical and cylindrical types Matching rubber drum holder for conical and cylindrical abrasive spiral bands. D S T Rubber drum holders marked “H” are the harder type and permit grinding at higher contact pressure. They are extremely well-suited to work on weld seams. L J D [mm] J [mm] T [mm] S [mm] L Hardness EAN [mm] [Shore A] 4007220 Cylindrical shape 4 - 10 40 40 40 40 40 40 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 6 - 10 8 - 10 10 - 13 - 15 - 19 22 - 10 20 10 25 10 30 25 20 3 6 3 6 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 25 30 - 38 45 - 25 20 30 30 25 30 6 6 6 6 6 6 35 35 35 35 35 35 51 60 - 25 30 - 30 40 6 6 8 8 8 35 35 35 35 35 65–70 65–70 65–70 65–70 65–70 65–70 65–70 65–70 65–70 65–70 65–70 65–70 65–70 65–70 80 65–70 65–70 65–70 80 65–70 65–70 80 65–70 65–70 65–70 65–70 65–70 14 22 22 63 30 60 6 6 6 40 40 40 65–70 65–70 65–70 75 100 Conical shape 20 29 36 Page Catalogue 68 4 Acc. to ISO standards Max. MiniRPM mum rotational speed [RPM] Description 146729 146712 146743 146736 146767 146750 146774 146781 146798 146804 146811 146828 146835 146842 146859 146866 146873 146880 146897 146903 146927 146934 146941 146958 146965 146972 146989 15637-1 15637-1 15637-1 15637-1 15637-1 15637-1 15637-1 15637-1 15637-1 15637-1 15637-1 15637-1 15637-1 15637-1 15637-1 55,000 55,000 55,000 55,000 55,000 55,000 44,000 44,000 44,000 44,000 36,000 36,000 30,000 26,000 26,000 22,900 19,100 19,100 19,100 15,900 12,700 12,700 11,200 9,500 9,500 7,600 5,700 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000 26,000 26,000 20,000 18,000 18,000 16,000 13,000 13,000 13,000 10,000 8,500 8,500 7,500 6,500 6,500 5,000 4,000 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 GK 0410/3 GK 0410/6 GK 0610/3 GK 0610/6 GK 0810/3 GK 0810/6 GK 1010/6 GK 1020/6 GK 1310/6 GK 1325/6 GK 1510/6 GK 1530/6 GK 1925/6 GK 2220/6 GK 2220/6 H GK 2525/6 GK 3020/6 GK 3030/6 GK 3030/6 H GK 3825/6 GK 4530/6 GK 4530/6 H GK 5125/6 GK 6030/6 GK 6030/8 GK 7530/8 GK 10040/8 147078 147085 147092 - 26,000 19,100 15,900 19,000 13,000 10,000 5 5 5 GK 201463/6 GK 292230/6 GK 362260/6

POLIROLL, POLICO General information POLIROLL and POLICO tools are suited for work in hard-to-access places. They consist of spirally wound, coated abrasives. The abrasive grain is embedded in the resinoid coating on the sturdy backing material, which achieves the best possible abrasive performance. Advantages: Matching tool drives: ■ Constantly high abrasive performance throughout the entire tool life thanks to fresh abrasive grain being constantly freed up in operation. ■ Secure fit of the POLIROLL/POLICO when in use due to self-tensioning provided by grooved, conical arbor. ■ Easy tool changing. ■ Flexible shaft drives ■ Straight grinders Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Levelling Deburring Work on edges Sharpening Work on weld seams Step-by-step fine grinding Recommendations for use: ■ Grind with the tip instead of the flat surface so as not to damage the bond through exposure to heat. ■ Mount POLIROLL with the bonded side facing towards the arbor. ■ Use grinding oil which is suitable for the material in order to considerably increase the tool life and abrasive performance of the tools. More detailed information and ordering data for grinding oils can be found on page 155. Recommended rotational speed range Example: PR 1225 A 80 Cutting speed: 8 m/s Rotational speed: 12,700 RPM Accessories: ■ Arbor for POLIROLL and POLICO Ordering notes: ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220803394 PR 1225 A 80 ■ Ordering example explanation: PR = POLIROLL cylindrical cartridge rolls 1225 = Outer diameter D x width T [mm] A = Abrasive 80 = Grit size 4 Safety notes: ■ The maximum permitted peripheral speed is 11 m/s. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. Tool dia. [mm] 5 Cutting speed [m/s] 8 Rotational speeds [RPM] 11 6 9 12 14 18 15,900 10,600 7,900 6,800 5,300 25,400 16,900 12,700 10,900 8,400 35,000 23,300 17,500 15,000 11,600 Catalogue Page 4 69

POLIROLL, POLICO POLIROLL cartridge rolls PR and PRK, POLICO abrasive cones PCO Aluminium oxide A type PR For universal grinding work on metals and other materials. PRK PCO Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Materials that can be worked: aluminium, copper, brass, grey/nodular cast iron (GG/GJL, GGG/GJS), annealed cast iron, steel, cast steel, hardened, heat-treated steels over 1,200 N/mm2 (> 38 HRC) D Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. T D [mm] T [mm] 50 Grit size 80 150 EAN 4007220 Cylindrical shape (PR) 6 25 35 9 25 35 12 25 152386 35 152416 18 35 152447 50 152478 Conical shape (PRK) 10 25 12 25 152522 35 152553 15 35 152584 POLICO abrasive cones (PCO) 10 50 - Opt. RPM Max. RPM Suitable arbors Description 152300 152324 152348 152362 152393 152423 152454 152485 152317 152331 152355 152379 152409 152430 152461 152492 20,000 20,000 15,000 15,000 12,000 12,000 8,000 8,000 25,000 BO 3-18-3, BO 6-18-3 25,000 BO 6-24-3 23,000 BO 6-18-3 23,000 BO 6-24-3 17,000 BO 6-18-3 17,000 BO 6-24-3 12,000 BO 6-25-5 12,000 BO 6-30-5 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 PR 0625 A ... PR 0635 A ... PR 0925 A ... PR 0935 A ... PR 1225 A ... PR 1235 A ... PR 1835 A ... PR 1850 A ... 152508 152539 152560 152591 152515 152546 152577 152607 15,000 12,000 12,000 10,000 23,000 BO 3-18-3, BO 6-18-3 17,000 BO 6-18-3 17,000 BO 6-24-3 15,000 BO 6-24-3 50 50 50 50 PRK 1025 A ... PRK 1225 A ... PRK 1235 A ... PRK 1535 A ... 152614 152621 15,000 23,000 50 PCO 1050 A ... BO 6-50-8 Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL type D For aggressive grinding with maximum stock removal rate on hard materials which do not conduct heat well. T Consistently high performance due to self-sharpening ceramic oxide grain. Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Materials that can be worked: aluminium, cobalt-based alloys, nickel-based alloys (e.g. Inconel and Hastelloy), titanium, stainless steel (INOX) D [mm] T [mm] 6 25 35 25 35 25 35 9 12 Page Catalogue 70 4 60 Grit size 80 120 EAN 4007220 803264 803295 803325 803356 803387 803424 803271 803301 803332 803363 803394 803431 803288 803318 803349 803370 803400 803448 Opt. RPM 20,000 20,000 15,000 15,000 12,000 12,000 Max. RPM Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Suitable arbors 25,000 BO 3-18-3, BO 6-18-3 25,000 BO 6-24-3 23,000 BO 6-18-3 23,000 BO 6-24-3 17,000 BO 6-18-3 17,000 BO 6-24-3 Description 50 50 50 50 50 50 PR 0625 CO-COOL ... PR 0635 CO-COOL ... PR 0925 CO-COOL ... PR 0935 CO-COOL ... PR 1225 CO-COOL ... PR 1235 CO-COOL ...

POLIROLL, POLICO Arbors and set Arbors BO Advantages: ■■Tool can be changed without unclamping the arbor from the tool drive collet. S L Arbors for POLIROLL and POLICO tools. Ordering notes: ■■Arbor BO 6-50-8 – matching PCO 1050. The cone of the clamping piece is 5°. Suitable for S [mm] L [mm] EAN 4007220 PR 0625, PRK 1025 PR 0625, PR 0925, PR 1225, PRK 1025, PRK 1225 PR 0635, PR 0935, PR 1235, PRK 1235, PRK 1535 PR 1835 PR 1850 PCO 1050 3 6 6 6 6 6 27 30 30 30 30 30 152171 152188 152195 152201 152218 152232 Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 BO 3-18-3 BO 6-18-3 BO 6-24-3 BO 6-25-5 BO 6-30-5 BO 6-50-8 POLIROLL set 4 Set of different POLIROLL cartridge rolls with matching arbors. Contents: 150 POLIROLL cartridge rolls with matching arbor: ■■20 pcs. each of PR 0625, A 80 and A 150 ■■20 pcs. each of PR 0925, A 80 and A 150 ■■20 pcs. each of PR 1225, A 80 and A 150 ■■10 pcs. each of PRK 1025, A 80 and A 150 ■■10 pcs. each of PRK 1225, A 80 Advantages: ■■Coordinated selection of the most common versions. LxBxH [mm] EAN 4007220 180 x 145 x 40 335727 Description 1 PRS 151 Catalogue Page 4 71

POLICAP General information The broad, material-specific range of POLICAP abrasive cap and spiral band products offers tool solutions with the highest possible stock removal rate for universal and specific grinding applications alike. POLICAP tools have a seamless design, and the entire tool surface can be used. Perfectly matching, reusable holders are available for using abrasive caps and spiral bands. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ Abrasive caps and spiral bands fit securely on the holder as it expands during use. ■ High standards of shape accuracy and excellent fine grinding thanks to a special manufacturing process. ■ Easy tool changing. ■ To change the abrasive caps and spiral bands easily, raise and lower them while turning slightly to the right. When doing so, leave the tool carrier engaged in the tool drive and fix in place. ■ For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 10–20 m/s. Applications: Matching tool drives: ■ Levelling ■ Surface work ■ Step-by-step fine grinding ■ Flexible shaft drives ■ Straight grinders Ordering notes: ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220150849 PC ZYA 1015 A 60 ■ Ordering example explanation: PC = POLICAP abrasive caps ZYA = Cylindrical shape 1015 = Outer diameter D x width T [mm] A = Abrasive 60 = Grit size Safety notes: ■ The maximum permitted peripheral speed is 25 m/s. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. Accessories: ■ Abrasive cap and rubber drum holder Type Application Aluminium oxide A For universal use on steel materials (hardened, heat-treated, non-hardened). Especially developed for specific applications, e.g. in tool- and mould-making, in addition to corresponding repair tasks. Also suitable for work on plastics, wood and fillers in model-making applications. A60/80 A150 A280 SiC-COOL (Silicon carbide with active grinding layer) Ideal for work on components made from titanium, aluminium and their respective alloys. Ideally suited to use in aircraft and turbine construction, in addition to associated maintenance tasks. The special grain selection and the active grinding additive in the bond facilitate cool grinding, reduce the workpiece temperature and prevent chips from adhering. CO-COOL (Ceramic oxide grain with active grinding layer) The specific structure of the ceramic oxide grain and the active-grinding bond components make this ideal for work on stainless steels (INOX) and the high-temperature-resistant nickelbased and cobalt-based alloys that are frequently used in turbine construction, e.g. Inconel, Hastelloy. The active grinding additives prevent clogging and facilitate cooler grinding with considerably higher stock removal rate. Page Catalogue 72 4

POLICAP General information The fast way to the best tool Abrasive  Material group  Steel, cast steel Stainless steel (INOX) Non-ferrous metals Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL     Non-hardened, non-heat-treated steels Hardened, heat-treated steels Rust- and acid-resistant steels Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, cast steel Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels, cast steel Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels Soft non-ferrous metals, non-ferrous metals Soft aluminium alloys  Brass, copper, zinc  Hard non-ferrous metals Hard aluminium alloys  High-temperatureresistant materials Cast iron Aluminium oxide A Grey cast iron, white cast iron Plastics, other materials  = Highly suitable    Nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys  Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), with nodular graphite/nodular cast iron EN-GJS (GGG), white annealed cast iron EN-GJMW (GTW), black cast iron EN-GJMB (GTS) Fibre-reinforced plastics, thermoplastics, wood, chipboard, paintwork   Bronze, titanium   4     = Suitable Recommended rotational speed range Example: PC ZYA 1015 A 150 Cutting speed: 10–20 m/s Rotational speed: 19,000–38,100 RPM Silicon carbide SiC-COOL Tool dia. [mm] 10 5 7 10 11 16 21 29 36 38,100 27,200 19,000 17,300 11,900 9,000 6,500 5,300 Cutting speed [m/s] 15 20 Rotational speeds [RPM] 57,200 40,900 28,600 26,000 17,900 13,600 9,800 7,900 76,300 54,500 38,100 34,700 23,800 18,100 13,100 10,600 25 95,400 68,200 47,700 43,400 29,800 22,700 16,400 13,200 Catalogue Page 4 73

POLICAP PC, shape ZYA Abrasive caps PC ZYA D T A 60/80 POLICAP abrasive caps in cylindrical shape ZYA (previously shape A). A 150 D [mm] T [mm] 5 7 10 13 16 10 12 15 17 26 A 280 Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Grit size colour code: 60 and 80 = brown 150 = black 280 = red-brown Grit size 80 150 EAN 4007220 60 150818 150849 150870 150900 150788 - Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Opt. RPM 280 150795 150825 150856 150887 150917 150801 150832 150863 150894 150924 40,000 30,000 20,000 16,000 12,000 Description 50 50 50 50 50 PC ZYA 0510 A ... PC ZYA 0712 A ... PC ZYA 1015 A ... PC ZYA 1317 A ... PC ZYA 1626 A ... PCT, shape ZYA S D T Abrasive cap holders PCT ZYA Matching POLICAP abrasive cap holder in cylindrical shape ZYA (previously shape A). L D [mm] T [mm] S [mm] L [mm] EAN 4007220 Max. RPM 5 7 10 13 16 10 12 15 17 26 3 3 3 6 6 25 25 25 40 40 147139 147146 147153 147221 147238 95,000 65,000 45,000 35,000 30,000 Description 5 5 5 5 5 PCT ZYA 0510/3 PCT ZYA 0712/3 PCT ZYA 1015/3 PCT ZYA 1317/6 PCT ZYA 1626/6 PCS, shape ZYA Set PCS ZYA Set of various POLICAP abrasive caps with matching holder in cylindrical shape ZYA (previously shape A). Contents: ■■5 pcs. each of POLICAP abrasive caps PC ZYA 1015 A, 1317 A and 1626 A (grit size 60, 150, 280) ■■10 pcs. each of POLICAP abrasive caps PC ZYA 0510 A and 0712 A (grit size 60 or 80 and 150, 280) ■■1 pc. each of POLICAP abrasive cap holder PCT ZYA 0510/3, 0712/3, 1015/3, 1317/6 and 1626/6 Page Catalogue 74 4 Shape LxBxH [mm] EAN 4007220 ZYA 180 x 145 x 40 355404 Advantages: ■■Sturdy, reusable plastic packaging. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A 60 and 80 = brown 150 = black 280 = red-brown Description 1 PCS ZYA 110

POLICAP PC, shape WRC Abrasive caps PC WRC D POLICAP abrasive caps in cylindrical shape with radius end WRC (previously shape C). Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Silicon carbide SiC-COOL (grey) Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL (red) Grit size colour code for aluminium oxide A: 60 and 80 = brown 150 = black 280 = red-brown D [mm] T [mm] 60 Aluminium oxide A 5 11 7 13 150962 10 15 150993 13 17 151020 16 26 151051 Silicon carbide SiC-COOL 5 11 7 13 10 15 13 17 16 26 Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL 5 11 7 13 10 15 13 17 16 26 - Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. T A 60/80 A 150 A 280 SiC-COOL Opt. RPM CO-COOL 80 Grit size 120 EAN 4007220 150 280 Description 150931 - - 150948 150979 151006 151037 151068 150955 150986 151013 151044 151075 40,000 30,000 20,000 16,000 12,000 50 50 50 50 50 PC WRC 0511 A ... PC WRC 0713 A ... PC WRC 1015 A ... PC WRC 1317 A ... PC WRC 1626 A ... 953716 953730 953754 953778 953808 - 953723 953747 953761 953792 953815 - 40,000 30,000 20,000 16,000 12,000 50 50 50 50 50 PC WRC 0511 SiC-COOL ... PC WRC 0713 SiC-COOL ... PC WRC 1015 SiC-COOL ... PC WRC 1317 SiC-COOL ... PC WRC 1626 SiC-COOL ... 953938 953952 953976 954058 954126 953945 953969 954041 954119 954133 - - 40,000 30,000 20,000 16,000 12,000 50 50 50 50 50 PC WRC 0511 CO-COOL ... PC WRC 0713 CO-COOL ... PC WRC 1015 CO-COOL ... PC WRC 1317 CO-COOL ... PC WRC 1626 CO-COOL ... 4 PCT, shape WRC Abrasive cap holders PCT WRC S D Matching POLICAP abrasive cap holder in cylindrical shape with radius end WRC (previously shape C). T D [mm] T [mm] S [mm] L [mm] EAN 4007220 Max. RPM 5 11 7 13 10 15 13 17 16 26 2.35 3 2.35 3 2.35 3 2.35 6 6 40 25 40 25 40 25 40 40 40 621820 147160 621837 147177 621844 147184 621851 147245 147252 30,000 95,000 24,500 65,000 17,500 45,000 13,750 35,000 30,000 L Description 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 PCT WRC 0511/2,35 PCT WRC 0511/3 PCT WRC 0713/2,35 PCT WRC 0713/3 PCT WRC 1015/2,35 PCT WRC 1015/3 PCT WRC 1317/2,35 PCT WRC 1317/6 PCT WRC 1626/6 Catalogue Page 4 75

POLICAP PCS, shape WRC Set PCS WRC Set of various POLICAP abrasive caps with matching holder in cylindrical shape with radius end WRC (previously shape C). Contents: ■■5 pcs. each of POLICAP abrasive caps PC WRC 1015 A, 1317 A and 1626 A (grit size 60, 150, 280) ■■10 pcs. each of POLICAP abrasive caps PC WRC 0511 A and 0713 A (grit size 60 or 80 and 150, 280) ■■1 pc. each of POLICAP abrasive cap holder PCT WRC 0511/3, 0713/3, 1015/3, 1317/6 and 1626/6 Page Catalogue 76 4 Shape LxBxH [mm] EAN 4007220 WRC 180 x 145 x 40 355411 Advantages: ■■Sturdy, reusable plastic packaging. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Grit size colour code: 60 and 80 = brown 150 = black 280 = red-brown Description 1 PCS WRC 110

POLICAP PC, shape WKG Abrasive caps PC WKG D POLICAP abrasive caps in tapered conical shape with radius end WKG (previously shape G). The taper angle of the cone is 30°. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Grit size colour code: 60 and 80 = brown 150 = black 280 = red-brown T A 60/80 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] T [mm] 5 7 10 13 16 11 13 15 17 26 Grit size 80 150 EAN 4007220 60 151112 151143 151174 151204 151082 - Opt. RPM 280 151099 151129 151150 151181 151211 A 150 151105 151136 151167 151198 151228 40,000 30,000 20,000 16,000 12,000 A 280 Description 50 50 50 50 50 PC WKG 0511 A ... PC WKG 0713 A ... PC WKG 1015 A ... PC WKG 1317 A ... PC WKG 1626 A ... PCT, shape WKG Abrasive cap holders PCT WKG S D Matching POLICAP abrasive cap holder in tapered conical shape with radius end WKG (previously shape G). T D [mm] T [mm] S [mm] L [mm] EAN 4007220 Max. RPM 5 7 10 13 11 13 15 17 16 26 3 3 3 2.35 6 6 25 25 25 40 40 40 147191 147207 147214 434338 147269 147276 95,000 65,000 45,000 13,750 35,000 30,000 L Description 5 5 5 5 5 5 PCT WKG 0511/3 PCT WKG 0713/3 PCT WKG 1015/3 PCT WKG 1317/2,35 PCT WKG 1317/6 PCT WKG 1626/6 PCS, shape WKG Set PCS WKG Set of various POLICAP abrasive caps with matching holder in tapered conical shape with radius end WKG (previously shape G). Contents: ■■5 pcs. each of POLICAP abrasive caps PC WKG 1015 A, 1317 A and 1626 A (grit size 60, 150, 280) ■■10 pcs. each of POLICAP abrasive caps PC WKG 0511 A and 0713 A (grit size 60 or 80 and 150, 280) ■■1 pc. each of POLICAP abrasive cap holder PCT WKG 0511/3, 0713/3, 1015/3, 1317/6 and 1626/6 Advantages: ■■Sturdy, reusable plastic packaging. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A 60 and 80 = brown 150 = black 280 = red-brown Shape LxBxH [mm] EAN 4007220 WKG 180 x 145 x 40 355428 Description 1 PCS WKG 110 Catalogue Page 4 77 4

POLICAP PC, shape KEL Abrasive caps PC KEL D POLICAP abrasive caps in conical shape with radius end KEL (previously shape L). T A 60/80 D [mm] A 150 A 280 SiC-COOL CO-COOL T [mm] 60 Aluminium oxide A 5 15 11 25 151266 16 32 151297 21 40 151327 Silicon carbide SiC-COOL 5 15 11 25 16 32 21 40 Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL 5 15 11 25 16 32 21 40 - Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Silicon carbide SiC-COOL (grey) Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL (red) Grit size colour code for aluminium oxide A: 60 and 80 = brown 150 = black 280 = red-brown Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. 80 Grit size 120 EAN 4007220 150 280 Opt. RPM Description 151235 - - 151242 151273 151303 151334 151259 151280 151310 151341 40,000 20,000 12,000 9,500 50 50 50 50 PC KEL 0515 A ... PC KEL 1125 A ... PC KEL 1632 A ... PC KEL 2140 A ... 953822 953846 953891 953914 - 953839 953853 953907 953921 - 40,000 20,000 12,000 9,500 50 50 50 50 PC KEL 0515 SiC-COOL ... PC KEL 1125 SiC-COOL ... PC KEL 1632 SiC-COOL ... PC KEL 2140 SiC-COOL ... 954140 954164 954195 954225 954263 954188 954218 954232 - - 40,000 20,000 12,000 9,500 50 50 50 50 PC KEL 0515 CO-COOL ... PC KEL 1125 CO-COOL ... PC KEL 1632 CO-COOL ... PC KEL 2140 CO-COOL ... PCT, shape KEL D S T L Abrasive cap holders PCT KEL Matching POLICAP abrasive cap holder in conical shape with radius end KEL (previously shape L). D [mm] T [mm] S [mm] L [mm] EAN 4007220 Max. RPM 5 11 16 21 15 25 32 40 6 6 6 6 40 40 40 40 147283 147290 147306 147313 95,000 40,000 30,000 20,000 Page Catalogue 78 4 Description 5 5 5 5 PCT KEL 0515/6 PCT KEL 1125/6 PCT KEL 1632/6 PCT KEL 2140/6

POLICAP Set PCS Set PCS 650 Set of various POLICAP abrasive caps with matching holder. Contents: ■■10 pcs. each of POLICAP abrasive caps PC ZYA 1626 A and PC WKG 1626 A (grit size 150 and 280) ■■25 pcs. each of POLICAP abrasive caps PC ZYA 1015 A, PC ZYA 1317 A, PC WKG 1015 A and PC WKG 1317 A (grit size 150 and 280) ■■50 pcs. each of POLICAP abrasive caps PC ZYA 0510 A, PC ZYA 0712 A, PC WKG 0511 A and PC WKG 0713 A (grit size 150 and 280) ■■1 pc. each of POLICAP abrasive cap holder PCT ZYA 0510/3, PCT ZYA 0712/3, PCT ZYA 1317/3, PCT ZYA 1626/6, PCT WKG 0511/3, PCT WKG 0713/3, PCT WKG 1015/3, PCT WKG 1317/6 and PCT WKG 1626/6 Advantages: ■■Sturdy, reusable plastic packaging. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Grit size colour code: 150 = black 280 = red-brown Shape LxBxH [mm] EAN 4007220 ZYA, WKG 332 x 235 x 50 355435 Description 1 4 SET PCS 650 Catalogue Page 4 79

POLICAP PCH, conical shape J Abrasive cones PCH D POLICAP abrasive cones with a conical shape. T Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Grit size colour code: 60 = brown 150 = black 280 = red-brown D J T D [mm] J [mm] T [mm] 7 14 20 24 20 36 5 11 16 21 15 22 85 85 85 85 65 65 60 Grit size 150 280 EAN 4007220 151358 151389 151419 151440 151471 151532 151365 151396 151426 151457 151488 - 151372 - Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Opt. RPM Suitable arbors 12,000 12,000 12,000 12,000 18,500 13,000 PCT 0585 PCT 1185 PCT 1685 PCT 2185 GK 201463 GK 362260 Description 10 10 10 10 10 10 PCH 070585 L A … PCH 141185 L A … PCH 201685 L A … PCH 242185 L A … PCH 201565 L A … PCH 362265 L A … PCT, shape KEL S D T L Rubber abrasive cone holders PCT KEL Matching POLICAP rubber abrasive cone holder in conical shape with radius end KEL (previously shape L). Advantages: ■■The abrasive spiral bands are firmly held in place on the holder as the rubber surface offers excellent adhesion. D [mm] T [mm] S [mm] L [mm] EAN 4007220 Max. RPM 8 13 18 23 85 85 85 85 6 6 6 6 40 40 40 30 147320 147337 147344 147351 20,000 15,000 13,000 12,000 Description 5 5 5 5 PCT KEL 0585/6 PCT KEL 1185/6 PCT KEL 1685/6 PCT KEL 2185/6 GK, conical shape Rubber drum holders GK S D J T Matching POLICAP rubber drum holder with a conical shape. Advantages: ■■The abrasive spiral bands are firmly held in place on the holder as the holder expands during use. L D [mm] J [mm] T [mm] S [mm] L [mm] EAN 4007220 Max. RPM Minimum rotational speed [RPM] 20 36 14 22 63 60 6 6 40 40 147078 147092 26,000 15,900 19,000 10,000 Page Catalogue 80 4 Description 5 5 GK 201463/6 GK 362260/6

Flap tools General information – Mounted flap wheels On mounted flap wheels, the flaps made of coated abrasive are arranged radially around the tool axis in a fan-type structure. Their flexibility enables them to adapt perfectly to the contours of the workpiece. The abrasive grain is embedded in the sturdy, flexible cloth backing material by means of a resinoid bond. In ISO 3919, mounted flap wheels are designated as "flap wheels with shaft". Factors that influence working results: ■ Tool wear and thermal load: Tool wear and the thermal load of the workpiece are reduced by decreasing the contact pressure and peripheral speed, and adding grinding oil. ■ Stock removal: Stock removal rate should be increased by using a coarser granulation and not by increasing the contact pressure. This avoids unnecessary tool wear and prevents the thermal load of the workpiece. ■ Surface roughness: Increasing the cutting speed achieves a slightly finer surface. Increasing the contact pressure makes the surface slightly more coarse. The softer the material to be finished, the coarser the surface (when using the same grit sizes). Advantages: Ordering notes: ■ Optimum adaptation to contours thanks to high flexibility. ■ Consistently high stock removal throughout the entire tool life as new, aggressive abrasive material is constantly freed up. ■ Face-down use very close to edges and in corners is possible thanks to the flat, moulded-core design. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220155455 F 6030/6 A 120 ■ Ordering example explanation: F = Mounted flap wheel 6030 = Outer diameter D x width T [mm] 6 = Shank diameter Sd [mm] A = Abrasive 120 = Grit size Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Levelling Deburring Surface work Work on weld seams Structuring surfaces Step-by-step fine grinding Recommendations for use: ■ For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 15–20 m/s. This provides an ideal compromise between stock removal rate, surface quality, thermal load on the workpiece and tool wear. ■ Use grinding oil which is suitable for the material in order to considerably increase the tool life and abrasive performance of the tools. More detailed information and ordering data for grinding oils can be found on page 155. PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends mounted flap wheels to sustainably reduce vibration and noise levels during use and to improve working comfort. Safety notes: ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. ■ The contact pressure has to be reduced significantly when the optimum rotational speed is exceeded. ■ Safety is only guaranteed when: - The clamping length is at least 15 mm. - The specified maximum rotational speed is not exceeded with unsupported shank lengths. Matching tool drives: ■ Flexible shaft drives ■ Straight grinders Catalogue Page 4 81 4

Flap tools General information – Mounted flap wheels The fast way to the best tool Abrasive  Material group  Steel, cast steel Stainless steel (INOX) Nonferrous metals Zirconia alumina Z-COOL Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL         Non-hardened, non-heat-treated steels Hardened, heat-treated steels Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, cast steel Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels, cast steel Rust- and acid-resistant steels Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels Soft non-ferrous metals, non-ferrous metals Soft aluminium alloys  Brass, copper, zinc  Hard aluminium alloys  Hard non-ferrous metals High-temperatureresistant materials Cast iron Aluminium oxide A Grey cast iron, white cast iron Plastics, other materials  = Highly suitable Page Catalogue 82 4      Nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys          = Suitable Recommended rotational speed range Example: F 6030/6 A 120 Cutting speed: 15–20 m/s Rotational speed: 4,700–6,300 RPM  Bronze, titanium Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), with nodular graphite/nodular cast iron EN-GJS (GGG), white annealed cast iron EN-GJMW (GTW), black cast iron EN-GJMB (GTS) Fibre-reinforced plastics, thermoplastics, wood, chipboard, paintwork Silicon carbide SiC-COOL Tool dia. [mm] 15 Cutting speed [m/s] 20 Rotational speeds [RPM] 40 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 80 28,600 19,000 14,300 11,400 9,500 7,100 5,700 4,700 3,500 38,100 25,400 19,000 15,200 12,700 9,500 7,600 6,300 4,700 76,300 50,900 38,100 30,500 25,400 19,000 15,200 12,700 9,500

Flap tools Mounted flap wheels F Aluminium oxide A type For universal applications from coarse to fine grinding. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D T [mm] [mm] 40 60 Shank dia. 3 x 40 mm [Sd x L] 10 10 661529 15 661697 15 5 661758 10 661871 15 661994 20 10 30 5 154137 10 154250 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L] 20 10 235478 25 10 15 20 25 557440 30 3 5 154144 10 154267 15 154687 20 035153 035160 30 292747 40 10 154373 15 154441 20 800607 154625 50 5 950968 10 155189 15 155240 20 155127 30 800591 155066 60 5 951071 15 155301 20 155363 30 155424 155431 40 155493 50 155554 155561 80 5 549780 10 422120 15 155622 20 155684 30 155745 155752 40 155813 50 155875 155882    Sd D       T Grit size 150 180 EAN 4007220 240 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 38,000 38,000 25,000 25,000 25,000 19,000 12,000 12,000 75,000 75,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 38,100 25,400 25,400 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 F 1010/3 A ... F 1015/3 A ... F 1505/3 A ... F 1510/3 A ... F 1515/3 A ... F 2010/3 A ... F 3005/3 A ... F 3010/3 A ... 19,000 38,100 15,000 30,500 15,000 30,500 15,000 30,500 15,000 30,500 950883 12,000 25,400 154243 12,000 25,400 154366 533017 12,000 25,400 154731 12,000 25,400 035207 12,000 25,400 292808 12,000 25,400 9,600 19,100 154519 9,600 19,100 9,600 19,100 951064 7,000 15,200 155233 7,000 15,200 155295 7,000 15,200 155172 7,000 15,200 7,000 15,200 155110 951132 6,300 12,700 155356 6,300 12,700 155417 6,300 12,700 155486 533024 6,300 12,700 6,300 12,700 155615 6,300 12,700 102121 4,800 9,500 048412 4,800 9,500 4,800 9,500 4,800 9,500 155806 4,800 9,500 4,800 9,500 155936 4,800 9,500 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 F 2010/6 A ... F 2510/6 A ... F 2515/6 A ... F 2520/6 A ... F 2525/6 A ... F 3003/6 A ... F 3005/6 A ... F 3010/6 A ... F 3015/6 A ... F 3020/6 A ... F 3030/6 A ... F 4010/6 A ... F 4015/6 A ... F 4020/6 A ... F 5005/6 A ... F 5010/6 A ... F 5015/6 A ... F 5020/6 A ... F 5030/6 A ... F 6005/6 A ... F 6015/6 A ... F 6020/6 A ... F 6030/6 A ... F 6040/6 A ... F 6050/6 A ... F 8005/6 A ... F 8010/6 A ... F 8015/6 A ... F 8020/6 A ... F 8030/6 A ... F 8040/6 A ... F 8050/6 A ... 80 120 661635 661703 661765 661918 662014 336892 154151 154274 661642 661710 661772 661925 662038 154113 154175 154298 661659 661727 661796 661932 662045 154120 154199 154311 661673 661680 661734 661741 661802 661819 661963 661987 662052 662069 292563 378663 378670 292693 154212 154236 292716 154335 154359 292594 536896 154557 536926 292655 950838 154168 154281 154694 292754 154380 154458 154632 951019 155196 155257 155134 155073 951088 155318 155370 155448 155509 155578 373743 262184 155639 155691 155769 155820 155899 292617 536902 154564 536933 292662 950845 154182 154304 154700 292761 154403 154465 154649 951026 155202 155264 155141 155080 951095 155325 155387 155455 155516 155585 463062 422137 155646 155707 155776 155837 155905 292624 154571 292679 950852 154205 154328 154717 035177 292778 154410 154489 154656 951033 155219 155271 155158 155097 951101 155332 155394 155462 155523 155592 403396 065877 155653 155714 155783 155844 155912 292631 536919 292648 536940 292686 950869 292709 292723 292730 035184 292785 292815 292822 292839 951040 292846 292853 292860 292877 951118 292907 958889 065907 - 950876 154229 154342 154724 035191 292792 154427 154496 154663 951057 155226 155288 155103 951125 155349 155400 155479 155530 155608 102114 065914 155790 155851 155929 L 320 400 - Description Catalogue Page 4 83 4

Flap tools Mounted flap wheels F Zirconia alumina Z-COOL type For coarse grinding work with a high stock removal rate and cool grinding. Sd D T Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z-COOL L PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] T [mm] Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L] 30 20 40 20 50 20 60 30 80 50 Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 297353 297377 297391 297414 297438 297360 297384 297407 297421 297445    Opt. RPM Max. RPM 12,000 9,600 7,000 6,300 4,800 25,400 19,100 15,200 12,700 9,500       Description 10 10 10 10 10 F 3020/6 Z-COOL ... F 4020/6 Z-COOL ... F 5020/6 Z-COOL ... F 6030/6 Z-COOL ... F 8050/6 Z-COOL ... Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL type For aggressive grinding with maximum stock removal rate on hard materials which do not conduct heat well. Consistently high performance due to self-sharpening ceramic oxide grain. Sd D T Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL L PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] T [mm] 40 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L] 20 10 30 10 803738 15 803776 20 035009 40 20 803813 50 30 803868 60 15 065945 30 803905 Page Catalogue 84 4 Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 065938 803745 803783 035016 803820 803875 065952 803912 884751 803752 803790 035023 803837 803899 000137 803929 120 884775 803769 803806 962046 803844 803882 065969 803936    Opt. RPM Max. RPM 19,000 12,000 12,000 12,000 9,600 7,000 6,300 6,300 38,100 25,400 25,400 25,400 19,100 15,200 12,700 12,700       Description 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 F 2010/6 CO-COOL ... F 3010/6 CO-COOL ... F 3015/6 CO-COOL ... F 3020/6 CO-COOL ... F 4020/6 CO-COOL ... F 5030/6 CO-COOL ... F 6015/6 CO-COOL ... F 6030/6 CO-COOL ...

Flap tools Mounted flap wheels F Silicon carbide SiC type For universal grinding work on components made from aluminium, copper, bronze, titanium and fibre-reinforced plastics. Particularly recommended for use on titanium alloys. Ideally suited to use in the aeronautical industry, especially where SiC is the only approved abrasive, e.g. for use on engine components. Abrasive: Silicon carbide SiC PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] Sd D T [mm] 60 Shank dia. 6 x 40 mm [Sd x L] 20 10 102145 30 10 154588 15 102213 20 102299 40 20 102411 50 30 102510 60 15 102657 30 155943       Grit size 80 120 EAN 4007220 102176 154595 102220 102343 102442 102572 102664 155950    150 102183 154601 102268 102367 102459 102626 102701 155967 L T 102206 154618 102275 102398 102480 102633 102718 155974 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 19,000 12,000 12,000 12,000 9,600 7,000 6,300 6,300 38,100 25,400 25,400 25,400 19,100 15,200 12,700 12,700 Description 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 F 2010/6 SiC ... F 3010/6 SiC ... F 3015/6 SiC ... F 3020/6 SiC ... F 4020/6 SiC ... F 5030/6 SiC ... F 6015/6 SiC ... F 6030/6 SiC ... 4 Mounted flap wheel set FSO Set of different mounted flap wheels in the aluminium oxide A type with a shank diameter of 6 mm. Contents: 5 pcs. each of mounted flap wheels: ■■F 4015/6 A 80 ■■F 4015/6 A 120 ■■F 5015/6 A 60 ■■F 5015/6 A 80 ■■F 6030/6 A 60 ■■F 6040/6 A 80 ■■F 6040/6 A 150 ■■F 8030/6 A 60 Advantages: ■■Getting to know and testing the comprehensive range. ■■Coordinated selection of the most common versions. ■■Promotional display box. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A PFERDVALUE:       LxBxH [mm] EAN 4007220 240 x 145 x 240 156087    Description 1 FSO 5400 Catalogue Page 4 85

Flap tools Unmounted flap wheels On unmounted flap wheels, the flaps made of coated abrasive are arranged radially around the tool axis in a fan-type structure. Their flexibility enables them to adapt perfectly to the contours of the workpiece. The abrasive grain is embedded in the sturdy, flexible cloth backing material by means of a resinoid bond. In ISO 5429, unmounted flap wheels are designated as "flap wheels". Factors that influence working results: ■ Tool wear and thermal load: Tool wear and the thermal load of the workpiece are reduced by decreasing the contact pressure and peripheral speed, and adding grinding oil. ■ Stock removal: Stock removal rate should be increased by using a coarser granulation and not by increasing the contact pressure. This avoids unnecessary tool wear and prevents the thermal load of the workpiece. ■ Surface roughness: Increasing the cutting speed achieves a slightly finer surface. Increasing the contact pressure makes the surface slightly more coarse. The softer the material to be finished, the coarser the surface (when using the same grit sizes). Advantages: Recommendations for use: Safety notes: ■ Optimum adaptation to contours thanks to high flexibility. ■ Consistently high stock removal throughout the entire tool life as new, aggressive abrasive material is constantly freed up. ■ Face-down use very close to edges and in corners is possible thanks to the special clamping system. ■ For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 15–30 m/s. This provides an ideal compromise between stock removal rate, surface quality, thermal load on the workpiece and tool wear. ■ Use grinding oil which is suitable for the material in order to considerably increase the tool life and abrasive performance of the tools. More detailed information and ordering data for grinding oils can be found on page 155. ■ For best performance, use a tool drive with 1,000–1,500 watts. ■ Unmounted flap wheels are generally to be used with the matching clamping flanges. ■ The maximum permitted peripheral speed is defined as follows: - Unmounted flap wheels = 50 m/s - Unmounted flap wheels for angle grinders = 80 m/s - Flap drums = 32 m/s ■ The contact pressure has to be reduced significantly when the optimum rotational speed is exceeded. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Levelling Deburring Surface work Work on weld seams Structuring surfaces Step-by-step fine grinding Recommended rotational speed range Example: FR 16550/25,4 A 80 Cutting speed: 15–30 m/s Rotational speed: 1,700–3,400 RPM Page Catalogue 86 4 Ordering notes: ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220469040 FR 10030/25,4 A 40 ■ Ordering example explanation: FR = Unmounted flap wheels 10030 = Outer diameter D x width T [mm] 25,4 = Centre hole diameter H [mm] A = Abrasive 40 = Grit size Tool dia. [mm] 15 20 100 115 125 150 165 200 250 2,800 2,400 2,200 1,900 1,700 1,400 1,100 3,800 3,300 3,000 2,500 2,300 1,900 1,500 Accessories: ■ Arbors with clamping flange ■ Reducing flanges for unmounted flap wheels PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends unmounted flap wheels to sustainably reduce vibration and noise levels during use and to improve working comfort. Cutting speed [m/s] 25 30 40 Rotational speeds [RPM] 4,700 4,100 3,800 3,100 2,800 2,300 1,900 5,700 4,900 4,500 3,800 3,400 2,800 2,200 7,600 6,600 6,100 5,000 4,600 3,800 3,000 50 80 9,500 8,300 7,600 6,300 5,700 4,700 3,800 15,200 13,200 12,200 10,100 9,200 7,600 6,100

Flap tools Unmounted flap wheels FR Aluminium oxide A type For universal applications from coarse to fine grinding. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A ■■Matching arbor for a diameter of 200 mm and 250 mm: FR/VR 12/44,0 (EAN 4007220479650) ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. ■■Matching arbor for a diameter of 100, 150 and 165 mm: FR/VR 12/25,4 (EAN 4007220479643) D T H [mm] [mm] [mm] 100 150 165 200 250 30 50 30 50 30 50 30 50 50 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 44 44 44 D H PFERDVALUE:       Grit size 120 150 EAN 4007220 40 60 80 469040 469187 296851 296905 470091 469767 - 469057 469194 296868 296912 470107 469781 469606 469262 469064 469071 469224 296875 296929 470114 469804 469613 469286 469088 469095 469231 296882 296936 470121 469811 469637 469309 469101 296899 296943 470138 469835 469323 469132 T    240 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 5,500 5,500 3,500 3,500 3,200 3,200 2,600 2,600 2,100 9,500 9,500 6,300 6,300 5,700 5,700 4,700 4,700 3,800 320 469699 469941 469842 469859 469675 469347 469156 469170 Description 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 FR 10030/25,4 A ... FR 10050/25,4 A ... FR 15030/25,4 A ... FR 15050/25,4 A ... FR 16530/25,4 A ... FR 16550/25,4 A ... FR 20030/44,0 A ... FR 20050/44,0 A ... FR 25050/44,0 A ... CO-COOL type For aggressive grinding with maximum stock removal rate on hard materials which do not conduct heat well. Consistently high performance due to self-sharpening ceramic oxide grain. Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL D H Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. ■■Matching arbor for a diameter of 150 and 165 mm: FR/VR 12/25,4 (EAN 4007220479643) ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder T PFERDVALUE:    D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] 40 150 30 50 30 50 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 104859 105467 105504 105542 165 Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 104873 105474 105511 105559 104880 105481 105528 105566       120 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 104903 105498 105535 105573 3,500 3,500 3,200 3,200 6,300 6,300 5,700 5,700 Description 2 2 2 2 FR 15030/25,4 CO-COOL ... FR 15050/25,4 CO-COOL ... FR 16530/25,4 CO-COOL ... FR 16550/25,4 CO-COOL ... Catalogue Page 4 87 4

Flap tools Unmounted flap wheels, set FR SET FR Set with high-output electric straight grinder and PFERD tools for cleaning, brush matting and very fine grinding of medium-sized and large surfaces, in particular on stainless steel (INOX) components. Ideal for universal grinding work, in particular during assembly work. Contents: 1 pc. each of: ■■Electric straight grinder UGER 15/60 SI with electronic rotational speed control (2,800– 5,900 RPM) ■■Collet with diameter 6, 8 and 12 mm ■■Unmounted flap wheel FR 15030 A-COOL 60 ■■Unmounted flap wheel FR 15030 A-COOL 120 ■■POLINOX mounted flap wheel PNL 15050 A 100 ■■Arbor FR/VR 12/25,4 100-165 ■■Arbor PCLB 8/13/26 2 pcs. each of: ■■POLICLEAN wheels PCLS 15013/13 D [mm] LxBxH [mm] EAN 4007220 150 587 x 285 x 162 777350 Advantages: ■■Optimal, stepless rotational speed regulation for the use of unmounted flap wheels and POLINOX wheels. ■■Coordinated selection of the most common versions. Ordering notes: ■■Detailed information and ordering data on tool drives can be found in catalogue section 9. Description 1 SET FR 15030 UGER 15/60 230 V Arbors FR/VR Type with clamping flange S For mounting PFERD unmounted flap wheels. The clamping flanges are designed to lie countersunk in the tool. L Advantages: ■■Can be used face-down very close to edges and in angles thanks to special clamping system. Suitable for tool dia. [mm] Suitable for centre hole dia. [mm] S [mm] L [mm] Clamping width [mm] EAN 4007220 100, 150, 165 200, 250 25.4 44 12 12 40 40 25–50 25–50 479643 479650 Ordering notes: ■■Included in delivery: Arbor, clamping diameter of 12 mm, 2 flanges and matching screws (for different unmounted flap wheel widths). ■■We manufacture arbors with morse cones on request. Description 1 1 FR/VR 12/25,4 100-165 FR/VR 12/44,0 200-250 Reducing flanges for unmounted flap wheels For mounting unmounted flap wheels and POLINOX unmounted flap wheels on drive spindles. The clamping flanges are designed to lie countersunk in the tool. Advantages: ■■Can be adapted to an existing drive spindle by drilling. ■■Can be used face-down very close to edges and in angles thanks to special clamping system. D H Suitable for tool dia. [mm] D [mm] H [mm] Max. H [mm] EAN 4007220 150, 165 200, 250 40 83 12 12 22.2 40 509876 498460 Page Catalogue 88 4 Ordering notes: ■■Included in delivery: 1 pair Description 1 1 RF FR 150-165 Bo. 12-22,2 RF FR 200-250 Bo. 12-40

Flap tools Unmounted flap wheels for angle grinders Aluminium oxide A type The ideal tool for use on angle grinders in assembly shop operations. For universal applications from coarse to fine grinding. Advantages: ■■Can be mounted directly on the angle grinder without additional clamping devices. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Safety notes: ■■As a rule, unmounted flap wheels should be used with the appropriate clamping flanges for the angle grinder. Recommendations for use: ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 40–50 m/s. 115 20 125 20 M14 5/8-11 M14 5/8-11 T PFERDVALUE: Matching tool drives: angle grinder, cordless angle grinder D T Thread [mm] [mm] D       Grit size 120 180 EAN 4007220 40 60 80 752364 759417 752418 847688 752388 759424 752425 847701 752395 759431 752432 847718 752401 759448 752449 847725 023617 023679 023648 023709    240 320 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 023624 023686 023655 023716 023631 023693 023662 023723 7,500 7,500 6,850 6,850 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 Description 2 2 2 2 FR WS 11520 M14 A ... FR WS 11520 5/8-11 A ... FR WS 12520 M14 A ... FR WS 12520 5/8-11 A ... Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL type The ideal tool for use on angle grinders in assembly shop operations. For aggressive grinding with maximum stock removal rate on hard materials which do not conduct heat well. Consistently high performance due to self-sharpening ceramic oxide grain. D Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Advantages: ■■Can be mounted directly on the angle grinder without additional clamping devices. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL Safety notes: ■■As a rule, unmounted flap wheels should be used with the appropriate clamping flanges for the angle grinder. Recommendations for use: ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 40–50 m/s. PFERDVALUE: Matching tool drives: angle grinder, cordless angle grinder D [mm] T Thread [mm] 115 20 125 20 M14 5/8-11 M14 5/8-11    40 025611 025697 025628 025734 T Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 025635 025703 025666 025741 025642 025710 025673 025765       120 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 025659 025727 025680 025789 7,500 7,500 6,850 6,850 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 Description 2 2 2 2 FR WS 11520 M14 CO-COOL ... FR WS 11520 5/8-11 CO-COOL ... FR WS 12520 M14 CO-COOL ... FR WS 12520 5/8-11 CO-COOL ... Catalogue Page 4 89 4

Flap tools Flap drums FR-W type Can be used for universal work on medium-sized and large metallic surfaces, e.g. fine grinding work on large radii in container, kitchen and apparatus construction, and achieving homogeneous finishes (grinding patterns) on large surfaces and contours in manual applications. DH Suitable for all conventional keyway systems. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A T Recommendations for use: ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 15–30 m/s. ■■Other drum tools can be found on pages 116–117 of this catalogue and in catalogue section 8. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. PFERDVALUE: Matching tool drives: drum grinders    Ordering notes: ■■The centre hole diameter of 19 mm with 4 wedge keyways fits on all conventional drum drives. D [mm] T [mm] 100 100 H [mm] 40 60 Grit size 80 120 EAN 4007220 150 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 3,800 6,100 180 19 770498 770504 770511 770528 770535 770542       Description 1 FR-W 100100 A ... Drums, set FR-W SET FR-W Set with high-output electric grinding drum drive and PFERD tools for cleaning, brush matting and very fine grinding of large surfaces on stainless steel (INOX) components. Contents: 1 pc. each of: ■■Electric grinding drum drive UWER 15/40 A-SI D19 with electronic rotational speed control (900–3,500 RPM) ■■Flap drum FR-W 100100 A 80 ■■POLINOX grinding drum PNL-W 100100 A 180 ■■Three empty storage compartments provide space for further drum tools from the PFERD range. Page Catalogue 90 4 D [mm] LxBxH [mm] EAN 4007220 100 594 x 561 x 161 777299 Advantages: ■■Optimal, stepless rotational speed regulation for the use of unmounted flap wheels and POLINOX drums. ■■Coordinated selection of the most common versions. Ordering notes: ■■Detailed information and ordering data on tool drives can be found in catalogue section 9. ■■Different types of wheel brushes for burnishing machines can be found in catalogue section 8. Description 1 SET FR-W 100100 UWER 15/40 230 V

Flap tools General information – POLIFLAP tools POLIFLAP tools are ideal for blending and restoring surface textures, fine grinding of radii, contours, curved areas or large surfaces. Safety notes: Accessories: ■ The maximum permitted peripheral speed is 32 m/s. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. ■ POLIFLAP abrasive flaps ■ POLIFLAP rubber flaps PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends POLIFLAP tools to sustainably reduce vibration and noise levels during use and to improve working comfort. POLIFLAP tools 4 Grinding wheel PFL The grinding wheel consists of a shank-mounted support and rubber flaps. It must be completed with appropriate abrasive flaps. The combination and arrangement of the abrasive and rubber flaps results in a highly flexible tool. Advantages: ■■Optimal harmonization of different surface structures. ■■Creates a consistently high surface quality over the entire tool life as new, sharp abrasive is steadily released. ■■Comfortable to use thanks to particularly lightweight design. D Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder Sd Ordering notes: ■■Supplied without abrasive flaps. Please order abrasive flaps separately in the desired grit size. T PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■For optimum results on stainless steel (INOX), use at a rotational speed between 1,400–1,700 RPM. ■■In the event of excessive wear, we recommend replacing the flaps early.          D [mm] T [mm] Sd [mm] EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 170 60 12 725405 1,500 3,500 Description 1 PFL 17060/12 Abrasive flaps PFL-SL Abrasive flaps suitable for POLIFLAP grinding wheels, for achieving visual effects ranging from coarse to very fine. Advantages: ■■Comfortable to use as easy to replace once worn. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A L [mm] T [mm] 75 60 Ordering notes: ■■The packaging unit corresponds to a complete POLIFLAP grinding wheel. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. 60 80 100 725276 725283 725290 Grit size 120 150 EAN 4007220 725306 725313 L T Description 180 220 320 725320 725337 725344 12 PFL-SL A ... Catalogue Page 4 91

Flap tools POLIFLAP tools Rubber flaps PFL-GL Rubber flaps to match the POLIFLAP grinding wheel. They lie between the abrasive flaps, and support the abrasive effect and the flexibility of the tool. Advantages: ■■Comfortable to use as easy to replace once worn. L T L [mm] T [mm] EAN 4007220 50 55 725412 Ordering notes: ■■The packaging unit corresponds to a complete POLIFLAP grinding wheel. Description 12 PFL-GL POLIFLAP, set PFL SET PFL Set with high-output electric straight grinder and PFERD tools for brush matting and for pattern blending on medium-sized and large surfaces on stainless steel (INOX) components. Contents: 1 pc. each of: ■■Electric straight grinder UGER 15/30 SI with electronic rotational speed control (750–3,000 RPM) ■■Collet with diameter 6, 8 and 12 mm ■■Hexagon socket wrench, 6 mm ■■POLIFLAP grinding wheel PFL 17060/12 with abrasive flaps PFL-SL (grit sizes A 60, A 80, A 100, A 120, A 150, A 180, A 220, A 320) ■■POLINOX mounted flap wheel PNG 10050/6 SiC 180 ■■Poliflex fine grinding point PF ZY 10030/8 CU 16 PU-STRUC 2 pcs. each of: ■■Single-head spanner SW 22 Page Catalogue 92 4 D [mm] LxBxH [mm] EAN 4007220 170 594 x 561 x 161 777343 Advantages: ■■Optimal, stepless rotational speed regulation for the use of POLIFLAP tools. ■■Coordinated selection of the most common versions. Ordering notes: ■■Detailed information and ordering data on tool drives can be found in catalogue section 9. Description 1 SET PFL 17060 UGER 15/30 SI 230 V

Flap tools General information – Overlap slotted discs Overlap slotted discs are ideally suited to side grinding. Safety notes: Accessories: ■ The maximum permitted peripheral speed is 20 m/s. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. ■ Arbors for overlap slotted discs PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends overlap slotted discs to sustainably reduce vibration and noise levels during use and to improve working comfort. Overlap slotted discs KS 4 KS type Special tool for side grinding in grooves, fillets and slots. They are mounted via a central threaded hub. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A D Recommendations for use: ■■Hold the tool at an angle to grind with both disc sides. T Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. PFERDVALUE: Advantages: ■■Hard-to-reach areas can be accessed as the tool provides abrasive action on its top and bottom sides. ■■High economic efficiency as the tool can be changed quickly.          D [mm] T [mm] Grit size No. of layers EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Suitable arbors 30 50 5 5 80 80 4 4 152706 152768 6,500 4,000 12,000 8,000 BO KS 30 BO KS 50 Description 20 20 KS 30-4 A 80 KS 50-4 A 80 Arbors for overlap slotted discs BO KS BO KS type BO KS 30 Matching arbor for overlap slotted discs. Advantages: ■■Reduced set-up work as the overlap slotted discs can be changed without unclamping the arbor from the collet. S BO KS 50 L Suitable for S [mm] L [mm] Thread EAN 4007220 KS 30-4 A 80 KS 50-4 A 80 6 6 40 40 1/8 BSW 1/4–28 UNF 152164 152157 Description 1 1 BO KS 30 BO KS 50 Catalogue Page 4 93

Flap tools General information – POLISTAR POLISTAR flexible tools have been especially developed for work on the inner surfaces of holes and pipes. Advantages: Matching tool drives: Safety notes: ■ Optimum adaptation to contours thanks to high flexibility. ■ Most effective work on small inner diameters, particularly in the range of 7–40 mm, due to tool dimensions. ■ Flexible shaft drives ■ Straight grinders ■ The maximum permitted peripheral speed is 20 m/s. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. Recommendations for use: ■ For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 15–20 m/s. ■ POLISTAR products can be stacked in several layers. Arrange so that the layers are offset to ensure that the abrasive is applied as effectively as possible. - PST 20/1,6 for centre hole dia. 7–15 mm - PST 30/1,6 for centre hole dia. 10–20 mm - PST 40/3 for centre hole dia. 15–25 mm - PST 50/3 for centre hole dia. 20–40 mm Ordering notes: ■ Please order arbors separately. ■ POLISTAR products are supplied in sheets. Sheet contents: Dia. 20 and 30 mm = 25 pcs. Dia. 40 and 50 mm = 10 pcs Accessories: ■ Arbors for POLISTAR and POLISTAR-TUBE PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends POLISTAR to sustainably reduce vibration and noise levels during use and to improve working comfort. POLISTAR PST type The flexible tools are particularly suitable for work on inner surfaces. DH Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] H [mm] 60 Grit size 80 EAN 4007220 120 20 1.6 661345 661444 661451 15,000 30 1.6 661468 661482 661512 9,500 40 50 3 3 661543 661574 661550 661581 661567 661598 7,200 5,700 Page Catalogue 94 4 Opt. RPM Max. RPM       Suitable arbors 38,000 BO 2,3/1,6 1-5, BO 3/1,6 1-5 25,000 BO 2,3/1,6 1-5, BO 3/1,6 1-5 19,000 BO 6/3 1-6 15,000 BO 6/3 1-6    Description 100 PST 20/1,6 A ... 100 PST 30/1,6 A ... 100 100 PST 40/3,0 A ... PST 50/3,0 A ...

Flap tools General information – POLISTAR-TUBE POLISTAR-TUBE are multi-layered tools that are riveted together. They are used especially for working on the inner surfaces of pipes and pipe bends. They are used in combination with the matching flexible shafts from catalogue section 9: ■ For PST-T dia. 50–80 mm – 4 PST-T DIN 10/M4 ■ For PST-T dia. 90–100 mm – 7 PST-T DIN 10/M5 ■ Select the appropriate grit size for the desired roughness value: - Grit size 60 = 1.0–1.3 µm Ra - Grit size 120 = 0.6–1.0 µm Ra - Grit size 180 = 0.4–0.6 µm Ra - Grit size 240 = 0.3–0.4 µm Ra - Grit size 320 = 0.2–0.3 µm Ra Advantages: ■ Optimum adaptation to contours thanks to high flexibility. ■ For achieving very fine surface quality grades of up to Ra 0.2 µm. ■ Prevention of corrosion formation on stainless steel (INOX) pipes thanks to use of stainless steel rivets. Accessories: ■ Arbors for POLISTAR and POLISTAR-TUBE PFERDVALUE: Matching tool drives: Recommendations for use: ■ For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 15–20 m/s. ■ Select the tool diameter based on the respective pipe's inner diameter: - PST-T dia. 50 mm for inner pipe dia. 35–40 mm - PST-T dia. 60 mm for inner pipe dia. 40–45 mm - PST-T dia. 70 mm for inner pipe dia. 45–50 mm - PST-T dia. 80 mm for inner pipe dia. 50–55 mm - PST-T dia. 90 mm for inner pipe dia. 55–60 mm - PST-T dia. 100 mm for inner pipe dia. 60–65 mm Safety notes: ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. PFERDERGONOMICS recommends POLISTARTUBE to sustainably reduce vibration and noise levels during use and to improve working comfort. ■ Flexible shaft drives ■ Straight grinders Ordering notes: ■ Please order arbors separately. ■ PST-T with a grit size of 60 are always supplied with 4 layers. 4 POLISTAR-TUBE PST-T type The flexible tools are ideal for use in pipes and pipe bends. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] H [mm] No. of layers [pcs.] 50 60 70 80 90 100 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6    Grit size 180 240 EAN 4007220 60 120 834398 834596 834756 834800 834855 834909 834404 834718 834763 834817 834862 834916 834411 834725 834770 834824 834879 834923 834435 834732 834787 834831 834886 834947 DH       320 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Suitable arbors 834442 834749 834794 834848 834893 834954 3,000 2,500 2,200 1,900 1,700 1,500 7,650 6,350 5,450 4,750 4,250 3,820 BO 6/4 0-10 BO 6/4 0-10 BO 6/4 0-10 BO 6/4 0-10 BO 6/5 0-10 BO 6/5 0-10 Description 10 10 10 10 10 10 PST-T 50/4 6 A ... PST-T 60/4 6 A ... PST-T 70/4 6 A ... PST-T 80/4 6 A ... PST-T 90/5 8 A ... PST-T 100/5 8 A ... Catalogue Page 4 95

Flap tools Arbor for POLISTAR and POLISTAR-TUBE BO 2,3/1,6 1-5 BO 3/1,6 1-5 S BO 6/3 1-6 BO 6/4 0-10 BO 6/5 0-10 S L Suitable for centre hole dia. [mm] S [mm] 1.6 2.34 3 6 6 6 3 4 5 Page Catalogue 96 4 BO type Matching arbor for POLISTAR and POLISTAR-TUBE. L Advantages: ■■High economic efficiency as the tool can be changed quickly. L Clamping width [mm] [mm] 43 43 40 25 25 1–5 1–5 1–6 0–10 0–10 EAN 4007220 151570 151587 505694 834343 834350 Description 10 10 1 1 1 BO 2,3/1,6 1-5 BO 3/1,6 1-5 BO 6/3 1-6 BO 6/4 0-10 BO 6/5 0-10

Non-woven tools General information Grinding tools for work on metallic and non-metallic workpieces are sub-divided into three groups: ■ Bonded abrasives (e.g. grinding discs) ■ Flexible abrasives (e.g. belts, discs, strips, foils) These tools are used for coarse, fine and very fine grinding, in addition to stock removal. ■ Non-woven abrasives This group is primarily designed to realize special surface structures. Synthetic fibres Abrasive grain Resin Non-woven abrasives consist of polyamide fibres, synthetic resins and abrasive grain. The non-woven fibre structure is impregnated or interspersed with resin and abrasive grain. The very loose connection between the individual fibres ensures a high level of flexibility and gives a strong spring-type effect to the non-woven material. It is flexible and supple, and leaves behind a very distinctive surface structure. The satin-finished grinding result is unique and cannot be achieved with other abrasives. The consistent distribution of the abrasive grain in the non-woven structure guarantees a continuous supply of new, fresh and sharp abrasive grain throughout the entire grinding application. Although non-woven abrasives have a completely differently structure to coated abrasives, the same abrasive materials are used for both groups of tools: ■ Aluminium oxide (Al2O3) is very durable, features an extremely long tool life and has very high aggressiveness on hardened steel. The achieved surface finish is distinguished by its increased shine. Discolouration is prevented when working on aluminium. ■ Silicon carbide (SiC) is even sharper, harder and cuts very easily. In no time at all, it produces a finer grinding pattern on the surfaces of many materials which remains slightly matt for a long time.  The user selects a specific grit size for conventionally bonded abrasives or coated abrasives. The designation system for non-woven abrasives is outlined in the following table: Designation at PFERD Comparable grit size [mesh] Very coarse Coarse Medium Fine Very fine 50– 80 80–100 100–180 180–220 220–400 Use The use of non-woven abrasives begins where other grinding tools reach their limits or no longer achieve the desired results. The elastic properties of the polyamide fibres and the positive effect of the non-woven abrasives result in finishing tools which produce outstanding results yet work gently. Non-woven abrasives are water-tight, washable and very durable. They don't clog, leave no rust behind on surfaces and are non-conductive. Non-woven abrasive can be used to outstanding effect for deburring, cleaning and for work on the surfaces of many metals, including aluminium, brass, copper, nickel, stainless steel (INOX) and titanium. It is also suitable for work on other materials which are difficult to grind, such as ceramic, glass and plastic. Non-woven abrasive can be used for wet or dry grinding. Catalogue Page 4 97 4

Non-woven tools General information Non-woven tools Non-woven abrasives are suitable for manufacturing a wide range of different tools, such as hand pads, drums, discs, belts, points and mounted grinding wheels. The abrasive properties of these tools are tailored to a variety of applications and represent outstanding solutions for numerous metal machining and processing tasks. The PFERD range comprises: ■ COMBICLICK/COMBIDISC non-woven discs VRW ■ Non-woven shop rolls, hand pads ■ POLINOX mounted flap wheels, grinding discs, grinding wheels and grinding drums (PNL, PNZ, PNR, PNG, PNST, PNK and PNER) Additional types Non-woven abrasive can also be manufactured with a fabric reinforcement. The non-woven abrasive material gains considerably higher aggressiveness and stability as a result. Fabric-reinforced, non-woven abrasive is suitable for manufacturing discs and non-woven belts. The PFERD range comprises: ■ COMBICLICK/COMBIDISC non-woven discs VRH ■ POLIVLIES flap discs and self-adhesive discs ■ Short and long belts, non-woven type PFERD designation PNER Thanks to different combinations of compaction, fibres, grain and the appropriate bond, this tool can be used for a wide range of surface finishing applications, from relatively coarse grinding to preparing the surface for polishing. PNK The non-woven abrasive is wound around a core and foamed up. The tools can be optimized for a variety of applications by implementing different foam, fibre, grain and bond combinations. The spectrum of application ranges from fine deburring through to preparations for polishing. PNL Made of radially arranged flaps of non-woven abrasive material. The flaps are very tightly packed, which achieves a longer tool life. The tool's main area of application is surface work. PNZ The non-woven abrasive is arranged in multiple radial flaps, with one abrasive cloth interlayer between each set of flaps. This flap combination facilitates greater stock removal and a coarser surface finish. PNG The non-woven abrasive comprises several very wavy strips of non-woven material wound around a core. The wavy structure of the non-woven material permits seamless brush matting of surfaces. PNR The non-woven abrasive is arranged in multiple (axial) disc layers. Since the individual non-woven discs are not interconnected, the abrasive surface adapts easily to different workpiece contours, e.g. when working on profiles or pipes. PNST The non-woven abrasive is star-shaped and stacked in layers which are connected in the centre. It offers outstanding performance, specifically when used for tight work areas such as holes, recesses and hard-to-reach places. Page Catalogue 98 4

Non-woven tools General information – POLINOX unitized wheels and discs PNER POLINOX unitized wheels PNER and unitized discs PNER consist of multiple heavily compressed, non-woven layers, which are bonded together by a special grain/resin system. This particular bond results in non-woven products with a very good surface finish, high stock removal rate and long tool life. These properties are particularly apparent when deburring, blending, finishing and polishing soft metals, alloyed and high-alloy steels, in addition to titanium alloys. Four different types are available: Type Colour code W Soft Medium-soft MW Medium-hard MH H Hard Properties Soft variant with outstanding adaptability. At the same time, durability, abrasive performance and very high surface quality are all maintained. Ideally suited to machining contours. Medium-soft variant with increased edge strength and extended tool life, for tough blending and polishing applications. Well suited to machining contours. Medium-hard variant with increased edge strength and extended tool life, for tough deburring and cleaning applications. Hard variant with very high stock removal rate, good edge strength and long tool life, for tough deburring and polishing applications. 4 Comparison table Type Soft Medium-soft Mediumhard Hard PFERD PNER Colour code Abrasive 3M Standard Abrasives SiC Fine EXL 2S fine 532 A Coarse EXL 2A medium 521 SiC Fine A Fine A Fine A Fine A Coarse MW H BIBIELLE Grain W MH Norton EXL 4S fine or SST 3S fine EXL 4A fine or SST 3A fine Cut & polish 5A fine or SST 5A fine Cut & polish 7A medium or 9A medium Cut & polish 7A coarse or 9A coarse UW1-2SF or Nex-2SF UW1-2AM or Nex-2AM BUH 2SF BUH 2AM 632 UW1-4SF BUH 3SF 631 UW1-4AF - 731 UW1-6AF or Nex-6AF - 821 811 UW1-8AM or Nex-8AM UW1-8AC or Nex-8AC BUH 6AM BUH 8AC Catalogue Page 4 99

Non-woven tools General information – POLINOX unitized wheels and discs PNER Advantages: ■ High profitability thanks to high abrasive performance and long tool life. ■ For achieving very good surface quality standards. ■ Perfect adaptation to contours thanks to free profiling. Polishing ■ Polishing of fillet welds on turbine blades and aircraft parts. ■ Polishing of soft metals before the coating process, and of hardened steel when repairing moulds and dies. ■ Polishing and finishing of surgical instruments and implants. Applications: Recommendations for use: Cleaning ■ Universal cleaning before painting. ■ Removal of rust, scratches, coatings, heavy scaling, oxide layers of aluminium and heat discolouration. ■ Considerably reduce cutting speed for work on materials with poor heat-conducting properties, e.g. titanium and stainless steel. ■ For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 15–35 m/s. This provides an ideal compromise between stock removal rate, surface quality, thermal load on the workpiece and tool wear. Deburring ■ Deburring of gear components, aircraft wing spars and turbine blade edges. ■ Removal of heavy burrs, in addition to moderate blemishes and scratches. ■ Edge breaking and rounding. Blending ■ Blending and finishing work on engine blade surfaces, turbine blades and rotor blades. ■ Removal of smaller blemishes, scratches and joints on cast workpieces. Ordering notes: ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220355473 PNER-H 7506-6 A G ■ Ordering example explanation: PNER = POLINOX unitized wheels H = Type 7506 = Outer diameter D x width T [mm] 6 = Centre hole diameter H [mm] A = Abrasive G = Grit size Safety notes: ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. Matching tool drives: ■ Flexible shaft drives ■ Straight grinders ■ Bench grinders Accessories: ■ Arbor for POLINOX unitized wheels PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends POLINOX unitized wheels and unitized discs PNER to sustainably reduce vibration, noise and dust levels produced by tools and to improve working comfort. Recommended rotational speed range Example: PNER-H 7506-6 A G Cutting speed: 25 m/s Rotational speed: 6,300 RPM Page Catalogue 100 4 Tool dia. [mm] 15 20 25 50 75 100 115 125 150 11,400 5,700 3,800 2,800 2,400 2,200 1,900 15,200 7,600 5,000 3,800 3,300 3,000 2,500 Cutting speed [m/s] 25 30 32 Rotational speeds [RPM] 19,000 9,500 6,300 4,700 4,100 3,800 3,100 22,900 11,400 7,600 5,700 4,900 4,500 3,800 24,400 12,200 8,100 6,100 5,300 4,800 4,000 35 50 26,700 13,300 8,900 6,600 5,800 5,300 4,400 38,100 19,000 12,700 9,500 8,300 7,600 6,300

Non-woven tools POLINOX unitized wheels PNER PNER type Type for straight grinders, flexible shafts and bench grinders: Particularly suitable for work on smaller surfaces. Type for speed-adjustable angle grinders and fillet weld grinders: They are especially suitable for work on fillet welds and very hard-to-reach slots or indentations. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Silicon carbide SiC Recommendations for use: ■■Grinding wheels with a diameter of 150 mm can also be used on bench grinders, for reworking surgical instruments, for example. D H Ordering notes: ■■An adapter is included with the 150 x 25 mm diameter grinding wheels, which allows the centre hole diameter to be reduced from 25.4 mm to 20 mm. ■■Please complete the description with the desired hardness grade. T PFERDVALUE:    D T [mm] [mm] H [mm] Grit Abrasize sives W (soft) Type MW MH (me(mediumdiumsoft) hard) EAN 4007220 Type for straight grinders, flexible shafts and bench grinders 25 25 6 coarse A fine A 440452 50 3 6 fine A 75 3 6 fine A 6 6 coarse A 476307 6 6 fine A 355534 355503 6 6 fine SiC 355626 355558 13 6 coarse A 476314 13 6 fine A 355565 355510 13 6 fine SiC 476338 355589 150 25 25.4 coarse A fine A 476291 355527 fine SiC 355633 355602 Type for angle grinders and fillet weld grinders 125 6 22.23 coarse A fine A 833148 833155 fine SiC 833131 150 3 25.4 fine A 3 25.4 fine SiC 895719 895726 6 25.4 fine A 6 25.4 fine SiC 895740 895757 -       H (hard)    Opt. RPM Max. RPM Suitable arbors Description 4 440438 440445 505700 505717 355473 355480 355497 - 19,000 19,000 9,500 6,400 6,400 6,400 6,400 6,400 6,400 6,400 3,200 3,200 3,200 833179 833162 895733 895764 - 4,500 4,500 4,500 3,800 3,800 3,800 3,800 30,500 BO PNER 25 S6 30,500 BO PNER 25 S6 15,300 BO 6/6 3-10 10,200 BO 6/6 3-10 10,200 BO 6/6 3-10 10,200 BO 6/6 3-10 10,200 BO 6/6 3-10 10,200 BO 6/6 3-10 10,200 BO 6/6 3-10 10,200 BO 6/6 3-10 5,100 BO 12/20 10-50 5,100 BO 12/20 10-50 5,100 BO 12/20 10-50 6,100 6,100 6,100 5,100 5,100 5,100 5,100 - 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 1 1 1 PNER-... 2525-6 A G PNER-... 2525-6 A F PNER-... 5003-6 A F PNER-... 7503-6 A F PNER-... 7506-6 A G PNER-... 7506-6 A F PNER-... 7506-6 SiC F PNER-... 7513-6 A G PNER-... 7513-6 A F PNER-... 7513-6 SiC F PNER-... 15025-25,4 A G PNER-... 15025-25,4 A F PNER-... 15025-25,4 SiC F 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 PNER-... 12506-22,2 A G PNER-... 12506-22,2 A F PNER-... 12506-22,2 SiC F PNER-... 15003-25,4 A F PNER-... 15003-25,4 SiC F PNER-... 15006-25,4 A F PNER-... 15006-25,4 SiC F Catalogue Page 4 101

Non-woven tools Arbors for POLINOX unitized/convolute wheels L Arbors BO L S BO PNER 25 S6 S Matching arbor for POLINOX unitized wheels. BO 6/6 3-10 Advantages: ■■High economic efficiency as the tool can be changed quickly. L S BO 12/20 10-50 BO MK 1/20 10-50 Suitable for centre hole dia. [mm] S [mm] L Clamping width [mm] [mm] 6 6 25 20 12 - 35 - EAN 4007220 3–10 10–50 10–50 Description 440469 297650 297674 297681 1 1 1 1 BO PNER 25 S6 BO 6/6 3-10 BO 12/20 10-50 BO MK 1/20 10-50 POLINOX unitized discs PNER PNER discs POLINOX unitized discs are used for face-down grinding on speed-adjustable angle grinders. Especially well-suited to work on larger surfaces. The compressed, non-woven material is bonded to a glass-fabric base. D H Abrasive: Silicon carbide SiC PFERDVALUE:    D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] Grit size 115 13 22.23 fine 125 13 22.23 fine Page Catalogue 102 4 Type Abrasives soft medium-soft medium-hard soft medium-soft medium-hard SiC SiC SiC SiC SiC SiC EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 824337 824344 824351 824368 824375 824382 6,000 6,000 6,000 5,400 5,400 5,400 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000          Description 5 5 5 5 5 5 DISC PNER-W 115-22,2 SiC F DISC PNER-MW 115-22,2 SiC F DISC PNER-MH 115-22,2 SiC F DISC PNER-W 125-22,2 SiC F DISC PNER-MW 125-22,2 SiC F DISC PNER-MH 125-22,2 SiC F

Non-woven tools POLINOX unitized wheels, set PNER SET PNER Set with handy electric fillet weld grinder and PFERD tools for brushing, cleaning, weld dressing and very fine grinding of fillet welds and hard-to-reach places on stainless steel (INOX) components. Contents: 1 pc. each of: ■■Electric fillet weld grinder KNER 5/34 V-SI with electronic rotational speed control (1,400–3,200 RPM) ■■POLINOX unitized wheels: -- PNER-MW 15003-25,4 SiC F -- PNER-MH 15003-25,4 SiC F -- PNER-H 15003-25,4 A F -- PNER-W 15006-25,4 SiC F -- PNER-MW 15006-25,4 SiC F -- PNER-H 15006-25,4 A F ■■Dressing stone SE 702212 CU 46 M5V ■■POLINOX discs: -- PVR 15008-13 A 100 -- PVR 15008-13 A 280 ■■Wheel brush RBU 15016/12,0 SiC 80 1,00 incl. arbor hole adapter 22.2 mm Advantages: ■■Optimal, stepless rotational speed regulation for the use of different tools. ■■Coordinated selection of the most common versions. Recommendations for use: ■■Please note the different recommended rotational speeds: POLINOX unitized wheels PNER = 2,000–3,800 RPM; POLINOX discs PVR = 1,500–3,100 RPM; wheel brush RBU = 2,400–3,900 RPM Ordering notes: ■■Detailed information and ordering data on tool drives can be found in catalogue section 9. 4 PFERDVALUE:          D [mm] LxBxH [mm] EAN 4007220 150 587 x 285 x 162 936306    Description 1 SET PNER 15003/06 KNER 5/34 230 V Catalogue Page 4 103

Non-woven tools General information – POLINOX convolute wheels PNK POLINOX convolute wheels PNK consist of spiral-shaped, non-woven abrasive which is wound around a core and foamed up. The foam supports the non-woven component and positively impacts its tool life and abrasive performance. This particular bond results in non-woven wheels with a very good surface finish, high stock removal rate and long tool life. These properties are particularly apparent when deburring, blending, finishing and polishing soft metals, alloyed and high-alloy steels, in addition to titanium alloys. The wheels can be used on automated appliances and bench grinders, in addition to portable tool drives such as straight grinders. By dressing the wheels, they can also be adapted to the geometry of special workpieces. Five different types are available: Type Soft Colour code W Medium-soft MW Medium-hard MH Hard Extra-hard H EH Properties Soft variant with very good abrasive performance on contours. Very good for blending surfaces. Medium-soft variant with increased flexibility and extended tool life for tough blending applications and for light deburring and polishing work. Well suited to machining contours. Medium-hard variant with increased edge strength and extended tool life, for tough deburring applications and other deburring, blending and cleaning work. Hard variant with very high stock removal rate, good edge strength and long tool life, for moderate to heavy-duty deburring and polishing applications. Extra-hard variant with very high edge strength for demanding deburring work. Comparison table PFERD PNK Colour code Abrasive Type 3M Standard Abrasives Norton BIBIELLE Grain W A Coarse CP-WL 5AM MF CV 5AM MF CF 5AM BCW-MF 5AM Medium-soft MW SiC Fine LDW 7SF LDW 7SF Series 2000 7SF BCW-DB 7SF Mediumhard MH Soft Hard Extra-hard Page Catalogue 104 4 SiC Fine EXL Deburring 8SF Deburring 8SF Series 1000 8SF BCW-DB 8SF A Coarse EXL Deburring 8AM GP Plus 8AM Series 1000 8AM BCW-DB 8AM H SiC Fine Deburring 9SF EXL Deburring 9SF Series 1000 9SF BCW-DB 9SF EH SiC Fine XP-WL 10SF GP Plus 10SF Series 4000 9SF BCW-DB 9SF-R

Non-woven tools General information – POLINOX convolute wheels PNK Advantages: Matching tool drives: PFERDVALUE: ■ High profitability thanks to high abrasive performance and long tool life. ■ For achieving very good surface quality standards. ■ Perfect adaptation to contours thanks to free profiling. ■ Flexible shaft drives ■ Straight grinders ■ Bench grinders PFERDERGONOMICS recommends POLINOX convolute wheels PNK to sustainably reduce vibration, noise and dust levels produced by tools and to improve working comfort. Abrasive: ■ Aluminium oxide A ■ Silicon carbide SiC Applications: Rounding of edges. Fine grinding of implants. Matt finishing of flat surfaces. Removing joints on cast and forged parts. Weld dressing of intersections on turbine blades. ■ Polishing moulds and dies. ■ Removal of processing traces on surgical instruments. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Safety notes: ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. ■ The wound construction of the tool requires that the indicated tool running direction is strictly adhered to. Non-compliance with the tool running direction will lead to destruction of the tool, and carries an increased risk of accidents. 4 Recommendations for use: ■ Considerably reduce cutting speed for work on materials with poor heat-conducting properties, e.g. titanium and stainless steel. ■ For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 20 m/s. This provides an ideal compromise between stock removal rate, surface quality, thermal load on the workpiece and tool wear. Recommended rotational speed range Example: PNK-MW 15013-25.4 SiC F Cutting speed: 20 m/s Rotational speed: 2,500 RPM Cutting speed [m/s] Tool dia. [mm] 15 150 200 250 1,900 1,400 1,100 20 25 30 40 3,800 2,800 2,200 5,000 3,800 3,000 Rotational speeds [RPM] 2,500 1,900 1,500 3,100 2,300 1,900 Catalogue Page 4 105

Non-woven tools POLINOX convolute wheels PNK PNK type Varied application options, for example: ■■Rounding of edges ■■Fine grinding of implants ■■Weld dressing of intersections on turbine blades ■■Removal of processing traces on surgical instruments D H Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Silicon carbide SiC PFERDVALUE:    They create matt surface finishes.       T D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] Grit size 150 13 13 13 13 13 25 25 25 25 25 25 13 13 13 13 13 25 25 25 25 25 25 50 50 50 50 50 50 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 25.4 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 76.2 fine fine coarse fine fine coarse fine fine coarse fine fine fine fine coarse fine fine coarse fine fine coarse fine fine coarse fine fine coarse fine fine 200 Type Abrasives medium-soft medium-hard medium-hard hard extra-hard soft medium-soft medium-hard medium-hard hard extra-hard medium-soft medium-hard medium-hard hard extra-hard soft medium-soft medium-hard medium-hard hard extra-hard soft medium-soft medium-hard medium-hard hard extra-hard SiC SiC A SiC SiC A SiC SiC A SiC SiC SiC SiC A SiC SiC A SiC SiC A SiC SiC A SiC SiC SiC SiC SiC EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 841846 841860 841853 841877 091357 896501 841884 841907 841891 841914 091395 841921 841945 841938 841952 067819 091333 841969 841983 841976 841990 067765 896525 842003 842027 842010 842034 067758 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 1,900 5,100 5,100 5,100 5,100 5,100 5,100 5,100 5,100 5,100 5,100 5,100 3,850 3,850 3,850 3,850 3,850 3,850 3,850 3,850 3,850 3,850 3,850 3,850 3,850 3,850 3,850 3,850 3,850 Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PNK-MW 15013-25,4 SiC F PNK-MH 15013-25,4 SiC F PNK-MH 15013-25,4 A G PNK-H 15013-25,4 SiC F PNK-EH 15013-25,4 SiC F PNK-W 15025-25,4 A G PNK-MW 15025-25,4 SiC F PNK-MH 15025-25,4 SiC F PNK-MH 15025-25,4 A G PNK-H 15025-25,4 SiC F PNK-EH 15025-25,4 SiC F PNK-MW 20013-76,2 SiC F PNK-MH 20013-76,2 SiC F PNK-MH 20013-76,2 A G PNK-H 20013-76,2 SiC F PNK-EH 20013-76,2 SiC F PNK-W 20025-76,2 A G PNK-MW 20025-76,2 SiC F PNK-MH 20025-76,2 SiC F PNK-MH 20025-76,2 A G PNK-H 20025-76,2 SiC F PNK-EH 20025-76,2 SiC F PNK-W 20050-76,2 A G PNK-MW 20050-76,2 SiC F PNK-MH 20050-76,2 SiC F PNK-MH 20050-76,2 A G PNK-H 20050-76,2 SiC F PNK-EH 20050-76,2 SiC F Clamping flanges for POLINOX convolute wheels PNK RF PNK For mounting POLINOX convolute wheels PNK with a diameter of 200 mm on stationary machines such as double grinding machines (bench grinders). H Advantages: ■■High accuracy of fit. ■■Hole can be expanded as desired. Suitable for centre hole dia. [mm] H [mm] EAN 4007220 76.2 16.1 25.4 31.8 880623 880630 880647 Page Catalogue 106 4 Ordering notes: ■■Included in delivery: 1 pair Description 1 1 1 RF PNK 200 Bo. 16,1 RF PNK 200 Bo. 25,4 RF PNK 200 Bo. 31,8

Non-woven tools General information – POLINOX mounted/unmounted grinding wheels and cross buffs POLINOX mounted and unmounted grinding wheels and cross buffs consist of non-woven polyamide abrasive, into which abrasive grain is integrated. The wide range of hardness grades and different tool designs allow a variety of surface structures and roughness levels to be achieved. Advantages: Accessories: PFERDVALUE: ■ Optimum adaptation to contours thanks to high flexibility. ■ Cool grinding and low thermal load of the workpiece. ■ No tool clogging due to open structure and high flexibility of the non-woven material. ■ Arbors for POLINOX cross buffs and unmounted flap wheels PFERDERGONOMICS recommends POLINOX mounted and unmounted grinding wheels to sustainably reduce vibration and noise levels during use and to improve working comfort. Recommendations for use: ■ For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 10–20 m/s. This provides an ideal compromise between stock removal rate, surface quality, thermal load on the workpiece and tool wear. Safety notes: ■ The maximum permitted peripheral speed is 32 m/s. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. 4 Ordering notes: ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220157060 PNL 4020/6 A 100 ■ Ordering example explanation: PNL = POLINOX mounted grinding wheel 4020 = Outer diameter D x width T [mm] A = Abrasive 100 = Grit size Recommended rotational speed range Example: PNL 6050/6 A 100 Cutting speed: 15 m/s Rotational speed: 4,700 RPM Tool dia. [mm] 10 15 30 40 50 60 100 125 150 200 6,300 4,700 3,800 3,100 1,900 1,500 1,200 900 9,500 7,100 5,700 4,700 2,800 2,200 1,900 1,400 Cutting speed [m/s] 20 30 Rotational speeds [RPM] 12,700 9,500 7,600 6,300 3,800 3,000 2,500 1,900 19,000 14,300 11,400 9,500 5,700 4,500 3,800 2,800 32 20,300 15,200 12,200 10,100 6,100 4,800 4,000 3,000 Catalogue Page 4 107

Non-woven tools POLINOX mounted grinding wheels PNL type Made of radially arranged flaps of non-woven abrasive material. A long tool life is achieved through the dense packing of the flaps. The tool is particularly used for surface work. Sd D T L Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Silicon carbide SiC Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder PFERDVALUE:    D [mm] T [mm] Aluminium oxide A 30 25 40 20 50 30 60 25 50 80 25 50 Silicon carbide (SiC) 40 20 50 30 60 50 80 50 Sd [mm] L [mm] 100 Grit size 180 EAN 4007220 280 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 087824 157060 157107 892879 157213 892978 157183 087831 157077 157114 892886 157220 892992 157190 6 6 6 6 40 40 40 40 803455 803493 803509 803516 293669 293683 293706 293720       Opt. RPM Max. RPM 087923 157084 157121 892893 157237 893005 157206 10,000 7,500 6,000 5,000 5,000 4,000 4,000 20,000 15,000 12,000 10,000 10,000 7,500 7,500 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 PNL 3025/6 A ... PNL 4020/6 A ... PNL 5030/6 A ... PNL 6025/6 A ... PNL 6050/6 A ... PNL 8025/6 A ... PNL 8050/6 A ... 293676 293690 293713 293737 7,500 6,000 5,000 4,000 15,000 12,000 10,000 7,500 10 10 10 10 PNL 4020/6 SiC ... PNL 5030/6 SiC ... PNL 6050/6 SiC ... PNL 8050/6 SiC ... Description PNZ type The non-woven abrasive material is arranged in multiple radial flaps, with abrasive cloth interlayers. Sd D T L This flap structure facilitates improved stock removal and achieves a coarser surface finish. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Silicon carbide SiC Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder PFERDVALUE:    D [mm] T [mm] Aluminium oxide A 30 40 50 60 80 25 20 30 25 50 25 50 50 100 Silicon carbide (SiC) 80 50 Page Catalogue 108 4 Sd [mm] L [mm] Grit size 100 180 EAN 4007220 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 087930 157053 803158 892909 157138 893012 157176 294666 6 40 617571       Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 088067 294697 803165 892916 294703 893029 294710 294673 10,000 7,500 6,000 5,000 5,000 4,000 4,000 3,000 20,000 15,000 12,000 10,000 10,000 7,500 7,500 6,000 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 PNZ 3025/6 A ... PNZ 4020/6 A ... PNZ 5030/6 A ... PNZ 6025/6 A ... PNZ 6050/6 A ... PNZ 8025/6 A ... PNZ 8050/6 A ... PNZ 10050/6 A ... 617588 4,000 7,500 10 PNZ 8050/6 SiC ...

Non-woven tools POLINOX mounted grinding wheels PNG type Made of several very wavily arranged strips of non-woven abrasive material, wound around a core. The wavy structure of the non-woven abrasive material permits seamless brush matting of surfaces. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Silicon carbide SiC Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder PFERDVALUE:    D [mm] T [mm] Aluminium oxide A 80 50 100 50 Silicon carbide (SiC) 80 50 100 50 Sd [mm] L [mm] 6 6 6 6    Sd D T L    100 Grit size 180 EAN 4007220 280 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 40 40 737989 499580 737996 499597 738009 499603 4,000 3,000 7,500 6,000 10 5 PNG 8050/6 A ... PNG 10050/6 A ... 40 40 738016 617595 738023 617601 803639 803646 4,000 3,000 7,500 6,000 10 5 PNG 8050/6 SiC ... PNG 10050/6 SiC ... 4 PNR type The non-woven abrasive material is arranged in multiple (axial) disc layers. Since the individual non-woven discs are not interconnected, the abrasive surface adapts easily to different workpiece contours, e.g. when working on profiles or pipes. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder PFERDVALUE:    D [mm] T [mm] Shank dia. 2.35 mm 25 15 Shank dia. 3 mm 25 15 30 20 Shank dia. 6 mm 60 50 80 50 Sd D Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Sd [mm] L [mm] 2.35 T    L    100 Grit size 180 EAN 4007220 280 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 40 034705 034712 034729 7,600 12,300 10 PNR 2515/2,35 A ... 3 3 40 40 034736 034767 034743 034774 034750 034781 7,600 6,500 12,300 10,200 10 10 PNR 2515/3 A ... PNR 3020/3 A ... 6 6 40 40 157145 157244 157152 157251 157169 157268 5,000 4,000 10,000 7,500 10 10 PNR 6050/6 A ... PNR 8050/6 A ... Description Catalogue Page 4 109

Non-woven tools POLINOX cross buffs PNST and arbors BO PNST PNST type Suitable for cleaning, deburring and fine grinding of inner surfaces and contours. Particularly suitable for hard-to-reach places such as drilled holes and indentations. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A D Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder PFERDVALUE:    D [mm] No. of layers [pcs.] 19 25 38 50 2 2 3 2 80 Grit size 100 EAN 4007220 280 899212 899229 899410 899199 441138 441152 899427 899205 441145 441169 899434 S L Opt. RPM Max. RPM 15,000 10,000 7,500 5,500 25,100 19,100 12,600 9,500       Description 20 20 20 20 PNST 19-2 A ... PNST 25-2 A ... PNST 38-3 A ... PNST 50-2 A ... BO PNST Arbors for POLINOX cross buffs. Both arbors are of different lengths, thus allowing holes or cutouts of different depths to be reached. Advantages: ■■High economic efficiency as the tool can be changed quickly. S [mm] L [mm] Thread Mounting length [mm] EAN 4007220 6 75 125 8–32 UNC 8–32 UNC 30 30 440988 440995 Description 1 1 BO PNST 6-75 BO PNST 6-125 POLINOX, set PNL/Z/R SET PNL/Z/R Set with high-output electric straight grinder and PFERD tools for cleaning, brush matting and very fine grinding of small and medium-sized surfaces on stainless steel (INOX) components. Contents: ■■Electric straight grinder UGER 5/90 SI with electronic rotational speed control (4,000–9,000 RPM) ■■2 different mounted flap wheels ■■10 POLINOX mounted grinding wheels in different types and grit sizes ■■POLIFAN flap disc PFC 115 A-COOL 60 SG INOX+ALU Advantages: ■■Optimal, stepless rotational speed regulation for the use of different tools. ■■Coordinated selection of the most common versions. Ordering notes: ■■Detailed information and ordering data on tool drives can be found in catalogue section 9. PFERDVALUE:    Page Catalogue 110 4 D [mm] EAN 4007220 60 323274       Description 1 SET PNL/Z/R 6050 UGER 5/90 230 V

Non-woven tools POLINOX unmounted grinding wheels PNL type Made of radially arranged flaps of non-woven abrasive material. A long tool life is achieved through the dense packing of the flaps. This tool is mainly used for work on large surfaces. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder, bench grinder PFERDVALUE:    D [mm] T [mm] 150 200 50 50 H [mm] 100 D H Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. T    Grit size 180 280 EAN 4007220 25.4 479667 479674 479681 44 479698 479704 479711    Opt. RPM Max. RPM Suitable arbors 2,000 1,500 4,000 3,000 FR/VR 12/25,4 FR/VR 12/44,0 Description 1 1 PNL 15050/25,4 A ... PNL 20050/44 A ... 4 PNZ type The non-woven abrasive material is arranged in multiple radial flaps, with abrasive cloth interlayers. This flap structure facilitates improved stock removal and achieves a coarser surface finish. D H This tool is mainly used for work on large surfaces. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder, bench grinder Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size.    D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] 150 200 50 50 25.4 44 Grit size 100 180 EAN 4007220 479728 479759 T PFERDVALUE: 479735 479766       Opt. RPM Max. RPM Suitable arbors 2,000 1,500 4,000 3,000 FR/VR 12/25,4 FR/VR 12/44,0 Description 1 1 PNZ 15050/25,4 A ... PNZ 20050/44 A ... Catalogue Page 4 111

Non-woven tools POLINOX unmounted grinding wheels PNG type Made of several very wavily arranged strips of non-woven abrasive material, wound around a core. The wavy structure of the non-woven abrasive material permits seamless brush matting of surfaces. D H Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder, bench grinder T PFERDVALUE:    D [mm] T [mm] 150 200 50 50 H [mm] 100 Grit size 180 280 EAN 4007220 25.4 479780 479797 479803 44 479810 479827 479834 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Suitable arbors 2,000 1,500 4,000 3,000 FR/VR 12/25,4 FR/VR 12/44,0       Description 1 1 PNG 15050/25,4 A ... PNG 20050/44 A ... PNR type Made of several slightly wavily arranged strips of non-woven abrasive material, wound around a metal core. The open arrangement and high flexibility of the non-woven abrasive material enables exceptional adaptation to contours. Suitable for seamless brush matting of surfaces, profiles and pipes. D H Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder, bench grinder T Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. PFERDVALUE:    D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] 100 150 35 40 10 20 Page Catalogue 112 4 Grit size 180 280 EAN 4007220 293546 293577 293560 293584 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Suitable arbors 2,500 2,000 5,500 4,000 BO 8/10 6-20 BO 12/20 10-50, BO MK 1/20 10-50       Description 1 1 PNR 10035/10 A ... PNR 15040/20 A ...

Non-woven tools Arbors for POLINOX unmounted grinding wheels Arbors L L Advantages: ■■High economic efficiency as the tool can be changed quickly. Suitable for centre hole dia. [mm] S [mm] 10 20 8 12 12 12 25.4 44 BO 12/20 10-50 L Clamping width [mm] [mm] 30 35 40 40 BO MK 1/20 10-50 FR/VR 12/25,4 100-165 FR/VR 12/44 200-250 EAN 4007220 6–20 10–50 10–50 25–50 25–50 S S S BO 8/10 6-20 L L S Matching arbor for POLINOX unmounted grinding wheels. 297667 297674 297681 479643 479650 Description 1 1 1 1 1 BO 8/10 6-20 BO 12/20 10-50 BO MK 1/20 10-50 FR/VR 12/25,4 100-165 FR/VR 12/44,0 200-250 Reducing flanges for POLINOX grinding wheels FR 4 RF FR For mounting unmounted flap wheels and POLINOX unmounted grinding wheels on drive spindles. The clamping flanges are designed to lie countersunk in the tool. Advantages: ■■Can be adapted to an existing drive spindle by drilling. ■■Can be used face-down very close to edges and in angles thanks to special clamping system. D H Ordering notes: ■■Included in delivery: 1 pair Suitable for tool dia. [mm] D [mm] H [mm] Max. H [mm] EAN 4007220 150 200 40 83 12 12 22.2 40 509876 498460 Description 1 1 RF FR 150-165 Bo. 12-22,2 RF FR 200-250 Bo. 12-40 POLINOX unmounted grinding wheels with thread PNL type Made of radially arranged flaps of non-woven abrasive material. A long tool life is achieved through the dense packing of the flaps. The tool is designed for working on medium-sized surfaces with speed-adjustable angle grinders and fillet weld grinders, and can be mounted directly onto the drive system’s spindle without the need for additional clamping devices. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Matching tool drives: angle grinder, cordless angle grinder PFERDVALUE:    D [mm] 100 T Thread [mm] 50 M14 5/8-11 D T       100 Grit size 180 EAN 4007220 280 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 003329 003367 003336 003374 003343 003381 3,000 3,000 6,000 6,000 Description 5 5 PNL 10050 M14 A ... PNL 10050 5/8-11 A ... Catalogue Page 4 113

Non-woven tools POLINOX unmounted grinding wheels with thread PNZ type The non-woven abrasive material is arranged in multiple radial flaps, with abrasive cloth interlayers. This flap structure facilitates improved stock removal and achieves a coarser surface finish. The tool is designed for working on medium-sized surfaces with speed-adjustable angle grinders and fillet weld grinders, and can be mounted directly onto the drive system’s spindle without the need for additional clamping devices. D Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Matching tool drives: angle grinder, cordless angle grinder T PFERDVALUE:    D [mm] T Thread [mm] 100 50 Grit size 100 180 EAN 4007220 M14 5/8-11 003411 003398 003428 003404 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 3,000 3,000 6,000 6,000       Description 5 5 PNZ 10050 M14 A ... PNZ 10050 5/8-11 A ... PNG type Made of several very wavily arranged strips of non-woven abrasive material, wound around a core. The wavy structure of the non-woven abrasive material permits seamless brush matting of surfaces. D The tool is designed for working on medium-sized surfaces with speed-adjustable angle grinders and fillet weld grinders, and can be mounted directly onto the drive system’s spindle without the need for additional clamping devices. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A T Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Matching tool drives: angle grinder, cordless angle grinder PFERDVALUE:    D [mm] T Thread [mm] 100 50 125 50 Page Catalogue 114 4 M14 5/8-11 M14 5/8-11 100 Grit size 180 EAN 4007220 280 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 003268 003299 002643 002674 003275 003305 002650 002681 003282 003312 002667 002698 3,000 3,000 2,300 2,300 6,000 6,000 3,800 3,800       Description 5 5 2 2 PNG 10050 M14 A ... PNG 10050 5/8-11 A ... PNG 12550 M14 A ... PNG 12550 5/8-11 A ...

Non-woven tools POLINOX fibre-backing PNL type The non-woven abrasive flaps are stuck to a glass-fabric backing pad, meaning that the discs can be used face-down. A long tool life is achieved through the dense packing of the flaps. D H The tool is designed for working on large surfaces with speed-adjustable angle grinders. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Matching tool drives: angle grinder, cordless angle grinder PFERDVALUE:          D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] 100 Grit size 180 EAN 4007220 280 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 115 125 20 20 22.23 22.23 104224 104286 104231 104293 104248 104309 2,500 2,300 5,300 3,800 Description 5 5 PNL 115-22,23 A ... PNL 125-22,23 A ... 4 PNZ type The non-woven and abrasive-cloth flaps are stuck to a glass-fabric backing pad, meaning that the discs can be used face-down on large surfaces. A long tool life is achieved through the dense packing of the flaps. D H The tool is designed for working on large surfaces with speed-adjustable angle grinders. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Matching tool drives: angle grinder, cordless angle grinder PFERDVALUE:    D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] 115 125 20 20 22.23 22.23    Grit size 100 180 EAN 4007220 104316 104330 104323 104347    Opt. RPM Max. RPM 2,500 2,300 5,300 3,800 Description 5 5 PNZ 115-22,23 A ... PNZ 125-22,23 A ... Catalogue Page 4 115

Non-woven tools General information – POLINOX grinding drums POLINOX grinding drums are especially suited to work on flat surfaces. Advantages: Applications: Safety notes: ■ Long tool life due to tightly packed flaps. ■ Cool grinding and low thermal load of the workpiece. ■ No tool clogging due to open structure and high flexibility of the non-woven material. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Roughening Deburring Surface work Cleaning Structuring (matt finishing, brush matting and satin finishing) ■ Step-by-step fine grinding ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. Matching tool drives: PFERDVALUE: ■ Drum grinders PFERDERGONOMICS recommends POLINOX grinding drums to sustainably reduce vibration and noise levels during use and to improve working comfort. Materials that can be worked: ■ Can be used on nearly all materials. Ordering notes: ■ The 19 mm centre hole diameter with 4 keyways fits all conventional drum grinders. ■ Additional drum tools can be found on pages 90, 134 as well as in catalogue section 8. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220593523 PNL-W 100100 A 100 ■ Ordering example explanation: PNL-W = POLINOX grinding drums 100100 = Outer diameter D x width T [mm] A = Abrasive 100 = Grit size POLINOX grinding drums PNL-W type Made of radially arranged flaps of non-woven abrasive material. A long tool life is achieved through the dense packing of the flaps. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A D H Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. T D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] 100 100 19 Page Catalogue 116 4 PFERDVALUE: 80 855904 Grit size 100 180 EAN 4007220 593523 593530    280 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 593547 2,500 4,800       Description 1 PNL-W 100100 A ...

Non-woven tools POLINOX grinding drums PNZ-W type Made of radially arranged flaps of non-woven abrasive material. There is also abrasive cloth situated between the flaps. The flap structure facilitates improved stock removal and achieves a coarser surface finish. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A D H PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] 100 100 19          T 60 Grit size 80 EAN 4007220 120 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 593554 593561 593578 2,500 4,800 Description 1 PNZ-W 100100 A ... PNG-W type Made of several very wavily arranged strips of non-woven abrasive material, wound around a core. The wavy structure of the non-woven abrasive material permits seamless brush matting of large surfaces. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A 4 D H PFERDVALUE: Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] 100 100 19       T    100 Grit size 180 EAN 4007220 280 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 002612 002629 002636 2,500 4,800 Description 1 PNG-W 100100 A ... Catalogue Page 4 117

Non-woven tools General information – POLINOX discs POLINOX discs are suited to flexible work on complicated tool contours, and are used in peripheral grinding applications. Advantages: ■ Optimum adaptation to contours thanks to high flexibility with a very long tool life. ■ Accessing hard-to-reach places such as deep slots or recesses. ■ No tool clogging due to open structure and high flexibility of the non-woven material. Materials that can be worked: ■ Can be used on nearly all materials. Applications: Accessories: Roughening Levelling Surface work Cleaning Removing heat discolouration Removing paint Derusting Removing oxide layers Work on weld seams Structuring (matt finishing, brush matting and satin finishing) ■ Step-by-step fine grinding ■ Arbors for POLINOX discs ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Matching tool drives: Safety notes: ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends POLINOX discs to sustainably reduce vibration and noise levels during use and to improve working comfort. ■ Flexible shaft drives ■ Straight grinders Ordering notes: ■ Please order arbors separately. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220505847 PVR 15008-13 A 100 ■ Ordering example explanation: PVR = POLINOX discs 15008 = Outer diameter D x width T [mm] 13 = Centre hole diameter H [mm] A = Abrasive 100 = Grit size POLINOX discs PVR POLINOX discs are suited to flexible work on complicated tool contours, and are used in peripheral grinding applications. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A D H Recommendations for use: ■■Clamp up to three discs behind one another to increase the usage width. ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 10–25 m/s. T D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] 50 75 100 125 150 10 10 10 10 10 6 6 13 13 13 Page Catalogue 118 4 Grit size 100 280 EAN 4007220 955796 955819 955833 955857 505847 955802 955826 955840 955864 505861 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Suitable arbors 3,500–9,500 12,250 2,500–6,400 8,150 1,900–4,700 6,150 1,500–3,800 4,900 1,300–3,100 4,100 BO 6/6 3-10 BO 6/6 3-10 PVR 6/13 1-25 PVR 6/13 1-25 PVR 6/13 1-25 Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. PFERDVALUE:          Description 10 10 10 10 10 PVR 5008-6 A ... PVR 7508-6 A ... PVR 10008-13 A ... PVR 12508-13 A ... PVR 15008-13 A ...

Non-woven tools Arbors for POLINOX discs PVR Arbors for POLINOX discs. Advantages: ■■High economic efficiency as the tool can be changed quickly. Suitable for centre hole dia. [mm] S [mm] 13 6 S Recommendations for use: ■■Preset the clamping depth via the hexagonal nut on the shank side of the arbor. ■■Use the supplied side discs with a diameter of 50 and 80 mm in order to vary the lateral flexibility. ■■To simplify the changeover, slacken the mounting screw on the front. When doing so, leave the arbor clamped in the tool drive. L Clamping width [mm] [mm] 35 1–25 L EAN 4007220 505878 Description 1 PVR 6/13 1-25 ADB masking tape ADB The self-adhesive masking tape is used to preserve the clear separation between different grinding patterns in adjacent areas. The masking tape protects surfaces which have already been worked on, or which are not supposed to be worked on. Advantages: ■■ADB 20: High elasticity and tear strength. ■■ADB 50 INOX: Reusable and extremely high durability. ■■High edge stability. Materials that can be worked: aluminium, stainless steel (INOX) Recommendations for use: ■■ADB 20: Use only during finish machining with soft, flexible tools, e.g. non-woven tools. ■■To avoid its inadvertent removal, ensure that the masking tape is only loaded in the running direction of the tool. L [m] T [mm] EAN 4007220 25 3 20 50 726372 025352 T Description 1 1 ADB 20 ADB 50 INOX Catalogue Page 4 119 4

Non-woven tools POLINOX marbling tools POLINOX discs for marbling tool holders are special tools designed for marbling surfaces. Advantages: Matching tool drives: ■ Water- and oil-tight. ■ ■ ■ ■ Materials that can be worked: ■ Can be used on nearly all materials. Safety notes: ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. Flexible shaft drives Power drills Column drills Straight grinders Ordering notes: ■ Please order marbling tool holders separately. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220156964 MKRK 40 A 100 ■ Ordering example explanation: MKRK = Marbling discs 40 = Outer diameter D1 [mm] A = Abrasive 100 = Grit size PFERDVALUE: PFERDERGONOMICS recommends POLINOX discs for marbling tool holders to sustainably reduce vibration and noise levels during use and to improve working comfort. POLINOX discs for marbling tool holder MKRK Special tools for marbling surfaces. Advantages: ■■Highly flexible, enabling optimal adjustment to the contour. ■■High economic efficiency due to high abrasive performance and tool life. ■■The open structure and high flexibility of the non-woven material prevents tool clogging. D1 Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Recommendations for use: ■■POLINOX discs for marbling tool holders must be used with the matching marbling tool holder. Ordering notes: ■■Please order marbling tool holders separately. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. PFERDVALUE:    D1 [mm] 40 50 60 100 Grit size 180 EAN 4007220 280 156964 156995 157022 156971 157008 157039 156988 157015 157046 Opt. RPM Suitable arbors 600–1,400 600–1,400 600–1,400 MK 6/40/6 MK 6/50/6 MK 6/60/6       Description 100 100 100 MKRK 40 A ... MKRK 50 A ... MKRK 60 A ... POLINOX marbling tool holders MK D POLINOX marbling tool holders for marbling discs. A highly elastic intermediate layer carries the Velcro fastening system. S L Advantages: ■■Highly flexible, enabling optimal adjustment to the contour. ■■High economic efficiency due to high abrasive performance and tool life. D [mm] S [mm] L [mm] Suitable tool EAN 4007220 Max. RPM 40 50 60 6 6 6 40 40 40 MKRK 40 MKRK 50 MKRK 60 156933 156940 156957 4,700 3,800 3,200 Page Catalogue 120 4 Description 1 1 1 MK 6/40/6 MK 6/50/6 MK 6/60/6

Non-woven tools POLIVLIES grinding discs PFERD supplies POLIVLIES flap discs and self-adhesive discs in various grit sizes, diameters and types. These are particularly suited to work on large surfaces made from stainless steel (INOX). Advantages: Ordering notes: Safety notes: ■ High profitability thanks to high abrasive performance and long tool life. ■ Creates a consistently high surface quality throughout the entire tool life as new, sharp abrasive material is constantly freed up. ■ Optimum adaptation to contours thanks to high flexibility. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. Please complete the description with the desired grit size. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220748343 PVL 115 A 180 M ■ Ordering example explanation: PVL = POLIVLIES flap discs 115 = Outer diameter D [mm] A = Abrasive 180 M = Grit size ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. Materials that can be worked: ■ Can be used on nearly all materials. Matching tool drives: ■ Angle grinders ■ Cordless angle grinders 4 Flap discs PVL For universal coarse to fine grinding applications in industry and professional trades. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Available POLIVLIES grit sizes: 100 G = coarse (yellow-brown) 180 M = medium (red-brown) 240 F = fine (blue) Recommendations for use: ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 30–35 m/s. DH Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] 100 G Grit size 180 M EAN 4007220 240 F 115 125 18 18 22.23 22.23 748336 748367 748343 748374 748350 748381 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 5,000–5,800 4,600–5,300 13,300 12,200 Description 5 5 PVL 115 A ... PVL 125 A ... Flap discs PVZ For aggressive grinding with maximum stock removal rate on hard materials which do not conduct heat well. Consistently high performance due to self-sharpening ceramic oxide grain. Active grinding additives in the coating substantially improve the stock removal rate, prevent clogging and result in cooler grinding. Abrasive: Abrasive flap: Ceramic oxide grain CO-COOL Non-woven material: Aluminium oxide A Available POLIVLIES grit sizes: 100 G = coarse (yellow-brown) 180 M = medium (red-brown) 240 F = fine (blue) D [mm] T [mm] 115 125 18 18 Recommendations for use: ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 30–35 m/s. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. H [mm] CO-COOL 60 / A 100 G 22.23 22.23 106334 106365 D H Grit size CO-COOL CO-COOL 80 / 120 / A 180 M A 240 F EAN 4007220 106341 106372 106358 106389 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 5,000–5,800 4,600–5,300 13,300 12,200 Description 5 5 PVZ 115 CO-COOL ... PVZ 125 CO-COOL ... Catalogue Page 4 121

Non-woven tools POLIVLIES grinding discs Self-adhesive discs PVKR POLIVLIES self-adhesive discs are suited to grinding larger surfaces. The flexible system comprising a POLIVLIES self-adhesive disc and the associated POLIVLIES self-adhesive disc holder enables use on contours. The pre-punched holes mean that they can be ideally centred on and used with various backing pads. D1 Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Available POLIVLIES grit sizes: 100 G = coarse (yellow-brown) 180 M = medium (red-brown) 240 F = fine (blue) Ordering notes: ■■Please order POLIVLIES self-adhesive disc holders separately. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Recommendations for use: ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 15–20 m/s. ■■Use with POLIVLIES self-adhesive disc holder. ■■Break out the pre-punched centring hole if required. D1 [mm] 115 125 180 100 G Grit size 180 M EAN 4007220 240 F Opt. RPM Max. RPM Suitable arbors 354230 354261 354285 297469 297452 354292 354254 354278 354308 3,300 3,000 2,200 5,300 4,850 3,500 PVKRH 115 PVKRH 125 PVKRH 180 Description 10 10 10 PVKR 115 A ... PVKR 125 A ... PVKR 180 A ... Self-adhesive disc holders PVKRH Self-adhesive disc holders PVKRH Arbors for POLIVLIES self-adhesive discs. Advantages: ■■High economic efficiency as the tool can be changed quickly. ■■Enables surface finishing without visible transitions. ■■PVKRH-22: Enables faster central clamping. D D [mm] Thread EAN 4007220 Max. RPM Description 115 125 180 M14 M14 M14 316962 316979 354223 5,300 4,850 3,500 1 1 1 PVKRH 115 M14 PVKRH 125 M14 PVKRH 180 M14 115 125 180 M14 M14 M14 095713 095775 095782 5,300 4,850 3,500 1 1 1 PVKRH 115-22 M14 PVKRH 125-22 M14 PVKRH 180-22 M14 Without centring pin With centring pin Page Catalogue 122 4

Non-woven tools General information – POLICLEAN tools POLICLEAN is a coarsely structured, abrasive, non-woven cleaning fabric that was developed from a special combination of synthetic fibres and abrasive grain. The comprehensive range of POLICLEAN tools contains: ■ POLICLEAN wheels ■ POLICLEAN mounted tools ■ COMBIDISC POLICLEAN discs (see COMBIDISC tools, page 38) ■ POLICLEAN discs Advantages: Recommendations for use: Safety notes: ■ High flexibility and open structure mean ideal adaptation to contours and no clogging of the tool itself. ■ The standard type (black) achieves finer surface finishes and is more flexible. ■ The PLUS type (blue) exhibits considerably higher stock removal rates with a very long tool life, and is also very aggressive. ■ For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 15–20 m/s. This provides an ideal compromise between stock removal rate, surface quality, thermal load on the workpiece and tool wear. ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. Materials that can be worked: ■ Can be used on nearly all materials. Applications: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Roughening Surface work Cleaning Removing heat discolouration Removing paint Derusting Descaling Removing oxide layers Ordering notes: ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220471470 PCLS 7513/6 ■ Ordering example explanation: PCLS = POLICLEAN wheels 75 = Outer diameter D [mm] 13 = Width T [mm] 6 = Centre hole diameter H [mm] 4 Abrasive: ■ Standard (black) ■ PLUS (blue) = Silicon carbide SiC = Aluminium oxide A Recommended rotational speed range Example: PCLS 7513/6 Cutting speed: 15–20 m/s Rotational speed: 3,800–5,000 RPM Tool dia. [mm] 10 15 75 100 115 125 150 2,500 1,900 1,600 1,500 1,200 3,800 2,800 2,400 2,200 1,900 Cutting speed [m/s] 20 30 Rotational speeds [RPM] 5,000 3,800 3,300 3,000 2,500 7,600 5,700 4,900 4,500 3,800 40 10,100 7,600 6,600 6,100 5,000 Catalogue Page 4 123

Non-woven tools POLICLEAN tools POLICLEAN wheels PCLS, POLICLEAN wheels PCLS PLUS For coarse cleaning work such as removing paint, scale, heat discolouration, rust and adhesive residues in peripheral grinding. D H POLICLEAN PLUS discs exhibit a higher stock removal rate with a very long tool life. Recommendations for use: ■■For work on larger surfaces, pack several POLICLEAN wheels with the appropriate arbor. T D [mm] Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, power drill, straight grinder Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. T [mm] H [mm] EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Suitable arbors 13 6 471470 4,000– 5,100 10,000 6 PCLS 7513/6 100 13 13 471487 3,000– 3,800 7,500 4 PCLS 10013/13 150 13 13 471494 2,000– 2,500 5,100 PCLB 6/6/13, PCLB 6/6/26, PCLB 6/6/39 PCLB 6/13/13, PCLB 6/13/26, PCLB 8/13/13, PCLB 8/13/26 PCLB 6/13/13, PCLB 6/13/26, PCLB 8/13/13, PCLB 8/13/26 4 PCLS 15013/13 PCLS PLUS type (blue) 75 13 6 069257 4,000– 5,100 10,000 6 PCLS PLUS 7513/6 100 13 13 069264 3,000– 3,800 7,500 4 PCLS PLUS 10013/13 150 13 13 069271 2,000– 2,500 5,100 PCLB 6/6/13, PCLB 6/6/26, PCLB 6/6/39 PCLB 6/13/13, PCLB 6/13/26, PCLB 8/13/13, PCLB 8/13/26 PCLB 6/13/13, PCLB 6/13/26, PCLB 8/13/13, PCLB 8/13/26 4 PCLS PLUS 15013/13 PCLS type (black) 75 POLICLEAN arbors PCLB S Arbors for POLICLEAN wheels. The different variants provide space for 1, 2 or 3 wheels. L Advantages: ■■High economic efficiency as the tool can be changed quickly. Suitable for centre hole dia. [mm] S [mm] L [mm] Suitable tool EAN 4007220 Packaging 6 6 40 PCLS 7513/6 13 6 6 8 8 40 40 40 40 PCLS 10013/13, PCLS 15013/13 PCLS 10013/13, PCLS 15013/13 PCLS 10013/13, PCLS 15013/13 PCLS 10013/13, PCLS 15013/13 471562 471579 471586 532928 532935 471593 471609 1 wheel 2 wheels 3 wheels 1 wheel 2 wheels 1 wheel 2 wheels Page Catalogue 124 4 Description Recommendations for use: ■■When replacing the wheels, leave the arbor clamped in the tool drive. Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PCLB 6/6/13 PCLB 6/6/26 PCLB 6/6/39 PCLB 6/13/13 PCLB 6/13/26 PCLB 8/13/13 PCLB 8/13/26

Non-woven tools POLICLEAN tools POLICLEAN mounted tools PCLZY, POLICLEAN mounted tools PCLZY PLUS For coarse cleaning work such as removing paint, scale, heat discolouration, rust and adhesive residues in peripheral grinding. D Sd Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, power drill, straight grinder D [mm] T L T [mm] Sd [mm] L [mm] EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 13 26 13 26 13 6 6 6 6 6 40 40 40 40 40 661321 661369 661376 661383 661406 6,000–7,000 6,000–7,000 4,000–5,100 4,000–5,100 3,000–3,800 15,000 15,000 10,000 10,000 7,500 5 5 5 5 5 PCLZY 5013/6 PCLZY 5026/6 PCLZY 7513/6 PCLZY 7526/6 PCLZY 10013/6 6 6 6 6 6 40 40 40 40 40 098547 098639 098905 101025 101032 6,000–7,000 6,000–7,000 4,000–5,100 4,000–5,100 3,000–3,800 15,000 15,000 10,000 10,000 7,500 5 5 5 5 5 PCLZY PLUS 5013/6 PCLZY PLUS 5026/6 PCLZY PLUS 7513/6 PCLZY PLUS 7526/6 PCLZY PLUS 10013/6 PCLZY type (black) 50 75 100 PCLZY PLUS type (blue) 50 13 26 75 13 26 100 13 Description 4 POLICLEAN discs PCLD, POLICLEAN discs PCLD PLUS The non-woven cleaning material is glued onto a glass-fabric base. This makes POLICLEAN discs suitable for use in face-down grinding. D H For coarse cleaning work such as removing paint, scale, heat discolouration, rust and adhesive residues. POLICLEAN PLUS DISCS exhibit a high stock removal rate with a very long tool life. Recommendations for use: ■■Preferably for use on slow-running angle grinders. ■■For the best results, use at a recommended cutting speed of 30–35 m/s. Matching tool drives: angle grinder, cordless angle grinder D [mm] PCLD type (black) 115 125 PCLD PLUS type (blue) 100 115 125 T [mm] H [mm] EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 13 13 22.23 22.23 515280 515297 5,000–7,000 5,000–7,000 10,000 10,000 5 5 PCLD 115-13 PCLD 125-13 13 13 13 16 22.23 22.23 069202 069233 069240 5,000–7,000 5,000–7,000 5,000–7,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 5 5 5 PCLD PLUS 100-13 PCLD PLUS 115-13 PCLD PLUS 125-13 Catalogue Page 4 125

Poliflex tools General information Poliflex fine grinding tools are manufactured with high shape accuracy, outstandingly consistent quality and tight dimensional tolerances. They are ideally suited to fine grinding, structuring and preparations for polishing work, and are very frequently used for tool- and mould-making applications. Advantages: Applications: Recommendations for use: ■ For achieving very good surface quality standards. ■ High profitability thanks to long tool life and high stock removal rate. ■ Outstanding working comfort thanks to precise concentricity. ■ Structuring (matt finishing, brush matting and satin finishing) ■ Step-by-step fine grinding ■ Depending on the application, profile with a diamond dresser or with ceramic dressing stones at a low rotational speed. Please refer to catalogue section 3 for detailed information and ordering data for dressing tools. Explanation of the code system according to EN 12413: D T Sd L0 L2 L3 = Grinding point outer diameter = Grinding point width = Shank diameter = Unsupported shank length = Shank length = Clamping length of shank Collet Sd D L0 Recommended rotational speed range Example: PF KU 15/6 AR 120 GR Tool dia.: 15 mm Cutting speed: 15 m/s Rotational speed: 19,000 RPM Page Catalogue 126 4 Tool dia. [mm] 10 12 4 6 8 10 12 15 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 47,700 31,800 23,800 19,000 15,900 12,700 9,500 7,600 6,300 5,900 4,700 3,800 3,100 2,500 1,900 1,500 1,200 57,200 38,100 28,600 22,900 19,000 15,200 11,400 9,100 7,600 7,100 5,700 4,500 3,800 3,000 2,200 1,800 1,500 Cutting speed [m/s] 15 20 25 Rotational speeds [RPM] 71,600 47,700 35,800 28,600 23,800 19,000 14,300 11,400 9,500 8,900 7,100 5,700 4,700 3,800 2,800 2,200 1,900 95,400 63,600 47,700 38,100 31,800 25,400 19,000 15,200 12,700 11,900 9,500 7,600 6,300 5,000 3,800 3,000 2,500 L3 L2 T 119,300 79,500 59,600 47,700 39,700 31,800 23,800 19,000 15,900 14,900 11,900 9,500 7,900 6,300 4,700 3,800 3,100 30 50 143,200 95,400 71,600 57,200 47,700 38,100 28,600 22,900 19,000 17,900 14,300 11,400 9,500 7,600 5,700 4,500 3,800 238,700 159,100 119,300 95,400 79,500 63,600 47,700 38,100 31,800 29,800 23,800 19,000 15,900 12,700 9,500 7,600 6,300

Poliflex tools Ordering instructions and safety notes PF ZY 2030 6 AR 120 GR ➊ ➋ ➌ ➍ ➎ ➏ ➐ ➊ Product code PF = Abbreviation of Poliflex ➋ Shapes SC = Wheel LI = Lens W = Roller SP = Pointed tree ZY = Cylindrical KU = Ball Conical with KE = radius end WR = Cylindrical with radius end ➌ Dimensions Grinding point outer diameter D x grinding point width T [mm] 20 mm x 30 mm = 2030 ➍ Mounting options Poliflex fine grinding points Shank diameter Sd x shank length L2 [mm] 3 mm x 30 mm 6 mm x 40 mm 8 mm x 40 mm Poliflex fine grinding wheels Depending on the respective wheel dimension, the centre hole diameters are either 2, 3, 6, 10 or 20 mm. Poliflex marbling tools Female thread M8 4 ➎ Abrasive In general, two grain types are used, with internationally defined designations according to ISO 525: A = Aluminium oxide (Al2O3) C = Silicon carbide (SiC) The following abbreviations are used in order to specify the grain mixture more precisely, beyond ISO 525: AW = Aluminium oxide, white CN = Silicon carbide, green ANCN AR = Aluminium oxide, pink CU = Silicon carbide, grey AN = Aluminium oxide, standard AWCN = Mixture of AW + CN = Mixture of AN + CN ➏ Grit sizes according to ISO 525 and ISO 8486 The grit sizes used in PFERD fine grinding points are determined by the shape and diameter of the fine grinding point. ➐ Bond The following bonds are available: PUR = Polyurethane (soft, medium-hard) GR = Rubber LR = Leather PU-STRUC = Polyurethane GHR = Rubber, hard LHR = Leather, hard TX = Textile Safety notes: The following maximum operating speeds are permitted for Poliflex fine grinding tools: PUR GR LR TX PUR-STRUC GHR LHR 15 m/s 15 m/s 30 m/s 30 m/s 15 m/s 30 m/s 50 m/s The maximum rotational speeds for the various shank lengths and shank diameters are defined in DIN 69170 based on EN 12413. These must be adhered to in order to avoid buckling of the shank during use. Regardless of the shank length, the clamping length (L3) of the shank must be at least 10 mm. The maximum permitted rotational speed calculated according to EN 12413 is determined by the following factors: ■ Shape and dimensions of the grinding point ■ Diameter of the steel shank Sd ■ Unsupported shank length L0 Each packaging unit of PFERD fine grinding points comes with rotational speed specifications for the unsupported shank length (L0) of that wheel. Proper concentric accuracy and correct clamping of the tool drive must also be ensured. Tables with the maximum permitted rotational speeds for the entire range of Poliflex fine grinding points are available on request. Catalogue Page 4 127

Poliflex tools The fast way to the best tool To make it easier to choose the right Poliflex fine grinding tool, we have designed our range around material groups, main areas of application and special operational requirements. The overview shows which variations of abrasives and bonds are recommended for the various materials with a view to the tasks at hand. The differentiation of the selection criteria in terms of material, application and surface finish are necessary to find the best tool. The tool bond and grain mixture have a decisive impact on the abrasive performance, tool life and aggressiveness of the tools. What's more, they also determine the look of the surface. How do you find the best Poliflex fine grinding tool? ➊ Material The material of the component to be machined is generally known in advance. The various material groups are colour-coded and form the starting point for choosing the most appropriate fine grinding tool. ➊ Material group ➋ Application   Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² (< 38 HRC) Steel, cast steel Hardened, heat-treated steels over 1,200 N/mm² (> 38 HRC) Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, casehardened steels, tempering steels, cast steel Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels, alloyed cast steel Surface grinding Edge grinding with high dimensional stability Surface grinding Edge grinding with high dimensional stability Surface grinding Stainless steel (INOX) Rust- and acid-resistant steels Soft non-ferrous metals, non-ferrous metals Non-ferrous metals Hard non-ferrous metals High-temperature-resistant materials  = Highly suitable Page Catalogue 128 4  = Suitable Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels Aluminium alloys, brass, copper, zinc Bond  Abrasive (grain mixtures)  ➍ Designation/  W (soft)  10–12 m/s bond Recommended cutting speed ➌ Surface finish Matt surface Shiny surface Shiny surface Matt surface Shiny surface Shiny surface Structured surface Surface grinding Nickel-based and cobalt-based alloys (engine and turbine construction) Surface grinding Edge grinding with high dimensional stability Edge grinding with high dimensional stability  Matt surface General use Bronze, titanium, titanium alloys, hard aluminium alloys (high Si content)  Matt surface Matt surface Edge grinding with high dimensional stability  Shiny surface Edge grinding with high dimensional stability Surface grinding  Matt surface Shiny surface   Matt surface Shiny surface Matt surface Shiny surface Matt surface Shiny surface Matt surface Shiny surface Matt surface Shiny surface Matt surface Shiny surface ➎ Catalogue page  130–131

Poliflex tools The fast way to the best tool ➋ Application After the material, the application must be selected: ■ General use ■ Surface grinding ■ Edge grinding ➌ Desired surface finish Next, the desired work result must be selected: ■ Matt surface ■ Structured surface ■ Shiny surface ➍ Tool bond After determining the application and the desired surface finish, the appropriate bond can be selected from the options in the right-hand side of the overview. The "highly suitable" bond is indicated by a solid black dot (). Further "suitable" bonds are indicated by an open dot (). ➎ Reference to catalogue page Further information about the selected bond, tool shapes and dimensions, and grit sizes can be found on the corresponding catalogue pages stated in the table.  Polyurethane bond Elastomer bond CN  AR ANCN AW AWCN Resinoid bond AN es) 4 PUR on/  W (soft) MH (medium-hard) STRUC ed d  10–12 m/s 10–15 m/s 5–10 m/s nish    GR GHR LR LHR TX 10–12 m/s 20–25 m/s 15–20 m/s 30–40 m/s 20–25 m/s                           face                            page  130–131 130–131 133–134 135–137 135–137  138–139 138–139 140–142 Catalogue Page 4 129

Poliflex tools PUR bond Poliflex fine grinding tools with the PUR bond are manufactured with green silicon carbide (SiC). The PUR bond is a very soft bond which is available in two hardness grades (PUR-W, PUR-MH). It is homogeneously interspersed with abrasive grain. Advantages: Ordering notes: ■ Optimum adaptation to contours thanks to high flexibility. ■ Cool, very soft grinding thanks to open structure and elastic bond. ■ For achieving a fine, matt surface finish. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. Safety notes: ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. ■ The clamping length of the shank must be at least 10 mm. Abrasive: ■ Silicon carbide SiC Recommendations for use: ■ Depending on the application, profile with a diamond dresser or with ceramic dressing stones at a low rotational speed. Please refer to catalogue section 3 for detailed information and ordering data for dressing tools. ■ For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 10–15 m/s. Poliflex fine grinding points PF ZY PUR Sd D T Fine grinding point in cylindrical shape, for fine grinding of small surfaces. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder L2 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] T [mm] Sd [mm] L2 [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm PUR-W 8 12 3 Shank dia. 6 mm PUR-W 10 25 6 15 30 6 20 30 6 25 30 6 Shank dia. 3 mm PUR-MH 8 12 3 Shank diameter of 6 mm PUR-MH 10 25 6 15 30 6 20 30 6 32 32 6 Page Catalogue 130 4 80 Grit size 150 220 EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 30 535004 535028 - 24,000 35,800 10 PF ZY 0812/3 CN ... PUR-W 40 40 40 40 535042 535141 535233 297841 535073 535165 535257 297865 - 19,000 12,500 9,500 7,500 28,600 19,000 14,300 11,400 10 10 10 10 PF ZY 1025/6 CN ... PUR-W PF ZY 1530/6 CN ... PUR-W PF ZY 2030/6 CN ... PUR-W PF ZY 2530/6 CN ... PUR-W 30 - 535011 535035 24,000 35,800 10 PF ZY 0812/3 CN ... PUR-MH 40 40 40 40 535134 535325 535288 535059 535158 535240 535295 535080 535172 - 19,000 12,500 9,500 6,000 28,600 19,000 14,300 8,900 10 10 10 5 PF ZY 1025/6 CN ... PUR-MH PF ZY 1530/6 CN ... PUR-MH PF ZY 2030/6 CN ... PUR-MH PF ZY 3232/6 CN ... PUR-MH

Poliflex tools PUR bond Poliflex discs PFD PUR For fine face-down grinding on large surfaces. Recommendations for use: ■■Preferably for use on slow-running angle grinders. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D H Matching tool drives: angle grinder, cordless angle grinder D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] Type 115 14 22.23 soft mediumhard Grit size 60 150 EAN 4007220 536377 536346 536391 536360 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 2,400 2,400 5,300 5,300 Description 5 5 PFD 115-22 CN ... PUR-W PFD 115-22 CN ... PUR-MH Poliflex fine grinding wheels PF SC PUR 4 For fine peripheral grinding of medium-sized to large surfaces. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D H T D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] Grit size 80 150 EAN 4007220 75 125 10 20 10 144749 20 144794 150 25 20 298428 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Suitable arbors - 2,500 1,500 3,800 2,300 298435 1,200 1,900 BO 8/10 6-20 BO 12/20 10-50, BO MK 1/20 10-50 BO 12/20 10-50, BO MK 1/20 10-50 Description 5 1 PF SC 7510/10 CN ... PUR-W PF SC 12520/20 CN ... PUR-W 1 PF SC 15025/20 CN ... PUR-W Arbors Arbors BO L L Matching arbor for Poliflex fine grinding wheels PF SC. S Advantages: ■■High economic efficiency as the tool can be changed quickly. BO 8/10 6-20 S BO 12/20 10-50 BO MK 1/20 10-50 Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder Suitable for centre hole dia. [mm] S [mm] 10 20 8 12 - L Clamping width [mm] [mm] 30 35 - 6–20 10–50 10–50 EAN 4007220 297667 297674 297681 Description 1 1 1 BO 8/10 6-20 BO 12/20 10-50 BO MK 1/20 10-50 Catalogue Page 4 131

Poliflex tools PUR bond Poliflex blocks PUR The rhomboidal shape even enables work to be effortlessly performed on hard-to-reach places such as corners. B With a diamond cut-off wheel, the blocks can be minimized and adapted to the respective application as required. L Matching tool drives: manual application H L [mm] B [mm] H [mm] 115 60 30 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. 60 Grit size 120 EAN 4007220 240 Description 298671 298688 298695 5 PFB 1156030 CU ... PUR Poliflex block set PSO PUR Set of different Poliflex blocks PUR. Contents: 9 units in total, 3 Poliflex blocks from each category ■■Grit 60 (coarse) ■■Grit 120 (medium) ■■Grit 240 (fine) LxBxH [mm] EAN 4007220 285 x 150 x 60 298886 Advantages: ■■Promotional display box. Matching tool drives: manual application Description 1 PSO 11560 Poliflex marbling tool holders PFZY PUR Tools with female thread M8 for marbling surfaces. Recommendations for use: ■■For face-down grinding, use at 1,000– 4,000 RPM. D Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder T D [mm] T [mm] Thread 50 40 M8 Grit size 30 80 EAN 4007220 146194 146200 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Suitable arbors 1,000–4,000 5,700 BO 6/8 Description 5 PF ZY 5040 M8 CN ... PUR Arbors BO S Matching arbor for Poliflex marbling tool holders PFZY. L Advantages: ■■High economic efficiency as the tool can be changed quickly. Page Catalogue 132 4 S [mm] L [mm] Thread EAN 4007220 6 40 M8 062104 Description 1 BO 6/8

Poliflex tools PU-STRUC bond Poliflex structuring tools with the PU-STRUC bond are manufactured with grey silicon carbide. They are ideally suited to work on components made from stainless steel (INOX). The PU-STRUC bond is homogeneously interspersed with a high proportion of abrasive grain. Advantages: Ordering notes: ■ Optimum adaptation to contours thanks to high flexibility. ■ Cool, soft grinding thanks to open structure and elastic bond. ■ Quick and effective retouching of imperfections and transitions to directional textures. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. Abrasive: ■ Silicon carbide SiC Safety notes: ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. ■ The clamping length of the shank must be at least 10 mm. Recommendations for use: ■ Depending on the application, profile with a diamond dresser or with ceramic dressing stones at a low rotational speed. Please refer to catalogue section 3 for detailed information and ordering data for dressing tools. ■ For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 5–10 m/s. 4 Poliflex mounted texturing points PF ZY PU-STRUC D Mounted texturing point in cylindrical shape, for structuring small to medium-sized surfaces. Sd T Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder L2 Sd D T D [mm] T [mm] Shank dia. 6 mm 20 25 32 Shank dia. 8 mm 100 L2 Sd [mm] L2 [mm] EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 30 30 32 6 6 6 40 40 40 752029 752036 752043 4,750–9,550 3,800–7,600 3,000–6,000 14,000 11,500 9,000 10 10 5 PF ZY 2030/6 CU 16 PU-STRUC PF ZY 2530/6 CU 16 PU-STRUC PF ZY 3232/6 CU 16 PU-STRUC 30 8 40 752074 1,000–1,900 2,800 1 PF ZY 10030/8 CU 16 PU-STRUC Poliflex mounted texturing points PF WR PU-STRUC Mounted texturing point in cylindrical shape with radius end, for structuring small surfaces, transitions and inner radii. Sd D Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder T D [mm] T [mm] Sd [mm] L2 [mm] EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 30 40 50 45 45 45 8 8 8 40 40 40 752081 752104 752111 3,150–6,350 2,350–4,750 1,900–3,800 9,500 7,000 5,700 L2 Description 5 5 5 PF WR 3045/8 CU 16 PU-STRUC PF WR 4045/8 CU 16 PU-STRUC PF WR 5045/8 CU 16 PU-STRUC Catalogue Page 4 133

Poliflex tools PU-STRUC bond Poliflex texturing rollers PF W PU-STRUC For structuring large surfaces. Matching tool drives: drum grinders DH Ordering notes: ■■The centre hole diameter of 19 mm with 4 wedge keyways fits on all conventional drum drives. ■■Other drum tools can be found in the set on page 90 as well as on pages 116–117 and in catalogue section 8. T D [mm] T [mm] 100 100 Page Catalogue 134 4 H Abrasives [mm] 19 SiC EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 752159 1,000–1,900 2,800 Description 1 PF W 100100/19 CU 16 PU-STRUC

Poliflex tools GR/GHR bond Poliflex fine grinding tools with the GR bond are manufactured with pink aluminium oxide. The GR bond is an elastomer-based soft bond. Suitable for use on surfaces. Poliflex fine grinding tools with the GHR bond are manufactured with an abrasive grain mixture comprising aluminium oxide and silicon carbide (SiC). The GHR bond is likewise a soft yet sturdy elastomer-based bond. Suitable for use on edges. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ For achieving a fine, shiny surface finish. ■ GR: Soft grinding thanks to soft, elastic bond. ■ GHR: Soft grinding with a longer tool life. ■ Depending on the application, profile with a diamond dresser or with ceramic dressing stones at a low rotational speed. Please refer to catalogue section 3 for detailed information and ordering data for dressing tools. ■ GR: For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 10–12 m/s. ■ GHR: For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 20–25 m/s. Abrasive: ■ White aluminium oxide AW ■ Silicon carbide SiC Applications: Ordering notes: ■ Step-by-step fine grinding ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. Matching tool drives: 4 Safety notes: ■ Flexible shaft drives ■ Straight grinders ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. ■ The clamping length of the shank must be at least 10 mm. Poliflex fine grinding points PF ZY GR/GHR D Fine grinding points in cylindrical shape, for fine grinding of small surfaces. Ordering notes: ■■Poliflex fine grinding points with a grit size of 400 are manufactured from the abrasive AW white aluminium oxide. L2 D T Sd [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm GR 4 8 3 30 6 10 3 30 8 8 3 30 12 3 30 10 6 3 30 10 3 30 15 3 30 12 8 3 30 12 3 30 20 3 30 Shank diameter of 6 mm GR 10 10 6 40 15 6 40 25 6 40 12 8 6 40 12 6 40 20 6 40 15 15 6 40 Sd T L2 ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Grit size 120 220 EAN 4007220 46 80 - - - 533925 - 144800 144824 144848 144886 145838 144947 145036 145883 145203 145265 400 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 144855 144893 144954 145043 - - 47,500 32,000 24,000 24,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 71,600 47,700 35,800 35,800 28,600 28,600 28,600 23,800 23,800 23,800 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 PF ZY 0408/3 AR ... GR PF ZY 0610/3 AR ... GR PF ZY 0808/3 AR ... GR PF ZY 0812/3 AR ... GR PF ZY 1006/3 AR ... GR PF ZY 1010/3 AR ... GR PF ZY 1015/3 AR ... GR PF ZY 1208/3 AR ... GR PF ZY 1212/3 AR ... GR PF ZY 1220/3 AR ... GR 144992 145081 145098 145128 145135 145913 145234 145296 145302 145371 - - 19,000 19,000 19,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 12,500 28,600 28,600 28,600 23,800 23,800 23,800 19,000 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 PF ZY 1010/6 AR ... GR PF ZY 1015/6 AR ... GR PF ZY 1025/6 AR ... GR PF ZY 1208/6 AR ... GR PF ZY 1212/6 AR ... GR PF ZY 1220/6 AR ... GR PF ZY 1515/6 AR ... GR Continued on next page Catalogue Page 4 135

Poliflex tools GR/GHR bond D T Sd L2 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] 15 25 6 30 6 20 12 6 20 6 30 6 25 15 6 25 6 30 20 6 30 6 Shank dia. 8 mm GR 40 25 8 Shank dia. 3 mm GHR 4 8 3 8 12 3 10 10 3 15 3 Shank dia. 6 mm GHR 10 25 6 15 20 25 30 30 25 6 6 6 Grit size 120 220 EAN 4007220 Opt. RPM Max. RPM - 12,500 12,500 9,500 9,500 9,500 7,500 7,500 6,500 6,500 19,000 19,000 14,300 14,300 14,300 14,300 11,400 9,500 9,500 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 5 5 PF ZY 1525/6 AR ... GR PF ZY 1530/6 AR ... GR PF ZY 2012/6 AR ... GR PF ZY 2020/6 AR ... GR PF ZY 2030/6 AR ... GR PF ZY 2515/6 AR ... GR PF ZY 2525/6 AR ... GR PF ZY 3020/6 AR ... GR PF ZY 3030/6 AR ... GR - - 4,500 9,500 5 PF ZY 4025/8 AR ... GR 533765 533871 533895 - 533734 533772 - 100,000 60,000 60,000 45,000 45,000 143,200 71,600 71,600 57,200 52,000 10 10 10 10 10 PF ZY 0408/3 AW ... GHR PF ZY 0812/3 ANCN ... GHR PF ZY 0812/3 AW ... GHR PF ZY 1010/3 ANCN ... GHR PF ZY 1015/3 ANCN ... GHR 533956 40 145555 534069 40 145692 40 145753 - - 533970 - 45,000 45,000 32,000 24,000 19,000 57,200 57,200 47,700 28,600 22,900 10 10 10 10 10 PF ZY 1025/6 ANCN ... GHR PF ZY 1025/6 AW ... GHR PF ZY 1530/6 ANCN ... GHR PF ZY 2030/6 ANCN ... GHR PF ZY 2525/6 ANCN ... GHR 46 80 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 - 534113 - 145418 145470 145982 145562 145630 146026 145708 146057 145760 145425 145487 145579 145715 - 40 - - 146095 30 30 - - 30 30 - - 40 - - 400 Description Poliflex fine grinding points PF KU GR/GHR Sd D Fine grinding points in ball shape for fine grinding inner radii, contours and transitions. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. L2 D [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm 8 10 Shank dia. 6 mm 12 15 20 25 30 Page Catalogue 136 4 Sd [mm] L2 [mm] 3 3 30 30 6 6 6 6 6 40 40 40 40 40 Grit size Opt. RPM Max. RPM 146217 146231 24,000 19,000 35,800 28,600 10 10 PF KU 08/3 AR ... GR PF KU 10/3 AR ... GR 146255 146279 146293 146316 146323 16,000 12,500 9,500 7,500 6,500 23,800 19,000 14,300 11,400 9,500 10 10 10 10 5 PF KU 12/6 AR ... GR PF KU 15/6 AR ... GR PF KU 20/6 AR ... GR PF KU 25/6 AR ... GR PF KU 30/6 AR ... GR 120 EAN 4007220 Description

Poliflex tools GR/GHR bond Poliflex fine grinding discs/lenses PF SC/LI GR/GHR Ideally suited to very fine grinding on all metallic materials, e.g. in tool- and mould-making, in the dental sector and in the jewellery sector. Due to their construction, the small diameter variants are particularly suited to work on tight and hard-to-reach places. DH Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] T [mm] Disc shape GH 25 30 50 80 100 Disc shape GHR 25 3 H [mm] LI Grit size 120 220 EAN 4007220 2 146699 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Suitable arbors Description - 7,500 11,400 BO 2,3/1,6 1-5, BO 3/1,6 1-5 BO 6/6 3-10 BO 6/6 3-10 BO 8/10 6-20 BO 8/10 6-20 100 5 5 5 1 PF SC 3006/6 AR ... GR PF SC 5006/6 AR ... GR PF SC 8006/10 AR ... GR PF SC 10020/10 AR ... GR PF SC 2503/2 AR ... GR 6 6 6 20 6 6 10 10 144695 144718 144756 144787 - 6,300 3,800 2,400 1,900 9,500 5,700 3,500 2,800 3 2 - 146705 7,500 11,400 BO 2,3/1,6 1-5, BO 3/1,6 1-5 100 PF SC 2503/2 CU ... GHR Lens shape GHR 16 4 2 - 146675 12,000 17,900 100 PF LI 1604/2 CU ... GHR 2 - 146682 8,000 12,000 BO 2,3/1,6 1-5, BO 3/1,6 1-5 BO 2,3/1,6 1-5, BO 3/1,6 1-5 100 PF LI 2403/2 CU ... GHR 24 3 Arbors BO L Matching arbor for Poliflex fine grinding discs and lenses PF SC/LI. Advantages: ■■High economic efficiency as the tool can be changed quickly. Suitable for centre hole dia. [mm] S [mm] 1.6 2.34 3 6 8 6 10 T SC L BO 6/6 3-10 L Clamping width [mm] [mm] 43 43 25 30 1–5 1–5 3–10 6–20 L S S BO 2,3/1,6 1-5 BO 3/1,6 1-5 4 BO 8/10 6-20 EAN 4007220 151570 151587 297650 297667 S Description 10 10 1 1 BO 2,3/1,6 1-5 BO 3/1,6 1-5 BO 6/6 3-10 BO 8/10 6-20 Catalogue Page 4 137

Poliflex tools LR/LHR bond Poliflex fine grinding tools with the LR bond are manufactured with white aluminium oxide. The LR bond is a hard, sturdy bond. Suitable for use on surfaces. Poliflex fine grinding tools with the LHR bond are manufactured with an abrasive grain mixture comprising white aluminium oxide and a portion of green silicon carbide. The LHR bond is a hard, sturdy bond. Suitable for use on edges. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ For achieving a fine, shiny surface finish. ■ High profitability thanks to high abrasive performance and long tool life. ■ Depending on the application, profile with a diamond dresser or with ceramic dressing stones at a low rotational speed. Please refer to catalogue section 3 for detailed information and ordering data for dressing tools. ■ LR: For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 15–20 m/s. ■ LHR: For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 30–40 m/s. Abrasive: ■ Aluminium oxide A ■ Silicon carbide SiC Applications: ■ Step-by-step fine grinding Ordering notes: Matching tool drives: ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Flexible shaft drives ■ Straight grinders Safety notes: ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. ■ The clamping length of the shank must be at least 10 mm. D Poliflex fine grinding points PF ZY LR/LHR Sd T D [mm] Fine grinding points in cylindrical shape, for fine grinding of small surfaces. L2 T [mm] Sd [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm LR 4 8 3 6 10 3 8 8 3 12 3 10 10 3 15 3 12 12 3 20 3 Shank diameter of 6 mm LR 10 10 6 15 6 25 6 12 12 6 20 6 15 15 6 25 6 30 6 Page Catalogue 138 4 Ordering notes: ■■Poliflex fine grinding points LHR with a grit size of 60 are manufactured from an L2 [mm] 60 Grit size 120 220 EAN 4007220 400 abrasive mixture of AWCN white aluminium oxide and green silicon carbide. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 - 144817 533697 144831 144862 144909 144916 533758 144961 144978 145050 145210 145272 - 95,000 64,000 47,500 47,500 38,000 38,000 32,000 32,000 143,200 95,400 71,600 71,600 57,200 57,200 47,700 47,700 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 PF ZY 0408/3 AW ... LR PF ZY 0610/3 AW ... LR PF ZY 0808/3 AW ... LR PF ZY 0812/3 AW ... LR PF ZY 1010/3 AW ... LR PF ZY 1015/3 AW ... LR PF ZY 1212/3 AW ... LR PF ZY 1220/3 AW ... LR 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 - 145012 145104 145142 145159 145258 145319 145395 145449 145500 - 38,000 38,000 38,000 32,000 32,000 25,500 25,500 25,500 57,200 57,200 57,200 47,700 47,700 38,100 38,100 38,100 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 PF ZY 1010/6 AW ... LR PF ZY 1015/6 AW ... LR PF ZY 1025/6 AW ... LR PF ZY 1212/6 AW ... LR PF ZY 1220/6 AW ... LR PF ZY 1515/6 AW ... LR PF ZY 1525/6 AW ... LR PF ZY 1530/6 AW ... LR Continued on next page -

Poliflex tools LR/LHR bond D [mm] T [mm] Sd [mm] 20 20 20 30 25 25 30 30 Shank dia. 3 mm LHR 8 12 Shank dia. 6 mm LHR 10 25 20 20 L2 [mm] Grit size 120 220 EAN 4007220 60 400 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 6 6 6 6 40 40 40 40 - 145593 145661 145739 145791 - - 19,000 19,000 15,000 12,500 28,600 28,600 22,900 19,000 10 10 10 5 PF ZY 2020/6 AW ... LR PF ZY 2030/6 AW ... LR PF ZY 2525/6 AW ... LR PF ZY 3030/6 AW ... LR 3 30 - 144923 - - 47,000 76,700 10 PF ZY 0812/3 AW ... LHR 6 40 145166 145173 40 145616 - - 75,000 75,000 38,000 83,200 83,200 47,700 10 10 10 PF ZY 1025/6 AWCN ... LHR PF ZY 1025/6 AW ... LHR PF ZY 2020/6 AW ... LHR 6 Poliflex fine grinding points PF KU LR/LHR Sd D Fine grinding points in ball shape for fine grinding inner radii, contours and transitions. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm 8 10 Shank dia. 6 mm 15 20 L2 Sd [mm] L2 [mm] 3 3 30 30 6 6 40 40 Grit size Opt. RPM Max. RPM 146224 146248 47,000 38,000 71,600 57,200 10 10 PF KU 08/3 AW ... LR PF KU 10/3 AW ... LR 146286 146309 29,500 19,000 38,100 28,600 10 10 PF KU 15/6 AW ... LR PF KU 20/6 AW ... LR 120 EAN 4007220 Description Catalogue Page 4 139 4

Poliflex tools Bond TX Poliflex fine grinding tools with the TX bond are manufactured with standard aluminium oxide. The textile fabric inlays make the TX bond a very hard, sturdy bond. Suitable for use on edges. Advantages: Ordering notes: ■ For achieving a fine, matt surface finish. ■ High profitability thanks to high abrasive performance and long tool life. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. Safety notes: Abrasive: ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. ■ The clamping length of the shank must be at least 10 mm. ■ Aluminium oxide A Applications: ■ Step-by-step fine grinding Matching tool drives: ■ Flexible shaft drives ■ Straight grinders Recommendations for use: ■ Depending on the application, profile with a diamond dresser or with ceramic dressing stones at a low rotational speed. Please refer to catalogue section 3 for detailed information and ordering data for dressing tools. ■ For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 20–30 m/s. ■ The 19 x 2.5 dimension variant is ideally suited to grinding tracks. D Poliflex fine grinding points PF ZY TX Sd T D [mm] T [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm 6 10 8 12 Shank dia. 6 mm 10 25 16 32 19 2.5 20 32 25 32 Page Catalogue 140 4 Fine grinding points in cylindrical shape, for fine grinding of small surfaces. L2 Recommendations for use: ■■The dimensions of 19 x 2.5 mm have been specifically designed for cleaning and slot grinding applications. Seat mounting rails (tracks) in passenger aircraft can be cleaned and rust removed. Sd [mm] L2 [mm] Grit size 80 120 EAN 4007220 3 3 30 30 298060 298084 6 6 6 6 6 40 40 40 40 40 297780 297919 067857 297957 297988 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 298077 298091 63,000 47,500 95,400 71,600 10 10 PF ZY 0610/3 AN ... TX PF ZY 0812/3 AN ... TX 297889 297940 297964 297995 38,000 24,000 20,000 19,000 15,000 57,200 35,800 30,100 28,600 22,900 10 10 10 10 10 PF ZY 1025/6 AN ... TX PF ZY 1632/6 AN ... TX PF ZY 192,5 6 AN ... TX PF ZY 2032/6 AN ... TX PF ZY 2532/6 AN ... TX

Poliflex tools Bond TX Poliflex fine grinding points PF KU TX Sd D Fine grinding points in ball shape for fine grinding inner radii, contours and transitions. L2 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] Sd [mm] L2 [mm] 3 3 3 30 30 30 Shank dia. 3 mm 6 8 10 Grit size 80 120 EAN 4007220 298145 - 298152 298176 298190 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 63,000 47,500 38,000 95,400 71,600 57,200 Description 10 10 10 PF KU 06/3 AN ... TX PF KU 08/3 AN ... TX PF KU 10/3 AN ... TX Poliflex fine grinding points PF KE TX Fine grinding points in conical shape for fine grinding inner radii, contours and transitions. Sd D Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] T [mm] Shank dia. 6 mm 10 16 25 25 45 70 T Sd [mm] L2 [mm] 6 6 6 40 40 40 Grit size 80 120 EAN 4007220 298121 298015 298008 298138 - Opt. RPM Max. RPM 38,000 24,000 15,000 57,200 38,800 22,900 4 L2 Description 10 10 10 PF KE 1025/6 AN ... TX PF KE 1645/6 AN ... TX PF KE 2570/6 AN ... TX Poliflex fine grinding points PF SP TX D Fine grinding points in pointed tree shape for fine grinding inner radii, contours and transitions. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] T [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm 10 Shank dia. 6 mm 20 Sd T Sd [mm] L2 [mm] 20 3 30 298107 32 6 40 298039 Grit size 80 120 EAN 4007220 L2 Description Opt. RPM Max. RPM 298114 38,000 57,200 10 PF SP 1020/3 AN ... TX 298046 19,000 28,600 10 PF SP 2032/6 AN ... TX Catalogue Page 4 141

Poliflex tools Bond TX Poliflex fine grinding discs PF SC TX For fine peripheral grinding of small surfaces. Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D H T D [mm] T [mm] 25 3 6 3 6 40 H [mm] Grit size 80 120 EAN 4007220 3 505502 3 3 505564 6 - L 505519 505540 505571 505618 Opt. RPM Max. RPM Suitable arbors 15,000 15,000 9,500 9,500 22,900 22,900 14,300 14,300 BO 6/3 1-6 BO 6/3 1-6 BO 6/3 1-6 BO 6/6 3-10 S Suitable for centre hole dia. [mm] S [mm] 3 6 6 6 Page Catalogue 142 4 PF SC 2503/3 A ... TX PF SC 2506/3 A ... TX PF SC 4003/3 A ... TX PF SC 4006/6 A ... TX Matching arbor for Poliflex fine grinding discs PF SC. BO 6/6 3-10 BO 6/3 1-6 20 20 10 10 Arbors BO L S Description Advantages: ■■High economic efficiency as the tool can be changed quickly. L Clamping width [mm] [mm] 40 25 1–6 3–10 EAN 4007220 505694 297650 Description 1 1 BO 6/3 1-6 BO 6/6 3-10

Ceramic fibre files General information Ceramic fibre files are made of high-grade ceramic fibres directionally embedded in a special resinoid bond. Suitable for use on surfaces and in hard-to-reach areas in tool- and mould-making. Advantages: Applications: ■ High profitability thanks to high abrasive performance and long tool life. ■ For achieving very good surface quality standards. ■ Surface work ■ Finishing ■ Step-by-step fine grinding Abrasive: ■ Manual application ■ Manual filing tool ■ Ceramic fibres ■ Grit size colour code: 180 = Gold 280 = Light brown 400 = Orange 700 = Blue Recommendations for use: ■ Use the files at a 45° angle for the highest stock removal rate. Materials that can be worked: ■ ■ ■ ■ Matching tool drives: Safety notes: Aluminium Copper Stainless steel (INOX) Steel, cast steel 4 Ceramic fibre files KFF The various shapes enable work on difficult geometries in tool-making applications. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. H L B H [mm] B [mm] L [mm] 0.5 1 2 0.5 1 2 1 4 4 4 6 6 6 10 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 668887 668924 668962 669006 669044 669082 669129 668894 668931 668979 669013 669051 669099 669136 668900 668948 668986 669020 669068 669105 669143 668917 668955 668993 669037 669075 669112 669150 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 KFF 0,5 x 4 x 150 A ... KFF 1,0 x 4 x 150 A ... KFF 2,0 x 4 x 150 A ... KFF 0,5 x 6 x 150 A ... KFF 1,0 x 6 x 150 A ... KFF 2,0 x 6 x 150 A ... KFF 1,0 x 10 x 150 A ... 2.35 3 - 150 150 026724 026779 026748 026786 026755 026793 026762 026809 1 1 KFF RD 2,35 x 150 A ... KFF RD 3 x 150 A ... 3 150 026816 026823 026830 026847 1 KFF DKT 3 x 3 x 3 x 150 A ... 180 Grit size 280 400 EAN 4007220 Description 700 Flat Round Three square 3 Mounted points 3 Detailed information on grinding and polishing stones can be found in catalogue section 3. Catalogue Page 4 143

Polishing tools General information The comprehensive range of polishing tools contains: ■ Felt points ■ Mounted felt flap wheels ■ Felt wheels ■ Felt flap discs ■ Cloth rings Felt points and discs are available in two types: ■ Felt points/discs without metal inlay: These are predominantly used for high-gloss polishing ■ Felt points/discs with metal inlay (MS): These are used for increased stock removal when pre-polishing with diamond grinding pastes. Advantages: Recommendations for use: Ordering instructions: ■ Felt points and discs: Precise retention of geometric shapes due to the hardness of these tools. ■ Felt flap discs, cloth rings and mounted felt flap wheels: Optimum adaptation to contours thanks to high flexibility. ■ Can be freely shaped, meaning they can be used for tools with complicated geometries. ■ For best performance, use with a recommended cutting speed of 5–10 m/s. This provides an ideal compromise between stock removal rate, surface quality, thermal load on the workpiece and tool wear. ■ Felt points and discs: Use diamond polishing pastes and polishing paste bars. ■ Cloth rings and mounted felt flap wheels: Use polishing and grinding pastes. ■ When changing the polishing paste, use a brand-new polishing tool. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. ■ Ordering example: EAN 4007220295243 FK ZYA 0610/3 M ■ Ordering example explanation: FK = Felt point ZYA = Cylindrical shape 0610 = Outer diameter D x width T [mm] 3 = Shank diameter Sd [mm] M = Medium hardness Materials that can be worked: ■ Can be used on nearly all materials. Applications: ■ Polishing Recommended rotational speed range Example: FK ZYA 2530/6 ST-BO Cutting speed: 5–10 m/s Rotational speed: 3,800-7,600 RPM Example: TR 10010 ST/10 Cutting speed: 10–15 m/s Rotational speed: 1,900-2,800 RPM Page Catalogue 144 4 Safety notes: ■ For safety reasons, the specified maximum permitted rotational speed must never be exceeded. Tool dia. [mm] 5 10 6 8 10 12 15 20 25 30 45 60 80 100 115 125 150 200 15,900 11,900 9,500 7,900 6,300 4,700 3,800 3,100 2,100 1,500 1,100 900 800 700 600 400 31,800 23,800 19,000 15,900 12,700 9,500 7,600 6,300 4,200 3,100 2,300 1,900 1,600 1,500 1,200 900 Cutting speed [m/s] 15 20 Rotational speeds [RPM] 47,700 35,800 28,600 23,800 19,000 14,300 11,400 9,500 6,300 4,700 3,500 2,800 2,400 2,200 1,900 1,400 63,600 47,700 38,100 31,800 25,400 19,000 15,200 12,700 8,400 6,300 4,700 3,800 3,300 3,000 2,500 1,900 25 32 79,500 59,600 47,700 39,700 31,800 23,800 19,000 15,900 10,600 7,900 5,900 4,700 4,100 3,800 3,100 2,300 101,800 76,300 61,100 50,900 40,700 30,500 24,400 20,300 13,500 10,100 7,600 6,100 5,300 4,800 4,000 3,000

Polishing tools Felt points FK Shape ZYA The cylindrical shape ZYA is mainly used peripherally. The variant with end hole (ST-BO) is particularly suitable for face-down use. Felt points with metal inserts (MS) are used for increased stock removal when pre-polishing with diamond polishing pastes. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder D T Sd L2 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] Shank dia. 2.35 mm 4 12 2.35 34 6 10 2.35 35 8 10 2.35 35 Shank dia. 3 mm 4 12 3 37 6 10 3 35 8 10 3 35 10 12 3 34 15 3 32 12 20 3 28 Shank dia. 3 mm – end hole 15 20 3 28 Shank dia. 6 mm 10 12 6 42 15 6 40 12 20 6 36 Shank dia. 6 mm – end hole 15 20 6 38 20 25 6 43 25 30 6 40 D Sd T L2 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired type. M (medium) Type H (hard) EAN 4007220 MS (metal insert) Opt. RPM Max. RPM 035757 035771 035818 035788 035825 035764 295243 295250 035849 153871 035917 Description - 23,000–47,000 16,000–32,000 12,000–24,000 119,000 79,500 59,500 10 10 10 FK ZYA 0412/2,35 ... FK ZYA 0610/2,35 ... FK ZYA 0810/2,35 ... 035795 035832 035856 035887 035924 295304 - 23,000–47,000 16,000–32,000 12,000–24,000 10,000–20,000 10,000–20,000 7,950–15,900 119,000 79,500 59,500 47,500 47,500 39,500 10 10 10 10 10 10 FK ZYA 0412/3 ... FK ZYA 0610/3 ... FK ZYA 0810/3 ... FK ZYA 1012/3 ... FK ZYA 1015/3 ... FK ZYA 1220/3 ... 035955 035962 - 6,000–12,000 31,500 10 FK ZYA 1520/3 ... ST-BO 035863 153772 035931 035870 035894 035948 - 10,000–20,000 10,000–20,000 7,950–15,900 47,500 47,500 39,500 10 10 10 FK ZYA 1012/6 ... FK ZYA 1015/6 ... FK ZYA 1220/6 ... 294727 153802 153888 035979 035986 036006 295311 295328 295335 6,000–12,000 5,000–10,000 4,000–8,000 31,500 23,500 19,000 10 10 10 FK ZYA 1520/6 ... ST-BO FK ZYA 2025/6 ... ST-BO FK ZYA 2530/6 ... ST-BO 4 Catalogue Page 4 145

Polishing tools Felt points FK Shape SPK Sd D T The conical pointed shape SPK is mainly used for work on radii and contours. L2 D [mm] T [mm] Shank dia. 2.35 mm 6 10 18 8 12 Shank dia. 3 mm 6 10 18 8 12 10 18 12 18 Shank dia. 6 mm 10 18 15 20 30 20 25 25 30 30 35 Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder Sd [mm] L2 [mm] Type M H (medium) (hard) EAN 4007220 2.35 2.35 2.35 37 33 36 036013 036044 036099 3 3 3 3 3 37 33 36 33 33 6 6 6 6 6 6 41 42 45 47 45 42 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired type. Opt. RPM Max. RPM 036020 036068 036105 16,000–32,000 16,000–32,000 12,000–24,000 79,500 79,500 59,500 10 10 10 FK SPK 0610/2,35 ... FK SPK 0618/2,35 ... FK SPK 0812/2,35 ... 588666 036051 295267 153925 295274 036037 036075 036112 036129 - 16,000–32,000 16,000–32,000 12,000–24,000 10,000–20,000 8,000–16,000 79,500 79,500 59,500 47,500 39,500 10 10 10 10 10 FK SPK 0610/3 ... FK SPK 0618/3 ... FK SPK 0812/3 ... FK SPK 1018/3 ... FK SPK 1218/3 ... 153796 153932 153949 294734 588710 588727 036136 - 10,000–20,000 6,000–12,000 6,000–12,000 5,000–10,000 4,000–8,000 3,200–6,350 47,500 31,500 31,500 23,500 19,000 15,500 10 10 10 10 10 10 FK SPK 1018/6 ... FK SPK 1520/6 ... FK SPK 1530/6 ... FK SPK 2025/6 ... FK SPK 2530/6 ... FK SPK 3035/6 ... Description Shape KEL Sd D T Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder L2 D [mm] T [mm] Shank dia. 2.35 mm 6 10 Shank dia. 3 mm 6 10 10 15 Shank dia. 6 mm 10 15 15 20 20 25 30 25 30 30 35 Page Catalogue 146 4 The conical shape KEL is mainly used for work on radii. Sd [mm] L2 [mm] Type M H (medium) (hard) EAN 4007220 2.35 37 036143 3 3 37 34 6 6 6 6 6 6 40 42 47 45 45 42 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired type. Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description - 16,000–32,000 79,500 10 FK KEL 0610/2,35 ... 588734 588765 - 16,000–32,000 10,000–20,000 79,500 47,500 10 10 FK KEL 0610/3 ... FK KEL 1015/3 ... 588840 294741 153956 036167 153819 153826 036150 036174 - 10,000–20,000 6,000–12,000 5,000–10,000 5,000–10,000 4,000–8,000 3,200–6,350 47,500 31,500 23,500 23,500 19,000 15,500 10 10 10 10 10 10 FK KEL 1015/6 ... FK KEL 1520/6 ... FK KEL 2025/6 ... FK KEL 2030/6 ... FK KEL 2530/6 ... FK KEL 3035/6 ...

Polishing tools Felt points FK Shape WRC Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder D [mm] Shank dia. 2.35 mm 6 8 10 Shank dia. 3 mm 6 8 10 Shank dia. 6 mm 15 20 25 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired type. Sd [mm] L2 [mm] 10 12 14 2.35 2.35 2.35 37 36 35 10 12 14 3 3 3 20 25 30 6 6 6 T [mm] Type T Max. RPM 036181 036204 036211 16,000–32,000 12,000–24,000 10,000–20,000 79,500 59,500 47,500 10 10 10 FK WRC 0610/2,35 ... FK WRC 0812/2,35 ... FK WRC 1014/2,35 ... 36 43 35 588451 295281 295298 16,000–32,000 12,000–24,000 10,000–20,000 79,500 59,500 47,500 10 10 10 FK WRC 0610/3 ... FK WRC 0812/3 ... FK WRC 1014/3 ... 42 47 45 153895 153901 153918 6,000–12,000 5,000–10,000 4,000–8,000 31,500 23,500 19,000 10 10 10 FK WRC 1520/6 ... FK WRC 2025/6 ... FK WRC 2530/6 ... Description T [mm] Shank dia. 2.35 mm 6 8 10 Shank dia. 3 mm 6 8 10 Shank dia. 6 mm 10 L2 [mm] 10 12 14 2.35 2.35 2.35 37 36 35 10 12 14 3 3 3 14 6 Sd T Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired type. Sd [mm] 4 D The oval shape TRE is mainly used for work on small radii. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder L2 Opt. RPM M (medium) EAN 4007220 Shape TRE D [mm] Sd D The cylindrical shape with radius end WRC is mainly used for work on small, concave contours. Type L2 Description Opt. RPM Max. RPM 036228 036242 036266 16,000–32,000 12,000–24,000 10,000–20,000 79,500 59,500 47,500 10 10 10 FK TRE 0610/2,35 ... FK TRE 0812/2,35 ... FK TRE 1014/2,35 ... 37 36 35 036235 036259 036273 16,000–32,000 12,000–24,000 10,000–20,000 79,500 59,500 47,500 10 10 10 FK TRE 0610/3 ... FK TRE 0812/3 ... FK TRE 1014/3 ... 43 153789 10,000–20,000 47,500 10 FK TRE 1014/6 ... M (medium) EAN 4007220 Catalogue Page 4 147

Polishing tools Felt points FK Shape WKN The tapered shape WKN is mainly used for work on interior angles. Sd D T Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder L2 D [mm] T [mm] Sd [mm] L2 [mm] 2.35 2.35 32 34 036280 036303 3 3 3 3 32 36 32 28 6 38 Shank dia. 2.35 mm 10 15 12 12 Shank dia. 3 mm 10 15 12 12 15 15 20 16 Shank dia. 6 mm 20 16 Type M H (medium) (hard) EAN 4007220 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired type. Opt. RPM Max. RPM 036327 10,000–20,000 8,000–16,000 47,500 39,500 10 10 FK WKN 1015/2,35 ... FK WKN 1212/2,35 ... 036297 036310 036341 036365 036334 036358 - 10,000–20,000 8,000–16,000 6,000–12,000 5,000–10,000 47,500 39,500 31,500 23,500 10 10 10 10 FK WKN 1015/3 ... FK WKN 1212/3 ... FK WKN 1515/3 ... FK WKN 2016/3 ... 294758 - 5,000–10,000 23,500 10 FK WKN 2016/6 ... Description Mounted felt flap wheels FLS FLS Mounted felt flap wheels are used for pre-polishing and high-gloss polishing on small to mediumsized components. Sd D T L2 Advantages: ■■Low thermal load on the workpiece. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder Recommendations for use: ■■Use the hard type for pre-polishing flat surfaces, and the soft type for high-gloss polishing and processing workpieces with lots of contours. ■■If very fine finishes need to be achieved, the two types can be used successively. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired type. D [mm] T [mm] Sd [mm] L [mm] 30 40 50 60 80 20 20 30 40 50 6 6 6 6 6 40 40 40 40 40 Page Catalogue 148 4 Type W H (soft) (hard) EAN 4007220 936160 936184 936207 936221 936245 936177 936191 936214 936238 936252 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 6,300 4,750 3,800 3,150 2,400 20,000 15,000 12,000 10,000 7,500 Description 5 5 5 5 5 FLS 3020/6 ... FLS 4020/6 ... FLS 5030/6 ... FLS 6040/6 ... FLS 8050/6 ...

Polishing tools Felt wheels and lenses FK SC/LI FK SC/LI Felt wheels and lenses are mainly used peripherally. Felt wheels with metal inserts (MS) are used for increased stock removal when pre-polishing with diamond grinding pastes. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. ■■Please complete the description with the desired type. D H LI D T H [mm] [mm] [mm] M (medium) Type H (hard) T Max. RPM Suitable arbors 5,600–11,000 28,000 4,300–8,650 21,700 BO 2,3/1,6 1-5, BO 3/1,6 1-5 BO 2,3/1,6 1-5, BO 3/1,6 1-5 10 10 FK LI 1705/2 ... FK LI 2205/2 ... 5,600–11,000 28,000 BO 2,3/1,6 1-5, BO 3/1,6 1-5 5,000–10,000 23,500 BO 2,3/1,6 1-5, BO 3/1,6 1-5 3,000–6,000 20,000 BO 2,3/1,6 1-5, BO 3/1,6 1-5 3,000–6,000 20,000 BO 6/6 3-10 2,000–4,000 13,500 BO 6/6 3-10 1,500–3,000 10,000 BO 6/6 3-10 295342 1,000–2,000 7,500 BO 8/10 6-20 295359 900–1,800 6,100 BO 8/10 6-20 295366 750–1,500 4,900 BO 12/20 10-50, BO MK 1/20 10-50 600–1,200 4,000 BO 12/20 10-50, BO MK 1/20 10-50 500–1,000 3,000 BO 12/20 10-50, BO MK 1/20 10-50 10 10 10 5 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 FK SC 1705/2 ... FK SC 2005/2 ... FK SC 3005/2 ... FK SC 3007/6 ... FK SC 4509/6 ... FK SC 6010/6 ... FK SC 8010/10 ... FK SC 10020/10 ... FK SC 12520/20 ... FK SC 15025/20 ... FK SC 20030/20 ... MS (metal insert) Opt. RPM SC Description EAN 4007220 Lenses 17 22 Wheels 17 20 30 45 60 80 100 125 150 200 5 5 2 2 - 036402 036419 5 5 5 7 9 10 10 20 20 25 30 2 2 2 6 6 6 10 10 20 20 20 036372 036389 036396 153864 153840 297605 154069 297612 297629 297636 297643 - - Felt flap discs FFS FFS Felt flap discs are used for pre-polishing and high-gloss polishing on medium-sized to large components. D H Advantages: ■■Low thermal load on the workpiece. Matching tool drives: angle grinder, cordless angle grinder Recommendations for use: ■■Use the hard type for pre-polishing flat surfaces, and the soft type for high-gloss polishing and processing workpieces with lots of contours. ■■If very fine finishes need to be achieved, the two types can be used successively. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired type. D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] Type W (soft) H (hard) EAN 4007220 115 125 22 22 22.23 22.23 936085 936146 936139 936153 Opt. RPM Max. RPM 1,650 1,500 8,350 7,650 Description 5 5 FFS 115/22,23 ... FFS 125/22,23 ... Catalogue Page 4 149 4

Polishing tools Felt sheets FK P FK P Felt sheets are suited to a very wide variety of polishing applications. The two different hardness grades available only multiply the number of potential applications. L Advantages: ■■Depending on the requirements, can be cut or punched into any shape (e.g. rectangle, square, stick or wheel) quickly and easily. T B L [mm] B [mm] T [mm] 250 250 3 6 12 Matching tool drives: manual application Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired type. Type M H (medium) (hard) EAN 4007220 036433 036440 036464 Description 036457 036471 1 1 1 FK P 250-250-3 ... FK P 250-250-6 ... FK P 250-250-12 ... Cloth rings Shank-mounted cloth rings TR D Shank-mounted cloth rings are used with polishing pastes for pre-polishing, gloss polishing and high-gloss polishing in tool- and mould-making applications. Sd T Shank-mounted cloth rings are available in three types: BW (cotton) = Very fine high-gloss polishing, dust removal and buffing FZ (felt cloth) = Pre-polishing and gloss polishing in combination with appropriate polishing pastes FL (flannel) = Buffing, gloss polishing and high-gloss polishing in combination with the appropriate polishing pastes L2 Recommendations for use: ■■Make sure that the tool does not overheat when polishing. ■■Use a sufficient amount of polishing paste. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder D T Sd L2 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] Shank dia. 2.35 mm 22 10 2.35 Shank dia. 3 mm 22 10 3 Page Catalogue 150 4 BW Type FZ EAN 4007220 FL 40 034538 034545 40 034569 034576 Ordering notes: ■■Detailed information and ordering data on polishing pastes can be found on pages 153–154. ■■Please complete the description with the desired type. Opt. RPM Max. RPM Description 034552 13,000 17,350 10 TR 2210/2,35 ... 034583 13,000 17,350 10 TR 2210/3 ...

Polishing tools Cloth rings Cloth rings with centre hole TR Cloth rings are used for pre-polishing and high-gloss polishing with polishing pastes. If the intention is to achieve very smooth surface finishes, use several or even all variants successively. D H Cloth rings are available in four types: ST (sisal cloth) = Coarse pre-polishing TH (hard cloth) = Pre-polishing TW (soft cloth) = High-gloss polishing FL (flannel) = High-gloss polishing/buffing Recommendations for use: ■■Pre-polishing of steel and INOX: Cloth rings ST or TH with polishing paste PP 1 VP STEELOX. ■■Pre-polishing of aluminium and brass: Cloth rings ST or TH with polishing paste PP 2 VP ALU. ■■Pre-polishing of non-ferrous metals: Cloth rings ST or TH with polishing paste PP 3 VP NON-FERROUS. ■■High-gloss polishing on all metals: Cloth rings TW or FL with polishing paste PP 4 UNIVERSAL. ■■High-gloss polishing on plastics: Cloth rings TW or FL with polishing paste PP 5 HGP PLAST. ■■Type TW and FL cloth rings achieve their best performance at a recommended cutting speed of 5–15 m/s. ■■Type ST and TH cloth rings achieve their best performance at a recommended cutting speed of 10–15 m/s. Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drive, straight grinder Ordering notes: ■■Please order arbor separately. ■■TR 12510 type ST: 10 mm hole (25.4/6-edge, arbor FR/VR 12/25,4). ■■Please complete the description with the desired type. 4 D [mm] Used width [mm] H [mm] 50 80 100 125 10 10 10 10 6 10 10 20 294086 294123 294161 804315 294093 294130 294178 150 10 20 294208 200 10 20 294246 ST Type TH TW EAN 4007220 FL Opt. RPM Max. RPM 804322 294109 294147 294185 804339 294116 294154 294192 3,800 2,500 1,900 1,300 12,000 7,500 6,100 4,900 294215 294222 294239 1,250 294253 294260 294277 950 Suitable arbors BO 6/6 3-10 BO 8/10 6-20 BO 8/10 6-20 BO 12/20 10-50, BO MK 1/20 10-50 4,000 BO 12/20 10-50, BO MK 1/20 10-50 3,000 BO 12/20 10-50, BO MK 1/20 10-50 Description 5 5 5 5 TR 5010-6 ... TR 8010-10 ... TR 10010-10 ... TR 12510-20 ... 5 TR 15010-20 ... 5 TR 20010-20 ... Catalogue Page 4 151

Polishing tools Arbors L L S BO 6/6 3-10 BO 8/10 6-20 L S Arbors for felt wheels and cloth rings BO S BO 12/20 10-50 BO MK 1/20 10-50 Matching arbors for felt wheels and cloth rings. Advantages: ■■High economic efficiency as the tool can be changed quickly. Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired type. Suitable for centre hole dia. [mm] S [mm] 6 10 20 6 8 12 - L Clamping width [mm] [mm] 25 30 35 - 3–10 6–20 10–50 10–50 EAN 4007220 297650 297667 297674 297681 Description 1 1 1 1 BO 6/6 3-10 BO 8/10 6-20 BO 12/20 10-50 BO MK 1/20 10-50 You can find additional felt polishing tools in the following product families: COMBICLICK: CC-FR, page 18 Page Catalogue 152 4 COMBIDISC: CD-FR, page 42 Short belts: P-BA, page 51

Grinding oils and polishing pastes Grinding and polishing pastes PFERD offers grinding pastes for use in extremely fine grinding work, such as when grinding in valve seats, shaft bearings and as a preparation for polishing with felt polishing tools and cloth rings. PFERD offers five different polishing paste bars that are marked with different colours, which enables them to be easily assigned to the respective application task. You can find the key for the respective colours in the table below. Advantages: Materials that can be worked: ■ High productivity. ■ Quick results. ■ Coordinated system. ■ Can be used on nearly all materials. Applications: ■ Polishing ■ Step-by-step fine grinding Grinding pastes SFP Oil-soluble grinding pastes with sharp-edged SiC grain. 4 Grit size Contents [g] EAN 4007220 90 150 280 360 600 800 250 250 250 250 250 250 153963 153970 153987 153994 298664 154007 Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 SFP 90 SFP 150 SFP 280 SFP 360 SFP 600 SFP 800 Polishing paste bars PP Apart from being used with felt tools, polishing pastes are also used in combination with cloth rings for pre-polishing and high-gloss polishing. If the intention is to achieve very smooth surface finishes, use several or even all types successively. H Intended applications for the different types: ST (sisal cloth) = Coarse pre-polishing with PP 1, PP 2 or PP 3 TH (hard cloth) = Pre-polishing with PP 1, PP 2 or PP 3 TW (soft cloth) = High-gloss polishing with PP 4 or PP 5 FL (flannel) = High-gloss polishing/buffing with PP 4 or PP 5 L B Polishing paste bars are available in a small pack and a bulk pack. Type Bulk pack pre-polishing high-gloss polishing Small pack pre-polishing high-gloss polishing Use for Contents [g] EAN 4007220 Colour B [mm] H [mm] L [mm] Steel + stainless steel (INOX) Aluminium + brass Non-ferrous metals All metals plastics 1,100 294567 green 70 50 140 1 G-PP 1 VP STEELOX 1,300 1,150 1,150 1,100 294574 294581 294598 294604 grey brown pink beige 70 70 70 70 50 50 50 50 140 140 140 140 1 1 1 1 G-PP 2 VP ALU G-PP 3 VP NON-FERROUS G-PP 4 HGP UNIVERSAL G-PP 5 HGP PLAST 108 955666 green 25 30 90 1 K-PP 1 VP STEELOX 142 111 132 104 955673 955680 955697 955703 grey brown pink beige 25 25 25 25 30 30 30 30 90 90 90 90 1 1 1 1 K-PP 2 VP ALU K-PP 3 VP NON-FERROUS K-PP 4 HGP UNIVERSAL K-PP 5 HGP PLAST Steel + stainless steel (INOX) Aluminium + brass Non-ferrous metals All metals plastics Description Catalogue Page 4 153

Grinding oils and polishing pastes Diamond polishing pastes Diamond polishing pastes are used for work on very hard materials, such as tungsten carbide and hardened steels. They are used in combination with felt polishing elements or discs. Diamond polishing pastes can be diluted and dissolved with water and alcohol. Diamond polishing pastes in the ECO type are a cheaper alternative. Available grit sizes: 30 (coarse) = P 500 15 (medium) = P 1200 10 (medium-fine) = P 2000 7 (fine) = P 3000 3 (very fine) = P 5000 1 (ultra-fine) = P 14000 (P = Grit size according to ISO 6344) Advantages: Applications: ■ High productivity. ■ Quick results. ■ Precisely coordinated granulation rows. ■ Polishing ■ Step-by-step fine grinding Ordering notes: Materials that can be worked: ■ Can be used on almost all very hard materials, such as tungsten carbide and hardened steels. ■ The grit sizes are specified in µm. ■ Please complete the description with the desired contents. ■ When ordering, please state the EAN or the full description. Diamond polishing pastes DPP, Diamond polishing pastes type ECO DPP Diamond polishing pastes guarantee quick and efficient work, particularly in tool- and mouldmaking. Recommendations for use: ■■When using diamond polishing pastes, use the coarse paste first. ■■If extensive surface improvements are required, use several grit sizes one after another, each finer than the previous, cleaning well between pastes. ■■When changing grit size, make sure that a new, clean abrasive support (e.g. felt point or felt wheel) is used. Grit size [µm] 5 Contents [g] 20 EAN 4007220 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Colour of sealing cap Description 10 DPP 30 15 10 7 3 1 294543 294536 025468 294505 294499 025451 535981 535998 025499 536001 536018 025475 - brown blue light blue red green yellow 1 1 1 1 1 1 DPP 30-... DPP 15-... DPP 10-... DPP 7-... DPP 3-... DPP 1-... 30 15 10 7 3 1 - - 025550 025543 025536 025529 025512 025505 brown blue light blue red green yellow 1 1 1 1 1 1 DPP ECO 30-... DPP ECO 15-... DPP ECO 10-... DPP ECO 7-... DPP ECO 3-... DPP ECO 1-... ECO DPP Page Catalogue 154 4

Grinding oils and polishing pastes Diamond polishing pastes Special diluent for diamond polishing pastes PSP The diluent is used to keep the lubricating layer between the support and the workpiece consistent during polishing work. Recommendations for use: ■■The diluent should be used extremely sparingly. Excessive use of the special diluent will wash out the diamond grit from the paste, thus diminishing polishing performance. Contents [ml] EAN 4007220 125 294550 Description 1 PSP 125 Grinding oils Three types of grinding oil are supplied: ■ "Fe" for steel: Offers protection against corrosion. ■ "NE" for non-ferrous metals and stainless steel (INOX): Prevents unwelcome marks on the workpiece, particularly on stainless steel surfaces. ■ "ALU" for aluminium: Prevents the grinding tool from clogging. Advantages: Applications: ■ Longer tool life. ■ Lower temperature development due to lubricating and cooling effect. ■ Less adherence of chips to the abrasive coating. ■ Improved surface finish. ■ Polishing ■ Step-by-step fine grinding 4 Ordering notes: ■ The transportation of the aerosol cans by air, sea and rail is not possible. Materials that can be worked: ■ Can be used on nearly all materials. Grinding oils Grinding oils are used in applications with coated abrasive tools. Use for Contents [ml] EAN 4007220 Description steel non-ferrous metals, stainless steel (INOX) aluminium Canister 1 l steel non-ferrous metals, stainless steel (INOX) aluminium Canister 5 l steel non-ferrous metals, stainless steel (INOX) aluminium 400 400 147597 147603 1 1 410 Fe 411 NE 400 791332 1 412 ALU 1,000 1,000 294444 294451 1 1 410/1 Fe 411/1 NE 1,000 791349 1 412/1 ALU 5,000 5,000 294468 294475 1 1 410/5 Fe 411/5 NE 5,000 791356 1 412/5 ALU Spray can Catalogue Page 4 155

Grinding oils and polishing pastes Cleaner The highly effective cleaners and maintenance products are practically applied to a very wide range of components. Materials that can be worked: Applications: ■ Can be used on nearly all materials. ■ Cleaning ■ Preserving ■ Protecting Universal cleaner UC-S Highly effective, universal workshop cleaner for cleaning and de-greasing components as a preparation for painting. Removes polishing paste residue, processing oils, corrosion-protection oils, light waxes and other types of contamination. Advantages: ■■Biodegradable surfactants. ■■Short drying time. ■■Non-combustible. ■■Suitable for versatile use. Contents [ml] EAN 4007220 500 027349 Recommendations for use: ■■Spray, briefly leave on and wipe off with a suitable cloth. Description 1 UC-S 500 INOX SHINER IS-S maintenance product Maintenance products for protecting and caring for stainless steel (INOX), aluminium, non-ferrous metals, glass and plastic. Removes dust, fingerprints, oil and light scale deposits. Advantages: ■■Leaves a dry, glossy protective film. ■■Very easy to use. ■■No cleaning marks. ■■Suitable for versatile use. Page Catalogue 156 4 Contents [ml] EAN 4007220 500 027332 Recommendations for use: ■■Spray, apply evenly on the surface with a soft dry cloth or paper towel and wipe dry. ■■Conduct a compatibility test beforehand on surfaces with a mirror finish. Description 1 INOX SHINER IS-S 500

4 Further information about the high-performance abrasive grain VICTOGRAIN as well as an overview of all respective products can be found on the following pages. Catalogue Page 4 157 TRUST BLUE

VICTOGRAIN General information VICTOGRAIN products are some of the most effective grinding tools in the world. PFERD’s triangular, precision-formed abrasive grain achieves uniquely high abrasive performance. The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain triangles are identical in shape and size and their cutting edges are applied to the workpiece at the optimum angle, meaning the grain needs very little energy to penetrate the workpiece. As such, the user benefits from an efficient machining process with ■fast working, ■a long tool life, ■less heat build-up in the workpiece, and ■a lower power output required for the tool drive. The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain is optimally aligned The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain triangles are fixed to the substrate on one of their sides. This means they are securely fixed in place and, together with their slim design, offer an extremely large chip space in order to further improve machining efficiency. The structure of the triangular VICTOGRAIN has also been specially adapted to maximize results. The very small crystals inside the triangles ensure optimal wear characteristics as sharp cutting edges are always exposed, but only the minimum amount of abrasive grain/the triangle breaks off. By combining all these properties together, users benefit from optimal, constant performance during cool grinding and an extremely long tool life together with consistent workpiece surface roughness. Conventional abrasive grain VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain Page Catalogue 158 4

VICTOGRAIN Product range Here is an overview of all VICTOGRAIN products which can be found in catalogue section 4: Picture Description Page COMBICLICK fibre discs VICTOGRAIN-COOL 15 Fibre discs VICTOGRAIN-COOL 23 COMBIDISC abrasive discs VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 COMBIDISC midget fibre discs VICTOGRAIN-COOL 36 4 Here is an overview of all VICTOGRAIN products which can be found in catalogue section 6: Picture Description Page CC-GRIND grinding discs CC-GRIND-SOLID SGP STEEL 49 CC-GRIND grinding discs CC-GRIND-SOLID SGP INOX 49 CC-GRIND grinding discs CC-GRIND-FLEX SGP STEEL 50 Catalogue Page 4 159

Quality tools from a single source Files Milling tools 1 Mounted points 2 3 Catalogue section 1 Catalogue section 2 Catalogue section 3 Files Milling tools Mounted points Fine grinding and polishing tools Diamond and CBN tools 4 Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels 5 6 Catalogue section 4 Catalogue section 5 Catalogue section 6 Fine grinding and polishing tools Diamond and CBN tools Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels Cut-off wheels for stationary applications Industrial power brushes 7 Tool drives 8 9 Catalogue section 7 Catalogue section 8 Catalogue section 9 Cut-off wheels for stationary applications Industrial power brushes Tool drives Page Catalogue 160 4

Diamond and CBN tools 5 5 Catalogue Page 5 1

Diamond and CBN tools Table of contents General information 4 The fast way to the best tool 6 Abrasives, materials, grit sizes 8 Comparison of bond types 9 Recommended cutting speeds 10 Recommended rotational speed range and safety notes 11 Diamond and CBN tools – electroplated bond Customer-specific tool solutions 14 Diamond files ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Diamond escapement files Diamond needle files Diamond riffler files Diamond handy files Conical diamond files Diamond machinist's files Flexible diamond files Diamond sheets ■ Diamond files for manual filing machines 16 17 18 19 19 20 21 21 22 Diamond and CBN grinding points and grinding discs ■ ■ ■ ■ Diamond grinding points Diamond grinding discs CBN grinding points CBN grinding discs 24 29 30 33 Diamond cut-off wheels ■ Diamond cut-off wheels Page Catalogue 2 5 34

Diamond and CBN tools Table of contents Diamond tools for foundries ■ Diamond cut-off wheels for foundries ■ Diamond grinding points for foundries 36 36 Diamond grinding discs ■ Diamond grinding disc CC-GRIND-SOLID-DIAMOND 38 Diamond sabre saw blades ■ Diamond sabre saw blades 38 Diamond and CBN tools – resinoid bond Diamond and CBN grinding tools ■ ■ ■ ■ Diamond grinding tools CBN grinding tools Sharpening block Customer-specific tool solutions 41 42 43 44 Diamond cut-off wheels for the construction industry Diamond cut-off wheels ■ ■ ■ ■ Segmented type Continuous rim type (TURBO) Continuous rim type DSB sharpening block 50 51 52 52 Angle grinder Machine tools Filing machine Straight grinder Manual application files Sabre saw Table saw Robot Petrol cutter Catalogue Page 5 3 5

Diamond and CBN tools General information In use in many industries The use of efficient tools for work on surfaces and cutting materials is an important factor for ensuring profitability in many processes and industries. For many materials and applications, tools with super-hard abrasives like diamond or CBN (cubic boron nitride) abrasives provide a cost-effective alternative to conventional tools. With their high hardness, they have a particularly long tool life and are an established problemsolver in many industries: ■ Tool and mould construction ■ Automotive industry and suppliers ■ Energy industry ■■Tool industry ■ Foundries (grey and nodular cast iron) ■ Ceramic industry ■ Plastics processing (GRP/CRP) ■ Machine and plant construction ■ Medical equipment PFERD quality PFERD diamond and CBN grinding tools comply with the highest quality and safety requirements and are manufactured and labelled according to the European safety standard EN 13236. In addition to the high quality standards, occupational health and safety as well as ergonomics play a prominent role. PFERD quality management is certified according to ISO 9001. PFERDTOOL-CENTER On the TOOL-CENTER, the point of sale from PFERD, you will find all the important information required for selecting the most appropriate tool. Your local retailer or PFERD sales representative will be glad to answer any questions you might have. Packaging Diamond and CBN tool packaging is matched to the requirements of the industry. It provides the tools with optimum protection against dirt and damage. The packaging units (PU) for the individual tools are listed in the product tables. Diamond file sets and diamond machinist's files and sheets are supplied in practical, sturdy plastic boxes. These are ideal for storing the tools in the tool trolley or on the workbench. Particularly large or heavy products made to order are supplied in sturdy wooden crates that protect the tools during transport. All tools and more information: www.pferd.com Page Catalogue 4 5

Diamond and CBN tools General information Discover PFERDERGONOMICS and PFERDEFFICIENCY: As part of PFERDERGONOMICS, PFERD offers ergonomically optimized tools and tool drives that contribute to greater safety and working comfort, and thus to health protection. As part of PFERDEFFICIENCY, PFERD offers innovative, high-performance tool solutions and tool drives with outstanding added value. For more information on this topic, please refer to our brochure “PFERDVALUE – Your added value with PFERD“. PFERD VALUE Your added value with PFERD PFERDEFFICIENCY Results from the PFERD test laboratories as well as from the product tests by independent testing institutes prove: PFERD tools offer measurable added value. PFERDERGONOMICS PFERDVALUE – Your added value with PFERD TRUST BLUE Electroplated diamond and CBN tools are characterized by low dust generation. Diamond machinist’s files are supplied with ergonomic file handles. Associations PFERD is an active member of the German Abrasives Association (VDS), the Federation of European Producers of Abrasives (FEPA) and the Organization for the Safety of Abrasives (oSa). The national and international activities of those associations include the areas of safety, standardization, classification and quality assurance. 5 Additional diamond tools with electroplated bonds in the PFERD product range COMBIDISC diamond abrasive discs: COMBIDISC is a comprehensive range for work on surfaces. COMBIDISC diamond abrasive discs are ideally suited for work on wear-resistant coatings and hard facings made from tungsten carbide, chromium carbide, titanium carbide, etc. Diamond hand pads: Diamond hand pads are ideally suited for grinding work on wear-resistant coatings and hard facings made from tungsten carbide, chromium carbide, titanium carbide, etc. Further information and ordering data can be found in catalogue section 4. Catalogue Page 5 5

Diamond and CBN tools The fast way to the best tool General application Filing  Material ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Hardened steels Tungsten carbide Ceramic Glass Ferrite Nickel- and titanium-based alloys  Application  Tools Precision filing Diamond files Precision filing with air-powered filing machines Diamond files Machining concave and convex surfaces Flexible diamo Diamond shee ■ Fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP) Grinding ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Tungsten carbide Ceramic Glass Ferrite (magnetic material) Nickel- and titanium-based alloys Deburring, chamfering and breaking of edges Diamond mac Grinding of bores, radii, contours, profiles and shoulders, as well as deburring and chamfering Electroplated d Diamond grind Internal grinding of bores Electroplated d cylindrical sha Electroplated d ■ Tungsten carbide Sharpening of tungsten carbide tools Resinoid-bond ■ Hardened steel materials from approx. 54 HRC Grinding of bores, radii, contours, profiles and shoulders, as well as deburring and chamfering Electroplated C Internal grinding of bores Electroplated C cylindrical sha Electroplated C ■ HSS (High Speed Steel) Sharpening of HSS tools Resinoid-bond ■ Fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP) Deburring, chamfering and general grinding work Electroplated d cylindrical sha Diamond grind ■ Grey and nodular cast iron Cutting ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Tungsten carbide Ceramic Glass Ferrite Nickel- and titanium-based alloys Fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP) ■ Grey and nodular cast iron You can find diamond cut-off wheels for the construction industry on page 48. Page Catalogue 6 5 Grinding burning-ins, sand inclusions and adhesions Grinding poin Cutting Diamond cut-o Cut-off grinding, trimming, making cut-outs and cutting straight contours to size Diamond cut-o Sawing, trimming, making cut-outs and cutting curved contours to size Separation of open risers, burrs, feeders, sprues, parting lines, etc. Diamond sabr Diamond cut-o

Diamond and CBN tools The fast way to the best tool  Tools  Page Diamond files 16 Diamond files for air-powered filing machines 22 Flexible diamond files 21 Diamond sheets 21 edges Diamond machinist's files, grit size D 251 20 les and mfering Electroplated diamond grinding points 24 Diamond grinding disc CC-GRIND-SOLID-DIAMOND 38 Electroplated diamond grinding points, cylindrical shape ZY 24 Electroplated diamond grinding discs 29 Resinoid-bonded diamond grinding discs 40 Electroplated CBN grinding points 30 Electroplated CBN grinding points, cylindrical shape ZY 30 Electroplated CBN grinding discs 33 Resinoid-bonded CBN grinding discs 42 Electroplated diamond grinding points, cylindrical shape with radius end WR, grit size D 357 26 Diamond grinding disc CC-GRIND-SOLID-DIAMOND 38 Grinding points for foundries 36 Diamond cut-off wheels, grit size D64/D151 34 Diamond cut-off wheels, grit size D357/D427 34 d cutting Diamond sabre saw blades 38 s, sprues, Diamond cut-off wheels, grit size D 852 34 machines s les and mfering nding work nd adhesions -outs and Catalogue Page 5 7 5

Diamond and CBN tools Abrasives, materials, grit sizes Super-hard abrasives 6,000 3,000 2,000 1,000 0 Materials Diamond = blue Aluminium oxide (A) 4,000 Silicon carbide (SiC) 5,000 Cubic boron nitride (CBN) For work on certain materials, diamond and CBN tools are an economic alternative to tools with conventional abrasives such as aluminium oxide and silicon carbide. Diamond and CBN grain is much harder and its cutting edges are very resistant to blunting. Diamond and CBN tools therefore enjoy a very long tool life. 7,000 Diamond (D) Diamond is the hardest naturally occurring solid. It consists of pure carbon in a crystalline structure. For grinding tools, the diamonds used are generally synthetic, produced at very high temperatures under high pressure. The properties of the abrasive can be optimized for the subsequent application of the tool. CBN (cubic boron nitride) is the second-hardest solid known. It consists of boron and nitrogen in a crystalline structure. Knoop hardness [N/mm2] Diamond and CBN form the group of superhard abrasives. CBN = red Diamond and CBN abrasives are used when materials cannot be machined with conventional abrasives such as aluminium oxide or silicon carbide. They also provide a more economical solution for many applications. Using the colour coding system, the abrasive of the tool can be identified immediately. Grit sizes The grit size data for diamond and CBN tools relates to the average grit diameter in [µm]. Thus, the higher the number specified in the grit designation, the coarser the grit size. A coarse grit size increases stock removal and the surface roughness of the workpiece. Grit sizes Micro-grit Very fine Larger Grit size Selecting the optimum grit size depends on the intended application, the material to be machined, the tool drive employed and a wide range of other factors. As a general rule, the harder the material to be worked and the finer the desired surface roughness, the finer the selected grit size should be. ■ Duroplastics, in particular with glass or carbon fibre reinforcement (GRP and CRP) ■ Ferrite (magnetic material) ■ Glass ■ Graphite and synthetic carbon ■ Grey and nodular cast iron ■ Tungsten carbide ■ Nickel- or titanium-based superalloys ■ Technical ceramics ■ Wear-resistant coatings (powder metal alloys and hardfacing alloys) Smaller Due to high chemical wear, rotating diamond tools are not suitable for work on steel. CBN tools are used for these applications. The two abrasives complement each other ideally. In the adjacent overview, you will find various materials associated with the abrasives. Very coarse Page Catalogue 8 5 ■ ■ ■ ■ Case-hardened steels Roller-bearing and ball-bearing steels Tool steels Other hardened steel materials with a hardness from approx. 54 HRC Grit designations [µm] ISO 6106 (FEPA Standard) Diamond CBN Equivalent US mesh number/inch US Mesh Size D 25 / D 30 D 46 D 54 D 64 D 76 D 91 D 107 D 126 D 151 D 181 D 213 D 251 D 301 D 357 D 427 D 502 D 602 D 711 D 852 D 1001 B 46 B 54 B 64 B 76 B 91 B 107 B 126 B 151 B 181 B 213 B 252 B 301 B 357 B 427 - 325/400 270/325 230/270 200/230 170/200 140/170 120/140 100/120 80/100 70/80 60/70 60/80 50/60 45/50 40/50 35/45 30/40 25/30 20/30 16/20

Diamond and CBN tools Comparison of bond types Resinoid and metal bond Bond type Electroplated bond Applications Advantages Tool construction Metal blank The main characteristic of electroplated tools is the monolayer coating with diamond or CBN grit. The coating is provided by the fixation of abrasive grit onto a metal blank via an electrochemically deposited nickel layer. The nickel layer thickness is around half of the grit diameter used. The abrasive coating of resinoid-bonded diamond and CBN tools consists of abrasive grit, bond and fillers. The bond is tightly pressed, i.e. it has no pores. ■ Shorter work time due to the coating type ■ Reduction in unproductive idle times because dressing and profiling are not required ■ Reduction in tool costs due to the monolayer coating and the possibility of recoating ■ Individual tool profiles ■ Constant tool geometry due to the monolayer coating Resinoid bond: ■ The characteristics of the resinoid bond can be optimally adjusted to the application ■ Easy to dress The metal bond is closely related to the resinoid bond. It is characterized by a higher grit retention strength and dimensional stability when compared to the resinoid bond. Metal bond: ■ High dimensional stability and wear resistance Further information on the advantages of electroplated grinding tools can be found on page 13. Electroplated tools are problem solvers for work on various materials, such as particularly hard or abrasive materials. Among other things, the characteristics of the electrochemically coated tools can be adapted to the application through the selection of the grit sizes. Electroplated diamond and CBN tools are used for both wet and dry grinding. Pages 12–38 Resinoid-bonded diamond and CBN grinding discs are often used for grinding, i.e. sharpening tungsten carbide or HSS tools, as well as in other production grinding processes. Metal-bonded tools are used for grinding glass and industrial ceramics. Resinoid and metal-bonded diamond and CBN tools are used for both wet and dry grinding, according to the tool specification. Pages 39–47 Catalogue Page 5 9 5

Diamond and CBN tools Recommended cutting speeds Dry grinding 5 Generally, the following applies: ■ In dry grinding, do not use diamond tools at too high a cutting speed in order to avoid thermal damage to the abrasive. ■ If possible, do not use CBN tools under the cutting speeds specified below. The optimum cutting speed has a direct effect on the economic value of the tools in use. 10 15 20 25 30 ■ All parameters must always be coordinated with each other within the grinding process. If the cutting speed is changed, among others the feed, infeed and coolant supply must be adjusted accordingly. ■ Electroplated diamond and CBN tools can be used in dedicated stationary applications up to a peripheral speed of 125 m/s. 35 Wet grinding 15–25 m/s Dry grinding 15–25 m/s Wet grinding Diamond Resinoid bond 20–40 m/s Dry grinding 15–20 m/s Wet grinding 20–30 m/s Dry grinding CBN 18–30 m/s Wet grinding Page Catalogue 10 5 Diamond Dry grinding CBN Metal bond Wet grinding Wet grinding 40 45 ... 80 30–80 m/s for CRP/GRP as well as grey and nodular cast iron 8–18 m/s CBN Electroplated bond Diamond Cutting speed [m/s] ▼ The recommended cutting speed ranges depend on the application and must not exceed the maximum permissible peripheral speed. Because of the wide range of tasks and application fields of electroplated diamond and CBN tools, as well as the large influence of the employed tool drive, it is not possible to specify a generally valid cutting speed. The recommended cutting speed ranges serve as reference values. 25–40 m/s 10–15 m/s 15–30 m/s 25–30 m/s

Diamond and CBN tools Recommended rotational speed range and safety notes Refer to the table for the recommended rotational speed based on the diameter and cutting speed of your tool. Tool dia. [mm] Example: Diamond grinding point Diameter: 20 mm Cutting speed: 25 m/s Rotational speed rounded off: 23,900 RPM Cutting speed [m/s] 8 12 15 18 20 25 30 40 50 80 100 125 Rotational speed rounded off [RPM] 1 153,000 - - - - - - - - - - - 2 76,400 115,000 143,000 172,000 191,000 - - - - - - - 3 50,900 76,400 95,500 115,000 127,000 159,000 191,000 - - - - - 4 38,200 57,300 71,600 85,900 95,500 119,000 143,000 - - - - - 5 30,600 45,800 57,300 68,800 76,400 95,500 115,000 153,000 - - - - 6 25,500 38,200 47,700 57,300 63,700 79,600 95,500 127,000 159,000 - - - 7 21,800 32,700 40,900 49,100 54,600 68,200 81,900 109,000 136,000 - - - 8 19,100 28,600 35,800 43,000 47,700 59,700 71,600 95,500 119,000 191,000 - - 9 17,000 25,500 31,800 38,200 42,400 53,100 63,700 84,900 106,000 170,000 - - 10 15,300 22,900 28,600 34,400 38,200 47,700 57,300 76,400 95,500 153,000 191,000 - 12 12,700 19,100 23,900 28,600 31,800 39,800 47,700 63,700 79,600 127,000 159,000 199,000 14 10,900 16,400 20,500 24,600 27,300 34,100 40,900 54,600 68,200 109,000 136,000 171,000 15 10,200 15,300 19,100 22,900 25,500 31,800 38,200 50,900 63,700 102,000 127,000 159,000 16 9,500 14,300 17,900 21,500 23,900 29,800 35,800 47,700 59,700 95,500 119,000 149,000 18 8,500 12,700 15,900 19,100 21,200 26,500 31,800 42,400 53,100 84,900 106,000 133,000 20 7,600 11,500 14,300 17,200 19,100 23,900 28,600 38,200 47,700 76,400 95,500 119,000 22 6,900 10,400 13,000 15,600 17,400 21,700 26,000 34,700 43,400 69,400 86,800 109,000 25 6,100 9,200 11,500 13,800 15,300 19,100 22,900 30,600 38,200 61,100 76,400 95,500 30 5,100 7,600 9,500 11,500 12,700 15,900 19,100 25,500 31,800 50,900 63,700 79,600 40 3,800 5,700 7,200 8,600 9,500 11,900 14,300 19,100 23,900 38,200 47,700 59,700 50 3,100 4,600 5,700 6,900 7,600 9,500 11,500 15,300 19,100 30,600 38,200 47,700 75 2,000 3,100 3,800 4,600 5,100 6,400 7,600 10,200 12,700 20,400 25,500 31,800 100 1,530 2,300 2,900 3,400 3,800 4,800 5,700 7,600 9,500 15,300 19,100 23,900 125 1,220 1,830 2,300 2,800 3,100 3,800 4,600 6,100 7,600 12,200 15,300 19,100 150 1,020 1,530 1,910 2,300 2,500 3,200 3,800 5,100 6,400 10,200 12,700 15,900 175 870 1,310 1,640 1,960 2,200 2,700 3,300 4,400 5,500 8,700 10,900 13,600 200 760 1,150 1,430 1,720 1,910 2,400 2,900 3,800 4,800 7,600 9,500 11,900 230 660 1,000 1,250 1,490 1,660 2,100 2,500 3,300 4,200 6,600 8,300 10,400 250 610 920 1,150 1,380 1,530 1,910 2,300 3,100 3,800 6,100 7,600 9,500 300 510 760 950 1,150 1,270 1,590 1,910 2,500 3,200 5,100 6,400 8,000 350 440 650 820 980 1,090 1,360 1,640 2,200 2,700 4,400 5,500 6,800 400 380 570 720 860 950 1,190 1,430 1,910 2,400 3,800 4,800 6,000 450 340 510 640 760 850 1,060 1,270 1,700 2,100 3,400 4,200 5,300 500 310 460 570 690 760 950 1,150 1,530 1,910 3,100 3,800 4,800 600 250 380 480 570 640 800 950 1,270 1,590 2,500 3,200 4,000 Safety notes: The operator is responsible for the grinding application, including correct tool drive use, correct handling and use of the grinding tools. = Wear eye protection! = Wear hearing protection! = Wear a dust mask! = Wear gloves! = Read the safety instructions! Catalogue Page 5 11 5

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Page Catalogue 12 5

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond General information The advantages of electroplated diamond and CBN grinding tools Individual tool geometry Shorter processing time Constant tool geometry ✔ ... ■ Since virtually any machine-produced tool blank geometry can be used, electroplated diamond and CBN tools offer maximum flexibility in terms of tool profiles. Reduction in unproductive idle time ■ The combination of the super-hard diamond or CBN abrasives and an electroplated bond results in a very long tool life and thus a reduction in tool changing times. ■ No expensive and complicated dressing. Electroplated diamond and CBN tools are ready for immediate use thanks to their monolayer coating. ■ The individual diamond or CBN grit projects well out of the electroplated bond. The resulting large chip spaces reduce tool loading while delivering very high stock removal. In conjunction with a sharp-edged super-hard grit, they guarantee maximum cutting characteristics and a very high stock removal rate. ■ The tool geometry of electroplated tools is retained thanks to the monolayer coating. This eliminates time-consuming profiling. The constant tool diameter enables work on deep-lying areas for a large number of workpieces, minimizes the formation of dust and allows use on robots. Reduction in tool costs ■ Electroplated tools are less expensive than tools with other bond types due to their monolayer coating. They also provide an economic solution for the production of small batch sizes. ■ Complex and/or large tool blanks can be recoated and reused. 5 Metal blank Catalogue Page 5 13

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Customer-specific tool solutions PFERD specializes in consultancy for and the production of customer-specific electroplated diamond and CBN tools. Almost all tool blank geometries can be coated with various grit sizes. The electroplated bond also enables economic production of small batch sizes. Because of the diverse possibilities, our production can respond to individual customer requirements with a high degree of flexibility. Our technical advisers will be happy to visit you on-site to develop individual tool solutions for your applications. Get the best possible advice for super-hard solutions! Contact us at www.pferd.com and arrange an appointment with our experienced sales representatives and technical advisers. 1. Process analysis and tool development If you already have precise ideas about the desired tool, you can provide us with a technical drawing or a dimensioned sketch and information on the desired abrasives and grit sizes. Our employees will analyse your application with you on-site and develop the most economic individual tool solution for you. You will then immediately receive a quote. Three production variants are possible: Complete production From design and construction, through manufacture of the tool blank (steel, stainless steel or brass) and its coating with diamond or CBN grit, to the balancing of the finished tool, PFERD offers you all the production steps from a single source. This guarantees you the highest level of quality, flexibility and on-time delivery. 2. Production Coating Steel, stainless steel or brass blanks provided by the customer can also be coated with diamond or CBN grit. Close cooperation at an early stage is recommended. Recoating PFERD offers recoating of blunt tools with steel or stainless steel blanks as an economic alternative to replacement production. Tools with brass blanks cannot be recoated. Our flexible production and global logistics network ensure that you receive your new tool on time. 3. Use If desired, your personal sales representative and a technical adviser will set up all the process parameters together with you. See the quality, performance and economic value of PFERD tools for yourself! PFERD offers comprehensive information on various topics related to cutting and work on surfaces. In our PRAXIS brochure "PFERD tools for use on plastics" you will find lots of information about plastics and their properties, valuable practical tips and tricks, as well as the appropriate tools which meet the high demands of this material. In the brochure "Electroplated diamond tools – economical processing of grey and nodular cast iron" we have combined our standard and special product range for use on grey and nodular cast iron. Electroplated diamond tools Economical processing of grey and nodular cast iron PFERD Tools for Use on Plastics Please contact us for further details! TRUST BLUE ■■Sustainable process optimization when fettling ■■Maximum efficiency due to excellent tool life and stock removal rate ■■Comfortable working with low dust and vibration loads for the user TRUST BLUE Plastics Page Catalogue 14 5

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Customer-specific tool solutions 5 Catalogue Page 5 15

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond files and sheets Diamond files and sheets are used particularly successfully for tasks where conventional files fail due to the hardness of the material to be worked. Recommendations for use: Note: ■ Apply only slight pressure to the file, especially in workpiece edge areas. ■ Loaded diamond files can be cleaned in kerosene or anti-static plastic cleaner with a file brush. Alternatively, ultrasonic cleaning is also possible. Often it will suffice to knock the file against a hard object. ■ Avoid contact with grease when using files! Diamond files and sheets are also used for processing hardened steel. The working temperatures are so low that no chemical wear occurs. This allows the higher hardness of the diamond grain to be exploited for a longer tool life. Ordering notes: ■ Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Diamond escapement files Diamond escapement files DF 3608 DF 3617 Diamond escapement files are used on very small shapes in tool making and precision mechanics. They have a forged shank which allows use without an additional handle. Grit sizes D 25 and D 46 provide ultra-fine surface finishes. DF 3619 PFERDVALUE: DF 3609 DF 3610 DF 3614 DF 3621    Profile half-round crossing oval barrette three square hand square round Cross section with coating [mm] Overall length [mm] Coating length [mm] 4.2 x 1.5 3.8 x 1.8 4 x 1.2 3 4 x 1.2 2x2 1.8 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 D 25 535530 535516 535509 535561 535578 535547 535523 Grit size D 46 D 91 EAN 4007220 323625 323632 323649 323656 323663 323670 323687 254622 254462 254493 254554 254523 254592 254653 Description D 126 254639 254479 254509 254578 254530 254608 254660 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DF 3608 ... DF 3609 ... DF 3610 ... DF 3614 ... DF 3617 ... DF 3619 ... DF 3621 ... Diamond escapement file sets Diamond escapement file sets are supplied in a sturdy, practical plastic box which protects the tools from damage. This is ideal for keeping in the tool trolley or workbench. Contents: 1 piece each: ■■DF 3608 (half-round) ■■DF 3614 (three square) ■■DF 3617 (hand) ■■DF 3619 (square) ■■DF 3621 (round) PFERDVALUE:    Grit size D 25 D 46 Description D 91 D 126 323694 017364 EAN 4007220 535639 Page Catalogue 16 5 323700 1 DF 3090 ...

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond needle files Diamond needle files DF 4112 Diamond needle files are designed for general use in tool making. Diamond needle files in extra slim design (S) are particularly suitable for work on deep-set and narrow contours. DF 4112R Accessories: ■■Quick-mounting handle SH 220 (EAN 4007220806555) ■■Needle file holder NFH 212 (EAN 4007220669532) DF 4152 DF 4122 DF 4132 DF 4142 DF 4162 DF 4172 DF 4182 DF 4192 DF 4102 Profile Cross section with coating [mm] Overall length [mm] Coating length [mm] 5.3 x 1.3 2.8 2.3 2.8 140 140 140 140 5.5 x 1.6 5.5 x 1.6 5.5 x 1.6 3.5 2.6 x 2.6 5.5 x 1.6 3.2 5 x 1.8 5 x 2.4 5 x 2.2 5x2 Needle files, extra slim (S) hand three square square round Needle files hand hand with rounded edges flat three square square half-round round knife feather edge crossing oval barrette D 91 Grit size D 126 EAN 4007220 D 181 Description 70 70 70 70 - 806227 806258 806289 806319 - 1 1 1 1 DF 4112S ... DF 4132S ... DF 4142S ... DF 4162S ... 140 140 70 70 016664 016695 016671 016701 016688 016718 1 1 DF 4112 ... DF 4112R ... 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 016725 016756 016787 016817 016848 016879 016909 016930 016633 016732 016763 016794 016824 016855 016886 016916 016947 016640 016749 016770 016800 016831 016862 016893 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DF 4122 ... DF 4132 ... DF 4142 ... DF 4152 ... DF 4162 ... DF 4172 ... DF 4182 ... DF 4192 ... DF 4102 ... 5 Diamond needle file sets Diamond needle file sets are supplied in a sturdy, practical plastic box which protects the tools from damage. This is ideal for keeping in the tool trolley or workbench. Contents DF 4205: 1 piece each: ■■DF 4112 (hand) ■■DF 4132 (three square) ■■DF 4142 (square) ■■DF 4152 (half-round) ■■DF 4162 (round) Contents DF 4211: 1 piece each: ■■DF 4112 (hand) ■■DF 4112R (hand with rounded edges) ■■DF 4122 (flat) ■■DF 4132 (three square) ■■DF 4142 (square) ■■DF 4152 (half-round) ■■DF 4162 (round) ■■DF 4172 (knife) ■■DF 4182 (feather edge) ■■DF 4192 (crossing oval) ■■DF 4102 (barrette) Grit size D 91 D 126 Description D 181 EAN 4007220 017371 017401 017388 017418 017395 017425 1 1 DF 4205 ... DF 4211 ... Catalogue Page 5 17

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond riffler files Diamond riffler files DF 15 Diamond riffler files are used for work in hardto-reach areas and on complex geometries. The coating length is 25 mm on both sides of the files. DF 16 DF 18 DF 20 Accessories: ■■Riffler file holder RFH 150 (EAN 4007220015322) DF 22 DF 24 DF 914 DF 918 Profile Cross section with coating [mm] crossing oval 3.2 x 2 3.7 x 2 3.1 x 3 2.5 x 2.5 3 3 3.8 x 1.6 4x2 hand square three square round hand Overall Doublelength sided coating [mm] length [mm] 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 Grit size D 91 D 126 EAN 4007220 017029 017050 017081 017111 017142 017173 016961 016992 017036 017067 017098 017128 017159 017180 016978 017005 Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DF 15 ... DF 16 ... DF 18 ... DF 20 ... DF 22 ... DF 24 ... DF 914 ... DF 918 ... Diamond riffler file set The diamond riffler file set is supplied in a sturdy, practical plastic box which protects the tools from damage. This is ideal for keeping in the tool trolley or workbench. Contents: 1 piece each: ■■DF 16 (crossing oval) ■■DF 18 (hand) ■■DF 20 (square) ■■DF 22 (three square) ■■DF 24 (round) Grit size Description D 126 EAN 4007220 355381 Page Catalogue 18 5 1 DF 1624 D 126

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond handy files Diamond handy files DF 2601 Diamond handy files have a forged shank which allows the use without an additional handle. DF 2602 DF 2607 PFERDVALUE: DF 2608    DF 2610 Profile Cross section with coating [mm] Overall length [mm] Coating length [mm] hand half-round three square square round 10.3 x 2.8 12.5 x 3.8 10 5.5 x 5.5 6.7 215 215 215 215 215 100 100 100 100 100 Grit size D 126 D 181 EAN 4007220 017302 017319 017326 017333 017340 Description 535455 535462 535479 535486 535493 1 1 1 1 1 DF 2601 ... DF 2602 ... DF 2607 ... DF 2608 ... DF 2610 ... Diamond handy file sets Diamond handy file sets are supplied in a sturdy, practical plastic box which protects the tools from damage. This is ideal for keeping in the tool trolley or workbench. Contents: 1 piece each: ■■DF 2601 (hand) ■■DF 2602 (half-round) ■■DF 2607 (three square) ■■DF 2608 (square) ■■DF 2610 (round) PFERDVALUE: 5    Grit size Description D 126 D 181 EAN 4007220 017357 535585 1 DF 2627 ... Conical diamond files Conical diamond files A The conical diamond files are used on particularly narrow, deep contours in toolmaking. Because of the forged shank, they can be used without a handle. B1 B Width A [mm] Thickness B [mm] Thickness B1 [mm] Overall length [mm] Coating length [mm] 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 2.0 2.4 2.4 2.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 170 170 170 170 50 50 50 50 D 46 Grit size D 91 EAN 4007220 D 126 Description 070635 070673 070703 070734 070659 070680 070710 070741 070666 070697 070727 070758 1 1 1 1 DF-K 170-4-2-0,5 ... DF-K 170-6-2,4-0,5 ... DF-K 170-8-2,4-0,5 ... DF-K 170-10-2,5-0,5 ... Catalogue Page 5 19

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond machinist's files Diamond machinist's files DF 1112/200 Diamond machinist's files are used, among other industries, in large tool construction. Grit size D 251 is also suitable for work on fibrereinforced plastics (GRP/CRP). Diamond machinist's files are supplied with an ergonomic handle. DF 1132/200 DF 1142/200 PFERDVALUE: DF 1152/200    DF 1162/200 Profile hand three square square half-round pointed round Page Catalogue 20 5 Cross section with coating [mm] Overall length [mm] Coating length [mm] 10 x 3.2 11.2 x 4.2 13 x 5 22.5 x 5.5 7 14 7.5 x 7.5 12 x 4 22 x 6.5 8 100 125 150 200 100 200 200 100 200 200 85 110 135 180 85 180 180 85 180 180 D 126 Grit size D 151 EAN 4007220 D 251 Description 255117 255131 255155 255179 255193 - 805954 955888 805978 017203 955895 017227 017241 955901 017265 017289 805961 805985 017210 017234 017272 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DF 1112/100 ... DF 1112/125 ... DF 1112/150 ... DF 1112/200 ... DF 1132/100 ... DF 1132/200 ... DF 1142/200 ... DF 1152/100 ... DF 1152/200 ... DF 1162/200 ...

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Flexible diamond files Flexible diamond files The flexible diamond files perfectly adapt to the workpiece surface. Due to its flexibility, they can be used in convex and concave contours with small radii. Recommendations for use: ■■Only use files up to a bending radius of 15 mm. Cross section Overall length with coating [mm] [mm] 0.5 x 14 Coating type 165 one side D 76 Grit size D 126 EAN 4007220 D 181 Description 004920 004951 004968 5 DF-FLEX 14-165 ... Diamond sheets Diamond sheets The diamond sheets are exceptionally well suited to work on larger surfaces. Convex and concave contours can be worked on with relatively little effort. Cross section with coating [mm] Overall length [mm] 0.7 x 30 1.3 x 35 170 350 Coating type Grit size Description D 64 D 126 EAN 4007220 complete complete 806371 955918 955925 806388 1 1 DBL 30-0,7-170 ... DBL 35-1,3-350 ... Catalogue Page 5 21 5

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond files for manual filing machines Diamond files for manual filing machines DF 5301–5309 DF 5390–5392 DF 5352–5362 DF 5310–5314 DF 5331–5347 DF 5380–5382 DF 5316 DF 5365–5375 DF 0103, DF 0106 Profile hand square round three square crossing oval knife flat conical Page Catalogue 22 5 Cross section Overall length Coating length with coating [mm] [mm] [mm] 2x1 3x1 4x1 5x2 5x2 2x1 3x1 4x1 5x2 5x2 0.5 x 4 1.5 x 1.5 3x3 4x4 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3.5 3.5 4.5 2x1 3.5 x 2 6x3 3.5 x 2 6x3 1x4 2x6 3.3 x 1 6.3 x 1 6.3 x 1 50 50 50 50 60 50 50 50 50 60 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 60 60 60 50 50 60 60 50 50 50 60 60 50 50 55 55 73 15 15 15 15 25 15 15 15 15 25 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 25 25 25 15 15 25 25 15 15 12 25 25 15 15 16 16 16 Coating type Diamond files for manual filing tools are suitable for use in machines, as well as for hand filing. The shank diameter of the diamond files is 3 mm. Accessories: ■■Air-powered filing machine PFGA 07/220 (EAN 4007220657638): For detailed information and ordering data, please refer to catalogue section 9. Grit size Description D 126 EAN 4007220 one side one side one side one side one side both sides both sides both sides both sides both sides face side complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete complete 256718 256749 256817 256848 256879 256909 256930 256961 256992 257029 257050 257296 257326 257357 257418 257449 257470 257500 257531 257562 257593 257173 257203 257234 257265 257623 257654 257685 257715 257746 257777 257807 665862 665879 665886 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DF 5301 D 126 DF 5303 D 126 DF 5305 D 126 DF 5307 D 126 DF 5309 D 126 DF 5310 D 126 DF 5311 D 126 DF 5312 D 126 DF 5313 D 126 DF 5314 D 126 DF 5316 D 126 DF 5390 D 126 DF 5391 D 126 DF 5392 D 126 DF 5331 D 126 DF 5335 D 126 DF 5339 D 126 DF 5345 D 126 DF 5337 D 126 DF 5343 D 126 DF 5347 D 126 DF 5365 D 126 DF 5367 D 126 DF 5371 D 126 DF 5375 D 126 DF 5352 D 126 DF 5356 D 126 DF 5360 D 126 DF 5358 D 126 DF 5362 D 126 DF 5380 D 126 DF 5382 D 126 DF 0103 D 126 DF 0106/55 D 126 DF 0106/73 D 126

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond General information – Diamond and CBN grinding tools Powered tools Matching tool drives: ■ Machine tool ■ Robot ■ Straight grinder ■ Flexible shaft drive Conditions for use: ■ Because of the monolayer coating, drive spindles and tool holders must have a high concentricity. The finer the grit size used, the more accurate the concentricity needs to be. ■ The tool drive must have sufficient drive output on the grinding spindle to ensure the required rotational speed, even under load. ■ For stationary tool drives, the tool machine, tool and workpiece holder must be sufficiently rigid. ■ The workpiece must be mounted stable. Recommendations for use: ■ Electroplated diamond and CBN tools can be used for both dry and wet grinding. If possible, wet grinding is to be preferred in order to reduce tool wear and the risk of thermal damage. ■ Generally, the following applies: For optimum profitability, select a grit size that is as coarse as possible and as fine as necessary. Influencing factors include the hardness of the material and the surface quality required. ■ Loaded tools can be cleaned using ultrasound. In the event of strong contamination on the coating, please clean using the sharpening block DSB 2005025 (EAN 4007220168332). More detailed information and ordering data can be found on page 52. ■ Select as large a tool diameter as possible, since this increases the number of diamond or CBN grit that engage the workpiece. For internal grinding, the maximum tool diameter is 3/4 of the diameter to be ground. ■ The longitudinal feed rate for internal grinding must not exceed 2/3 of the total width per workpiece rotation. The infeed depends on the material to be machined, the cutting speed, the stability of the tool, its holder and the tool drive. 5 Catalogue Page 5 23

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond grinding points Cylindrical shape ZY D Sd A L4 T L2 N D Sd The cylindrical shape ZY is suitable for grinding bores, radii and contours using stationary or handheld equipment. Grinding points with a diameter of 8 mm or more have a recess on the front surface. A = stepped shank N = non-stepped shank Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 8–18 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 15–25 m/s L2 T Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. PFERDVALUE:       DxT [mm] Sd [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm 0.5 x 2 0.8 x 2 1.0 x 4 1.2 x 4 1.4 x 4 1.6 x 4 1.8 x 4 2.0 x 4 2.2 x 4 2.4 x 4 2.6 x 4 2.8 x 4 3.0 x 4 3.5 x 5 4.0 x 5 4.5 x 5 5.0 x 5 5.5 x 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6.0 x 6 7.0 x 8 8.0 x 8 9.0 x 8 10.0 x 8 12.0 x 8 15.0 x 10 18.0 x 10 20.0 x 10 Shank dia. 10 mm 15.0 x 10 Shank dia. 12 mm 25.0 x 10 Page Catalogue 24 5       L2 [mm] L4 [mm] 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 38 38 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 45 45 45 45 44 5 5 9 9 9 10 10 10 14 14 14 14 19 - 354322 354339 354346 354353 354384 354476 354605 - 257883 354360 354391 354421 354452 260784 354490 354520 354551 354582 260821 260845 260869 260883 260906 257944 257890 354377 354407 354438 354469 119181 354506 354537 354568 354599 119204 119211 119228 119235 119242 257951 260876 260913 257968 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 DZY-A 0,5-2/3 ... DZY-A 0,8-2/3 ... DZY-A 1,0-4/3 ... DZY-A 1,2-4/3 ... DZY-A 1,4-4/3 ... DZY-A 1,6-4/3 ... DZY-A 1,8-4/3 ... DZY-A 2,0-4/3 ... DZY-A 2,2-4/3 ... DZY-A 2,4-4/3 ... DZY-A 2,6-4/3 ... DZY-A 2,8-4/3 ... DZY-A 3,0-4/3 ... DZY-N 3,5-5/3 ... DZY-N 4,0-5/3 ... DZY-N 4,5-5/3 ... DZY-N 5,0-5/3 ... DZY-N 5,5-6/3 ... 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 54 52 52 52 52 52 50 50 50 19 - - 260920 260968 260982 261002 - 119259 119266 119273 258040 119280 119297 119303 258163 258194 260937 260975 260999 261019 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DZY-A 6,0-6/6 ... DZY-N 7,0-8/6 ... DZY-N 8,0-8/6 ... DZY-N 9,0-8/6 ... DZY-N 10,0-8/6 ... DZY-N 12,0-8/6 ... DZY-N 15,0-10/6 ... DZY-N 18,0-10/6 ... DZY-N 20,0-10/6 ... 10 110 - - - 355091 - 1 DZY-N 15,0-10/10 ... 12 110 - - - 355138 - 1 DZY-N 25,0-10/12 ... D 64 Grit size D 91 D 126 EAN 4007220    Description D 181

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond grinding points Special shape ZY The special shape ZY is suitable for grinding slits and grooves in hard-to-reach areas. Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 8–18 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 15–25 m/s PFERDVALUE:    Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Sd D             T DxT [mm] Sd [mm] L2 [mm] L2 Grit size Description D 64 D 91 EAN 4007220 Shank dia. 3 mm 8.0 x 0.5 14.0 x 0.5 14.0 x 1 3 3 3 35 35 35 353240 353257 353264 353271 1 1 1 DZY-N 8,0-0,5/3 ... DZY-N 14,0-0,5/3 ... DZY-N 14,0-1,0/3 ... Spherical shape KU The spherical shape KU is often used in manual applications. This shape is well suited for engraving, contour grinding and deburring tasks. A D Sd L4 A = stepped shank N = non-stepped shank Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 8–18 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 15–25 m/s PFERDVALUE: Shank dia. 3 mm 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 Shank dia. 6 mm 8.0 10.0 12.0 D Sd L2    Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] N L2             Sd [mm] L2 [mm] L4 [mm] 3 3 3 3 3 3 44 43 42 41 40 39 10 8 6 5 2 - 354926 354933 354940 - 258620 258651 258682 258712 258743 258774 258637 258668 258699 258729 258750 258781 258644 258675 258705 258736 258767 258798 5 5 5 5 5 1 DKU-A 1,0/3 ... DKU-A 2,0/3 ... DKU-A 3,0/3 ... DKU-A 4,0/3 ... DKU-A 5,0/3 ... DKU-N 6,0/3 ... 6 6 6 52 50 48 10 5 - - - 258842 258903 258965 - 1 1 1 DKU-A 8,0/6 ... DKU-A 10,0/6 ... DKU-N 12,0/6 ... D 64 Grit size D 91 D 126 EAN 4007220 Description D 181 Catalogue Page 5 25 5

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond grinding points Special shape KU D The special shape KU is often used for deburring plastic profiles in manual applications. This shape is also coated with grit under the ball-shaped part of the grinding point on the stepped shank. The special shape of the tool provides optimum results when machining profiles. Sd T L2 Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 8–18 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 15–25 m/s PFERDVALUE:       DxT [mm] Sd [mm] L2 [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm 3.0 x 10 4.0 x 10 3 3 40 40 Grit size          Description D 181 EAN 4007220 353844 353868 1 1 DKU 3,0-10/3 D 181 DKU 4,0-10/3 D 181 Cylindrical shape with radius end WR The cylindrical shape with radius end WR is best suited to manual applications and can be used for a wide variety of deburring and grinding tasks. Coarse grit size D 357 is especially well suited to use on fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP). A D A = stepped shank N = non-stepped shank Sd L4 T L2 N D Sd L2 T DxT [mm] Shank dia. 6 mm 5.0 x 18 6.0 x 18 10.0 x 20 Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. Sd [mm] L2 [mm] L4 [mm] 6 6 6 50 50 50 5 5 - More PFERD tools and tips and tricks for work on plastics can be found in our PRAXIS brochure “PFERD tools for use on plastics”. Please contact us. PFERD Tools for Use on Plastics TRUST BLUE Plastics Page Catalogue 26 5 PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 8–18 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 15–25 m/s       Grit size D 126 D 357 EAN 4007220 955932 955949 955956 353981 353998 354001          Description 1 1 1 DWR-A 5,0-18/6 ... DWR-A 6,0-18/6 ... DWR-N 10,0-20/6 ...

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond grinding points Pointed tree shape SPG The pointed tree shape SPG is exceptionally well suited to machining small holes or bores as well as for engraving work. Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 8–18 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 15–25 m/s D T Sd L2 PFERDVALUE:       DxT [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm 3.0 x 7 3.0 x 13 Shank dia. 6 mm 6.0 x 18          Sd [mm] L2 [mm] Grit size Description 3 3 43 37 536421 806203 1 1 DSPG 3,0-7/3 D 126 DSPG 3,0-13/3 D 126 6 50 955963 1 DSPG 6,0-18/6 D 126 D 126 EAN 4007220 Cup shape KT The cup shape KT is ideal for work on profiles, planar surfaces and ledges, without the cylindrical surface being damaged. Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 8–18 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 15–25 m/s PFERDVALUE: Shank dia. 3 mm 3.0 x 7 Shank dia. 6 mm 10.0 x 5 D a Sd T       DxT [mm] α       L2    Sd [mm] L2 [mm] Grit size Description 8° 3 43 354018 1 DKT 3,0-8°/3 D 126 30° 6 50 354025 1 DKT 10,0-30°/6 D 126 D 126 EAN 4007220 Catalogue Page 5 27 5

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond grinding points Conical pointed shape SK The conical pointed shape SK is exceptionally well suited to deburring bores, regrinding centring holes and chamfering. Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 8–18 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 15–25 m/s D α Sd T Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. L2 D α Sd T PFERDVALUE: L2       DxT [mm] Shank dia. 6 mm 6.0 x 45 6.0 x 26 6.0 x 21 6.0 x 11 6.0 x 5 10.0 x 9 10.0 x 5 15.0 x 13 15.0 x 7.5 a Sd [mm] L2 [mm] 7° 12° 15° 30° 60° 60° 90° 60° 90° 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50    Grit size D 64 D 126 EAN 4007220 354049 354056 354063 354032 393390 806128 806142 806166 806180 955970 955987 955994 354070 956007 806135 806159 806173 806197       Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DSK 6,0-7°/6 ... DSK 6,0-12°/6 ... DSK 6,0-15°/6 ... DSK 6,0-30°/6 ... DSK 6,0-60°/6 ... DSK 10,0-60°/6 ... DSK 10,0-90°/6 ... DSK 15,0-60°/6 ... DSK 15,0-90°/6 ... Diamond grinding point set The set contains 10 diamond grinding points with grit size D 126 in the most common shapes and dimensions. The sturdy plastic box protects the tools from dirt and damage. Contents: 1 piece each: ■■DZY-A 1,0-4/3 D 126 ■■DZY-A 2,0-4/3 D 126 ■■DZY-N 4,0-5/3 D 126 ■■DZY-N 5,0-5/3 D 126 ■■DZY-N 14,0-1,1/3 D 126 ■■DKU-A 2,0/3 D 126 ■■DKU-A 4,0/3 D 126 ■■DKU-N 6,0/3 D 126 ■■DSPG 3,0-7/3 D 126 ■■DKT 3,0-8°/3 D 126 Sd [mm] 3 Page Catalogue 28 5 Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 8–18 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 15–25 m/s PFERDVALUE:       Grit size    Description D 126 EAN 4007220 103845 1 D-Set/3 D126      

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond grinding discs Grinding discs 1A1 T Diamond grinding discs are intended for use on stationary machines. Grinding discs with an outer diameter of 18 mm or more have an additional centring shoulder which allows them to be accurately mounted and aligned on the machine spindle. Combined with a stable mandrel, these tools are ideal for work in deep-set or long bores. Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 8–18 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 15–25 m/s H D PFERDVALUE:             DxT [mm] H [mm] P [mm] 12.0 x 10 14.0 x 10 16.0 x 10 18.0 x 10 20.0 x 10 30.0 x 10 40.0 x 10 50.0 x 10 8 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 2 2 2 2 2    P Grit size Description D 151 EAN 4007220 665893 665961 665978 665992 354629 354636 354643 354131 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D1A1 12-10-8 D 151 D1A1 14-10-8 D 151 D1A1 16-10-8 D 151 D1A1 18-10-8 D 151 D1A1 20-10-8 D 151 D1A1 30-10-10 D 151 D1A1 40-10-10 D 151 D1A1 50-10-10 D 151 5 Catalogue Page 5 29

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond CBN grinding points Cylindrical shape ZY The cylindrical shape ZY is suitable for grinding bores, radii and contours using stationary or handheld equipment. Grinding points with a diameter of 8 mm or more have a recess on the front surface. D Sd A A = stepped shank N = non-stepped shank L4 T L2 N D Sd Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 15–25 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 20–40 m/s L2 T Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. PFERDVALUE:       DxT [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm 0.5 x 2 0.8 x 2 1.0 x 4 1.2 x 4 1.4 x 4 1.6 x 4 1.8 x 4 2.0 x 4 2.2 x 4 2.4 x 4 2.6 x 4 2.8 x 4 3.0 x 4 3.5 x 5 4.0 x 5 4.5 x 5 5.0 x 5 5.5 x 6 Shank dia. 6 mm 6.0 x 6 7.0 x 8 8.0 x 8 9.0 x 8 10.0 x 8 12.0 x 8 13.0 x 10 14.0 x 10 15.0 x 10 18.0 x 10 20.0 x 10 Shank dia. 10 mm 15.0 x 10 Page Catalogue 30 5 Grit size B 64 B 126 EAN 4007220          Sd [mm] L2 [mm] L4 [mm] 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 38 38 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 45 45 45 45 44 5 5 9 9 9 10 10 10 14 14 14 14 19 - 354650 354667 354674 354681 354728 354766 354797 354810 354858 354865 354872 354896 - 258224 354698 354711 354735 354759 119310 354780 354803 354827 354841 119334 119341 119358 119365 119372 258286 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 BZY-A 0,5-2/3 ... BZY-A 0,8-2/3 ... BZY-A 1,0-4/3 ... BZY-A 1,2-4/3 ... BZY-A 1,4-4/3 ... BZY-A 1,6-4/3 ... BZY-A 1,8-4/3 ... BZY-A 2,0-4/3 ... BZY-A 2,2-4/3 ... BZY-A 2,4-4/3 ... BZY-A 2,6-4/3 ... BZY-A 2,8-4/3 ... BZY-A 3,0-4/3 ... BZY-N 3,5-5/3 ... BZY-N 4,0-5/3 ... BZY-N 4,5-5/3 ... BZY-N 5,0-5/3 ... BZY-N 5,5-6/3 ... 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 54 52 52 52 52 52 50 50 50 50 50 19 - 354919 - 119389 119396 119402 258408 119419 119426 258460 258491 119433 258521 258552 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 BZY-A 6,0-6/6 ... BZY-N 7,0-8/6 ... BZY-N 8,0-8/6 ... BZY-N 9,0-8/6 ... BZY-N 10,0-8/6 ... BZY-N 12,0-8/6 ... BZY-N 13,0-10/6 ... BZY-N 14,0-10/6 ... BZY-N 15,0-10/6 ... BZY-N 18,0-10/6 ... BZY-N 20,0-10/6 ... 10 110 - - 355145 1 BZY-N 15,0-10/10 ... Description

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond CBN grinding points Cylindrical points with carbide shank Cylindrical points with tungsten carbide shank are used for internal grinding on stationary machines. The elastic modulus of the tungsten carbide shank is approximately three times higher than that of a steel shank. The modulus of elasticity indicates the amount of deformation a body undergoes as a result of a given load. In internal grinding applications, tools with a tungsten carbide shank offer higher stock removal rates, superior surfaces and more precise shape and position tolerances. D Sd A T L4 L2 N D Sd L2 T A = stepped shank N = non-stepped shank Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 15–25 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 20–40 m/s PFERDVALUE:       DxT [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm 4.0 x 5 5.0 x 5 Shank dia. 6 mm 6.0 x 6 8.0 x 8 12.0 x 8          Sd [mm] L2 [mm] L4 [mm] Grit size B 151 EAN 4007220 Description 3 3 43 43 - 353714 353721 1 1 BZY-N 4,0-5/3 HM B 151 BZY-N 5,0-5/3 HM B 151 6 6 6 98 98 98 19 - 353691 353738 956014 1 1 1 BZY-A 6,0-6/6 HM B 151 BZY-N 8,0-8/6 HM B 151 BZY-N 12,0-8/6 HM B 151 Spherical shape KU Spherical shape CBN grinding points are often used for engraving, contour grinding and deburring work. A D Sd L4 A = stepped shank N = non-stepped shank Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 15–25 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 20–40 m/s PFERDVALUE: Shank dia. 3 mm 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 Shank dia. 6 mm 8.0 10.0 12.0 D Sd L2    Ordering notes: ■■Please complete the description with the desired grit size. D [mm] N L2             Sd [mm] L2 [mm] L4 [mm] Grit size 3 3 3 3 3 3 44 43 42 41 40 39 10 8 6 5 2 - 354957 354964 354971 - 258996 259023 259054 259085 259115 259146 5 5 5 5 5 1 BKU-A 1,0/3 ... BKU-A 2,0/3 ... BKU-A 3,0/3 ... BKU-A 4,0/3 ... BKU-A 5,0/3 ... BKU-N 6,0/3 ... 6 6 6 52 50 48 10 5 - - 259207 259269 259320 1 1 1 BKU-A 8,0/6 ... BKU-A 10,0/6 ... BKU-N 12,0/6 ... B 64 Description B 126 EAN 4007220 Catalogue Page 5 31 5

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond CBN grinding points Cylindrical shape with radius end WR N D The cylindrical shape with radius end WR is best suited to manual applications and can be used for a wide variety of deburring and grinding tasks. Sd L2 T N = non-stepped shank Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 15–25 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 20–40 m/s PFERDVALUE:       DxT [mm] Sd [mm] L2 [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm 5.0 x 10 6.0 x 10 3 3 40 40 Grit size B 126 EAN 4007220 354087 354094          Description 1 1 BWR-N 5,0-10/3 B 126 BWR-N 6,0-10/3 B 126 Pointed tree shape SPG D The pointed tree shape SPG is exceptionally well suited to machining small holes or bores as well as for engraving work. Sd T L2 Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 15–25 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 20–40 m/s PFERDVALUE:       DxT [mm] Shank dia. 3 mm 3.0 x 7 Shank dia. 6 mm 6.0 x 18 Grit size B 126 EAN 4007220          Sd [mm] L2 [mm] 3 43 354100 1 BSPG 3,0-7/3 B 126 6 50 354117 1 BSPG 6,0-18/6 B 126 Description Conical pointed shape SK The conical pointed shape SK is exceptionally well suited to deburring bores, regrinding centring holes and chamfering. D α Sd T L2 Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 15–25 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 20–40 m/s PFERDVALUE:       DxT [mm] Shank dia. 6 mm 6.0 x 7 6.0 x 5 Page Catalogue 32 5 a Sd [mm] L2 [mm] 45° 60° 6 6 50 50 Grit size B 64 EAN 4007220 393406 393413       Description 1 1 BSK 6,0-45°/6 B 64 BSK 6,0-60°/6 B 64   

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond CBN grinding discs Grinding discs 1A1 T CBN grinding discs are intended for use on stationary machines. The grinding discs have an additional centring shoulder which allows them to be accurately mounted and aligned on the machine spindle. Combined with a stable mandrel, these tools are ideal for work in deep-set or long bores. H D Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 15–25 m/s ■■Wet grinding: 20–40 m/s PFERDVALUE: P             DxT [mm] H [mm] P [mm] 20.0 x 10 30.0 x 10 40.0 x 10 50.0 x 10 8 10 10 10 2 2 2 2    Grit size B 151 EAN 4007220 355015 355039 355053 355077 Description 1 1 1 1 B1A1 20-10-8 B 151 B1A1 30-10-10 B 151 B1A1 40-10-10 B 151 B1A1 50-10-10 B 151 Catalogue Page 5 33 5

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond cut-off wheels Electroplated diamond cut-off wheels are characterized by their particularly efficient cutting performance because of their large chip spaces. Matching tool drives: ■ ■ ■ ■ Angle grinders Flexible shaft drives Straight grinders Stationary machines Note: ■ Other dimensions and CBN cut-off wheels are available on request. Further information on customer-specific tool solutions can be found on page 14. Shape D (continuous coating) The continuous coating is particularly suitable for very fine separating cuts. Page Catalogue 34 5 Shape G (with protective segments) The continuous coating with protective segments facilitates optimum free-cutting. Advice on tool selection: ■ When cutting glass, ceramic or tungsten carbide, use fine grit sizes D 64 or D 151. ■ When cutting pre-sintered ceramic, use coarse grit sizes D 357 or D 427. ■ For cutting, trimming or cutting-to-length work on fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP), use coarse grit sizes D 357 or D 427. Fine grit sizes D 64 and D 151 can also be used for small geometries. ■ The grit size D 852 is exceptionally wellsuited to machining grey cast iron and nodular cast iron (GG and GGG or GJL and GJS). Shape S 2 (segmented) The segmentation allows particularly good chip removal.

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond cut-off wheels Diamond cut-off wheels Electroplated diamond cut-off wheels are used with grit sizes from D 64 to D 427 for cutting hard materials such as tungsten carbide or ceramics and fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP). PFERDVALUE: H D E       D [mm]    T [mm]    E [mm]    H [mm] T Shape Protective segments per side D 64 Grit size D 151 D 357 EAN 4007220 Hard materials, e.g. glass, ceramics or tungsten carbide 22 0.5 0.3 1.7 D none 355190 30 1.0 0.6 10 D none 355206 40 1.0 0.6 10 D none 355213 50 1.4 1.0 6 D none 355220 10 D none 666043 125 1.4 1.0 20 D none 355237 Fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP and CRP) as well as pre-sintered and green ceramic 50 2.0 1.0 6 D none 308790 6 G 3 168530 10 D none 666067 10 G 3 666050 75 2.0 1.0 10 D none 956038 G 3 393420 100 2.0 1.0 22.23 D none G 3 115 2.0 1.0 22.23 D none G 3 125 2.0 1.0 22.23 D none G 3 178 2.0 1.0 22.23 D none 230 2.5 1.5 22.23 S2 none 250 2.5 1.5 22.23 S2 none 300 2.5 1.5 30 S2 none 350 2.8 1.8 30 S2 none 400 3.8 2.8 30 S2 none - Description D 427 - 1 1 1 1 1 1 D1A1R 22-0,5-1,7 D 64 GAD D1A1R 30-1-10 D 151 GAD D1A1R 40-1-10 D 151 GAD D1A1R 50-1,4-6 D 151 GAD D1A1R 50-1,4-10 D 151 GAD D1A1R 125-1,4-20 D 151 GAD 805992 806005 806012 806029 806036 806043 806050 806074 806081 806098 806104 806111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D1A1R 50-2-6 D 357 GAD D1A1R 50-2-6 D 357 GAG D1A1R 50-2-10 D 357 GAD D1A1R 50-2-10 D 357 GAG D1A1R 75-2-10 D 357 GAD D1A1R 75-2-10 D 357 GAG D1A1R 100-2-22,23 D 427 GAD D1A1R 100-2-22,23 D 427 GAG D1A1R 115-2-22,23 D 427 GAD D1A1R 115-2-22,23 D 427 GAG D1A1R 125-2-22,23 D 427 GAD D1A1R 125-2-22,23 D 427 GAG D1A1R 178-2-22,23 D 427 GAD D1A1RSS 230-2,5-22,23 D 427 GAS2 D1A1RSS 250-2,5-22,23 D 427 GAS2 D1A1RSS 300-2,5-30,0 D 427 GAS2 D1A1RSS 350-2,8-30,0 D 427 GAS2 D1A1RSS 400-3,8-30,0 D 427 GAS2 Arbors for diamond cut-off wheels Accessories for mounting diamond cut-off wheels up to a diameter of 75 mm. Safety notes: ■■For safety reasons, it is imperative to remain within the stated rotational speed limit. Tmax. Sd Sd [mm] Suitable for centre hole dia. [mm] Tmax. [mm] EAN 4007220 Max. RPM 3 6 8 1.7 10 10 1.0 3.0 3.0 443606 956045 806401 28,000 30,000 30,000 Description 1 1 1 BO 3/1,7 1 BO 6/10 3 BO 8/10 3 Catalogue Page 5 35 5

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond cut-off wheels and grinding points for foundries Diamond cut-off wheels for grey and nodular cast iron Electroplated diamond cut-off wheels with grit size D 852 are exceptionally well suited to machining grey cast iron and nodular cast iron (GG and GGG or GJL and GJS) as well as for use in robots. The diameter of 230 mm is suitable for standard angle grinders; the diameter of 400 mm is suitable for stationary applications. H D E T Advantages: ■■Very long tool life. ■■Ideal for work on deep-lying areas because of the constant tool diameter. ■■Easy and quick elimination of metal contamination. ■■Minimized dust formation due to the monolayer coating and coarse chips. Accessories: ■■Clamping flange set SFS 76 for thin 180/230 mm cutoff wheels helps to reduce noise development during manual grinding (M14 thread: EAN 4007220595275, 5/8” thread: EAN 4007220895856). Materials that can be worked: grey/nodular cast iron (GG/GJL, GGG/GJS) PFERDVALUE:    Matching tool drives: angle grinder, stationary machines    D [mm] T [mm] E [mm] H [mm] Shape Grey and nodular cast iron (GG and GGG or GJL and GJS) 230 3.8 1.8 22.23 D 400 4.5 2.5 40 D Sd D ZY L2 T Protective segments per side Grit size KEL RBF DxT [mm] Cylindrical shape ZY 16.0 x 30 20.0 x 30 Cylindrical shape with radius end WR 10.0 x 20 12.0 x 25 16.0 x 25 Conical shape with radius end KEL 16.0 x 30 Tree shape with radius end RBF 12.0 x 25 16.0 x 30 Page Catalogue 36 5       Description D 852 EAN 4007220 none none 956021 947449 1 1 D1A1R 230-3,8-22,23 D 852 GAD D1A1R 400-4,5-40,0 D 852 GAD Diamond grinding points for grey and nodular cast iron Diamond grinding points with grit size D 852 are exceptionally well suited to machining grey cast iron and nodular cast iron (GG and GGG or GJL and GJS). Advantages: ■■Outstanding tool life. ■■Fast, aggressive grinding with the highest possible stock removal rate. ■■Easy and quick elimination of metal contamination thanks to diamond as a super-hard abrasive. ■■Low dust load due to the dimensional stability of the grinding tool (no tool wear). WR    Materials that can be worked: grey/nodular cast iron (GG/GJL, GGG/GJS) Applications: grinding out, weld dressing, deburring Recommendations for use: ■■Dry grinding: 30–50 m/s Matching tool drives: flexible shaft drives, straight grinder, stationary machines Sd [mm] L2 [mm] Grit size Description 8 8 40 40 103708 103753 1 1 DZY-N 16-30/8 D 852 DZY-N 20-30/8 D 852 6 6 8 40 40 40 097366 097373 097472 1 1 1 DWR-N 10-20/6 D 852 DWR-N 12-25/6 D 852 DWR-N 16-25/8 D 852 8 40 097489 1 DKEL-N 16-30/8 D 852 6 8 40 40 102800 103692 1 1 DRBF-N 12-25/6 D 852 DRBF-N 16-30/8 D 852 D 852 EAN 4007220

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Customer-specific tool solutions for foundries Customer-specific tool solutions for grey and nodular cast iron More informationen about customer-specific tool solutions can be found on page 14. Catalogue Page 5 37 5

Diamond and CBN tools electroplated bond Diamond grinding discs CC-GRIND-SOLID-DIAMOND CC-GRIND-SOLID-DIAMOND The CC-GRIND-SOLID-DIAMOND has been specially developed for applications on hard materials which cannot be machined with conventional tools made of aluminium oxide or silicon carbide. Materials that can be worked: scale, wear-resistant coatings (powder metal alloys and hardfacing alloys), technical ceramics, fibre-reinforced duroplastics (GRP, CRP), tungsten carbide, nickel- or titanium-based superalloys, grey/nodular cast iron (GG/GJL, GGG/GJS) H H [mm] 100 115 125 PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■Only use the face of the disc, not suitable for peripheral grinding. ■■To extend the tool life of the grinding disc on scale and wear-resistant coatings, reduce the cutting speed of the speed-adjustable angle grinder to 30 to 40 m/s. ■■For optimum results, use with the CC-GRIND-SOLID/FLEX clamping flange set. ■■When used on angle grinders with a 5/8-11 thread, the matching clamping flange set must be ordered separately. D D [mm] Ordering notes: ■■Matching clamping flange set (M14 thread) is included in delivery. Grit size D 427 D 852 EAN 4007220 16.0 068335 068366 22.23 068342 068373 22.23 068359 068380 Included clamping flange set Max. RPM SFS CC-GRIND-SOLID 100 M10 SFS CC-GRIND-SOLID 115/125 M14 SFS CC-GRIND-SOLID 115/125 M14 15,300 13,300 12,200 Matching clamping flange set with 5/8-11 drive spindle thread: SFS CC-GRIND-SOLID 115/125 5/8” (EAN 4007220887592): For detailed information and ordering data, please refer to catalogue section 6. Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels 6                      Description 1 1 1 CC-GRIND-SOLID-DIAMOND 100-16,0 ... CC-GRIND-SOLID-DIAMOND 115-22,23 ... CC-GRIND-SOLID-DIAMOND 125-22,23 ... For more information about the CC-GRIND product range, please refer to catalogue section 6. Diamond sabre saw blades Diamond sabre saw blades Diamond sabre saw blades are exceptionally well suited to work on fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP), e.g. for making cut-outs in container construction or for cutting prefabricated slabs. They are characterized, in particular, by their flexible cutting lines for producing a wide range of geometries and by their long tool life. Suitable for all Bosch-socket sabre saws. Materials that can be worked: fibre-reinforced duroplastics (GRP, CRP) Matching tool drives: sabre saw Applications: cutting out holes, cutting Overall length [mm] Total width [mm] Coating length [mm] 75 100 2 2 50 75 Page Catalogue 38 5 Grit size Description D 357 EAN 4007220 535950 535967 1 1 DIA-SSB 50/75 D 357 DIA-SSB 75/100 D 357

Diamond and CBN tools resinoid bond 5 Catalogue Page 5 39

Diamond and CBN tools resinoid bond General information Resinoid-bonded diamond and CBN grinding discs are often used for grinding tungsten carbide or HSS tools, as well as in other production grinding processes. They are used in both wet and dry grinding. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ The characteristics of the resinoid bond can be optimally adjusted to the application. ■ Easy to dress. ■ A larger diameter D allows greater profitability thanks to the improved thermal and kinematic conditions. ■ Always select a coating width, W or U, that is narrower than the workpiece to be ground. ■ A larger coating thickness, X, affects the material cost for diamond or CBN and the bond. It has only little influence on production costs, however. A larger coating thickness, X, is therefore generally more economical. ■ Please observe the recommended cutting speeds on page 10. Matching tool drives: ■ Machine tool Dressing Concen­ Carat weight Grit volume tration per cm³ in % information of coating of the volume abrasive [ct/cm³] coating C 25 C 38 C 50 C 75 C 100 C 125 1.1 1.65 2.2 3.3 4.4 5.5 6.25 9.50 12.50 18.75 25.00 31.25 Tools with resinoid bonds are easy to dress. Different tool contours can be worked with the same tools. After dressing, ensure that the coating is worked on using sharpening block SBL 1002413, so that the easy cutting characteristics of the tool are regained. More detailed information and ordering data can be found on page 43. Coolant If possible, wet grinding is to be preferred to dry grinding. This reduces tool wear and the risk of thermal damage to the workpiece. Bonds that are designed for dry grinding may, in exceptional circumstances, also be used for wet grinding. Diamond grinding discs: Emulsion 1–5 % CBN grinding discs: Low-viscosity mineral oils or emulsions (5–8 %) with EP additives Concentration Concentration low e.g. C 25 high e.g. C 125 The concentration is the amount of grit in carats [ct] (= 0.2 g) per cubic centimetre of abrasive coating. A concentration of C 100 corresponds to 4.4 ct/cm³ and around 25 % of the volume of the abrasive in the total bond. The usual spread of the concentration can be seen in the table on the left. A high concentration makes the tool more resistant to wear. This characteristic is particularly desirable in all profile grinding tasks. As a rule, the longer tool life resulting from a high concentration compensates the higher tool costs (caused by the higher diamond or CBN grit volume). Please note that a high concentration can cause larger grinding forces and higher process temperatures. Therefore, it is not always the best solution in technological and economical terms. Bond types PHT PHN PH 4.1 (only CBN) PH 4.2 (only CBN) PHST Phenolic resin bond for high-performance dry grinding. The PHT bond is designed for dry grinding and allows cool grinding, even without coolant. Phenolic resin bond for high-performance wet grinding. The PHN bond is designed for wet grinding. It is comparatively hard and offers an excellent tool life and dimensional stability. Phenolic resin bond for the highest stock removal rates. Very long tool life. Suitable for dry and wet grinding. High-performance bond for cool dry grinding at low infeed rates. Only for 11V9 and 12V9 up to diameter 150 mm. Phenolic resin bond for dry grinding at very high stock removal rates. The PHST bond type can withstand higher loads, i.e. it allows a higher infeed per stroke without thermal damage to the workpiece. Inevitably, the reduction in grinding time is obtained at the expense of a slightly shorter tool life. In addition to the listed bond types, a wide range of special bonds is available, which, in consultation with our technical advisers, can be used for special grinding work. Our technical advisers will be happy to provide a consultation at any time. Page Catalogue 40 5

Diamond and CBN tools resinoid bond Diamond grinding tools Shape 11V9 Shape 11V9 D-X-U-H [mm] Bond 100 - 2 - 10 - 20 100 - 3 - 10 - 20 PHT PHST Grit concen­ tration Grit size C 75 C 75 D 126 D 126 EAN 4007220 168592 168622 H D 1 1 70° X U Shape 12V9 Shape 12V9 D-X-U-H [mm] Bond 100 - 2 - 10 - 20 PHT Grit concen­ tration Grit size C 75 D 126 EAN 4007220 168646 H D 1 45° X Shape 11A2/60° Shape 11A2/60° D-W-X-H [mm] Bond 100 - 8 - 2 - 20 PHT Grit concen­ tration Grit size C 75 D 64 D 126 EAN 4007220 261965 261972 D H 1 1 60° W Shape 12A2/45° Shape 12A2/45° D-W-X-H [mm] Bond 125 - 10 - 2 - 20 PHT Grit concen­ tration Grit size C 50 C 75 D 64 D 126 EAN 4007220 168677 168660 D H 1 1 45° W Shape 12C9 Shape 12C9 D-W-U-X-H [mm] Bond 100 - 10 - 4 - 3 - 20 PHT Grit concen­ tration Grit size C 75 D 126 EAN 4007220 956052 H D 1 W X Shape 4BT9 Shape 4BT9 5° D-W-X-H [mm] Bond 100 - 6 - 1 - 20 PHT Grit concen­ tration Grit size C 75 D 126 EAN 4007220 350119 D 1 H 20° W Catalogue Page 5 41 5

Diamond and CBN tools resinoid bond Diamond grinding tools Shape 1A1R Shape D-T-X-H [mm] Bond Grit concen­ tration Grit size EAN 4007220 1A1R 100 - 1 - 5 - 20 150 - 1 - 7 - 20 PHT PHT C 75 C 75 D 151 D 151 350096 806357 Shape D-X-U-H [mm] Bond Grit concen­ tration Grit size EAN 4007220 11V9 100 - 2 - 10 - 20 PH 4.1 PH 4.2 C 75 - B 126 B 151 350171 535646 Shape D-X-U-H [mm] Bond Grit concen­ tration Grit size EAN 4007220 12V9 100 - 2 - 10 - 20 PHT C 75 B 126 168707 Shape D-W-X-H [mm] Bond Grit concen­ tration Grit size EAN 4007220 4BT9 100 - 6 - 1 - 20 PHT C 75 B 126 350126 Shape D-T-X-H [mm] Bond Grit concen­ tration Grit size EAN 4007220 1A1R 100 - 1 - 5 - 20 PHT C 100 B 151 350102 H D X 1 1 CBN grinding tools Shape 11V9 H D 70° X 1 1 U Shape 12V9 H D 1 45° X Shape 4BT9 5° D H 20° 1 W Shape 1A1R D H X Page Catalogue 42 5 1

Diamond and CBN tools resinoid bond Sharpening block for diamond and CBN tools Sharpening block for diamond and CBN tools The sharpening block is used to restore the sharpness of resinoid-bonded diamond and CBN grinding discs (e.g. after dressing with a diamond dressing tool). H The sharpening block is first soaked in coolant and then in-fed manually or by means of a suitable feeding device. Grinding with the sharpening block will quickly restore the sharpness of your grinding disc. L [mm] B [mm] H [mm] EAN 4007220 100 24 13 255605 B L Description 5 SBL 1002413 5 Catalogue Page 5 43

Diamond and CBN tools resinoid bond Customer-specific tool solutions In addition to the standard resinoid-bonded diamond and CBN grinding tools available from stock, customer-specific tool solutions are also possible. In your request, please specify the material to be worked, the application and the tool drive. D K U In the following tables, all the available shapes and dimensions are shown. For dimensions separated by slashes, please select the desired dimension. T 70° E H Description explanation based on ISO 6104: X 11V9 100 - 2 - 10 - 20 D126 PHT C75 ➊ ➋ ➌ ➍ ➎ ➏ ➐ ➑ ➏ Grit size (D = diamond, B = CBN) ➐ Bond type ➑ Grit concentration (C) ➊ Designation and shape of the tool according to ISO 6104 ➋ Outer dia. D [mm] ➌ Usable abrasive coating thickness X [mm] ➍ Coating width U [mm] ➎ Bore diameter H [mm] Abbreviation Comment Abbreviation Comment Abbreviation Comment a K [mm] L2 [mm] L4 [mm] R [mm] S1 [mm] Sd [mm] T [mm] U [mm] W [mm] X [mm] Mount angle Outer diameter Bottom thickness Bore diameter Smaller diameter D [mm] E [mm] H [mm] J [mm] Shape 1A1 Internal diameter Shank length Reduced diameter length Radius Reduced diameter Shank diameter Total width Coating width Mounted point width Usable abrasive coating thickness Shape 1FF1 D D U T r X H X H D [mm] U [mm] X [mm] H [mm] D [mm] T [mm] X [mm] R [mm] H [mm] 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 8 / 10 / 12 / 15 8 / 10 / 12 / 15 / 20 10 / 12 / 15 / 20 12 / 15 / 20 / 25 / 30 12 / 15 / 20 15 / 20 / 25 / 30 / 40 / 50 15 / 20 / 25 / 30 / 40 / 50 20 / 25 / 30 / 40 / 50 25 / 30 / 40 / 50 25 / 30 / 40 / 50 30 / 40 / 50 35 / 40 3/4/5/6 3/4/5/6 3/4/5/6 3/4/5/6 3/4/5/6 3/4/5 3/4/5/6 3/4/5 3/4/5 3/4/5/6 3/4/5/6 3/4/5/6 3/4/5/6 3/4/5/6 3/5 Please specify 50 6 8 10 6 8 10 6 8 10 12 6 8 10 12 6 8 10 12 2 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 Please specify 75 100 125 150 Ordering example: 1A1 200-20-4-127 D 126 PHN C 75 Ordering example: 1FF1 150-8/4R-2-32 D 126 PHN C 75 Shape 4A2 D Shape 4BT9 W T 5° J X X 15° H D W 20° H D [mm] W [mm] X [mm] H [mm] T-X [mm] D [mm] W [mm] X [mm] H [mm] T [mm] J [mm] 50 75 100 125 150 3/5 3/5 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12.5 2/3/4 Please specify 5 5 6 7 9 75 100 125 150 6 6 / 10 6 / 10 6 / 10 1 1 1 1 Please specify 8 10 12 15 36 50 65 80 Ordering example: 4A2 100-4-2-20 D 64 PHT C 50 Page Catalogue 44 5 Ordering example: 4BT9 100-6-1-20 D 126 PHN C 75 Other dimensions on request!

Diamond and CBN tools resinoid bond Customer-specific tool solutions Shape 1A1W S1 Shape 1A1W X Sd X L4 L2 D Sd D T L2 T D [mm] T [mm] X [mm] Sd [mm] L2 [mm] S1 [mm] L4 [mm] D [mm] T [mm] X [mm] Sd [mm] L2 [mm] 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 8 9 6 6 6 6 8 6 6 10 6 0.75 1 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 1.5 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 8 8 8 8 10 8 8 12 8 10 6 10 6 10 6 10 6 10 6 10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 12 15 18 20 Ordering example: 1A1W 8-6-2-6-60-4-8 D 91 PHNT C 100 Ordering example: 1A1W 15-10-2-6-60 D 91 PHNT C 100 Shape 1A1R D T E Shape 6A2 D T E X H X W H D [mm] T [mm] X [mm] H [mm] E [mm] D [mm] W [mm] X [mm] H [mm] T-X [mm] E [mm] 75 100 125 150 175 200 1 1 1 1 1.2 1.2 5 5 5 7 7 7 H ≥ 20 mm 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 50 75 100 3/5 3 / 5 / 10 5 / 8 / 10 / 12.5 / 15 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12.5 / 15 / 20 / 25 6 / 8 / 10 / 12.5 / 15 / 20 / 25 2/3/4 Please specify 20 20 20 10 10 10 23 10 23 10 Please specify Ordering example: 1A1R 150-1-7-20 D 151 PHT C 75 Shape 1V1 125 150 Ordering example: 6A2 125-10-2-20 D 126 PHT C 50 Shape 6A9 D D X U X H U V E T H D [mm] U [mm] X [mm] V H [mm] D [mm] X [mm] U [mm] H [mm] T [mm] E [mm] 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 300 6/8 6 / 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 8 / 10 10 12 / 15 15 / 20 15 / 20 3/4 20° to 89° Please specify 75 1.5 2 3 1.5 2 3 1.5 2 3 1.5 2 3 6 / 10 6 / 10 6 / 10 6 / 10 6 / 10 6 / 10 6 / 10 6 / 10 6 / 10 6 / 10 6 / 10 6 / 10 Please specify 25 25 25 30 30 30 30 30 30 35 35 35 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Please specify Ordering example: 1V1 150-8-3/60°-32 B 126 PHN C 75 100 125 150 Ordering example: 6A9 100-2-10-20 D 126 PHN C 100 Other dimensions on request! Catalogue Page 5 45 5

Diamond and CBN tools resinoid bond Customer-specific tool solutions Shape 9A3 D W Shape 12A2/20° X E T D 100 125 150 175 200 W X [mm] [mm] 6 / 8 / 10 6 / 8 / 10 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 15 3 / 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 15 8 / 10 / 15 2/3 X E T 20° H H D [mm] W T [mm] H [mm] E [mm] D [mm] W [mm] X [mm] H [mm] T-X [mm] E [mm] 22 22 25 / 35 25 / 35 30 Please specify 10 10 14 14 18 75 100 125 150 175 200 250 3 / 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 3 / 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 6 / 10 6 / 10 6 / 10 2/3/4 Please specify 8 10 14 16 18 20 23 5 6 8 9 10 11 13 Ordering example: 9A3 150-8-2-25-20 D 64 PHN C 75 Ordering example: 12A2/20° 125-10-2-20 D 126 PHT C 50 Shape 11A2 D Shape 12A2/45° W D T 45° E 70° 50 75 100 125 150 175 W [mm] X [mm] 3/6 2/3/4 3 / 6 / 10 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12.5 / 15 6 / 8 / 10 / 12.5 / 15 6 / 10 / 12.5 / 15 H T-X [mm] [mm] Please specify E [mm] 20 20 20 23 23 25 8 10 10 10 10 12 D [mm] W [mm] X [mm] H T-X E [mm] [mm] [mm] 50 3/6 2/3/4 75 3 / 6 / 10 100 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 125 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12.5 / 15 150 6 / 8 / 10 / 12.5 / 15 175 6 / 10 / 12.5 / 15 Please specify 15 20 23 23 23 25 8 9 10 10 10 12 Ordering example: 12A2/45° 125-10-2-20 D 126 PHT C 50 D K Shape 12C9 X D W U U T 70° E E X 45° T H H D [mm] X [mm] U [mm] H [mm] T [mm] E [mm] K [mm] D [mm] 50 75 100 125 150 2 1.5 / 2 / 3 1.5 / 2 / 3 1.5 / 2 / 3 1.5 / 2 / 3 10 10 10 10 10 Please specify 30 30 35 40 50 10 10 10 10 10 22 41 60 75 89 100 Ordering example: 11V9 100-2-10-20 D 126 PHT C 75 Shape 12V9 T H Ordering example: 11A2 125-10-2-20 D 126 PHT C 50 Shape 11V9 X E H D [mm] W X D K X U 45° E W [mm] U [mm] X [mm] H [mm] T [mm] E [mm] 6 / 10 10 125 6 / 10 10 12.5 150 10 10 12.5 / 15 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 5 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 Please specify 26 27 26 27 26 26 27 26 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 Ordering example: 12C9 100-10-4-2-20 D 64 PHN C 75 T H D [mm] X [mm] U [mm] H [mm] T [mm] E [mm] K [mm] 50 75 100 125 150 2 2/3 1.5 / 2 / 3 1.5 / 2 / 3 2/3 6 10 10 10 10 Please specify 20 20 20 25 25 10 10 10 10 10 24 41 62 76 97 Ordering example: 12V9 100-2-10-20 D 126 PHT C 75 Page Catalogue 46 5 Other dimensions on request!

Diamond and CBN tools resinoid bond Customer-specific tool solutions Shape 14A1 D J X T U H Shape 3A1 D J X U Shape 14F1 T D [mm] U [mm] X [mm] 75 1/2 3/4/5 1/2 3/4/5 1/2 3/4/5/6 1/2 3/4/5/6 1/2 3/4/5/6/8 1/2 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 8 / 10 6 / 8 / 10 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 8 / 10 / 12 10 / 12 / 15 10 / 12 / 15 / 20 10 / 12 / 15 / 20 15 / 20 / 25 15 / 20 / 25 / 30 3/6 3/4/6 3/6 3/4/6 3/6 3/4/6 3/6 3/4/6 3/6 3/4/6 6 3/4/5/6 3/4/5 3/4/5 3/4/5/6 3/4/5/6 3/4/5/6 3/4/5/6 3/4/5/6 3/5 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 X H r U T H 100 D J H T [mm] [mm] Please specify 6 6 6 6 7 7 8 8 10 10 12 12 12 15 15 20 25 25 30 35 J [mm] D [mm] 50 50 80 70 105 100 130 120 150 140 175 160 180 200 250 300 350 400 450 550 40 U [mm] 50 75 100 125 150 X [mm] R [mm] H [mm] T [mm] J [mm] 2 3/4/5/6 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 1 1.5 2 1 1.5 2 1 1.5 2 1 1.5 2 1 1.5 2 1 1.5 2 Please specify 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 25 25 25 30 30 30 50 50 50 70 70 70 100 100 100 120 120 120 Ordering example: 14F1 150-2/1R-6-32 D 107 PHN C 125 Ordering example: 14A1 150-6-3-32 D 107 PHN C 100 Shape 14V1 Shape 14E9 D J D J U T U [mm] U α T H D [mm] X X [mm] V 50 3/4/5 2/3/4 75 3/4/5 100 4/6 125 4/6 150 4/6 175 4/6/8 200 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 250 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 300 4 / 6 / 8 / 10 / 12 20° to 89° X C T J [mm] [mm] [mm] Please specify Please specify 6 6 8 8 8 10 12 15 15 H V 30 45 70 100 120 140 160 200 250 D U X [mm] [mm] [mm] 50 75 100 125 150 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 6 6 6 6 6 a 35° / 45° / 60° / 90° 35° / 45° / 60° / 90° 35° / 45° / 60° / 90° 35° / 45° / 60° / 90° 35° / 45° / 60° / 90° H T J [mm] [mm] [mm] Please specify 6 6 6 8 8 32 50 70 100 120 Ordering example: 14E9 150-2-6-60°-32 D 107 PHN C 125 Ordering example: 14V1 150-6-3/60°-32 B 126 PHN C 75 Other dimensions on request! Catalogue Page 5 47 5

Diamond cut-off wheels for the construction industry Page Catalogue 48 5

Diamond cut-off wheels for the construction industry General information PFERD diamond cut-off wheels are manufactured in compliance with the highest quality and safety standards. They guarantee optimum cutting results and allow economic work on different materials, e.g. concrete, exposed aggregate concrete, clinker brick, hard stone, granite and other abrasive building materials. The product range offers the best tool for any application. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ High diamond qualities. ■ Excellent cutting characteristics and short cutting times. ■ Long tool life. ■ High ease of cutting. ■ High profitability. ■ If possible, wet grinding is to be preferred to dry grinding. This reduces tool wear, the risk of thermal damage to the workpiece and dust exposure. ■ Cut using low pressure in order to stop the tool overheating. Matching tool drives: ■ ■ ■ ■ Angle grinder Petrol cutter Table saw Joint cutter Explanation of the order description Shape DS DS 230 x 2.8 x 22.23 SG ➊ ➋ ➌ ➍ ➎ ➊ Description and shape of the tool DS = Diamond, segmented type for fast cutting DG = Diamond, continuous rim type for easy cutting (TURBO) DG FL = Diamond, continuous rim type for very fine cutting, e.g. tiles and glazed tiles 5 Shape DG ➋ Outer diameter Outer dia. D in [mm] ➌ Disc width Disc width T in [mm] ➍ Bore diameter Bore dia. H in [mm] Shape DG FL ➎ PFERD product line Universal Line PSF Performance Line SG The PFERD description corresponds to the designation in accordance with EN 13236. The fast way to the best tool Application Aggressive, fast cutting Easy cutting with high cutting quality  Material ■ Concrete (medium-hard, reinforced, hard) ■ Aerated concrete ■ Pumice ■ Brick ■ Soft clinker brick ■ Sand-lime brick ■ Fresh concrete ■ Screed ■ Firebrick ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Sandstone Clay brick Slate Granite Marble Glazed tiles Ceramic tiles Porcelain stoneware Slate Marble  Tools  Page Cut-off wheels of the type DS PSF and SG 50 Cut-off wheels of the type DG SG 50 Cut-off wheels of the type DG PSF and SG 51 Cut-off wheels of the type DG FL PSF and SG 52 Catalogue Page 5 49

Diamond cut-off wheels for the construction industry Segmented type for fast cutting DS PSF type Multi-purpose segmented tool for aggressive, fast cutting with high cutting performance and a long tool life. H D Recommendations for use: ■■Suitable for use on angle grinders of all output levels. X D [mm] T [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] X [mm] Max. RPM 115 125 178 230 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.4 641361 641378 641385 641392 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 7 7 7 7 13,300 12,200 8,600 6,600 Description 1 1 1 1 DS 115 x 2,2 x 22,23 PSF DS 125 x 2,2 x 22,23 PSF DS 178 x 2,4 x 22,23 PSF DS 230 x 2,4 x 22,23 PSF DS SG type High-performance segmented tool for aggressive, fast cutting of hard materials with high cutting performance and very long tool life. H D X Recommendations for use: ■■The maximum operating speed for diamond cut-off wheels DS type with a diameter of 300 to 400 mm is 100 m/s. ■■Suitable for use on angle grinders of all output levels. D [mm] T [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] X [mm] Max. RPM 115 125 178 230 300 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.8 2.8 350 2.8 400 3.2 801086 801093 801109 801116 801123 801147 801154 801161 801178 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 20.0 25.4 (22.23) 20.0 25.4 (22.23) 25.4 (22.23) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 13,300 12,200 8,600 6,600 6,400 6,400 5,400 5,400 4,800 Page Catalogue 50 5 Ordering notes: ■■All diamond cut-off wheels with a centre hole diameter of 25.4 mm are supplied with a reducing ring to 22.23 mm for use on angle grinders. Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DS 115 x 2,4 x 22,23 SG DS 125 x 2,4 x 22,23 SG DS 178 x 2,6 x 22,23 SG DS 230 x 2,8 x 22,23 SG DS 300 x 2,8 x 20,0 SG DS 300 x 2,8 x 25,4 SG DS 350 x 2,8 x 20,0 SG DS 350 x 2,8 x 25,4 SG DS 400 x 3,2 x 25,4 SG

Diamond cut-off wheels for the construction industry Continuous rim type for easy cutting (TURBO) DG PSF type Multi-purpose continuous rim tool for easy cutting with high cutting performance and long tool life. Recommendations for use: ■■Suitable for use on angle grinders of all output levels. H D X D [mm] T [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] X [mm] Max. RPM 115 125 178 230 2.1 2.1 2.4 2.6 641408 641415 641422 641439 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 7 7 7 7 13,300 12,200 8,600 6,600 Description 1 1 1 1 DG 115 x 2,1 x 22,23 PSF DG 125 x 2,1 x 22,23 PSF DG 178 x 2,4 x 22,23 PSF DG 230 x 2,6 x 22,23 PSF DG SG type High-performance continuous rim tool for easy cutting with high cutting performance and very long tool life. Recommendations for use: ■■Suitable for use on angle grinders of all output levels. H D X D [mm] T [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] X [mm] Max. RPM 115 125 178 230 2.2 2.2 2.5 2.8 801000 801024 801031 801048 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 8 8 8 8 13,300 12,200 8,600 6,600 Description 1 1 1 1 DG 115 x 2,2 x 22,23 SG DG 125 x 2,2 x 22,23 SG DG 178 x 2,5 x 22,23 SG DG 230 x 2,8 x 22,23 SG Catalogue Page 5 51 5

Diamond cut-off wheels for the construction industry Continuous rim type for very fine cutting DG FL PSF type Multi-purpose continuous rim tool for cutting without edge breakages on workpieces with highquality surfaces. High cutting performance and long tool life. Recommendations for use: ■■Suitable for use on angle grinders of all output levels. H D X D [mm] T [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] X [mm] Max. RPM 115 125 1.6 1.6 800973 800980 22.23 22.23 7 7 13,300 12,200 Description 1 1 DG 115 x 1,6 x 22,23 FL PSF DG 125 x 1,6 x 22,23 FL PSF DG FL SG type High-performance continuous rim tool for cutting without edge breakages on workpieces with high-quality surfaces. High cutting performance and very long tool life. Recommendations for use: ■■Suitable for use on angle grinders of all output levels. H D X D [mm] T [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] X [mm] Max. RPM 115 125 1.4 1.4 801055 801079 22.23 22.23 8 8 13,300 12,200 Description 1 1 DG 115 x 1,4 x 22,23 FL SG DG 125 x 1,4 x 22,23 FL SG Sharpening block Sharpening block DSB H The sharpening block is used to resharpen metal-bonded diamond cut-off wheels (e.g. after cutting lubricating materials). B L Type: Silicon carbide abrasive, soft polyurethane bond L [mm] B [mm] H [mm] 200 50 25 Page Catalogue 52 5 Grit size Recommendations for use: ■■Cutting off thin slices of the sharpening block quickly restores the sharpness of your grinding disc. Description 80 EAN 4007220 168332 1 DSB 2005025

Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels 6 6 Catalogue Page 6 1

Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels Table of contents General information 3 The fast way to the best tool 4 Solutions for stainless steel (INOX) and aluminium 6 Technical information and safety notes 7 Cutting Cut-off wheels 10 POLIFAN flap discs 31 CC-GRIND grinding discs 43 Grinding wheels 52 Cup wheels 62 Snagging wheels 63 Grinding/Roughing Diamond and CBN tools Fine grinding and polishing tools 4 Page Catalogue 2 6 Fine grinding and polishing tools for the perfect surface finish (e.g. fibre discs, COMBICLICK, POLIVLIES flap discs, mounted flap wheels, etc.) can be found in catalogue section 4. 5 Diamond cut-off wheels for processing stone and concrete, grey and nodular cast iron, as well as plastics can be found in catalogue section 5. All tools and more information: www.pferd.com

Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels General information Quality All PFERD tools are developed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the strictest quality requirements. As a founding member of the "Organization for the Safety of Abrasives (oSa)", PFERD has committed to conform to tougher inspection requirements that even go beyond EN 12413 and EN 13743. PFERD quality management is certified according to ISO 9001. Support and training PFERD offers you individual targeted support to solve your application problems. The experienced sales representatives and technical advisers at PFERD will be pleased to assist you. Our worldwide sales addresses can be found at: www.pferd.com In the PFERDAKADEMIE, we provide highly specialized and practical knowledge from the world of grinding and cutting. The seminar blocks follow on from each other and enable you to become a PFERD tool specialist. PFERDTOOL-CENTER On the PFERDTOOL-CENTER, you will find all the important information required in order to select the most appropriate grinding tool. Your local retailer or a PFERD sales representative will be glad to answer any questions you might have. To find an expert PFERD retailer near you, visit: www.pferd.com Products made to order 6 If you cannot find the solution for your particular application in our standard product range, PFERD can produce tailor-made cut-off wheels, flap discs and reinforced grinding wheels specifically for your application on request. Taking into account the processing objective, the material to be worked and the conditions, we offer individual advice with the aim of finding the best and most economical solution for you. Discover PFERDERGONOMICS and PFERDEFFICIENCY: As part of PFERDERGONOMICS, PFERD offers ergonomically optimized tools and tool drives that contribute to greater safety and working comfort, and thus to health protection. As part of PFERDEFFICIENCY, PFERD offers innovative, high-performance tool solutions and tool drives with outstanding added value. For more information on this topic, please refer to our brochure “PFERDVALUE – Your added value with PFERD“. PFERD VALUE Your added value with PFERD PFERDEFFICIENCY Results from the PFERD test laboratories as well as from the product tests by independent testing institutes prove: PFERD tools offer measurable added value. PFERDERGONOMICS PFERDVALUE – Your added value with PFERD TRUST BLUE Catalogue Page 6 3

Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels The fast way to the best tool Tool selection Cutting Grinding/Roughing Coated abrasives Cut-off wheels for POLIFAN flap discs Angle grinders page 10 Straight grinders page 26 Petrol cutters page 28 page 31 CC-GRIND grinding discs Bonded abrasives page 43 Grinding wheels page 52 Cup wheels page 62 Snagging wheels page 63 Product lines and colour coding Universal Line PSF ★★ Performance Line SG ★★★ The entry-level range Universal Line PSF includes robust tools for processing the most common materials. Universal Line PSF tools achieve good results with high economic efficiency. Special Line SGP ★★★★ The broad Performance Line SG range offers a high-performance tool solution for every application and every material. Performance Line SG tools achieve optimum results with maximum economic efficiency. Special Line SGP tools are specially developed for specific tasks and offer the user key advantages over conventional products. Furthermore, the Special Line SGP includes tools that, due to their particularly high performance during use, offer ultimate economic efficiency. Materials and colour coding Steel, cast steel Stainless steel (INOX) Aluminium Other non-ferrous metals Cast iron Stone Page Catalogue 4 6 Steels up to 1,200 N/mm² (< 38 HRC) Hardened, heat-treated steels over 1,200 N/mm² (> 38 HRC) Construction steels, carbon steels, tool steels, non-alloyed steels, case-hardened steels, cast steel, alloyed steels Tool steels, tempering steels, alloyed steels, cast steel Austenitic and ferritic stainless steels, e.g. Names EN AISI V2A 1.4301 304 Rust and acid-resistant steels V2A 1.4310 301 V4A 1.4401 316 V4A 1.4571 316Ti Non-hardening and hardening wrought alloys, cast aluminium alloys with low silicon content, cast aluminium alloys without silicon Non-ferrous metals, soft Brass, copper, zinc Non-ferrous metals, hard Bronze, titanium High-temperature-resistant Inconel, Hastelloy materials Cast iron with flake graphite EN-GJL (GG), Grey cast iron cast iron with nodular graphite/nodular cast iron EN-GJS (GGG) Annealed cast iron White annealed cast iron EN-GJMW (GTW), black cast iron EN-GJMB (GTS) Asphalt, cotto, pumice, light concrete, sandstone, concrete, reinforced concrete, concrete blocks, roofing tiles, granite, clinker, exposed aggregate concrete, tiles, ceramic tiles, slate

WERK TO OU HERRA HORSE CH CAB WERK TO OU HERRA HORSE CH CAB WERK TO OU HERRA HORSE CH CAB WERK TO OU HERRA WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSE CH CAB HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS GE WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS EAN (European Article Number) TAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO GE HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO TAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS GE HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS TAS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS PFERD description HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO GE WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO Mat.-Nr. 61341112 TAS Technical information EHT 125-1,0 SG STEELOX HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO GE WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO EDP 69953 SG HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS INOX Stainless WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS Packed on: 03.2018 Lot-Nr. 12345678 HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO Packing date and lot number STEELOX EHT 41 / T1 HERRAMIENTAS Tool type 1,0 mm .040" 6 HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO Stahl Steel Acier Acero 22,23 mm 7/ inch 8 TAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS 25 125 mm 5 inch WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HERRAMIENTAS Suitable for stainless steel (INOX) Manufactured without addition of ferrous, chlorinated or sulphurous fillers WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS Packaging unit RSEBRAND CHEVAL ABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO PFERD supplies cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels in robust industrial packaging that protects the tools against damage. All important technical and ordering information can be found on the packaging label. Product line (colour coding system) HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO Information bar Here you will find the product line, the dimensions and abrasive and grit size for POLIFAN flap discs. WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO EAN (European Article Number) HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS Label and packaging WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS Material information WERKZEUGE HORSEBRAND TOOLS The bottom section of every label CHEVAL OUTILS CABALLITO indicates the material or materials for HERRAMIENTAS which the tool is suitable. Packaging HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO Safety information Information on the safe use of grinding tools can be found on pages 7 and 8. HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO RSEBRAND CHEVAL ABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO RSEBRAND CHEVAL ABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO oSa – Organization for the Safety of Abrasives As a founder member of oSa, PFERD has voluntarily undertaken to produce quality tools conforming to the most exacting safety standards. Member companies of oSa are committed to continuous product safety and quality monitoring. RSEBRAND CHEVAL ABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS Label HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS RSEBRAND CHEVAL ABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels 6 Page 5 HERRAMIEN HORSEBRA CHEVAL CABALLIT WERKZEU TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIEN HORSEBRA CHEVAL CABALLIT WERKZEU TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIEN HORSEBRA CHEVAL CABALLIT HORSEBRA CHEVAL CABALLIT WERKZEU TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIEN Catalogue

Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels Solutions for stainless steel (INOX) and aluminium Machining of stainless steel (INOX) Stainless steel (INOX) is characterized in particular by its corrosion resistance, but also its toughness, high mechanical strength and exceptional aesthetics. Due to its outstanding material properties, stainless steel offers many application possibilities, but also places particular demands on grinding tools. PFERD offers a wide range of specially developed tools that do not contaminate the workpiece and create lower heat build-up than conventional products. This prevents corrosion. 8 tips for preventing corrosion Use the right grinding tool! 1. Only use grinding tools without ferrous (Fe), chlorinated (Cl) or sulphurous (S) fillers that are specifically designed for stainless steel (INOX). This prevents unwanted residues that can result in corrosion. Suitable tools feature the symbol above and the addition of INOX or STEELOX (steel + INOX). 2. To prevent signs of corrosion, the heat build-up in the workpiece must be reduced. Use grinding tools specially developed for use on stainless steel (INOX) and the largest possible grit size. Observe during use! 3. Work with less contact pressure and oscillating movement to prevent heat discolouration, particularly with thin-walled workpieces. 4. Tools that have previously been used on steel must no longer be used for work on stainless steel (INOX). Adhering steel particles can cause impurities and therefore corrosion. 5. Ensure that, as far as possible, no sparks fall on the workpiece and no swarf is left on the workpiece. Important: Proceed straight to finish machining! 6. Proceed straight to finish machining to achieve the desired surface quality. Suitable products can be found in catalogue section 4 "Fine grinding and polishing tools". 7. If heat discolouration/oxidation occurs during grinding, this must be removed using the following fine grinding process. 8. Clean each workpiece thoroughly after completion of all the mechanical work. Machining of aluminium The term "aluminium" refers to a series of alloys in which the chemical element aluminium is the main component. These range from soft to tough and hard aluminium alloys. Normal grinding tools for steel often cannot be used for work on aluminium. Particularly with soft, lubricating alloys, adhesion of materials and clogging of the grinding tool could occur. PFERD has therefore developed a series of special tools for processing aluminium. These products also contain no fillers that could leave unwanted residues on the workpiece. The surfaces can therefore be welded immediately after cutting or grinding. Specialized products for use on aluminium SG ALU grinding wheels POLIFAN flap discs A-COOL SG ALU + INOX (with a specially developed coating that prevents chips from adhering) The innovative ALUMASTER High Speed Disc can be found in catalogue section 2. Page Catalogue 6 6 POLIFAN flap discs A SGP CURVE SG ALU and PSF ALU + STONE ALU for fillet weld grinding (the cut-off wheels only flap disc with flaps on the circumference and a specially developed coating that prevents chips from adhering)

Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels Technical information and safety notes Overview of shapes and letter symbols H H H T U D D Cut-off wheel, flat type EHT (shape 41) Grinding wheel E (shape 27) or cut-off wheel, depressed-centre type EH (shape 42) H T W W D D Conical (shape 11) and cylindrical (shape 6) cup wheel ETT H H H T T D Flap disc, conical type PFC (shape B) D D Flap disc, flat type PFF (shape A) Flap disc, radial type PFR (CURVE) H H H D D D CC-GRIND-SOLID CC-GRIND-FLEX CC-GRIND-STRONG Safety during cutting and grinding Explanation of the labelling of grinding tools Grinding tool manufacturers, machine manufacturers and users contribute equally to ensuring safety during cutting and grinding. PFERD produces all its tools according to the specified safety regulations. During cutting and grinding, the user is responsible for correct use of the tool drive as well as correct handling and use of the tools. The information required for the safe use of grinding wheels, cut-off wheels, cup wheels, flap wheels, POLIFAN flap discs and CC-GRIND grinding discs from PFERD is summarized here. In addition to this, user information relating to the grinding machine used, as well as the applicable provisions on health and safety at work, should always be observed. ■ Always observe the instructions on the grinding tool, the grinding machine and all accompanying user information. ■ Only use grinding tools that meet current safety standards. These products carry the relevant EN standard number and the "oSa" mark: - EN 12413 for grinding tools with bonded abrasives (grinding wheels, cut-off wheels, cup wheels and snagging wheels) - EN 13743 for coated abrasives (POLIFAN flap discs) ■ Use a grinding tool that is suitable for the respective application. A tool that cannot be clearly identified should never be used. ■ Grinding tools for hand-held grinding with bond types B (e.g. cup wheels) and BF (grinding wheels, cut-off wheels and snagging wheels) must not be used after the indicated expiry date in accordance with EN 12413. The expiry date is stated as the month and year, e.g. 04/2021. The bond type is always marked on the label. ■ Observe any use restrictions, warnings and safety instructions: = Not permitted for hand-held grinding! = Follow the safety instructions! = Not permitted for face grinding! = Wear eye protection! = Not permitted for wet grinding! = Wear hearing protection! = Do not use if damaged! = Wear gloves! = Wear a dust mask! min. 10° = Observe the minimum contact angle! Catalogue Page 6 7 6

Cut-off wheels, flap discs and grinding wheels Technical information and safety notes Storage of grinding tools ■ Grinding tools should be stored in such a way as to prevent any adverse effects caused by moisture, frost or large temperature variations so as to avoid mechanical damage. Do not use resinoid-bonded grinding tools or grinding tools using coated abrasives that have been exposed to severe humidity, damp or high temperatures. Mounting of grinding tools ■ Only use grinding machines that are intended for use with the relevant tool. ■ Never use a grinding machine that is not in good condition. ■ Use only grinding tools with an outer diameter and bore diameter and/or thread that match the specifications of the grinding machine. ■ Do not use damaged grinding tools. Grinding tools must be visually inspected and checked for any possible damage before each use. ■ Keep mounting components clean and in good mechanical condition. Replace them if they become damaged or worn. If the manufacturer of the grinding machine provides devices for securing the grinding tool (e.g. a key), then these must be used. Tighten the clamping mechanism by hand. ■ In principle, only clamping flanges with a contact surface with the same outer diameter and that are identically shaped on the contact side may be used. ■ Use blotters between the grinding tool and clamping components, if provided. ■ Prevent the grinding machine from accidentally turning on, before mounting or changing the grinding tool by disconnecting the power supply. ■ Never exceed the maximum operating speed of a grinding tool. Make sure that the rotational speed of the grinding machine (rev/min, 1/min, RPM or min-1) does not exceed the maximum permissible speed given on the grinding tool, the accompanying label or packaging. The remounting of worn grinding tools on smaller grinding machines is not permitted. ■ Do not make any unauthorized changes to grinding tools. ■ Each time that a tool is mounted, perform a trial run at operating speed, with the protective cover properly installed, for at least 30 seconds. During the trial run, hold the grinding machine in such a way that in the event of any failure of the grinding tool, you will not be struck by any fragments. ■ Stationary cut-off wheels must only be used on appropriate stationary cut-off grinding machines. They are not permitted for hand-held or manually guided grinding. If a maximum power output of the machine is indicated on the cut-off wheel, it must never be exceeded. Use of grinding tools ■ Use a grinding tool that is suitable for the respective application. A tool that cannot be clearly identified should never be used. ■ Always be aware of the potential dangers during use of grinding tools. ■ Always use protective equipment and covers in compliance with the operating instructions for the grinding machine and make sure they are properly mounted and in good condition before you switch on the grinding machine. The protective cover must always be positioned in such a way that it is located between the operator and the tool. Sparks should not fly in the direction of the operator. ■ The workpiece must be fixed without tension by appropriate clamping devices or by its own weight. Page Catalogue 8 6 ■ The grinding machine must always be turned on before the grinding tool comes into contact with the workpiece. ■ Always bring grinding tools carefully into contact with the workpiece surface. ■ Always guide cut-off wheels in a straight line. No lateral load should be applied to the cut-off wheel and it should not be used for face grinding. ■ Grinding machines may only be put down once they have been turned off and have come to a complete stop. Hazards due to tool breakage, abrasive particles, sparks, dust, fumes, noise, vibration and bodily contact with the grinding tool ■ The use of appropriate personal protective equipment is required for all grinding operations to provide protection against mechanical impacts, abrasive particles, sparks, dust and fumes, noise and vibration. This includes eye protection, hearing protection, respiratory protection and hand protection. Long-sleeved, flame-resistant clothing and appropriate safety footwear must be worn. Tie back long hair and do not wear loose clothing, ties or jewellery. These rules not only apply to the operator of the grinding machine but also to any other persons in the working environment. ■ Inhalation of grinding dust can lead to lung damage. Make sure that sufficient extraction or other appropriate measures are provided during grinding work. ■ Do not use grinding tools in the vicinity of flammable materials. Flammable and explosive substances must be removed from the working environment before starting work. This includes, for example, dust deposits (especially aluminium dust), cardboard, packaging material, textiles, wood and wood chips, as well as flammable liquids and gases. ■ Ensure appropriate extraction and avoid sources of ignition, as explosive dusts can be created when cutting and grinding aluminium. Grinding dusts from steels and aluminium must not be mixed. ■ In the event of excessive vibrations stop the grinding machine and investigate the cause of the vibration. Take immediate action, when using a grinding tool, if you begin to experience tingling, stinging or numbness in the hand or arms. ■ Never remove fitted safety devices from grinding machines and ensure that they are in good condition and properly installed before starting the grinding machine. ■ After switching off the grinding machine, ensure that it has come to a complete stop before leaving it unattended. Disposal of grinding tools ■ Worn or defective grinding tools must be disposed of according to all applicable regulations. ■ Note that grinding tools may become contaminated by work on certain materials. ■ Grinding tools for disposal should be destroyed in a clearly visible manner in order to prevent re-use. ■ Further information can be obtained from your supplier's voluntary product information and safety data sheets. Do you have any questions? Our experienced sales representatives and technical advisers here at PFERD will be pleased to assist you. Our worldwide sales addresses can be found at: www.pferd.com

Cut-off wheels 6 Catalogue Page 6 9

Cut-off wheels The fast way to the best tool Product group selection Tool drive Application Angle grinder Cutting Product line Universal Line PSF ★★ Performance Line SG ★★★ Special Line SGP ★★★★ Cutting and grinding Universal Line PSF ★★ Steel (STEEL) PSF STEEL Page 13 PSF STEELOX Page 14 SG STEEL Page 17 SG STEELOX Page 18 Stainless steel (INOX) Aluminium (ALU) PSF STEELOX Page 14 PSF ALU+STONE Page 16 SG INOX Page 19 SG STEELOX Page 18 SGP SGP CERAMIC STEELOX STEEL Page 22 Page 21 SGP STEELOX Page 22 PSF DUO STEELOX Page 15 PSF DUO STEELOX Page 15 SG ALU Page 20 Performance Line SG ★★★ Straight Cutting grinder (< 100 mm) Petrol Cutting cutter and cut-off grinder (> 230 mm) Page Catalogue 10 6 Performance Line SG ★★★ Performance Line SG ★★★ Cast iron (CAST) Stone (STONE) PSF ALU+STONE Page 16 Foundry cut-off wheels from page 23 (ZIRKON) SG DUO CAST Page 25 SG STEELOX Page 26 SG STEEL Page 28 SG STEELOX Page 26 SG STEELOX Page 26 SG STEELOX Page 26 SG CAST + STONE Page 29 SG STONE Page 29 SG CAST + STONE Page 29

Cut-off wheels The fast way to the best tool Cut-off wheel width selection Diameter 76–125 mm PFERDVALUE 0.8 mm Maximum precision and cutting quality for sheet metal work Thin cut-off wheels Cut-off wheels 1.0 mm Universal width with a focus on speed, comfort and cutting quality 1.3 and Universal width with a focus on tool life and comfort 1.6 mm ≥ 1.9 mm Heavy-duty use Diameter 150–230 mm Thin cut-off wheels - PFERDVALUE ≤ 2.0 mm Universal width with a focus on speed, comfort and cutting quality 2.5 mm Universal width with a focus on tool life and comfort - Cut-off wheels ≥ 2.9 mm Heavy-duty use - 6 Catalogue Page 6 11

Cut-off wheels Thin cut-off wheels at a glance Thin cut-off wheels – flat type EHT (shape 41) Below is a concise summary of the thin cut-off wheels of all product lines. Detailed information on the individual cut-off wheels can be found on the following product pages. Advantages: ■ Thin cuts with minimized burr formation. ■ Maximum efficiency thanks to fast cutting. ■ Convenient and safe. D [mm] T [mm] PFERDVALUE: Steel STEEL Stainless steel STEELOX INOX Aluminium ALU EAN 4007220 Universal Line PSF ★ ★ 105 1.0 976135 115 1.0 560242 1.6 538111 125 1.0 560259 1.6 538128 150 1.6 953341 180 1.6 581209 230 1.9 581339 2.0 STEELOX ➞ Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ 105 1.0 953358 1.3 STEELOX ➞ 115 0.8 1.0 499719 1.6 522813 125 0.8 1.0 499740 1.6 522691 150 1.6 953365 2.0 STEELOX ➞ 180 1.6 581155 2.0 STEELOX ➞ 230 1.9 581162 2.0 STEELOX ➞ Special Line SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ 105 0.8 STEELOX ➞ 1.0 STEELOX ➞ 1.3 103883 115 0.8 STEELOX ➞ 1.0 103890 1.6 103906 125 0.8 STEELOX ➞ 1.0 103920 1.6 103937 150 1.6 103951 180 1.6 103968 230 1.9 103982 098493 560266 538135 560372 538142 581223 581230 581216 702239 STEELOX 669310 669297 804278 804308 - 039755 953396 499702 355442 499733 355459 581179 096178 807729 702321 807736 957592 953372 STEELOX 095751 095799 095805 095812 095829 095898 095904 STEELOX 095911 STEELOX 095942 STEELOX 885222 804964 804988 804995 805008 953426 805015 097922 - STEELOX - 953464 953471 835357 538074 538081 835364 538098 538104 953488 357873 522776 You can find clamping flange sets for thin 180/230 mm cutoff wheels for increasing lateral stability and precise guidance on page 22. Page Catalogue 12 6 Quick and easy: The thin cut-off wheels at a glance. Detailed information can be found on the following pages.

Cut-off wheels Universal Line PSF ★ ★ PSF STEEL ★ ★ Cut-off wheel for steel with high cutting performance and long tool life. Advantages: ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■High economic efficiency due to long tool life. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A PFERDVALUE: Thin cut-off wheels: Materials that can be worked: steel       Applications: cutting of sheet metal, profiles and solid material, cutting out holes       D [mm]       T/U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Description Flat type EHT (shape 41) 100 2.4 105 1.0 115 1.0 1.6 2.4 125 1.0 1.6 2.4 150 1.6 180 1.6 3.0 230 1.9 3.0 321256 976135 560242 538111 669174 560259 538128 669167 953341 581209 163474 581339 163498 16.0 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 14,500 13,300 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 12,200 10,200 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 EHT 100-2,4 PSF STEEL/16,0 EHT 105-1,0 PSF STEEL/16,0 EHT 115-1,0 PSF STEEL EHT 115-1,6 PSF STEEL EHT 115-2,4 PSF STEEL EHT 125-1,0 PSF STEEL EHT 125-1,6 PSF STEEL EHT 125-2,4 PSF STEEL EHT 150-1,6 PSF STEEL EHT 180-1,6 PSF STEEL EHT 180-3,0 PSF STEEL EHT 230-1,9 PSF STEEL EHT 230-3,0 PSF STEEL Depressed-centre type EH (shape 42) 100 2.4 115 2.4 3.2 125 2.4 3.2 180 3.0 230 3.0 163511 163528 522998 163429 523001 163436 163450 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 8,500 6,600 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 EH 100-2,4 PSF STEEL/16,0 EH 115-2,4 PSF STEEL EH 115-3,2 PSF STEEL EH 125-2,4 PSF STEEL EH 125-3,2 PSF STEEL EH 180-3,0 PSF STEEL EH 230-3,0 PSF STEEL 6 Catalogue Page 6 13

Cut-off wheels Universal Line PSF ★ ★ PSF STEELOX ★ ★ Cut-off wheel for steel and stainless steel (INOX) with high cutting performance and long tool life. Advantages: ■■Universally suitable for steel and stainless steel (INOX). ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■High economic efficiency due to long tool life. ■■Thin cut-off wheels are ideal for cordless angle grinders. Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX) D [mm] Applications: cutting of sheet metal, profiles and solid material, cutting out holes Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A PFERDVALUE: Thin cut-off wheels:                T/U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Flat type EHT (shape 41) 76 0.8 1.0 105 1.0 115 1.0 1.6 2.4 125 1.0 1.6 2.0 2.4 150 1.6 180 1.6 2.5 230 1.9 2.0 2.5 060889 060940 098493 560266 538135 523025 560372 538142 667958 523049 581223 581230 523063 581216 702239 523087 10.0 10.0 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 20,100 20,100 14,500 13,300 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 12,200 12,200 10,200 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 6,600 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 EHT 76-0,8 PSF STEELOX/10,0 EHT 76-1,0 PSF STEELOX/10,0 EHT 105-1,0 PSF STEELOX/16,0 EHT 115-1,0 PSF STEELOX EHT 115-1,6 PSF STEELOX EHT 115-2,4 PSF STEELOX EHT 125-1,0 PSF STEELOX EHT 125-1,6 PSF STEELOX EHT 125-2,0 PSF STEELOX EHT 125-2,4 PSF STEELOX EHT 150-1,6 PSF STEELOX EHT 180-1,6 PSF STEELOX EHT 180-2,5 PSF STEELOX EHT 230-1,9 PSF STEELOX EHT 230-2,0 PSF STEELOX EHT 230-2,5 PSF STEELOX Depressed-centre type EH (shape 42) 100 2.4 115 2.4 125 2.4 180 2.5 230 2.5 523018 523032 523056 523070 523094 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 13,300 12,200 8,500 6,600 25 25 25 25 25 EH 100-2,4 PSF STEELOX/16,0 EH 115-2,4 PSF STEELOX EH 125-2,4 PSF STEELOX EH 180-2,5 PSF STEELOX EH 230-2,5 PSF STEELOX Page Catalogue 14 6 Description   

Cut-off wheels Universal Line PSF ★ ★ DUODISC The DUODISC combination wheel is the solution for safe cutting and grinding with just one tool. It meets all the requirements of EN 12413 for cutting and grinding wheels. Advantages: ■ Safe, standard-compliant solution for cutting and face grinding with just one tool. ■ Time savings due to fewer wheel changes. ■ Universally suitable for steel and stainless steel (INOX). + ■ Widths 1.4 and 1.9 mm also ideal for cordless angle grinders. ■ Problem solver for grinding work on scale. ■ Unlike cut-off wheels, can also be used with protective cover open. PSF DUODISC STEELOX combination wheel ★ ★ Combination wheel for steel and stainless steel (INOX) with high cutting performance and long tool life. Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX) Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Applications: cutting, deburring, surface grinding, work on fillet welds, grouting, weld dressing PFERDVALUE: D [mm]    T/U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Description 1.4 068274 10.0 20,100 25 E 76-1,4 PSF DUO STEELOX/10,0 845578 952733 835081 754498 835098 754504 952740 952764 16.0 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 15,300 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 10,200 8,500 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E 100-1,9 PSF DUO STEELOX/16,0 E 100-2,8 PSF DUO STEELOX/16,0 E 115-1,9 PSF DUO STEELOX E 115-2,8 PSF DUO STEELOX E 125-1,9 PSF DUO STEELOX E 125-2,8 PSF DUO STEELOX E 150-3,5 PSF DUO STEELOX E 180-3,5 PSF DUO STEELOX 6 Flat type E 76 Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 100 1.9 2.8 115 1.9 2.8 125 1.9 2.8 150 3.5 180 3.5 Catalogue Page 6 15

Cut-off wheels Universal Line PSF ★ ★ PSF ALU + STONE ★ ★ Cut-off wheel for non-ferrous metals and mineral materials with high cutting performance and long tool life. Advantages: ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■High economic efficiency due to long tool life. ■■Width of 1.0 mm is also ideal for cordless angle grinders. Materials that can be worked: aluminium, titanium, other non-ferrous metals, stone, concrete, tiles, duroplastics, fibrereinforced duroplastics (GRP, CRP), cast iron D [mm] Applications: cutting of sheet metal, profiles and solid material, cutting out holes Abrasive: Silicon carbide C PFERDVALUE: Thin cut-off wheels:                T/U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Flat type EHT (shape 41) 115 1.0 1.6 125 1.0 1.6 180 3.2 230 3.2 669310 669297 804278 804308 163641 163658 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 8,500 6,600 25 25 25 25 25 25 EHT 115-1,0 PSF ALU+STONE EHT 115-1,6 PSF ALU+STONE EHT 125-1,0 PSF ALU+STONE EHT 125-1,6 PSF ALU+STONE EHT 180-3,2 PSF ALU+STONE EHT 230-3,2 PSF ALU+STONE Depressed-centre type EH (shape 42) 100 2.4 115 2.4 125 2.4 150 3.0 180 3.2 230 3.2 523124 163665 163597 523131 163603 163627 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 13,300 12,200 10,200 8,500 6,600 25 25 25 25 25 25 EH 100-2,4 PSF ALU+STONE/16,0 EH 115-2,4 PSF ALU+STONE EH 125-2,4 PSF ALU+STONE EH 150-3,0 PSF ALU+STONE EH 180-3,2 PSF ALU+STONE EH 230-3,2 PSF ALU+STONE You can find diamond cut-off wheels for cutting hard materials such as tungsten carbide or ceramics and fibre-reinforced plastics (GRP/CRP) in catalogue section 5. Page Catalogue 16 6 Description You can find diamond cut-off wheels for cutting stone and concrete in catalogue section 5.   

Cut-off wheels Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ SG STEEL ★ ★ ★ Cut-off wheel for steel with high cutting performance and very long tool life. Advantages: ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■Maximum economic efficiency due to very long tool life. Abrasive: High-performance aluminium oxide A PFERDVALUE: Thin cut-off wheels: Materials that can be worked: steel       Applications: cutting of sheet metal, profiles and solid material, cutting out holes       D [mm]       T/U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Description Flat type EHT (shape 41) 100 2.4 105 1.0 115 1.0 1.6 2.4 125 1.0 1.6 2.4 150 1.6 3.0 180 1.6 2.9 3.2 230 1.9 2.9 3.2 162590 953358 499719 522813 162637 499740 522691 162231 953365 162248 581155 522639 162347 581162 522677 162422 16.0 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 14,500 13,300 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 12,200 10,200 10,200 8,500 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 6,600 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 EHT 100-2,4 SG STEEL/16,0 EHT 105-1,0 SG STEEL/16,0 EHT 115-1,0 SG STEEL EHT 115-1,6 SG STEEL EHT 115-2,4 SG STEEL EHT 125-1,0 SG STEEL EHT 125-1,6 SG STEEL EHT 125-2,4 SG STEEL EHT 150-1,6 SG STEEL EHT 150-3,0 SG STEEL EHT 180-1,6 SG STEEL EHT 180-2,9 SG STEEL EHT 180-3,2 SG STEEL EHT 230-1,9 SG STEEL EHT 230-2,9 SG STEEL EHT 230-3,2 SG STEEL Depressed-centre type EH (shape 42) 100 2.4 115 2.4 3.2 125 2.4 3.2 150 3.0 180 2.9 3.2 230 2.9 3.2 162576 162606 522424 162217 522431 162255 522653 162262 522684 162309 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 10,200 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 EH 100-2,4 SG STEEL/16,0 EH 115-2,4 SG STEEL EH 115-3,2 SG STEEL EH 125-2,4 SG STEEL EH 125-3,2 SG STEEL EH 150-3,0 SG STEEL EH 180-2,9 SG STEEL EH 180-3,2 SG STEEL EH 230-2,9 SG STEEL EH 230-3,2 SG STEEL 6 Catalogue Page 6 17

Cut-off wheels Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ SG STEELOX ★ ★ ★ Cut-off wheel for steel and stainless steel (INOX) with high cutting performance and very long tool life. Advantages: ■■Universally suitable for steel and stainless steel (INOX). ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■Maximum economic efficiency due to very long tool life. Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX) Abrasive: High-performance aluminium oxide A PFERDVALUE: Thin cut-off wheels:                Applications: cutting of sheet metal, profiles and solid material, cutting out holes D [mm] T/U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Flat type EHT (shape 41) 105 1.0 1.3 115 1.0 1.6 2.4 125 1.0 1.6 2.0 2.4 150 1.6 2.0 2.5 180 1.6 2.0 2.5 230 1.9 2.0 2.5 3.2 039755 953396 499702 355442 522851 499733 355459 953419 522875 581179 096178 096147 807729 702321 162378 807736 957592 162446 475690 16.0 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 14,500 14,500 13,300 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 12,200 12,200 10,200 10,200 10,200 8,500 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 6,600 6,600 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 EHT 105-1,0 SG STEELOX/16,0 EHT 105-1,3 SG STEELOX/16,0 EHT 115-1,0 SG STEELOX EHT 115-1,6 SG STEELOX EHT 115-2,4 SG STEELOX EHT 125-1,0 SG STEELOX EHT 125-1,6 SG STEELOX EHT 125-2,0 SG STEELOX EHT 125-2,4 SG STEELOX EHT 150-1,6 SG STEELOX EHT 150-2,0 SG STEELOX EHT 150-2,5 SG STEELOX EHT 180-1,6 SG STEELOX EHT 180-2,0 SG STEELOX EHT 180-2,5 SG STEELOX EHT 230-1,9 SG STEELOX EHT 230-2,0 SG STEELOX EHT 230-2,5 SG STEELOX EHT 230-3,2 SG STEELOX Depressed-centre type EH (shape 42) 115 2.4 3.2 125 2.4 3.2 180 2.5 230 2.5 162613 522868 162651 522882 162279 162316 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 8,500 6,600 25 25 25 25 25 25 EH 115-2,4 SG STEELOX EH 115-3,2 SG STEELOX EH 125-2,4 SG STEELOX EH 125-3,2 SG STEELOX EH 180-2,5 SG STEELOX EH 230-2,5 SG STEELOX Page Catalogue 18 6 Description   

Cut-off wheels Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ SG INOX ★ ★ ★ Cut-off wheel for stainless steel (INOX) with high cutting performance and very long tool life. Advantages: ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■Maximum economic efficiency due to very long tool life. Abrasive: High-performance aluminium oxide A PFERDVALUE: Thin cut-off wheels: Materials that can be worked: stainless steel (INOX)       Applications: cutting of sheet metal, profiles and solid material, cutting out holes       D [mm]       T/U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Description Flat type EHT (shape 41) 105 1.0 115 0.8 1.0 1.6 125 0.8 1.0 1.6 150 1.6 180 1.6 2.5 230 1.9 2.5 953372 095751 095799 095805 095812 095829 095898 095904 095911 096208 095942 096215 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 14,500 13,300 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 12,200 10,200 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 EHT 105-1,0 SG INOX/16,0 EHT 115-0,8 SG INOX EHT 115-1,0 SG INOX EHT 115-1,6 SG INOX EHT 125-0,8 SG INOX EHT 125-1,0 SG INOX EHT 125-1,6 SG INOX EHT 150-1,6 SG INOX EHT 180-1,6 SG INOX EHT 180-2,5 SG INOX EHT 230-1,9 SG INOX EHT 230-2,5 SG INOX Depressed-centre type EH (shape 42) 115 2.4 125 2.4 180 2.5 230 2.5 096222 096239 096246 096253 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 8,500 6,600 25 25 25 25 EH 115-2,4 SG INOX EH 125-2,4 SG INOX EH 180-2,5 SG INOX EH 230-2,5 SG INOX 6 Catalogue Page 6 19

Cut-off wheels Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ SG ALU ★ ★ ★ Cut-off wheel for aluminium and other non-ferrous metals with high cutting performance and very long tool life. Advantages: ■■Special abrasive mixture and bond technology prevent the cut-off wheel clogging up, even on soft, tough aluminium. ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■Maximum economic efficiency due to very long tool life. ■■Contains no fillers that could leave undesirable residues on the workpiece. The surface can therefore be welded immediately. Materials that can be worked: aluminium, other non-ferrous metals D [mm] Applications: cutting of sheet metal, profiles and solid material, cutting out holes Abrasive: High-performance aluminium oxide A and silicon carbide C PFERDVALUE: Thin cut-off wheels:             T/U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Flat type EHT (shape 41) 105 1.0 115 1.0 1.6 2.4 125 1.0 1.6 2.4 150 1.6 180 1.6 2.9 230 1.9 2.9 885222 804964 804988 617892 804995 805008 617786 953426 805015 538487 097922 538524 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 14,500 13,300 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 12,200 10,200 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 EHT 105-1,0 SG ALU/16,0 EHT 115-1,0 SG ALU EHT 115-1,6 SG ALU EHT 115-2,4 SG ALU EHT 125-1,0 SG ALU EHT 125-1,6 SG ALU EHT 125-2,4 SG ALU EHT 150-1,6 SG ALU EHT 180-1,6 SG ALU EHT 180-2,9 SG ALU EHT 230-1,9 SG ALU EHT 230-2,9 SG ALU Depressed-centre type EH (shape 42) 115 2.4 125 2.4 180 2.9 230 2.9 522936 389027 538517 538548 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 8,500 6,600 25 25 25 25 EH 115-2,4 SG ALU EH 125-2,4 SG ALU EH 180-2,9 SG ALU EH 230-2,9 SG ALU Page Catalogue 20 6 Description      

Cut-off wheels Special Line SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ CERAMIC Special cut-off wheel with ceramic oxide grain for steel with ultimate cutting performance and outstanding tool life. Optimized for use on steel workpieces with larger cross sections. Advantages: ■ Unprecedented cutting performance due to high-performance abrasive ceramic oxide grain in connection with a special bond technology, resulting in the fastest work progress even on large cross sections. ■ Maximum efficiency due to excellent tool life. CERAMIC SGP STEEL ★ ★ ★ ★ Materials that can be worked: steel PFERDVALUE: Thin cut-off wheels: Applications: cutting of large cross sections, cutting of profiles and solid material, cutting out holes Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO D [mm]                   T/U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Description Flat type EHT (shape 41) 100 1.3 115 1.0 1.6 2.0 125 1.0 1.6 2.0 150 1.6 180 1.6 2.5 230 1.9 2.5 103883 103890 103906 103913 103920 103937 103944 103951 103968 103975 103982 103999 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 13,300 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 12,200 10,200 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 EHT 100-1,3 CERAMIC SGP STEEL/16,0 EHT 115-1,0 CERAMIC SGP STEEL EHT 115-1,6 CERAMIC SGP STEEL EHT 115-2,0 CERAMIC SGP STEEL EHT 125-1,0 CERAMIC SGP STEEL EHT 125-1,6 CERAMIC SGP STEEL EHT 125-2,0 CERAMIC SGP STEEL EHT 150-1,6 CERAMIC SGP STEEL EHT 180-1,6 CERAMIC SGP STEEL EHT 180-2,5 CERAMIC SGP STEEL EHT 230-1,9 CERAMIC SGP STEEL EHT 230-2,5 CERAMIC SGP STEEL Depressed-centre type EH (shape 42) 115 1.6 104002 125 1.6 104019 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 25 25 EH 115-1,6 CERAMIC SGP STEEL EH 125-1,6 CERAMIC SGP STEEL 6 Catalogue Page 6 21

Cut-off wheels Special Line SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ SGP STEELOX ★ ★ ★ ★ Cut-off wheel for steel and stainless steel (INOX) with high cutting performance and an excellent tool life. Specially optimised for use on thin sheets and profiles. Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX) Applications: cutting of thin sheet metal and profiles, cutting out holes Abrasive: High-performance aluminium oxide A PFERDVALUE: Thin cut-off wheels: Advantages: ■■Excellent tool life on thin sheet metal and profiles thanks to wear-resistant bond system. ■■Universally suitable for steel and stainless steel (INOX). ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. D [mm] T [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Flat type EHT (shape 41) 105 0.8 1.0 115 0.8 1.0 1.6 2.2 125 0.8 1.0 1.6 2.2 150 1.6 2.5 180 1.6 230 1.9 2.3 2.8 953464 953471 835357 538074 538081 281956 835364 538098 538104 281970 953488 953495 357873 522776 522783 282014 16.0 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 14,500 14,500 13,300 13,300 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 12,200 12,200 10,200 10,200 8,500 6,600 6,600 6,600                   Description 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 EHT 105-0,8 SGP STEELOX/16,0 EHT 105-1,0 SGP STEELOX/16,0 EHT 115-0,8 SGP STEELOX EHT 115-1,0 SGP STEELOX EHT 115-1,6 SGP STEELOX EHT 115-2,2 SGP STEELOX EHT 125-0,8 SGP STEELOX EHT 125-1,0 SGP STEELOX EHT 125-1,6 SGP STEELOX EHT 125-2,2 SGP STEELOX EHT 150-1,6 SGP STEELOX EHT 150-2,5 SGP STEELOX EHT 180-1,6 SGP STEELOX EHT 230-1,9 SGP STEELOX EHT 230-2,3 SGP STEELOX EHT 230-2,8 SGP STEELOX Clamping flanges Clamping flange set for thin 180/230 mm cut-off wheels Clamping flange set for increasing lateral stability and precise guidance, especially when using cut-off wheels from 1.6 to 2.0 mm in width with diameters of 180 and 230 mm. The set can be used with any standard angle grinder with an M14 or 5/8”-11 drive spindle. For angle grinders with spindle EAN 4007220 D [mm] M14 5/8”-11 595275 895856 76 76 Page Catalogue 22 6 Description 1 1 SFS 76 M14 SFS 76 5/8”-11

Cut-off wheels Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ Foundry cut-off wheels For heavy-duty use in foundries and fettling shops, PFERD offers particularly robust cut-off wheels that guarantee the highest degree of safety and achieve top performance, even under these conditions. They are optimized for use on compressed-air turbine and high-frequency angle grinders. PFERD offers you individual advice regarding all aspects of machining in foundries and fettling shops. The experienced sales representatives and technical advisers will be happy to assist you. Please contact us for further details. SG CAST + STEEL ★ ★ ★ Cut-off wheel optimised for use in harsh conditions in foundries and fettling shops with high cutting performance, long tool life and high lateral stability. Advantages: ■■The reinforced fabric armouring for tough foundry applications guarantees the highest degree of safety. ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■High economic efficiency due to long tool life. D [mm] Materials that can be worked: cast iron, cast steel Applications: cutting Abrasive: Special aluminium oxide A T/U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Description Flat type EHT (shape 41) 230 3.2 952542 22.23 6,600 25 EHT 230-3,2 SG CAST+STEEL Depressed-centre type EH (shape 42) 230 3.2 952535 22.23 6,600 25 EH 230-3,2 SG CAST+STEEL 6 SG CAST + INOX ★ ★ ★ Cut-off wheel optimised for use in harsh conditions in foundries and fettling shops with high cutting performance, long tool life and high lateral stability. Advantages: ■■The reinforced fabric armouring for tough foundry applications guarantees the highest degree of safety. ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■High economic efficiency due to long tool life. D [mm] Materials that can be worked: cast iron, stainless steel (INOX), cast steel Applications: cutting Abrasive: Special aluminium oxide A T/U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Description Flat type EHT (shape 41) 230 2.9 522899 22.23 6,600 25 EHT 230-2,9 SG CAST+INOX Depressed-centre type EH (shape 42) 230 2.9 522905 22.23 6,600 25 EH 230-2,9 SG CAST+INOX Catalogue Page 6 23

Cut-off wheels Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ SG CAST + ALU ★ ★ ★ Cut-off wheel optimised for use in harsh conditions in foundries and fettling shops with high cutting performance, long tool life and high lateral stability. Advantages: ■■The reinforced fabric armouring for tough foundry applications guarantees the highest degree of safety. ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■High economic efficiency due to long tool life. D [mm] Materials that can be worked: grey/nodular cast iron (GG/GJL, GGG/GJS), hard aluminium alloys Applications: cutting Abrasive: Special aluminium oxide A and silicon carbide C T/U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Description Flat type EHT (shape 41) 230 3.2 522912 22.23 6,600 25 EHT 230-3,2 SG CAST+ALU Depressed-centre type EH (shape 42) 230 3.2 522929 22.23 6,600 25 EH 230-3,2 SG CAST+ALU ZIRKON SG CAST ★ ★ ★ Cut-off wheel optimised for use in foundries and fettling shops with high cutting performance, very long tool life and high lateral stability. Advantages: ■■The reinforced fabric armouring for tough foundry applications guarantees the highest degree of safety. ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■Maximum economic efficiency due to very long tool life. D [mm] Materials that can be worked: grey/nodular cast iron (GG/GJL, GGG/GJS) Applications: cutting Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z and silicon carbide C T/U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Flat type EHT (shape 41) 230 3.2 094983 22.23 6,600 25 EHT 230-3,2 ZIRKON SG CAST Depressed-centre type EH (shape 42) 230 3.2 340875 22.23 6,600 25 EH 230-3,2 ZIRKON SG CAST Page Catalogue 24 6 Description

Cut-off wheels Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ DUODISC for foundries and fettling shops The DUODISC combination wheel is the solution for safe cutting and grinding with just one tool. It meets all the requirements of EN 12413 for cutting and grinding wheels. Advantages: ■ Safe, standard-compliant solution for cutting and face grinding with just one tool. ■ Time savings due to fewer wheel changes. ■ Unlike cut-off wheels, can also be used with protective cover open. + SG DUODISC CAST combination wheel ★ ★ ★ The DUODISC combination wheel is the solution for safe cutting and grinding in harsh conditions in foundries and fettling shops using just one tool. It meets all the requirements of EN 12413 for cutting and grinding wheels. Materials that can be worked: grey/nodular cast iron (GG/GJL, GGG/GJS) Applications: cutting, surface grinding, deburring PFERDVALUE:    Abrasive: Special aluminium oxide A and silicon carbide C D [mm] U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 230 3.8 105085 22.23 6,600 6 Description 10 E 230-3,8 SG DUO CAST ZIRKON SG DUODISC CAST combination wheel ★ ★ ★ The DUODISC combination wheel is the solution for safe cutting and grinding in harsh conditions in foundries and fettling shops using just one tool. It meets all the requirements of EN 12413 for cutting and grinding wheels. Materials that can be worked: grey/nodular cast iron (GG/GJL, GGG/GJS) Applications: cutting, surface grinding, deburring PFERDVALUE:    Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z and silicon carbide C D [mm] U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 230 3.8 105092 22.23 6,600 Description 10 E 230-3,8 ZIRKON SG DUO CAST Catalogue Page 6 25

Cut-off wheels for straight grinders Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ SG STEELOX ★ ★ ★ Universal cut-off wheel for use on straight grinders with a high cutting performance and very long tool life. Advantages: ■■Ideal for hard-to-reach areas. ■■Universal cut-off wheel for many different materials. ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■Maximum economic efficiency due to very long tool life. Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX), nickel-based alloys (e.g. Inconel and Hastelloy), cast iron, aluminium, other non-ferrous metals Applications: cutting of sheet metal, profiles and solid material, cutting out holes Abrasive: High-performance aluminium oxide A Safety notes: ■■Observe the maximum rotational speed for the cut-off wheel and arbor – the lower speed takes precedence. ■■When using cut-off wheels with diameter up from 50 mm on compressed-air straight grinders, a protective guard must be used (ISO 11148-7). ■■ When using cut-off wheels with diameter up from 55 mm on electric straight grinders, a protective guard must be used (EN 60745-2-3). PFERDVALUE: Thin cut-off wheels:                Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] EAN 4007220 Max. RPM Flat type EHT (shape 41) 30 1.0 1.4 40 1.0 2.0 50 0.8 1.0 1.4 2.0 3.0 65 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.4 2.0 3.0 70 1.0 1.4 2.0 3.0 76 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.4 2.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 10.0 6.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 6.0 10.0 6.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 165621 165638 165645 165652 849156 165669 165676 165683 165690 849187 849194 165706 165713 165720 165737 165744 165751 165768 165775 165782 849217 849200 165812 165829 165836 165843 165850 51,000 51,000 38,200 38,200 30,600 30,600 30,600 30,600 30,600 23,500 23,500 23,500 23,500 23,500 23,500 23,500 21,800 21,800 21,800 21,800 20,100 20,100 20,100 20,100 20,100 20,100 20,100 Page Catalogue 26 6 Description 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 EHT 30-1,0 SG STEELOX/6,0 EHT 30-1,4 SG STEELOX/6,0 EHT 40-1,0 SG STEELOX/6,0 EHT 40-2,0 SG STEELOX/6,0 EHT 50-0,8 SG STEELOX/6,0 EHT 50-1,0 SG STEELOX/6,0 EHT 50-1,4 SG STEELOX/6,0 EHT 50-2,0 SG STEELOX/6,0 EHT 50-3,0 SG STEELOX/6,0 EHT 65-0,8 SG STEELOX/6,0 EHT 65-0,8 SG STEELOX/10,0 EHT 65-1,0 SG STEELOX/6,0 EHT 65-1,0 SG STEELOX/10,0 EHT 65-1,4 SG STEELOX/10,0 EHT 65-2,0 SG STEELOX/10,0 EHT 65-3,0 SG STEELOX/10,0 EHT 70-1,0 SG STEELOX/10,0 EHT 70-1,4 SG STEELOX/10,0 EHT 70-2,0 SG STEELOX/10,0 EHT 70-3,0 SG STEELOX/10,0 EHT 76-0,8 SG STEELOX/6,0 EHT 76-0,8 SG STEELOX/10,0 EHT 76-1,0 SG STEELOX/6,0 EHT 76-1,0 SG STEELOX/10,0 EHT 76-1,4 SG STEELOX/10,0 EHT 76-2,0 SG STEELOX/10,0 EHT 76-3,0 SG STEELOX/10,0   

Cut-off wheels for straight grinders Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ Arbors for small cut-off wheels Accessory for mounting small cut-off wheels on straight grinders. Stable arrangement with very high shank breakage resistance. Cut-off wheel diameter [mm] Max. RPM 30 40 50 65 70 76 31,800 23,900 19,100 14,700 13,600 12,500 Safety notes: ■■Observe the maximum rotational speed for the cut-off wheel and arbor – the lower speed takes precedence (see table). S [mm] Suitable for cut-off wheels with centre hole [mm] Tmax. [mm] EAN 4007220 6 6 10 6 10 10 0–4 0–4 0–4 0–4 0–4 219119 219140 219126 219133 219157 6.35 (1/4”) 8 Tmax. S Description 1 1 1 1 1 BO 6/6 0-4 BO 6/10 0-4 BO 6,35/6 0-4 (1/4) BO 6,35/10 0-4 (1/4) BO 8/10 0-4 6 Catalogue Page 6 27

Cut-off wheels for petrol cutters and cut-off grinders Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ SG STEEL ★ ★ ★ Cut-off wheel for use on petrol cutters and cut-off grinders with a high cutting performance and very long tool life. D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] Advantages: ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■Maximum economic efficiency due to very long tool life. Applications: cutting Materials that can be worked: steel, cast iron Safety notes: ■■Observe the maximum operating speed of the petrol cutter/cut-off grinder to select the suitable cut-off wheel (80 or 100 m/s). EAN 4007220 Maximum operating speed 80 m/s, flat type EHT (shape 41) 300 4.0 20.0 162460 22.23 162477 25.4 162484 Maximum operating speed 100 m/s, flat type EHT (shape 41) 300 4.0 20.0 540008 22.23 540015 25.4 540022 350 4.5 20.0 540039 22.23 540046 25.4 540053 400 4.8 20.0 953433 22.23 540060 25.4 540077 Page Catalogue 28 6 Max. RPM Abrasive: Special aluminium oxide A Description 5,100 5,100 5,100 20 20 20 80 EHT 300-4,0 SG STEEL/20,0 80 EHT 300-4,0 SG STEEL/22,23 80 EHT 300-4,0 SG STEEL/25,4 6,400 6,400 6,400 5,500 5,500 5,500 4,800 4,800 4,800 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 100 EHT 300-4,0 SG STEEL/20,0 100 EHT 300-4,0 SG STEEL/22,23 100 EHT 300-4,0 SG STEEL/25,4 100 EHT 350-4,5 SG STEEL/20,0 100 EHT 350-4,5 SG STEEL/22,23 100 EHT 350-4,5 SG STEEL/25,4 100 EHT 400-4,8 SG STEEL/20,0 100 EHT 400-4,8 SG STEEL/22,23 100 EHT 400-4,8 SG STEEL/25,4

Cut-off wheels for petrol cutters and cut-off grinders Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ SG STONE ★ ★ ★ Cut-off wheel for use on petrol cutters and cut-off grinders with a high cutting performance and very long tool life. Advantages: ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■Maximum economic efficiency due to very long tool life. Materials that can be worked: stone, cast iron, aluminium, other non-ferrous metals, concrete, asphalt Applications: cutting Abrasive: Silicon carbide C Safety notes: ■■Observe the maximum operating speed of the petrol cutter/cut-off grinder to select the suitable cut-off wheel (80 or 100 m/s). D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] EAN 4007220 Maximum operating speed 80 m/s, flat type EHT (shape 41) 300 4.0 20.0 163177 22.23 163184 25.4 163191 Maximum operating speed 100 m/s, flat type EHT (shape 41) 350 4.5 20.0 540145 22.23 540152 25.4 540169 Max. RPM Description 5,100 5,100 5,100 20 20 20 80 EHT 300-4,0 SG STONE/20,0 80 EHT 300-4,0 SG STONE/22,23 80 EHT 300-4,0 SG STONE/25,4 5,500 5,500 5,500 10 10 10 100 EHT 350-4,5 SG STONE/20,0 100 EHT 350-4,5 SG STONE/22,23 100 EHT 350-4,5 SG STONE/25,4 6 SG CAST + STONE ★ ★ ★ Cut-off wheel for use on petrol cutters and cut-off grinders with a high cutting performance and very long tool life. Advantages: ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■Maximum economic efficiency due to very long tool life. Applications: cutting Abrasive: Special aluminium oxide A and silicon carbide C Materials that can be worked: cast iron, reinforced concrete, ductile cast iron D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] EAN 4007220 Max. RPM Maximum operating speed 100 m/s, flat type EHT (shape 41) 300 4.0 20.0 540084 22.23 540091 25.4 540107 350 4.5 20.0 540114 22.23 540121 25.4 540138 6,400 6,400 6,400 5,500 5,500 5,500 Description 20 20 20 10 10 10 100 EHT 300-4,0 SG CAST+STONE/20,0 100 EHT 300-4,0 SG CAST+STONE/22,23 100 EHT 300-4,0 SG CAST+STONE/25,4 100 EHT 350-4,5 SG CAST+STONE/20,0 100 EHT 350-4,5 SG CAST+STONE/22,23 100 EHT 350-4,5 SG CAST+STONE/25,4 Catalogue Page 6 29

POLIFAN flap discs Page Catalogue 30 6

POLIFAN flap discs The fast way to the best tool Product group selection Application Product line ■ Surface grinding ■ Work on weld seams Steel (STEEL) Universal Line PSF ★★ Performance Line SG ★★★ Z PSF STEELOX Page 33 A PSF STEELOX Page 33 Z SG POWER STEELOX Page 35 A SG STEELOX Page 34 Special Line SGP ★★★★ ■ Chamfering ■ Deburring Universal Line PSF ★★ Performance Line SG ★★★ Aluminium (ALU) Z PSF STEELOX Page 33 CO-FREEZE SG INOX Page 37 A-COOL SG INOX + ALU Page 34 Z SGP STRONG STEEL Page 38 CO-FREEZE SGP STRONG INOX Page 39 Z PSF STEELOX Page 33 Z PSF STEELOX Page 33 Z SG POWER STEELOX Page 35 Special Line SGP ★★★★ ■ Work on fillet welds Stainless steel (INOX) CO-COOL SG STEELOX Page 36 A-COOL SG INOX + ALU Page 34 A-COOL SG INOX + ALU Page 34 Z SG POWER STEELOX Page 35 6 Z SGP STRONG STEEL Page 38 Special Line SGP ★★★★ Z SGP CURVE STEELOX Page 40 CO SGP CURVE STEELOX Page 41 A SGP CURVE ALU Page 41 Abrasive: A = aluminium oxide, Z = zirconia alumina, CO = ceramic oxide grain Coatings: COOL = Active grinding coating for cool grinding, FREEZE = Active grinding coating for ultra-cool grinding Grit size selection Shape selection Grit size 36/40 50/60 80 120 Shape Application Flat type PFF Larger grinding area for surface grinding. Optimum exploitation of the abrasive flaps at a contact angle of 0–15°. Narrower grinding area for work on weld seams, chamfering and deburring. Optimum exploitation of the abrasive flaps at a contact angle of 10-25°. Specialist for work on fillet welds. After the circumference has worn down, it can still be used as a conventional flap disc. Application Work on weld seams Chamfering Deburring Surface grinding for refining the surface Note: With POLIFAN flap discs, grit that is one grade coarser can be selected in order to achieve the same surface as with fibre discs. Conical type PFC Radial type PFR (CURVE) Catalogue Page 6 31

POLIFAN flap discs Highlights from the PFERD range POLIFAN-POWER For discerning users, the high-performance POLIFAN Z SG POWER flap disc is the first choice worldwide for the machining of steel. The versatile POLIFAN flap disc offers an optimal combination of an outstanding tool life and an extremely high stock removal rate. Advantages: ■ Fast work progress and maximum efficiency thanks to the aggressive stock removal rate. ■ Maximum aggressiveness over the entire tool life. ■ Fewer tool changes due to the outstanding tool life. For more information please see page 35. POLIFAN-STRONG Users who rely on top performance choose the innovative POLIFAN STRONG flap disc. It noticeably surpasses conventional flap discs and redefines the highest levels of efficiency. Thanks to its patented and unique design, it achieves an unsurpassed stock removal rate. It also has an astonishingly longer tool life than conventional flap discs. Advantages: ■ Fast grinding through constant grinding aggressiveness down to the last abrasive grit. ■ Ultimate economic efficiency thanks to maximum stock removal per time unit and less wear on discs. ■ Extremely long tool life. For more information please see page 38–39. POLIFAN-CURVE The patented flap disc POLIFAN-CURVE has been specially developed for work on fillet welds. It is the only flap disc in the world that has flaps on both the grinding side and on the rear side, as well as on the radius. Advantages: ■ High stock removal rate ensures fast work progress and therefore significant wage cost savings. ■ Precise and optimum grinding of the fillet weld geometry. ■ Outstanding tool life when working on fillet welds. For more information please see page 40–41. Page Catalogue 32 6

POLIFAN flap discs Universal Line PSF ★ ★ A PSF STEELOX ★ ★ POLIFAN flap disc with high stock removal rate and long tool life. Advantages: ■■Fast work progress and high economic efficiency thanks to the high stock removal rate. ■■Long tool life. ■■Also ideal for cordless angle grinders. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A PFERDVALUE: Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX)                   Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing D [mm] 40 Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 120 H [mm] Max. RPM Description Flat type PFF 115 512388 125 512425 180 512463 512395 512432 - 512401 512449 - 512418 512456 - 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 8,500 10 10 10 PFF 115 A ... PSF STEELOX PFF 125 A ... PSF STEELOX PFF 180 A ... PSF STEELOX Conical type PFC 115 444559 125 444603 180 444689 444566 444610 444696 444573 444627 - 444580 444634 - 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 8,500 10 10 10 PFC 115 A ... PSF STEELOX PFC 125 A ... PSF STEELOX PFC 180 A ... PSF STEELOX Z PSF STEELOX ★ ★ POLIFAN flap disc with aggressive stock removal rate and long tool life. Advantages: ■■Fast work progress and high economic efficiency thanks to the aggressive stock removal rate. ■■Long tool life. ■■Also suitable for low-power angle grinders. Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z 6 PFERDVALUE: Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX)                   Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, chamfering, deburring D [mm] 40 Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 120 H [mm] Max. RPM Description Flat type PFF 100 750117 115 096772 125 096796 180 096833 750124 096789 512524 512555 750131 512500 512531 - - 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 13,300 12,200 8,500 10 10 10 10 PFF 100 Z ... PSF STEELOX/16,0 PFF 115 Z ... PSF STEELOX PFF 125 Z ... PSF STEELOX PFF 180 Z ... PSF STEELOX Conical type PFC 100 953273 115 096307 125 096437 150 805923 180 096710 953280 096383 096499 805930 096765 953297 096390 096635 934227 953303 934203 934210 934234 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 13,300 12,200 10,200 8,500 10 10 10 10 10 PFC 100 Z ... PSF STEELOX/16,0 PFC 115 Z ... PSF STEELOX PFC 125 Z ... PSF STEELOX PFC 150 Z ... PSF STEELOX PFC 180 Z ... PSF STEELOX Catalogue Page 6 33

POLIFAN flap discs Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ A SG STEELOX ★ ★ ★ POLIFAN flap disc with high stock removal rate and very long tool life. Advantages: ■■Fast work progress and high economic efficiency thanks to the high stock removal rate. ■■Fewer tool changes due to the very long tool life. Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX) Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A PFERDVALUE:                   Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing D [mm] Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220 40 120 H [mm] Max. RPM Description Flat type PFF 100 262719 115 167496 125 167502 180 167519 262733 167526 167533 167540 262740 167557 167564 167571 262757 167588 167595 167601 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 13,300 12,200 8,500 10 10 10 10 PFF 100 A ... SG STEELOX/16,0 PFF 115 A ... SG STEELOX PFF 125 A ... SG STEELOX PFF 180 A ... SG STEELOX Conical type PFC 115 167809 125 167816 180 167823 167830 167847 167854 167861 167878 167885 167892 167908 167915 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 8,500 10 10 10 PFC 115 A ... SG STEELOX PFC 125 A ... SG STEELOX PFC 180 A ... SG STEELOX A-COOL SG INOX + ALU ★ ★ ★ POLIFAN flap disc with particularly cool grinding on materials with poor thermal conduction such as stainless steel (INOX) and aluminium. Advantages: ■■Less heat build-up in the workpiece compared with other flap discs. ■■The active grinding abrasive coating prevents clogging, for example on soft aluminium. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A with active grinding, cooling coating (COOL) Materials that can be worked: stainless steel (INOX), aluminium, other nonferrous metals PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■Use only grit sizes 40 and 60 for aluminium. Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, chamfering, deburring D [mm]                   40 Grit size 60 EAN 4007220 80 H [mm] Max. RPM 262764 222737 232910 222768 262771 222744 232934 232989 262788 222751 232958 233009 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 13,300 12,200 8,500 10 10 10 10 PFF 100 A-COOL ... SG INOX+ALU/16,0 PFF 115 A-COOL ... SG INOX+ALU PFF 125 A-COOL ... SG INOX+ALU PFF 180 A-COOL ... SG INOX+ALU Conical type PFC 115 232880 125 232927 180 232972 232897 232941 232996 232903 232965 233016 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 8,500 10 10 10 PFC 115 A-COOL ... SG INOX+ALU PFC 125 A-COOL ... SG INOX+ALU PFC 180 A-COOL ... SG INOX+ALU Flat type PFF 100 115 125 180 Page Catalogue 34 6 Description

POLIFAN flap discs Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ Z SG POWER STEELOX ★ ★ ★ The flap disc POLIFAN Z SG POWER stands out due to its aggressive stock removal rate and excellent tool life while achieving the highest level of efficiency. It is the best conventional flap disc for steel. Advantages: ■■Fast work progress and maximum economic efficiency thanks to the aggressive stock removal rate. ■■Maximum aggressiveness over the entire tool life. ■■Fewer tool changes due to the excellent tool life. Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z Recommendations for use: ■■Also suitable for surface grinding on steel. PFERDVALUE: Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX) Applications: weld dressing, chamfering, deburring D [mm] 40 Grit size 60 80 EAN 4007220                   120 H [mm] Max. RPM Description Flat type PFF 115 167618 125 167625 180 167632 167649 167656 167663 - - 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 8,500 10 10 10 PFF 115 Z ... SG POWER STEELOX PFF 125 Z ... SG POWER STEELOX PFF 180 Z ... SG POWER STEELOX Conical type PFC 115 167922 125 167939 150 030363 180 167946 167953 167960 030394 167977 934241 934265 - 934258 934272 - 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 10,200 8,500 10 10 10 10 PFC 115 Z ... SG POWER STEELOX PFC 125 Z ... SG POWER STEELOX PFC 150 Z ... SG POWER STEELOX PFC 180 Z ... SG POWER STEELOX 6 Catalogue Page 6 35

POLIFAN flap discs Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ CO-COOL SG STEELOX ★ ★ ★ POLIFAN flap disc with particularly cool grinding for materials that are difficult to machine such as high-alloy and rust-resistant steel, nickel-based alloys or titanium alloys. Advantages: ■■The self-sharpening action of the ceramic oxide grain guarantees optimal results, even on materials that are difficult to machine. ■■Less heat build-up in the workpiece compared with other flap discs. Materials that can be worked: steel, mill scale, stainless steel (INOX), nickelbased alloys (e.g. Inconel and Hastelloy), hard aluminium alloys D [mm] Grit size 40 60 H [mm] Max. RPM Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, chamfering, deburring Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO with active grinding, cooling coating (COOL) PFERDVALUE:                Description EAN 4007220 Flat type PFF 115 125 180 725436 725450 725474 793145 793152 - 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 8,500 10 10 10 PFF 115 CO-COOL ... SG STEELOX PFF 125 CO-COOL ... SG STEELOX PFF 180 CO-COOL ... SG STEELOX Conical type PFC 115 125 180 725443 725467 725481 793169 793176 - 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 8,500 10 10 10 PFC 115 CO-COOL ... SG STEELOX PFC 125 CO-COOL ... SG STEELOX PFC 180 CO-COOL ... SG STEELOX You can find POLIVLIES flap discs for fine grinding in catalogue section 4 “Fine grinding and polishing tools”. Page Catalogue 36 6   

POLIFAN flap discs Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ CO-FREEZE SG INOX ★ ★ ★ POLIFAN flap disc specifically developed for stainless steel (INOX) with ultra-cool grinding. Due to the ceramic oxide grain CO with active grinding and cooling special coating (FREEZE), there is no heat discolouration (even in thermally unfavourable conditions), so no reworking is required. Materials that can be worked: stainless steel (INOX), nickel-based alloys (e.g. Inconel and Hastelloy) Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO with active grinding, cooling special coating (FREEZE) Advantages: ■■The FREEZE coating significantly reduces heat build-up in the workpiece compared with standard flap discs. ■■Fast work progress and high economic efficiency thanks to the aggressive stock removal rate. ■■Maximum aggressiveness over the entire tool life. ■■Fewer tool changes due to the excellent tool life. ■■The usual flying sparks are minimized. Damage to stainless steel workpieces from flying glowing sparks is therefore almost entirely ruled out. D [mm] Recommendations for use: ■■Even during the first use of the POLIFAN CO-FREEZE SG INOX, the flaps exhibit an exceptional wear pattern after just a few seconds. The highly effective fillers form a shiny cooling film on the flaps (no “vitrification”). This provides the basis for ultra-cool grinding. PFERDVALUE:                   36 Grit size 50 EAN 4007220 80 H [mm] Max. RPM 104040 104071 104057 104088 104064 104095 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 10 10 PFF 115 CO-FREEZE ... SG INOX PFF 125 CO-FREEZE ... SG INOX Conical type PFC 115 104101 125 104132 180 104163 104118 104149 104170 104125 104156 - 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 8,500 10 10 10 PFC 115 CO-FREEZE ... SG INOX PFC 125 CO-FREEZE ... SG INOX PFC 180 CO-FREEZE ... SG INOX Flat type PFF 115 125 CO-FREEZE SG INOX flap disc Typical wear pattern with the characteristic shiny cooling film (no "vitrification"). Description 6 Flap disc with conventional abrasive belt Optimum results: no blue discolouration thanks to low thermal load. Heat discolouration/oxidation due to high heat build-up. Subsequent fine grinding is required, otherwise there is a high risk of corrosion. Catalogue Page 6 37

POLIFAN flap discs Special Line SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ POLIFAN-STRONG STEEL The innovative POLIFAN-STRONG flap disc is a unique tool with a particularly high performance level. Due to its patented design, it offers significantly higher efficiency compared to conventional flap discs. Advantages: ■ Fast grinding through constant grinding aggressiveness down to the last abrasive grit. ■ Ultimate economic efficiency thanks to maximum stock removal per time unit and less wear on discs. ■ Extremely long tool life. Long, compactly arranged flaps Z SGP STRONG STEEL ★ ★ ★ ★ Materials that can be worked: steel PFERDVALUE: Applications: weld dressing, chamfering, deburring             Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z             Recommendations for use: ■■Grit size 36 is ideal for a high stock removal rate, e.g. during work on weld seams. ■■Grit size 50 is ideal for work on edges, e.g. chamfering or for producing a fine finish. D [mm] Grit size 50 H [mm] Max. RPM 777879 777893 827482 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 8,500 36 Description EAN 4007220 Conical type PFC 115 125 180 Page Catalogue 38 6 777862 777886 827468 10 10 10 PFC 115 Z ... SGP STRONG STEEL PFC 125 Z ... SGP STRONG STEEL PFC 180 Z ... SGP STRONG STEEL

POLIFAN flap discs Special Line SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ POLIFAN-STRONG INOX Special POLIFAN flap disc combining the patented STRONG design and its long, compact flaps with an innovative abrasive. Due to the ceramic oxide grain CO with active grinding and cooling special coating (FREEZE), there is no heat discolouration (even in thermally unfavourable conditions), so no reworking is required. Advantages: Special features: ■ The self-sharpening action of the ceramic oxide grain, together with the active grinding FREEZE special coating, enables ultra-cool grinding and minimizes heat build-up on materials which do not conduct heat well, such as stainless steel (INOX). ■ The usual flying sparks are minimized. Damage to stainless steel workpieces from flying glowing sparks is therefore almost entirely ruled out. Even during the first use of the POLIFANSTRONG INOX, the flaps exhibit an exceptional wear pattern after just a few seconds. The highly effective fillers form a shiny cooling film on the flaps (no "vitrification"). This provides the basis for ultra-cool grinding. POLIFAN-STRONG INOX flap disc Typical wear pattern with the characteristic shiny cooling film (no "vitrification"). Conventional flap disc Optimum results: no blue discolouration thanks to low thermal load. Heat discolouration/oxidation due to high heat build-up. Subsequent fine grinding is required, otherwise there is a high risk of corrosion. 6 CO-FREEZE SGP STRONG INOX ★ ★ ★ ★ Materials that can be worked: stainless steel (INOX), nickel-based alloys (e.g. Inconel and Hastelloy), cobalt-based alloys Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO with active grinding, cooling special coating (FREEZE) D [mm] Grit size Recommendations for use: ■■Grit size 36 is ideal for a high stock removal rate, e.g. during work on weld seams. ■■Grit size 50 is ideal for producing a fine finish. PFERDVALUE:                         50 H [mm] Max. RPM 835302 835326 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 36 Description EAN 4007220 Conical type PFC 115 125 835296 835319 10 10 PFC 115 CO-FREEZE ... SGP STRONG INOX PFC 125 CO-FREEZE ... SGP STRONG INOX Catalogue Page 6 39

POLIFAN flap discs Special Line SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ POLIFAN-CURVE The patented flap disc POLIFAN-CURVE has been specially developed for work on fillet welds. It is the only flap disc in the world that has flaps on both the grinding side and on the rear side, as well as on the radius. Advantages: Recommendations for use: ■ High stock removal rate ensures fast work progress and therefore significant wage cost savings. ■ Outstanding tool life when working on fillet welds. ■ Precise and optimum grinding of the fillet weld geometry. ■ Type M: For fillet weld radii > 5 mm or throat thickness ≤ 6 mm with 90° joint, width at the radius: 11 mm or 14 mm with diameter 150 mm. ■ Type L: For fillet weld radii > 8 mm or throat thickness > 6 mm with 90° joint, width at the radius: 14 mm or 16 mm with diameter 150/180 mm. a Optimum working result Throat thickness 'a' Z SGP CURVE STEELOX ★ ★ ★ ★ High-performance flap disc for maximum stock removal on steel and stainless steel (INOX). Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX) PFERDVALUE: Applications: work on fillet welds, weld dressing, chamfering, deburring Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z D [mm] Fillet weld radius Radial type PFR 115 > 5 mm > 8 mm 125 > 5 mm > 8 mm 150 > 5 mm > 8 mm 180 > 8 mm Page Catalogue 40 6 Grit size Width H [mm] Max. RPM M (11 mm) L (14 mm) M (11 mm) L (14 mm) M (14 mm) L (16 mm) L (16 mm) 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 10,200 10,200 8,500 40 EAN 4007220 821671 821695 790151 790175 844939 844946 881248                   Description 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 PFR 115-M Z 40 SGP CURVE STEELOX PFR 115-L Z 40 SGP CURVE STEELOX PFR 125-M Z 40 SGP CURVE STEELOX PFR 125-L Z 40 SGP CURVE STEELOX PFR 150-M Z 40 SGP CURVE STEELOX PFR 150-L Z 40 SGP CURVE STEELOX PFR 180-L Z 40 SGP CURVE STEELOX

POLIFAN flap discs Special Line SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ CO SGP CURVE STEELOX ★ ★ ★ ★ High-performance flap disc for achieving fine finishes on steel and stainless steel (INOX). Materials that can be worked: stainless steel (INOX), steel PFERDVALUE: Applications: work on fillet welds, weld dressing, chamfering, deburring Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO with active grinding, cooling coating D [mm] Fillet weld radius Radial type PFR 115 > 5 mm > 8 mm 125 > 5 mm > 8 mm Grit size                Width H [mm] Max. RPM M (11 mm) L (14 mm) M (11 mm) L (14 mm) 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 60 EAN 4007220 827444 827451 790168 790182    Description 10 10 10 10 PFR 115-M CO 60 SGP CURVE STEELOX PFR 115-L CO 60 SGP CURVE STEELOX PFR 125-M CO 60 SGP CURVE STEELOX PFR 125-L CO 60 SGP CURVE STEELOX A SGP CURVE ALU ★ ★ ★ ★ Special flap disc for work on fillet welds on aluminium. Materials that can be worked: aluminium, other non-ferrous metals PFERDVALUE: Applications: work on fillet welds, weld dressing, chamfering, deburring Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A with active grinding, cooling coating D [mm] Fillet weld radius Radial type PFR 115 > 8 mm 125 > 8 mm Grit size                Width H [mm] Max. RPM L (14 mm) L (14 mm) 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 40 EAN 4007220 851968 851975    6 Description 10 10 PFR 115-L A 40 SGP CURVE ALU PFR 125-L A 40 SGP CURVE ALU Catalogue Page 6 41

CC-GRIND grinding discs Page Catalogue 42 6

CC-GRIND grinding discs The fast way to the best tool CC-GRIND-SOLID With the CC-GRIND-SOLID, PFERD offers a modern, high-performance and ergonomic alternative to conventional grinding wheels. + 100 % CC-GRIND-SOLID SGP STEEL CC-GRIND-SOLID SG STEEL + 100 % Grinding wheel For more information please see page 45 (SG ★ ★ ★ ) and 49 (SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ ). Stock removal per min. Advantages: ■ The fastest work progress due to highly aggressive abrasive. ■ Significantly more ergonomic than a conventional grinding wheel: noise and vibrations are reduced by 50 %, dust by 80 %. ■ Layered structure of the glass fibre backing pad guarantees use that is just as durable and safe as with a conventional grinding wheel. ■ Clearly superior surface compared to conventional grinding wheels. CC-GRIND-FLEX The CC-GRIND-FLEX is the semi-flexible addition to the CC-GRIND-SOLID. It was specially developed for work on weld seams. Butt welds can be smoothed completely flat. This gets rid of any dents and bumps that are visible, particularly after painting or varnishing. Advantages: ■ The fastest work progress due to highly aggressive abrasive. ■ Significantly more ergonomic than a conventional grinding wheel: noise and vibrations are reduced by 50 %, dust by 80 %. ■ Layered structure of the glass fibre backing pad guarantees use that is just as durable and safe as with a conventional grinding wheel. ■ Complete smoothing of butt welds – without dents or bumps. ■ Clearly superior surface compared to conventional grinding wheels. For more information please see page 46 (SG ★ ★ ★ 6 ) and 50 (SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ ). CC-GRIND-STRONG The CC-GRIND-STRONG is the stepping stone between the classic conventional grinding wheel (the backing pad also grinds) and the modern alternative CC-GRIND-SOLID (fast, ergonomic grinding). Advantages: ■ Three times the tool life compared to CC-GRIND-SOLID SG STEEL due to backing pad that also grinds and three abrasive layers that can be worked through one by one. ■ The fastest work progress due to highly aggressive abrasive. ■ Significantly more ergonomic than a conventional grinding wheel: noise and vibrations are reduced by 50 %, dust by 70 %. ■ Clearly superior surface compared to conventional grinding wheels. For more information please see page 47. Catalogue Page 6 43

CC-GRIND grinding discs The fast way to the best tool Product group selection Application Product line Steel (STEEL) ...-SOLID ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Surface grinding Levelling Work on weld seams Chamfering Deburring Performance Line SG ★★★ Special Line SGP ★★★★ ■ Levelling butt welds Performance Line SG ★★★ Special Line SGP ★★★★ The CC-GRIND-SOLID-DIAMOND can be found in catalogue section 5. Page Catalogue 44 6 ...-FLEX CC-GRIND-SOLID SG STEEL Page 45 CC-GRIND-SOLID SGP STEEL Page 49 Stainless steel (INOX) ...-STRONG ...-SOLID CC-GRIND-STRONG SG STEEL Page 47 CC-GRIND-SOLID SG INOX Page 45 CC-GRIND-SOLID SGP INOX Page 49 CC-GRIND-FLEX SG STEEL Page 46 CC-GRIND-FLEX SGP STEEL Page 50 The CERAMIC COMFORT grinding wheel can be found on page 56.

CC-GRIND grinding discs Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ CC-GRIND-SOLID SG STEEL ★ ★ ★ Materials that can be worked: steel Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, chamfering, deburring Recommendations for use: ■■For optimum results, use with a flat contact angle and the SFS CC-GRIND clamping flange set. ■■Only use the face of the disc, not suitable for peripheral grinding. Ordering notes: ■■Please order clamping flange set SFS separately. PFERDVALUE:                D [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 100 115 125 150 180 919682 887059 887073 952894 887080 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 13,300 12,200 10,200 8,500    Description SOLID 10 10 10 10 10 CC-GRIND-SOLID 100 SG STEEL/16,0 CC-GRIND-SOLID 115 SG STEEL CC-GRIND-SOLID 125 SG STEEL CC-GRIND-SOLID 150 SG STEEL CC-GRIND-SOLID 180 SG STEEL CC-GRIND-SOLID SG INOX ★ ★ ★ Materials that can be worked: stainless steel (INOX) Ordering notes: ■■Please order clamping flange set SFS separately. Applications: weld dressing, chamfering, deburring PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■For optimum results, use with a flat contact angle and the SFS CC-GRIND clamping flange set. ■■Only use the face of the disc, not suitable for peripheral grinding.                   6 D [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 115 125 180 900895 900901 900918 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 8,500 Description SOLID 10 10 10 CC-GRIND-SOLID 115 SG INOX CC-GRIND-SOLID 125 SG INOX CC-GRIND-SOLID 180 SG INOX CC-GRIND clamping flange set The CC-GRIND clamping flange set optimally aligns the CC-GRIND-SOLID and -FLEX in the angle grinder protective guard. This allows a very flat contact angle and thus maximum efficiency. The black backing pad is placed on the original mounting flange of the angle grinder. The silver flange nut replaces the original flange nut. Suitable for angle grinders EAN 4007220 Description 100 mm, M10 spindle 115 / 125 mm, M14 spindle 150 / 180 mm, M14 spindle 932209 887578 887585 1 1 1 SFS CC-GRIND 100 M10 SFS CC-GRIND 115/125 M14 SFS CC-GRIND 150/180 M14 115 / 125 mm, 5/8”-11 spindle 150 / 180 mm, 5/8”-11 spindle 887592 887608 1 1 SFS CC-GRIND 115/125 5/8” SFS CC-GRIND 150/180 5/8” Metric Imperial Catalogue Page 6 45

CC-GRIND grinding discs Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ CC-GRIND-FLEX SG STEEL ★ ★ ★ Materials that can be worked: steel Ordering notes: ■■Please order clamping flange set SFS separately. Applications: weld dressing, surface grinding PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■For optimum results, use with a flat contact angle and the SFS CC-GRIND clamping flange set. ■■Only use the face of the disc, not suitable for peripheral grinding. D [mm] Grit size FINE COARSE EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200                   Description FLEX 115 125 032800 032817 032824 032831 10 10 CC-GRIND-FLEX 115 ... SG STEEL CC-GRIND-FLEX 125 ... SG STEEL CC-GRIND clamping flange set The CC-GRIND clamping flange set optimally aligns the CC-GRIND-SOLID and -FLEX in the angle grinder protective guard. This allows a very flat contact angle and thus maximum efficiency. The black backing pad is placed on the original mounting flange of the angle grinder. The silver flange nut replaces the original flange nut. Suitable for angle grinders EAN 4007220 Description 115 / 125 mm, M14 spindle 887578 1 SFS CC-GRIND 115/125 M14 115 / 125 mm, 5/8”-11 spindle 887592 1 SFS CC-GRIND 115/125 5/8” Metric Imperial Page Catalogue 46 6

CC-GRIND grinding discs Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ CC-GRIND-STRONG The CC-GRIND-STRONG is the stepping stone between the classic grinding wheel (the backing pad also grinds) and the modern alternative CC-GRIND-SOLID (fast, ergonomic grinding). Advantages: ■ Three times the tool life compared to CC-GRIND-SOLID SG STEEL due to backing pad that also grinds and three abrasive layers that can be worked through one by one. ■ The fastest work progress due to highly aggressive abrasive. ■ Significantly more ergonomic than a conventional grinding wheel: noise and vibrations are reduced by 50 %, dust by 70 %. ■ Clearly superior surface compared to conventional grinding wheels. CC-GRIND-STRONG SG STEEL ★ ★ ★ Materials that can be worked: steel, scale PFERDVALUE: Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, chamfering, deburring                D [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 115 125 104477 104484 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200    6 Description STRONG 10 10 CC-GRIND-STRONG 115 SG STEEL CC-GRIND-STRONG 125 SG STEEL Catalogue Page 6 47

CC-GRIND grinding discs Special Line SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ High-performance tools with VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain VICTOGRAIN products are some of the most effective grinding tools in the world. PFERD’s triangular, precision-formed abrasive grain achieves uniquely high abrasive performance. The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain triangles are identical in shape and size and their cutting edges are applied to the workpiece at the optimum angle, meaning the grain needs very little energy to penetrate the workpiece. As such, the user benefits from an efficient machining process with ■ fast working, ■ a long tool life, ■ less heat build-up in the workpiece, and ■ a lower power output required for the tool drive. The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grain triangles are fixed to the substrate on one of their sides. This means they are securely fixed in place and, together with their slim design, offer an extremely large chip space in order to further improve machining efficiency. Conventional abrasive grit Page Catalogue 48 6 VICTOGRAIN abrasive grit + 100 % CC-GRIND-SOLID SGP STEEL CC-GRIND-SOLID SG STEEL The VICTOGRAIN products, CC-GRIND-SOLID SGP and CC-GRIND-FLEX SGP, unite the best available abrasive with innovative, state-of-the-art PFERD tool designs: ■ Providing the ultimate in aggressive performance for super-fast working. ■ Although the VICTOGRAIN tools only come with a single coating of abrasive grit, they offer an outstanding tool life which exceeds that of conventional grinding wheels and many flap discs. ■ Significantly more ergonomic than a conventional grinding wheel: noise and vibrations are reduced by 50 %, dust by 80 %. ■ The layered structure of the glass fibre backing pad guarantees that it is just as durable and safe to use as a conventional grinding wheel. ■ Clearly superior surface compared to conventional grinding wheels. + 100 % Grinding wheel By combining all these properties together, users benefit from optimal, constant performance during cool grinding and an extremely long tool life together with consistent workpiece surface roughness. Stock removal per min. The structure of the triangular VICTOGRAIN has also been specially adapted to maximize results. The very small crystals inside the triangles ensure optimal wear characteristics as sharp cutting edges are always exposed, but only the minimum amount of abrasive grain/the triangle breaks off. The VICTOGRAIN abrasive grit is optimally aligned

CC-GRIND grinding discs Special Line SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ CC-GRIND-SOLID SGP STEEL ★ ★ ★ ★ Materials that can be worked: steel Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, chamfering, deburring Recommendations for use: ■■For optimum results, use with a flat contact angle and the SFS CC-GRIND clamping flange set. ■■Only use the face of the disc, not suitable for peripheral grinding. Ordering notes: ■■Please order clamping flange set SFS separately. PFERDVALUE:                         D [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 100 115 125 150 180 104965 104972 104989 104996 105009 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 13,300 12,200 10,200 8,500 Description SOLID 10 10 10 10 10 CC-GRIND-SOLID 100 SGP STEEL/16,0 CC-GRIND-SOLID 115 SGP STEEL CC-GRIND-SOLID 125 SGP STEEL CC-GRIND-SOLID 150 SGP STEEL CC-GRIND-SOLID 180 SGP STEEL CC-GRIND-SOLID SGP INOX ★ ★ ★ ★ Materials that can be worked: stainless steel (INOX) Ordering notes: ■■Please order clamping flange set SFS separately. Applications: weld dressing, chamfering, deburring PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■For optimum results, use with a flat contact angle and the SFS CC-GRIND clamping flange set. ■■Only use the face of the disc, not suitable for peripheral grinding.                         D [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 115 125 180 105016 105023 105030 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 8,500 6 Description SOLID 10 10 10 CC-GRIND-SOLID 115 SGP INOX CC-GRIND-SOLID 125 SGP INOX CC-GRIND-SOLID 180 SGP INOX CC-GRIND clamping flange set The CC-GRIND clamping flange set optimally aligns the CC-GRIND-SOLID and -FLEX in the angle grinder protective guard. This allows a very flat contact angle and thus maximum efficiency. The black backing pad is placed on the original mounting flange of the angle grinder. The silver flange nut replaces the original flange nut. Suitable for angle grinders EAN 4007220 Description 100 mm, M10 spindle 115 / 125 mm, M14 spindle 150 / 180 mm, M14 spindle 932209 887578 887585 1 1 1 SFS CC-GRIND 100 M10 SFS CC-GRIND 115/125 M14 SFS CC-GRIND 150/180 M14 115 / 125 mm, 5/8”-11 spindle 150 / 180 mm, 5/8”-11 spindle 887592 887608 1 1 SFS CC-GRIND 115/125 5/8” SFS CC-GRIND 150/180 5/8” Metric Imperial Catalogue Page 6 49

CC-GRIND grinding discs Special Line SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ CC-GRIND-FLEX SGP STEEL ★ ★ ★ ★ Materials that can be worked: steel Ordering notes: ■■Please order clamping flange set SFS separately. Applications: weld dressing, surface grinding PFERDVALUE: Recommendations for use: ■■For optimum results, use with a flat contact angle and the SFS CC-GRIND clamping flange set. ■■Only use the face of the disc, not suitable for peripheral grinding. D [mm] Grit size COARSE EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200                         Description FLEX 115 125 105047 105054 10 10 CC-GRIND-FLEX 115 COARSE SGP STEEL CC-GRIND-FLEX 125 COARSE SGP STEEL CC-GRIND clamping flange set The CC-GRIND clamping flange set optimally aligns the CC-GRIND-SOLID and -FLEX in the angle grinder protective guard. This allows a very flat contact angle and thus maximum efficiency. The black backing pad is placed on the original mounting flange of the angle grinder. The silver flange nut replaces the original flange nut. Suitable for angle grinders EAN 4007220 Description 115 / 125 mm, M14 spindle 887578 1 SFS CC-GRIND 115/125 M14 115 / 125 mm, 5/8”-11 spindle 887592 1 SFS CC-GRIND 115/125 5/8” Metric Imperial Page Catalogue 50 6

Grinding wheels 6 Catalogue Page 6 51

Grinding wheels The fast way to the best tool Product group selection Application Product line ■ Surface grinding ■ Work on weld seams ■ Chamfering ■ Deburring ■ Fillet weld grinding ■ Root seam processing ■ Grouting Universal Line PSF ★★ Performance Line SG ★★★ Special Line SGP ★★★★ Steel (STEEL) Stainless steel (INOX) PSF STEEL Page 53 PSF STEELOX Page 53 PSF STEELOX Page 53 SG STEEL Page 54 CERAMIC SG COMFORT STEEL Page 56 SG INOX Page 55 CERAMIC SGP STEELOX Page 59 ZIRKON SGP STEEL Page 58 WHISPER SGP CERAMIC SGP STEELOX STEELOX Page 57 Page 59 CC-GRIND grinding discs can be found on page 44. The DUODISC combination wheels for cutting and deburring can be found on page 15. Cup wheels can be found on page 62. Snagging wheels can be found on page 63. CERAMIC SGP STEELOX grinding wheel High-performance grinding wheel with ceramic oxide grain for quick and economical grinding. Advantages: ■ Ultimate aggressiveness and outstanding tool life due to the self-sharpening effect of the highperformance abrasive ceramic oxide grain in connection with a special bond technology. ■ Labour cost savings due to much faster work progress compared to conventional grinding wheels. ■ Labour-saving work. For more information please see page 59. CERAMIC SG COMFORT STEEL grinding wheel The CERAMIC SG COMFORT is a hybrid grinding wheel for steel. It combines a layer of coated abrasives and a classic grinding wheel. Advantages: ■ Due to the combination of an abrasive layer with optimally oriented grit and a grinding wheel with a high grinding performance, the CERAMIC SG COMFORT offers very fast work progress and maximum economic efficiency ■ Fewer tool changes due to very long tool life. ■ No use restrictions – can also be used on the circumference. ■ Significantly lower noise emissions and less vibration than with conventional grinding wheels. For more information please see page 56. Page Catalogue 52 6 Aluminium (ALU) Cast iron (CAST) SG ALU Page 55 Foundry grinding wheels from page 60 WHISPER SGP STEELOX Page 57 The DUODISC combination wheels for cutting and deburring grey/nodular cast iron can be found on page 25.

Grinding wheels Universal Line PSF ★ ★ PSF STEEL ★ ★ Grinding wheel with high grinding performance and long tool life. Advantages: ■■Fast work progress and high economic efficiency thanks to the high grinding performance. ■■Long tool life. ■■Also suitable for low-power angle grinders. Soft grinding characteristics, achieves particularly high stock removal rates even at low contact pressure. D [mm] U [mm] Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 100 6.3 115 7.2 125 7.2 150 7.2 180 7.2 8.3 230 7.2 8.3 Materials that can be worked: steel, cast iron Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, work on fillet welds, grouting, chamfering, deburring Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 653944 470510 471142 952726 470527 470534 470541 470558 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 13,300 12,200 10,200 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 Description 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E 100-6 PSF STEEL/16,0 E 115-7 PSF STEEL E 125-7 PSF STEEL E 150-7 PSF STEEL E 180-7 PSF STEEL E 180-8 PSF STEEL E 230-7 PSF STEEL E 230-8 PSF STEEL PSF STEELOX ★ ★ Grinding wheel for steel and stainless steel (INOX) with high grinding performance and long tool life. Advantages: ■■Universally suitable for steel and stainless steel (INOX). ■■Fast work progress and high economic efficiency thanks to the high grinding performance. ■■Long tool life. ■■Also suitable for low-power angle grinders. Soft grinding characteristics, achieves particularly high stock removal rates even at low contact pressure. D [mm] U [mm] Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 100 6.3 115 4.1 7.2 125 4.1 7.2 150 4.1 7.2 180 4.1 4.6 7.2 8.3 230 7.2 8.3 Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX) 6 Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, work on fillet welds, grouting, chamfering, deburring Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Recommendations for use: ■■Widths of 4.1 and 4.6 mm are ideal for work on root seams. EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 643273 640869 640852 643068 640883 807774 641002 640753 807781 640999 470589 640951 470602 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 15,300 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 10,200 10,200 8,500 8,500 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 Description 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E 100-6 PSF STEELOX/16,0 E 115-4,1 PSF STEELOX E 115-7 PSF STEELOX E 125-4,1 PSF STEELOX E 125-7 PSF STEELOX E 150-4,1 PSF STEELOX E 150-7 PSF STEELOX E 180-4,1 PSF STEELOX E 180-4,6 PSF STEELOX E 180-7 PSF STEELOX E 180-8 PSF STEELOX E 230-7 PSF STEELOX E 230-8 PSF STEELOX Catalogue Page 6 53

Grinding wheels Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ SG STEEL ★ ★ ★ Grinding wheel for steel with high grinding performance and very long tool life. D [mm] U [mm] EAN 4007220 Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 70 6.3 471067 76 6.3 471081 100 4.1 471104 6.3 471111 115 4.1 640845 7.2 468944 125 4.1 457696 7.2 468951 150 4.1 529225 7.2 640791 180 4.1 478752 7.2 470145 8.3 470152 230 7.2 470169 8.3 470176 * Also suitable for stainless steel (INOX). Page Catalogue 54 6 Advantages: ■■Fast work progress and maximum economic efficiency thanks to the high grinding performance. ■■Fewer tool changes due to the very long tool life. Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, work on fillet welds, grouting, chamfering, deburring Materials that can be worked: steel Recommendations for use: ■■Width of 4.1 mm is ideal for work on root seams. * H [mm] Max. RPM * * - 10.0 10.0 16.0 16.0 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 21,800 20,200 15,300 15,300 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 10,200 10,200 8,500 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 Abrasive: Special aluminium oxide A Description 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E 70-6 SG STEEL/10,0 E 76-6 SG STEEL/10,0 E 100-4,1 SG STEEL/16,0 E 100-6 SG STEEL/16,0 E 115-4,1 SG STEEL E 115-7 SG STEEL E 125-4,1 SG STEEL E 125-7 SG STEEL E 150-4,1 SG STEEL E 150-7 SG STEEL E 180-4,1 SG STEEL E 180-7 SG STEEL E 180-8 SG STEEL E 230-7 SG STEEL E 230-8 SG STEEL

Grinding wheels Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ SG INOX ★ ★ ★ Grinding wheel for stainless steel (INOX) with high grinding performance and very long tool life. Advantages: ■■Soft grinding characteristics for cool grinding on stainless steel (INOX). ■■Fast work progress and maximum economic efficiency thanks to the high grinding performance. ■■Fewer tool changes due to the very long tool life. Materials that can be worked: stainless steel (INOX) D [mm] U [mm] Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 115 4.1 7.2 125 4.1 5.2 7.2 150 7.2 180 4.1 7.2 8.3 230 7.2 8.3 Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, work on fillet welds, grouting, chamfering, deburring Abrasive: Special aluminium oxide A Recommendations for use: ■■Widths of 4.1 and 5.2 mm are ideal for work on root seams. EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 457627 470244 457689 520079 470251 332245 475287 470398 470404 470411 470428 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 12,200 10,200 8,500 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 Description 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E 115-4,1 SG INOX E 115-7 SG INOX E 125-4,1 SG INOX E 125-5,2 SG INOX E 125-7 SG INOX E 150-7 SG INOX E 180-4,1 SG INOX E 180-7 SG INOX E 180-8 SG INOX E 230-7 SG INOX E 230-8 SG INOX SG ALU ★ ★ ★ 6 Grinding wheel for aluminium and other non-ferrous metals with high grinding performance and very long tool life. Advantages: ■■Operates without the grinding wheel clogging, even on soft, lubricating materials. ■■Fast work progress and maximum economic efficiency thanks to the high grinding performance. ■■Fewer tool changes due to the very long tool life. ■■Contains no fillers that could leave undesirable residues on the workpiece. The surface can therefore be welded immediately. D [mm] U [mm] Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 115 7.2 125 7.2 150 7.2 180 7.2 230 7.2 Materials that can be worked: aluminium, other non-ferrous metals Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, work on fillet welds, grouting, chamfering, deburring Abrasive: Special aluminium oxide A and silicon carbide C EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 475393 475409 952832 475416 617793 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 10,200 8,500 6,600 Description 10 10 10 10 10 E 115-7 SG ALU E 125-7 SG ALU E 150-7 SG ALU E 180-7 SG ALU E 230-7 SG ALU Catalogue Page 6 55

Grinding wheels Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ CERAMIC COMFORT The CERAMIC SG COMFORT is a hybrid grinding wheel for steel. It combines a layer of coated abrasives and a classic grinding wheel. Advantages: ■ Due to the combination of an abrasive layer with optimally arranged grit and a grinding wheel with a high grinding performance, the CERAMIC SG COMFORT offers very fast work progress and maximum economic efficiency. ■ Fewer tool changes due to very long tool life. ■ No use restrictions – can also be used on the circumference. ■ Significantly lower noise emissions and less vibration than with conventional grinding wheels. CERAMIC SG COMFORT STEEL ★ ★ ★ Materials that can be worked: steel PFERDVALUE: Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, chamfering, deburring Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO and special aluminium oxide A D [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 115 7.6 104491 125 7.6 104507 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 Page Catalogue 56 6 U [mm]                Description 10 10 E 115-7 CERAMIC SG COMFORT STEEL E 125-7 CERAMIC SG COMFORT STEEL

Grinding wheels Special Line SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ WHISPER Due to its patented multi-layer design, the WHISPER grinding wheel generates significantly less vibration and substantially less noise than conventional grinding wheels. The noise exposure is decreased by up to 12 dB(A), which corresponds to a reduction of more than 90 %. Furthermore, the flexible tool structure enables soft, comfortable grinding with outstanding surface quality. Advantages: ■ Universally suitable for steel and stainless steel (INOX). ■ Significantly lower noise emissions and less vibration than with conventional grinding wheels. ■ Comfortable grinding. ■ Problem solver for scale. SGP WHISPER STEELOX ★ ★ ★ ★ Materials that can be worked: steel, scale, stainless steel (INOX) Abrasive: Special aluminium oxide A Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, work on fillet welds PFERDVALUE: D [mm] U [mm]          EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 115 7.4 827505 125 7.4 827512 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 Description 10 10 6 E 115-7 SGP WHISPER STEELOX E 125-7 SGP WHISPER STEELOX Catalogue Page 6 57

Grinding wheels Special Line SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ ZIRKON SGP STEEL ★ ★ ★ ★ Zirconia alumina grinding wheel with a very good grinding performance and an excellent tool life. Advantages: ■■Very fast work progress and maximum economic efficiency thanks to the very good grinding performance. ■■Fewer tool changes due to the excellent tool life. Materials that can be worked: steel Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, work on fillet welds, grouting, chamfering, deburring Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z and special aluminium oxide A PFERDVALUE:    D [mm] U [mm] Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 115 7.2 125 7.2 150 7.2 180 7.2 230 7.2 Page Catalogue 58 6 EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 640913 640920 640784 640937 640944 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 10,200 8,500 6,600    Description 10 10 10 10 10 E 115-7 ZIRKON SGP STEEL E 125-7 ZIRKON SGP STEEL E 150-7 ZIRKON SGP STEEL E 180-7 ZIRKON SGP STEEL E 230-7 ZIRKON SGP STEEL

Grinding wheels Special Line SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ CERAMIC High-performance grinding wheel with ceramic oxide grain for quick and economical grinding. Advantages: ■ Ultimate aggressiveness and outstanding tool life due to the self-sharpening effect of the high-performance abrasive ceramic oxide grain in connection with a special bond technology. ■ Labour cost savings due to much faster work progress compared to conventional grinding wheels. ■ Labour-saving work. CERAMIC SGP STEELOX ★ ★ ★ ★ Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX) Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, work on fillet welds, grouting, chamfering, deburring Abrasive: Ceramic oxide grain CO Recommendations for use: ■■Width of 4.1 mm is ideal for work on root seams. PFERDVALUE:       D [mm] U [mm] Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 115 4.1 7.2 125 4.1 7.2 150 4.1 7.2 180 4.1 7.2 230 4.1 7.2 EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 094105 007112 094112 007129 094136 068267 094143 011690 094150 019948 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 13,300 12,200 12,200 10,200 10,200 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 Description 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 6 E 115-4,1 CERAMIC SGP STEELOX E 115-7 CERAMIC SGP STEELOX E 125-4,1 CERAMIC SGP STEELOX E 125-7 CERAMIC SGP STEELOX E 150-4,1 CERAMIC SGP STEELOX E 150-7 CERAMIC SGP STEELOX E 180-4,1 CERAMIC SGP STEELOX E 180-7 CERAMIC SGP STEELOX E 230-4,1 CERAMIC SGP STEELOX E 230-7 CERAMIC SGP STEELOX Catalogue Page 6 59

Grinding wheels Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ Gießerei-Schruppscheiben Foundry grinding wheels Für heavy-duty den harten use Einsatz auf Druckluft-TurbinenUniverselle Putzarbeiten, Flächenschliff, For in foundries and fettling shops, PFERD offers particularly robust grinding schleifern sowie starkenthe Hochfrequenzund und top Entgraten sind dieeven häufigsten wheels that guarantee highest degree of safety Anfasen and achieve performance, under Elektro-Winkelschleifern in optimized Gießereienfor hat Anwendungen im harten Gießerei-Einsatz. these conditions. They are use on compressed-air turbine and high-frequency angle PFERD Schruppscheiben entwickelt, die begrinders. PFERD bietet Ihnen zu allen Fragen der sonderen Qualitäts- und Sicherheitsstandards Bearbeitung in Gießereien zielgerichtete und PFERD offers you individual advice regarding all aspects of machining in foundries and fettling entsprechen. individuelle Beratung Die erfahrenen Vershops. The experienced sales representatives and technical advisers will bean. happy to assist you. Werkstoffe wieus Gusshaut mitdetails. Sandeintriebsberater und technischen Kundenberater Please contact for further helfen Ihnen gerne. Sprechen Sie uns an. schlüssen, Gusseisen, Gusseisen mit Lamellengraphit, Gusseisen mit Kugelgraphit/Sphäroguss, aber auch Stahl können hervorragend bearbeitet werden. SG CAST + ALU ★ ★ ★ Grinding wheel optimised for use in foundries and fettling shops for cast iron and aluminium with high grinding performance and very long tool life. Advantages: ■■Very fast work progress and high economic efficiency thanks to the high grinding performance. ■■Very long tool life. Materials that can be worked: grey/nodular cast iron (GG/GJL, GGG/GJS), casting scale with sand contamination and metal contamination, hard aluminium alloys Applications: surface grinding, chamfering, deburring Abrasive: Special aluminium oxide A and silicon carbide C D [mm] U [mm] EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 180 7.2 520208 230 7.2 520215 22.23 22.23 8,500 6,600 Description 10 10 E 180-7 SG CAST+ALU E 230-7 SG CAST+ALU SG CAST + STONE ★ ★ ★ Grinding wheel optimised for use in foundries and fettling shops for cast iron (also: casting scale) and hard aluminium alloys with high grinding performance and very long tool life. Advantages: ■■Very fast work progress and high economic efficiency thanks to the high grinding performance. ■■Very long tool life. Materials that can be worked: cast iron, casting scale, concrete, hard aluminium alloys Applications: surface grinding, chamfering, deburring Abrasive: Silicon carbide C D [mm] U [mm] Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 115 7.2 125 7.2 180 7.2 230 7.2 Page Catalogue 60 6 EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 471135 643303 471173 329290 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 8,500 6,600 Description 10 10 10 10 E 115-7 SG CAST+STONE E 125-7 SG CAST+STONE E 180-7 SG CAST+STONE E 230-7 SG CAST+STONE

Grinding wheels Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ ZIRKON SG CAST + STEEL ★ ★ ★ Zirconia alumina grinding wheel optimised for use in foundries and fettling shops for cast iron and steel with excellent grinding performance and very long tool life. Advantages: ■■Very fast work progress and high economic efficiency thanks to the high grinding performance. ■■Very long tool life. Materials that can be worked: grey/nodular cast iron (GG/GJL, GGG/GJS), steel D [mm] U [mm] Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 115 7.2 125 7.2 180 7.2 8.3 230 4.1 5.2 7.2 8.3 Applications: surface grinding, weld dressing, work on fillet welds, grouting, chamfering, deburring Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z and special aluminium oxide A Recommendations for use: ■■Widths of 4.1 and 5.2 mm are ideal for work on root seams. EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 802359 802380 470435 470480 640760 640876 470459 470503 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 13,300 12,200 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 6,600 6,600 Description 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 E 115-7 ZIRKON SG CAST+STEEL E 125-7 ZIRKON SG CAST+STEEL E 180-7 ZIRKON SG CAST+STEEL E 180-8 ZIRKON SG CAST+STEEL E 230-4,1 ZIRKON SG CAST+STEEL E 230-5,2 ZIRKON SG CAST+STEEL E 230-7 ZIRKON SG CAST+STEEL E 230-8 ZIRKON SG CAST+STEEL ZIRKON SG CAST ★ ★ ★ Zirconia alumina grinding wheel optimised for use in foundries and fettling shops for cast iron with excellent grinding performance and tool life. Advantages: ■■The fastest work progress and high economic efficiency thanks to the outstanding grinding performance. ■■Excellent tool life. Applications: surface grinding, chamfering, deburring 6 Abrasive: Zirconia alumina Z, special aluminium oxide A and silicon carbide C Materials that can be worked: grey/nodular cast iron (GG/GJL, GGG/GJS), casting scale D [mm] U [mm] Depressed-centre type E (shape 27) 180 7.2 8.3 230 7.2 8.3 EAN 4007220 H [mm] Max. RPM 640906 802403 640890 802410 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 8,500 8,500 6,600 6,600 Description 10 10 10 10 E 180-7 ZIRKON SG CAST E 180-8 ZIRKON SG CAST E 230-7 ZIRKON SG CAST E 230-8 ZIRKON SG CAST You can find the DUODISC combination wheels for cutting and deburring grey/nodular cast iron on page 25. Catalogue Page 6 61

Cup wheels Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ Product group selection Application Steel (STEEL) Stainless steel (INOX) SG STEELOX A 16 SG STEELOX A 16 - - SG STEELOX A 24 SG STEELOX A 24 SG CAST + STONE C 24 SG CAST + STONE C 60/80 SG STEELOX A 36/80 SG STEELOX A 36/80 SG CAST + STONE C 30 - Surface grinding Work on weld seams Chamfering Deburring Stone (STONE) SG CAST + STONE C 16 SG CAST + STONE C 16–80 SG STEELOX ★ ★ ★ H T W Cast iron (CAST) Cup wheel with high grinding performance and long tool life. Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX) D Form 6 Applications: weld dressing, chamfering, deburring, surface grinding H T Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A W D Form 11 Recommendations for use: ■■Place at a slight incline to work on weld seams. Advantages: ■■High grinding performance. ■■Long tool life. D [mm] Grit size EAN 4007220 H [mm]/ thread T [mm] W [mm] Max. RPM 22.23 22.23 27 27 8 8 11,900 11,900 5 5 50 ETT 80-8 A 36 SG STEELOX 50 ETT 80-8 A 80 SG STEELOX 22.23 22.23 22.23 M14 55 55 55 51 20 20 20 25 8,600 8,600 8,600 7,600 2 2 2 2 50 ETT 110-20 A 16 SG STEELOX 50 ETT 110-20 A 24 SG STEELOX 50 ETT 110-20 A 36 SG STEELOX 50 ETT 125-25 A 16 SG STEELOX/M14 Cylindrical cup wheel ETT (shape 6) 80 36 698419 80 164785 Conical cup wheel ETT (shape 11) 110 16 164730 24 803103 36 803127 125 16 164747 T H T Form 11 D [mm] Grit size EAN 4007220 Cylindrical cup wheel ETT (shape 6) 80 80 164822 Conical cup wheel ETT (shape 11) 110 16 164808 24 803134 30 164815 60 803141 Page Catalogue 62 6 Cup wheel with high grinding performance and long tool life. Advantages: ■■High grinding performance. ■■Long tool life. D Form 6 W D Description SG CAST + STONE ★ ★ ★ H W Safety notes: ■■The permissible maximum operating speed is 50 m/s. Abrasive: Silicon carbide C Safety notes: ■■The permissible maximum operating speed is 50 m/s. Materials that can be worked: cast iron, casting scale, concrete, stone Applications: chamfering, deburring, surface grinding H [mm] T [mm] W [mm] Max. RPM Description 22.23 27 8 11,900 5 50 ETT 80-8 C 80 SG CAST+STONE 22.23 22.23 22.23 22.23 55 55 55 55 20 20 20 20 8,600 8,600 8,600 8,600 2 2 2 2 50 ETT 110-20 C 16 SG CAST+STONE 50 ETT 110-20 C 24 SG CAST+STONE 50 ETT 110-20 C 30 SG CAST+STONE 50 ETT 110-20 C 60 SG CAST+STONE

Snagging wheels Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ SG STEEL + INOX + CAST ★ ★ ★ Snagging wheel with high grinding performance and long tool life for work in hard-to-reach areas. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Ordering notes: ■■Please order the matching arbor separately. Advantages: ■■High grinding performance. ■■Long tool life. Materials that can be worked: steel, cast steel, stainless steel (INOX), cast iron Applications: weld dressing, chamfering, deburring, grouting D [mm] Safety notes: ■■Can be used with mounted arbor on straight grinders up to the maximum rotational speed of the arbor. ■■Use only for peripheral grinding. ■■When using snagging wheels with diameter up from 50 mm on compressed-air straight grinders, a protective guard must be used (ISO 11148-7). ■■When using snagging wheels with diameter up from 55 mm on electric straight grinders, a protective guard must be used (EN 60745-2-3). T [mm] H [mm] EAN 4007220 Max. RPM Suitable arbors ER (shape 1) type 30 4.2 6.2 40 4.2 6.2 50 6.2 10.5 10.5 70 6.2 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 10.0 10.0 165423 165430 165447 165454 165461 165485 165492 165508 51,000 51,000 38,200 38,200 30,600 30,600 30,600 21,800 8.7 10.0 165805 21,800 10.5 15.7 10.0 10.0 165515 165539 21,800 21,800 BO 6/6 3-10 BO 6/6 3-10 BO 6/6 3-10 BO 6/6 3-10 BO 6/6 3-10 BO 6/6 3-10 BO 8/10 6-20 BO 8/10 6-20, BO 8/10 4-8 BO 8/10 6-20, BO 8/10 4-8 BO 8/10 6-20 BO 8/10 6-20 Description 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 ER 30-4 SG STEEL+INOX+CAST/6,0 ER 30-6 SG STEEL+INOX+CAST/6,0 ER 40-4 SG STEEL+INOX+CAST/6,0 ER 40-6 SG STEEL+INOX+CAST/6,0 ER 50-6 SG STEEL+INOX+CAST/6,0 ER 50-10 SG STEEL+INOX+CAST/6,0 ER 50-10 SG STEEL+INOX+CAST/10,0 ER 70-6 SG STEEL+INOX+CAST/10,0 20 ER 70-8 SG STEEL+INOX+CAST/10,0 20 20 ER 70-10 SG STEEL+INOX+CAST/10,0 ER 70-15 SG STEEL+INOX+CAST/10,0 6 Arbors for snagging wheels Accessory for mounting snagging wheels on straight grinders. Stable arrangement with very high shank breakage resistance. Grinding wheel diameter [mm] Max. RPM 30 40 50 70 31,800 23,900 19,100 13,600 S Suitable for [mm] snagging wheels with centre hole [mm] 6 8 6 10 Safety notes: ■■Observe the maximum rotational speed for the snagging wheel and arbor – the lower speed takes precedence (see table). Tmax. [mm] EAN 4007220 3–10 6–20 4–8 297650 297667 103623 Tmax. S Description 1 1 1 BO 6/6 3-10 BO 8/10 6-20 BO 8/10 4-8 Catalogue Page 6 63

 SELFEXPLANATORY! PFERD grinding tools available in a new design Page Catalogue 64 6 TRUST BLUE

Cut-off wheels for stationary applications 7 7 Catalogue Page 7 1

Cut-off wheels for stationary applications Table of contents General information 3 Safety notes 5 Packaging, transport and storage 6 The fast way to the best tool 8 Page Catalogue 2 7 CHOPSAW dia. 300–400 mm 10 CHOPSAW HD dia. 300–400 mm 12 RAIL dia. 300–400 mm 14 LABOR dia. 150–400 mm 15 HEAVY DUTY dia. 300–600 mm 16 Reducing rings 18 Products made to order dia. 250–2000 mm 19

Cut-off wheels for stationary applications General information Quality Stationary cut-off wheels from PFERD are developed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the strictest quality requirements. Research and development, our own machine and plant construction, and the continuous testing and further development of the quality and safety standards in our own laboratories all guarantee the high PFERD quality. PFERD quality management is certified according to ISO 9001. Support and service PFERD offers you individual targeted support to solve your application problems. The experienced field staff of PFERD will be pleased to assist you. With their expertise, our technical advisers will also help you to solve complex problems related to applications and use. Due to our many years of collaboration with manufacturers of cut-off grinding machines in Germany and abroad, we can also advise you on the design of appropriate machining equipment. Please do not hesitate to contact us for further information. Advantages of stationary cut-off grinding Applications ■ Universal cutting process for all steels and castings, non-ferrous metal alloys, special alloys such as nickel and titanium-based alloys, as well as materials on which sawing and flame cutting are difficult or impossible. ■ Due to smooth cutting surfaces and blank cuts in cold cutting-off, no post-processing is required. ■ Short cutting times regardless of the material quality. ■ Significantly lower burr formation with hot cutting-off than with hot sawing. ■ Lower noise levels than with hot sawing, for example: Hot cutting-off: 85 to 95 dBA Hot sawing: 105 to 110 dBA ■ Consistent cutting quality over the entire life of the cut-off wheel due to its continuous selfsharpening qualities. ■ Cutting of already cooled rolled or forged parts in hot cut lines is possible. Cut-off grinding is one of the most powerful and cost-effective cutting processes and is used in the following areas: ■ Rolling mills ■ Foundries ■ Machine engineering ■ Steel construction ■ Maintenance of rails ■ Forging plants and their finishing processes ■ Laboratories Products made to order If you cannot find the solution for your particular application in our catalogue range, we produce PFERD premium-quality stationary cut-off wheels up to a diameter of 2,000 mm, tailor-made to meet the requirements of your job. For more information please see page 19. 7 Catalogue Page 7 3

Cut-off wheels for stationary applications General information Differentiation of cut-off grinding A differentiation is made between cold, warm and hot cutting-off, depending on the material temperature of the workpieces. Operating conditions Cold cut-off Warm cut-off Hot cut-off Material temperature T up to 100°C 100 to 600°C 600 to above 1,000°C Peripheral speed Vs* 80 to 100 m/s 80 to 100 m/s 80 to 100 m/s Specific cutting performance Z 4 to 15 cm²/s 8 to 20 cm²/s 15 to 35 cm²/s Operating parameters * Please adhere to the maximum operating speed of the cut-off wheel. Cut-off processes According to the material and the application, cut-off processes differ depending on the positioning and relative motion of the cut-off wheel and workpiece. Chop stroke cut Application area: ■ For cutting individual workpieces as well as small or slim material layers. ■ Very common cut-off process. Oscillation cut Cutting process: ■ Cut-off wheel cuts the workpiece in a radial movement over a joint midpoint. Cutting process: ■ Cut-off wheel moves into the workpiece to be cut with additional forward and backward movements in the horizontal cut. Advantages: ■ Low vibration. ■ Short cutting times. ■ Less load on cut-off wheels for smaller material dimensions. Horizontal cut Application area: ■ For cutting multiple adjacent workpieces, as well as slabs, plates and sheets. ■ In particular on the approach side of the rolling mill after the cooling bed. Cutting process: ■ Cut-off wheel cuts the entire layer width of different cross sections in one cycle. Advantages: ■ Short cutting times. ■ Very high throughput capacity. Rotary cut Application area: ■ For cutting very large pipes as well as round solid materials. Cutting process: ■ The workpiece is continuously rotated during the cutting process. Advantages: ■ Use of small wheel diameters is possible. ■ Lower drive output required. ■ Low workpiece temperature. Page Catalogue 4 7 Application area: ■ For cutting sprues and risers in foundries. ■ Demanding tasks in wet cut-off grinding. Advantages: ■ Lower drive output required. ■ Low workpiece temperature. ■ Optimum removal of chips. Index cut Application area: ■ For cutting very large round solid material and blocks. ■ In particular in steel works and foundries. Cutting process: ■ The workpiece is cut with several partial cuts. After each partial cut, the workpiece is rotated (2–4 partial cuts, 180–90° rotation, depending on the material dimensions). Advantages: ■ Working on very large material cross sections is possible with smaller wheel diameters.

de en For Canada and USA = Wear eye protection! = Wear hearing protection! The maximum permissible operating speed [m/s] can be found on the product labels and in the product tables of this catalogue. The maximum permissible rotational speed specification applies to the nominal diameter of the unused wheels. For safety reasons, these must never be exceeded. Safety notes = correct = Do not use if damaged! Not permitted for hand-held or manually guided grinding! = Please read the safety notes! Nicht benutzen, falls beschädigt Sicherheitsempfehlungen beachten Gehörschutz benutzen Staubmaske benutzen Nicht zulässig für Nassschleifen Nur zulässig in Verbindung mit einem Stützteller Augenschutz benutzen Handschuhe benutzen User information August Rüggeberg GmbH & Co. KG · PFERD-Werkzeuge Hauptstrasse 13 · D-51709 Marienheide www.pferd.com www.fepa-abrasives.org www.abrasivessafety.com www.pferd.com Please observe the user information provided with all products on the safe use of stationary cut-off wheels as well as the user information for the grinding machine used. = Wear a dust mask! German Abrasives Association FEPA = Wear gloves! Please observe the safety notes of the German Abrasives Association (VDS). Further information can be found at: www.pferd.com The FEPA safety recommendations can be downloaded at www.pferd.com. PRECAUTIONS AGAINST LIKELY HAZARDS Noise  Ear protection complying with EN352 is recommended for all applications where the workpiece or machine is hand-held, irrespective of the noise level.  Ensure that the correct abrasive product is selected. An unsuitable product can produce excessive noise. Vibration  Processes where the workpiece or machine is hand-held can cause vibration injury.  Action needs to be taken if tingling, pins and needles or numbness is experienced after 10 minutes continuous use of the abrasive product.  The effects of vibration are more pronounced in cold conditions so keep the hands warm and exercise hands and fingers regularly. Use modern equipment with low vibration levels.  Maintain all equipment in good condition and stop the machine and have it checked if excessive vibration occurs.  Use good quality abrasive products and keep them in good condition during their life.  Maintain mounting flanges and back-up pads in good condition and replace if worn or distorted.  Do not grip the workpiece or machine too tightly and do not exert excessive pressure on the abrasive product.  Avoid continuous use of the abrasive product.  Use the correct product. An unsuitable product can produce excessive vibration.  Don't ignore the physical symptoms of vibration - seek medical advice. DISPOSAL OF ABRASIVES  Used or defective abrasives should be disposed in accordance with local or national regulations.  Further information can be obtained from Voluntary Product Information provided by the supplier.  Be aware that the abrasive product may be contaminated with material from the workpiece or process after use.  Disposed abrasive products should be damaged to prevent them from being taken from waste skips and re-used. IMPORTANT NOTICE: Every effort has been made to ensure that all information supplied in this leaflet is accurate and up to date. We cannot accept, however, responsibility for any error or omission, nor for any consequential loss or damage so arising (E & OE). © FEPA ISSUE June 2016 Leaflet supplied and endorsed by Entsorgung von Schleifwerkzeugen ■■ Abgenutzte oder defekte Schleifwerkzeuge müssen nach gültigen Vorschriften entsorgt werden. ■■ Beachten Sie, dass Schleifwerkzeuge durch das Bearbeiten bestimmter Werkstoffe kontaminiert werden können. ■■ Zur Entsorgung vorgesehene Schleifwerkzeuge sollten deutlich sichtbar zerstört werden, um eine Weiterverwendung zu unterbinden. ■■ Weitere Informationen befinden sich in den „Freiwilligen Produktinformationen“ und Sicherheitsdatenblättern Ihres Lieferanten. Gefährdungen durch Werkzeugbruch, Schleifpartikel, -funken, -staub und -dämpfe, Lärm, Vibration und Körperkontakt mit dem Schleifwerkzeug ■■ Zum Schutz vor mechanischer Einwirkung, Schleifpartikeln, -funken, -staub und -dämpfen, Lärm und Vibrationen ist die Verwendung von geeigneter persönlicher Schutzausrüstung für alle Schleifarbeiten erforderlich. Dazu zählen Augenschutz, Gehörschutz, Atemschutz und Handschutz. Es müssen langärmlige, schwer entflammbare Kleidung und geeignete Sicherheitsschuhe getragen werden. Binden Sie lange Haare zurück und tragen Sie keine lose Kleidung, Krawatten oder Schmuck. Diese Regelungen gelten neben dem Bediener der Schleifmaschine auch für alle Personen, die sich im Arbeitsumfeld befinden. ■■ Das Einatmen von Schleifstaub kann zu Lungenschädigungen führen. Achten Sie bei allen Schleifarbeiten auf eine ausreichende Absaugung oder andere geeignete Maßnahmen. ■■ Verwenden Sie Schleifwerkzeuge nicht in der Nähe von brennbaren Materialien. Brennbare und explosionsfähige Stoffe müssen vor Arbeitsbeginn aus der Arbeitsumgebung entfernt werden. Dies betrifft u. a. Staubablagerungen (insbesondere Aluminiumstaub), Pappe, Packmaterial, Textilien, Holz und Holzspäne sowie brennbare Flüssigkeiten und Gase. ■■ Stoppen Sie die Schleifmaschine bei Auftreten übermäßiger Vibrationen und lassen Sie diese überprüfen. Ergreifen Sie sofortige Maßnahmen, falls bei Verwendung eines Schleifwerkzeugs in Hand oder Armen Kribbeln, Stechen oder Taubheitsgefühle auftreten. ■■ Verhindern Sie ein unbeabsichtigtes Einschalten der Schleifmaschine vor dem Aufspannen oder Auswechseln eines Schleifwerkzeuges. Falls notwendig, trennen Sie die Schleifmaschine von der Stromversorgung. ■■ Beseitigen Sie niemals an Schleifmaschine angebrachte Schutzeinrichtungen und stellen Sie deren ordnungsgemäßen Zustand und Anbringung sicher, bevor Sie die Schleifmaschine einschalten. ■■ Nach dem Ausschalten der Schleifmaschine sollten Sie sicherstellen, dass diese vollständig stillsteht, bevor Sie diese unbeaufsichtigt lassen. Verwendung von Schleifwerkzeugen ■■ Benutzen Sie ein für die jeweilige Anwendung geeignetes Schleifwerkzeug. Ein nicht ausreichend identifizierbares Werkzeug sollte niemals verwendet werden. ■■ Seien Sie sich der möglichen Gefahren während der Anwendung von Schleifwerkzeugen stets bewusst. ■■ Verwenden Sie immer Schutzeinrichtungen und -hauben entsprechend der Bedienungsanleitung der Schleifmaschine und stellen Sie deren ordnungsgemäßen Zustand und Anbringung sicher, bevor Sie die Schleifmaschine einschalten. Die Anordnung einer Schutzhaube hat stets so zu erfolgen, dass sie sich zwischen Bediener und Werkzeug befindet. Funken sollen möglichst nicht in Richtung des Bedieners fliegen. ■■ Das Werkstück muss durch geeignete Spannvorrichtungen oder Eigengewicht spannungsfrei fixiert sein. ■■ Die Schleifmaschine ist stets vor dem Kontakt des Schleifwerkzeugs mit dem Werkstück einzuschalten. ■■ Schleifwerkzeuge stets vorsichtig auf die Werkstückoberfläche aufsetzen. ■■ Führen Sie Trennschleifscheiben immer geradlinig. Trennschleifscheiben dürfen seitlich nicht belastet oder zum Seitenschleifen verwendet werden. ■■ Diamant-Trennschleifscheiben nur für die auf dem Etikett aufgeführten Materialien einsetzen. ■■ Schleifmaschinen dürfen nur ausgeschaltet und bei vollständigem Stillstand abgelegt werden. Aufspannen von Schleifwerkzeugen ■■ Verwenden Sie nur Schleifmaschinen, die für die Verwendung des vorliegenden Werkzeugs vorgesehen sind. ■■ Verwenden Sie niemals eine Schleifmaschine, deren Zustand nicht ordnungsgemäß ist. ■■ Verwenden Sie nur Schleifwerkzeuge, deren Außendurchmesser und Bohrungsdurchmesser bzw. Gewinde den Vorgaben zur Schleifmaschine entsprechen. ■■ Verwenden Sie keine beschädigten Schleifwerkzeuge. Vor jeder Inbetriebnahme müssen Schleifwerkzeuge durch Sichtkontrolle auf mögliche Beschädigungen überprüft werden. ■■ Halten Sie Aufspannelemente in gutem mechanischen und sauberen Zustand. Ersetzen Sie diese bei Beschädigung oder Abnutzung. Sind durch den Hersteller der Schleifmaschine Hilfsmittel zur Fixierung des Schleifwerkzeugs vorgesehen (z. B. Spannschlüssel), so sind diese zu verwenden. Ziehen Sie die Spannvorrichtung handfest an. ■■ Grundsätzlich dürfen nur im Außendurchmesser der Flanschauflagefläche gleich große und auf der Anlageseite gleich geformte Spannflansche verwendet werden. ■■ Wenn vorgesehen, verwenden Sie Zwischenlagen zwischen Schleifwerkzeug und den Aufspannelementen. ■■ Verhindern Sie, durch Trennen der Energieversorgung, ein unbeabsichtigtes Einschalten der Schleifmaschine vor dem Aufspannen oder Auswechseln eines Schleifwerkzeugs. ■■ Überschreiten Sie niemals die Arbeitshöchstgeschwindigkeit eines Schleifwerkzeugs. Vergewissern Sie sich, dass die Drehzahl der Schleifmaschine (U/min, 1/min, RPM bzw. min-1) die auf dem Schleifwerkzeug, dem beiliegenden Etikett oder der Verpackung angegebene maximal zulässige Drehzahl nicht überschreitet. ■■ Nehmen Sie keine unzulässigen Veränderungen an Schleifwerkzeugen vor. ■■ Ist eine Diamant-Trennschleifscheibe mit einer vorgegebenen Drehrichtung gekennzeichnet, ist diese einzuhalten. ■■ Führen Sie nach jedem Aufspannen für mindestens 30 Sekunden einen Probelauf bei Arbeitsgeschwindigkeit und korrekt angebrachter Schutzhaube durch. Halten Sie dabei die Schleifmaschine so, dass Sie, bei einem eventuellen Versagen des Schleifwerkzeugs, nicht von Bruchstücken getroffen werden können. ■■ Stationäre Trennschleifscheiben dürfen nur auf den dafür vorgesehenen stationären Trennschleifmaschinen betrieben werden. Sie sind nicht zulässig für den Freihand- bzw. handgeführten Einsatz. Ist eine maximale Maschinenleistung auf der Trennschleifscheibe gekennzeichnet, so darf diese nicht überschritten werden. ■■ Spannflansche für stationäre Trennschleifscheiben müssen die Anforderungen der aktuell gültigen EN ISO 16089 erfüllen. Ihr PFERD-Vertrieb berät Sie gerne. Lagerung von Schleifwerkzeugen ■■ Schleifwerkzeuge sollten so gelagert werden, dass schädliche Einflüsse durch Feuchtigkeit, Frost und große Temperaturschwankungen sowie mechanische Beschädigungen vermieden werden. Verwenden Sie keine kunstharzgebundenen Schleifwerkzeuge oder Schleifwerkzeuge aus Schleifmittel auf Unterlage, die vor der Verwendung starker Feuchtigkeit, Nässe oder hohen Temperaturen ausgesetzt waren. ■■ Schleifwerkzeuge mit den Bindungsarten B (z. B. Schleiftöpfe) und BF (Schruppschleifscheiben, Trennschleifscheiben, Schleifräder) zum Freihandschleifen dürfen nicht nach dem aufgebrachten Verfallsdatum eingesetzt werden. Das Verfallsdatum wird ausgedrückt als Monat und Jahr, z. B. 04/2017. Die Bindungsart ist stets auf dem Etikett gekennzeichnet. Nicht zulässig für Seitenschleifen Nicht zulässig für Freihand- und handgeführtes Schleifen Erläuterung der Kennzeichnung von Schleifwerkzeugen ■■ Beachten Sie grundsätzlich die Hinweise auf dem Schleifwerkzeug, der Schleifmaschine sowie in allen beiliegenden Benutzerinformationen. ■■ Verwenden Sie lediglich Schleifwerkzeuge, die den aktuellen Sicherheitsnormen entsprechen. Diese Produkte tragen die jeweilige Nummer der EN-Norm und die „oSa“-Marke: • EN 12413 für Schleifkörper aus gebundenem Schleifmittel (Schruppschleifscheiben, Trennschleifscheiben, Schleiftöpfe, Schleifräder) • EN 13236 für Schleifkörper mit Diamant oder Bornitrid (Diamant-Trennschleifscheiben) • EN 13743 für Schleifmittel auf Unterlagen (POLIFAN®-Fächerschleifscheiben, CC-GRIND®-Schleifscheiben) ■■ Benutzen Sie ein für die jeweilige Anwendung geeignetes Schleifwerkzeug. Ein nicht ausreichend identifizierbares Werkzeug sollte niemals verwendet werden. ■■ Beachten Sie Verwendungseinschränkungen und Warn- oder Sicherheitshinweise auf Schleifwerkzeugen, beiliegenden Etiketten oder deren Verpackungen: Wear a respirator/mask Wear ear protection Refer to instruction manual/booklet Do not use if damaged Not permitted for face grinding Disposal of abrasive tools ■■ Worn or defective abrasive tools must be disposed of according to all local resp. national regulations. ■■ Note that abrasive tools may become contaminated by work on certain materials. ■■ Abrasive tools for disposal should be destroyed in a clearly visible manner in order to prevent re-use. ■■ Further information can be obtained from the manufacturer‘s Safety Data Sheet (SDS). Hazards due to tool breakage, abrasive particles, sparks, dust, fumes, noise, vibration and bodily contact with the abrasive product at operation speed ■■ Warning! The grinding process may generate dust and fumes. Inhalation of grinding dust can lead to severe lung damage. Sufficient extraction or other appropriate measures must be provided and appropriate personal protective equipment must be worn at all times. ■■ The use of appropriate personal protective equipment is required for all grinding operations to provide protection against mechanical impacts, abrasive particles, sparks, dust and fumes, noise and vibration. This includes eye protection, ear protection, respiratory protection and hand protection. Long-sleeved, flame-resistant clothing and appropriate safety footwear must be worn. Tie back long hair and do not wear loose clothing, ties or jewellery. These rules apply not only to the operator of the grinder but also to any other persons in the working environment. ■■ Predominantly, dust and fumes in a grinding process originate from the workpiece material. Review the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) of the workpiece material. ■■ Do not use abrasive tools in the vicinity of flammable materials. Flammable and explosive substances must be removed from the working environment before starting work. This includes, for example, dust deposits (especially aluminium dust), cardboard, packaging material, textiles, wood and wood chips, as well as flammable liquids and gases. ■■ In the event of excessive vibrations stop the grinder and investigate the cause of the vibration. Take immediate action, when using an abrasive tool, if you begin to experience tingling, stinging or numbness in the hand or arms. ■■ Prevent accidental start-up of the grinder during the process of mounting or changing an abrasive product. Isolate grinders from their power source where necessary. ■■ Never remove guards from grinders where fitted and ensure they are in good condition and properly adjusted before starting the machine. ■■ After switching off the grinder, ensure the abrasive product has come to rest before leaving the machine unattended. Use of abrasive tools ■■ Ensure that the correct abrasive product is selected for the desired application. Never use a product if it cannot be properly identified. ■■ Always be aware of the potential dangers during use of abrasive tools. ■■ Always use protective equipment and guards in compliance with the operating instructions for the grinder and make sure they are properly mounted and in good condition, before you switch on the grinder. Comply with the ANSI B7.1 regulations on safety guards depending on the mounted wheel: • Type 1 wheels must be used with a guard covering at least 180° of the lateral wheel surface and face. • Type 6 and 11 cup wheels must be used with a guard covering 180° of the wheel’s lateral surface towards the operator and the wheel’s face towards the driving flange. Additionally, the guard must have a height-adjustable skirt. • Type 27, 28, and 29 wheels must be used with a guard covering 180° of the wheels lateral surface towards the operator and the wheel’s face towards the driving flange. Additionally, the outer edge of the guard has to provide a lip curling inward at the whole 180° coverage in order to protect the user in case of wheel breakage. ■■ The workpiece must be fixed without tension by appropriate clamping devices or by its own weight. ■■ The grinder must always be turned on before the abrasive tool comes into contact with the workpiece. ■■ Always bring abrasive tools carefully into contact with the workpiece surface. ■■ Always guide cut-off wheels in a straight line. No lateral load should be applied to the cut-off wheel and it should not be used for face grinding. ■■ Only use diamond cut-off wheels on materials listed on the label. ■■ Grinders may only be put down once they have been turned off and have come to a complete stop. Mounting principle for abrasive tools ■■ Only use grinders that are intended for use with the relevant tool. ■■ Never use a grinder that is not in good condition. ■■ Use only abrasive tools whose outer diameter and center-hole diameter and/or thread match the specifications of the grinder. ■■ Never use damaged abrasive tools. Abrasive tools must be visually inspected and checked for any possible damage before each use. ■■ Keep mounting components clean and in good mechanical condition. Replace them if they become damaged or worn. If the manufacturer of the grinder provides clamping devices and special wrenches of the abrasive tools (e.g. a key), then these are to be used. Tighten the clamping mechanism finger tight. ■■ In principle, only clamping flanges having a contact surface with the same outer diameter and which are identically shaped on the contact side are to be used. According to relevant US standard, for wheels of type 27 and 28 equal to or greater than 180 mm the locking nut shall seat within the depressed portion of the wheel. The flange adjacent to the wheel shall be equal to or greater than one-third of the wheel diameter and the outer part of the flange shall be free and clear from the wheel. For details see ANSI B7.1. ■■ For large diameter cut-off wheels, use blotters between the abrasive tool and clamping components if required. ■■ Prevent the grinder from accidentally turning on, by disconnecting the power supply before mounting or changing the abrasive tool. ■■ Never exceed the maximum operating speed of an abrasive tool. Make sure that the speed of the grinder (rev/min, 1/min, RPM or min-1) does not exceed the maximum permissible speed given on the abrasive tool, the accompanying label or packaging. ■■ Do not make any unauthorized changes to abrasive tools. ■■ If a diamond cut-off wheel is a marked with a specified direction of rotation, this must be complied with. ■■ Each time that an abrasive tool is mounted, perform a trial run at operating speed with the guard properly installed, for at least 1 minute. During the trial run, the grinder must be held in such a way that in the event of any failure of the abrasive tool the operator is not struck by any fragments. ■■ Stationary cut-off wheels must only be used on appropriate stationary cut-off machines. They are not permitted for hand-held or manually guided grinding. If a maximum power output of the cut-off machine is indicated on the wheel label, it must never be exceeded. ■■ Clamping flanges for stationary cut-off wheels must meet today‘s requirements according to ANSI B7.1. Our PFERD sales department will be happy to advise you. Storage of abrasive tools ■■ Abrasive tools should be stored in such a way as to prevent any adverse effects caused by moisture, frost or large temperature variations and so as to avoid mechanical damage. Do not use resinoid-bonded abrasive tools or abrasive tools using coated abrasives that have been exposed to severe humidity, damp, or high temperatures. Wear protective gloves Wear eye protection Only permitted with a backing pad Not permitted for wet grinding Not permitted for hand-held grinding Explanation of the labelling of abrasive tools ■■ Always observe the instructions on the abrasive tool, the grinder and all accompanying user information. ■■ Abrasives made by PFERD conform to the most exacting quality and safety requirements and are marked according to the following key European and international safety standards: • ANSI B7.1 or B7.7 • OSHA regulations • EN 12413, EN 13236, or EN 13743 ■■ Use a grinder that is suitable for the respective application. A tool that can not be clearly identified should never be used. ■■ Observe any use restrictions, warnings and safety instructions on the abrasive tools and on the accompanying labels or packaging: This user information summarizes the information required for the safe use of reinforced grinding wheels, cut-off wheels, cup wheels, snagging wheels, diamond cut-off wheels, POLIFAN® flap discs, CC-GRIND® grinding discs and CC-GRIND®-SOLID grinding discs from PFERD (referred to below as “abrasive tools”) on hand-held grinders and hand-held cut-off machines (both referred to below as “grinders”). In addition to this user information, user information relating to the grinder instructions given by ANSI B7.1 and ANSI B7.7 as well as the applicable provisions on health and safety at work, should always be observed. For EU, Australia, South Africa and all countries not mentioned explicitly Wear a respirator/mask Wear ear protection Refer to instruction manual/booklet Do not use if damaged Not permitted for face grinding Disposal of grinding tools ■■ Worn or defective grinding tools must be disposed of according to all local resp. national regulations. ■■ Note that grinding tools may become contaminated by work on certain materials. ■■ Grinding tools for disposal should be destroyed in a clearly visible manner in order to prevent re-use. ■■ Further information can be obtained from the manufacturer‘s Voluntary Product Information and Safety Data Sheet (SDS). Hazards due to tool breakage, abrasive particles, sparks, dust, fumes, noise and vibration and bodily contact with the abrasive product at operation speed ■■ The use of appropriate personal protective equipment is required for all grinding operations to provide protection against mechanical impacts, abrasive particles, sparks, dust and fumes, noise and vibration. This includes eye protection, ear protection, respiratory protection and hand protection. Long-sleeved, flame-resistant clothing and appropriate safety footwear must be worn. Tie back long hair and do not wear loose clothing, ties or jewellery. These rules apply not only to the operator of the grinder but also to any other persons in the working environment. ■■ Inhalation of grinding dust can lead to lung damage. Make sure that sufficient extraction or other appropriate measures are provided during grinding work. ■■ Do not use grinding tools in the vicinity of flammable materials. Flammable and explosive substances must be removed from the working environment before starting work. This includes, for example, dust deposits (especially aluminium dust), cardboard, packaging material, textiles, wood and wood chips, as well as flammable liquids and gases. ■■ In the event of excessive vibrations stop the grinder and investigate the cause of the vibration. Take immediate action, when using a grinding tool, if you begin to experience tingling, stinging or numbness in the hand or arms. ■■ Prevent accidental start-up of the grinder during the process of mounting or changing an abrasive product. Isolate grinders from their power source where necessary. ■■ Never remove guards from grinders where fitted and ensure they are in good condition and properly adjusted before starting the machine. ■■ After switching off the grinder, ensure the abrasive product has come to rest before leaving the machine unattended. Use of grinding tools ■■ Ensure that the correct abrasive product is selected for the desired application. Never use a product if it cannot be properly identified. ■■ Always be aware of the potential dangers during use of grinding tools. ■■ Always use protective equipment and guards in compliance with the operating instructions for the grinder and make sure they are properly mounted and in good condition before you switch on the grinder. The guard must always be positioned in such a way that it is located between the operator and the tool. Sparks should not fly in the direction of the operator. ■■ The workpiece must be fixed without tension by appropriate clamping devices or by its own weight. ■■ The grinder must always be turned on before the grinding tool comes into contact with the workpiece. ■■ Always bring grinding tools carefully into contact with the workpiece surface. ■■ Always guide cut-off wheels in a straight line. No lateral load should be applied to the cut-off wheel and it should not be used for face grinding. ■■ Only use diamond cut-off wheels on materials listed on the label. ■■ Grinders may only be put down once they have been turned off and have come to a complete stop. Mounting principle for grinding tools ■■ Only use grinders that are intended for use with the relevant tool. ■■ Never use a grinder that is not in good condition. ■■ Use only grinding tools whose outer diameter and centre-hole diameter and/or thread match the specifications of the grinder. ■■ Never use damaged grinding tools. Grinding tools must be visually inspected and checked for any possible damage before each use. ■■ Keep mounting components clean and in good mechanical condition. Replace them if they become damaged or worn. If the manufacturer of the grinder provides clamping devices and special wrenches of the grinding tools (e.g. a key), then these are to be used. Tighten the clamping mechanism finger tight. ■■ In principle, only clamping flanges having a contact surface with the same outer diameter and which are identically shaped on the contact side are to be used. For Australia only: According to Australian Standards, for wheels of type 27 and 28 equal to or greater than 180 mm the locking nut shall seat within the depressed portion of the wheel. The flange adjacent to the wheel shall be equal to or greater than one-third of the wheel diameter and the outer part of the flange shall be free and clear from the wheel. For details see AS 1788. ■■ For large diameter cut-off wheels, use blotters between the grinding tool and clamping components if required. ■■ Prevent the grinder from accidentally turning on, before mounting or changing the grinding tool by disconnecting the power supply. ■■ Never exceed the maximum operating speed of a grinding tool. Make sure that the rotational speed of the grinder (rev/min, 1/min, RPM or min-1) does not exceed the maximum permissible speed given on the grinding tool, the accompanying label or packaging. ■■ Do not make any unauthorized changes to grinding tools. ■■ If a diamond cut-off wheel is a marked with a specified direction of rotation, this must be complied with. ■■ Each time that a tool is mounted, perform a trial run at operating speed, with the guard properly installed, for at least 30 seconds. During the trial run, the grinder must be held in such a way that in the event of any failure of the abrasive tool the operator is not struck by any fragments. ■■ Stationary cut-off wheels must only be used on appropriate stationary cut-off machines. They are not permitted for hand-held or manually guided grinding. If a maximum power output of the cut-off machine is indicated on the wheel label, it must never be exceeded. ■■ Clamping flanges for stationary cut-off wheels must meet today‘s requirements according to EN ISO 16089 (Europe) and/or AS 1788 (Australia). Our PFERD sales department will be happy to advise you. Storage of grinding tools ■■ Grinding tools should be stored in such a way as to prevent any adverse effects caused by moisture, frost or large temperature variations and so as to avoid mechanical damage. Do not use resinoid-bonded grinding tools or grinding tools using coated abrasives that have been exposed to severe humidity, damp, or high temperatures. ■■ Grinding tools for hand-held grinding with bond types B (e.g. cup wheels) and BF (reinforced grinding wheels, cut-off wheels, grinding wheels) must not be used after their expiry date. The expiry date is stated as the month and year, e.g. 04/2017. The bond type is always marked on the label. Wear protective gloves Wear eye protection Only permitted with a back-up pad Not permitted for wet grinding Not permitted for hand-held grinding Explanation of the labelling of grinding tools ■■ Always observe the instructions on the grinding tool, the grinder and all accompanying user information. ■■ Only use grinding tools which meet current safety standards. These products carry the relevant EN resp. AS standard number and the „oSa“ mark: • EN 12413 for grinding tools with bonded abrasives (reinforced grinding wheels, cut-off wheels, cup wheels and grinding wheels) • EN 13236 for grinding tools with diamond or boron nitrate (diamond cut-off wheels) • EN 13743 for coated abrasives (POLIFAN® flap discs, CC-GRIND® grinding discs) • AS 1788.1 ■■ Use a grinding tool that is suitable for the respective application. A tool that can not be clearly identified should never be used. ■■ Observe any use restrictions, warnings and safety instructions on the grinding tools and on the accompanying labels or packaging: This user information complies with EC Directive 2001/95/EC on general product safety. This user information summarizes the information required for the safe use of reinforced grinding wheels, cut-off wheels, cup wheels, grinding wheels, diamond cut-off wheels , POLIFAN® flap discs, CC-GRIND® grinding discs and CC-GRIND®-SOLID grinding discs from PFERD (referred to below as „grinding tools“) on hand-held grinders and hand-held cut-off machines (both referred to below as „grinders“). In addition to this user information, user information relating to the grinder, as well as the applicable provisions on health and safety at work, should always be observed. Finally, when beeing used in Australia the AS 1788.1 and 1788.2 should always be observed. Maximum operating speed 09/2017 Safety notes: The safe use of PFERD tools depends largely on proper clamping systems. Both flanges between which a grinding tool is mounted must have the same outer diameter and same support area (according to EN 13218, ANSI B7.1, AS 1788.1). cn 不得用于侧磨 使用防尘口罩 使用护耳装置 研磨工具的处置 ■■ 磨损或损坏研磨工具必须按照适用的规定进行处置。 ■■ 注意,研磨工具可能由于加工某些材料而被污染。 ■■ 需要处置的研磨工具必须完全销毁,以防止被继续使用。 ■■ 更多信息可以在制造商提供的自愿性产品信息和安全资料表(SDS)上获得。 在运行速度下,工具的损坏,磨料颗粒,火花,灰尘,烟气,噪音,振动以及肢体与磨料产品的 接触会带来安全危险。 ■■ 为了免受来自机械冲击、研磨颗粒、火花、粉尘和蒸汽、噪音和振动的危险,在进行所有磨削 加工时,必须使用合适的个人防护装备,包括护眼装置、护耳装置、呼吸防护装置和手套。必 须穿着长袖、阻燃性服装及合适的安全鞋。必须将长发束起,不能穿着宽松的衣服、领带或佩 戴首饰。这些规定除了适用于磨机操作员,也适用于处于工作环境中的所有人员。 ■■ 吸入研磨粉尘可能引起肺部损伤。在进行研磨工作时,请确保充分的通风,或采取其他适当 措施。 ■■ 不得在易燃物附近使用研磨工具。易燃易爆物质物质必须在工作开始前从工作环境中移除。其 中包括粉尘(特别是铝尘)、纸板、包装材料、纺织品、木材木屑和可燃性液体和气体 ■■ 如果磨机振动过大时请关闭,并请维护人员进行检查。如果使用研磨工具,导致手部或手臂发 麻、刺痛或麻木,则必须采取紧急措施。 ■■ 为了防止研磨机器在装配或者更换研磨产品时突然性的启动,有必要在一开始就拔除研磨机器 的电源。 ■■ 不要移除在研磨机器上配套的防护装置,并在启动机器前确保防护装置的良好性并做适当调 节。 ■■ 在关闭研磨机器后,请确保离开机器前,产品已经停止工作。 研磨工具的使用 ■■ 请确保选择的磨料产品是正确的,不要使用未经识别认证的产品。 ■■ 对研磨工具使用过程中的各种风险,始终要有清醒的认识。 ■■ 必须按照磨机的使用说明书,使用合适的保护装置和防护罩,并且在启动磨机前,必须首先确 保磨机的运行状态和安装连接正常。防护罩必须始终设置在操作员和工具之间。尽可能避免电 火花朝着操作员的方向飞溅。 ■■ 工件必须通过合适的夹具或自身重量固定住,并保持无张力状态。 ■■ 必须始终在使研磨工具与工件接触前,开启磨机。 ■■ 研磨工具必须始终小心地置于工件表面上。 ■■ 必须始终以直线运行切割片。切割片不得侧面负载或用于侧磨。 ■■ 金刚石切割磨片只能用于标签上列出的材料。 ■■ 磨机只允许在关机,并完全静止的条件下存放。 研磨工具的装夹 ■■ 只能使用与该工具相匹配的磨机。 ■■ 切勿使用不合格的磨机。 ■■ 所使用的研磨工具,其外径和内径及螺纹必须与磨机相匹配。 ■■ 不能使用损坏的研磨工具。 在每次使用前,必须通过目视检查,确定研磨工具是否有损坏。 ■■ 确保紧固元件的机械状态和清洁状况良好。如有损坏或磨损,立即更换。如果磨机的制造商指 定了用于固定研磨工具的辅助工具(例如扳手),则必须使用这些工具。手动拧紧夹紧装置 ■■ 基本上来说,只能使用与法兰支承面的直径相同,并且与接触面形状 相同的夹紧法兰。 ■■ 如有规定,请在研磨工具和装夹元件之间使用垫片。 ■■ 断开电源,避免磨机在装夹或更换研磨工具前,意外启动。 ■■ 绝对不能超过研磨工具的最大运行速度。确保作用在研磨工具上的磨机的转速(转/min, 1/min, RPM 或 min-1)不超过随附标签或包装上规定的最大允许转速。 ■■ 不得对研磨工具进行任何未经授权的更改。 ■■ 如果金刚石切割磨片上标记出了旋转方向,则必须遵守。 ■■ 在每次装夹后,至少按照运行速度进行30秒中的试运行,同时必须正确安装防护罩。当研磨工 具发生故障时,要保证磨机不被碎片击中。 ■■ 固定的切割只能使用在合适的固定切割研磨机器上。不允手持或者手指引的研磨。不允超上所 注的最大出功率。 ■■ 固定切割片使用的法兰需要符合EN ISO 16089的准则。我们菲亚德的销售部十分乐意给到您建 议。 研磨工具的存放 ■■ 研磨工具必须妥善存放,避免遭受湿气、冰霜和温度剧烈波动及机械损伤等不利影响。切勿使 用暴露在潮湿以及高温条件下的带涂层,并以树脂为粘合剂的磨料以及磨具。 ■■ 研磨工具及粘合类型B(例如杯形磨片)和BF(粗磨磨片,切割磨片,砂轮)在到期日之后, 不得用于徒手研磨。到期日期标记为月份和年份,例如:04/2017。粘合类型必须始终在标签 上注明。 使用手套 使用护眼装置 遵守安全建议 如果损坏,请勿使用 不得用于湿磨 使用时加装背盘用 不得用于徒手和手工打磨 有关研磨工具标记的说明 ■■ 务必注意研磨工具、磨机以及随附用户信息中的指示。 ■■ PFERD磨料符合欧洲最严格的质量和安全要求。这些产品标有相应的EN标准编号, 及“oSa”标记: • EN 12413 粘合磨料磨具的安全要求 (粗磨磨片,切割片,杯形砂轮,砂轮) • EN 13236 金刚石或氮化硼磨具的安全要求 (金刚石切割磨片) • EN 13743 涂附磨具产品的安全要求 (POLIFAN®百叶盘,CC-GRIND®系列磨片) ■■ 请使用适用于相应应用的研磨工具。标识不完整的工具不能使用。 ■■ 请注意研磨工具、随附标签或包装上对用途的限制以及警告或安全指示: - 本用户信息依照欧盟2001/95/ EC 有关一般产品安全性指令。”和“有关产品投放市场的法规”总 结了PFERD品牌的粗磨磨片、切割片、杯形砂轮、磨碟、金刚石切割磨片、POLIFAN®百叶盘, CC-GRIND®系列磨片和CC-GRIND®-SOLID系列磨片(以下简称为研磨工具)在手持式磨机和切割机上 (两者在下文中均简称为磨机)安全使用的必要信息。在遵守该用户信息的同时,还必须遵守所用 磨床的用户信息以及有关劳动安全与健康防护的规定。 PFERD cut-off wheels conform to the highest safety requirements and are marked according to EN 12413 for grinding tools made of bonded abrasives. 252 241 The correct clamping of the cut-off wheel is a prerequisite for optimum performance and is essential to ensure user safety. The adjacent illustration shows the right way to do it: ➊ Machine spindle with high concentricity. ➋ Equally sized flanges. ➌ Intermediate paper layers, if required for secure clamping and safe use. Our recommendations: ■ After every second wheel change, change the intermediate paper layers. ■ As from a wheel diameter > 400 mm, always use intermediate paper layers. en Together with other renowned manufacturers, PFERD has voluntarily undertaken to produce quality tools conforming to the most exacting safety standards. Member companies of oSa (the Organization for Safety of Abrasives) are committed to continuous product safety and quality monitoring. PFERD tools carry the oSa mark. Safety standard Due to the limited space on abrasive tool labels and their uneven surface, it is difficult to read and understand the safety warnings, restrictions and further information for the operator. After an abrasive tool has been used for a while, parts of the label’s information get lost because of abrasion. It is not practical to transport necessary information from the abrasive tool manufacturer to the operator via a label. Before using any abrasive tool, the operator must read, understand, and comply with all instructions supplied with the product’s original packaging as well as the Safety Data Sheet (SDS). Further information is available in PFERD’s product literature, online at www.pferd.com, from PFERD’s customer service, and from the power tool manufacturer. PFERD is a founder member of oSa Die vorliegende Benutzerinformation nach der Richtlinie 2001/95/EG über die allgemeine Produktsicherheit und dem Gesetz über die Bereitstellung von Produkten auf dem Markt (§ 6 Abs. 1 Nr. 1 ProdSG) fasst die notwendigen Informationen für die sichere Verwendung von Schruppschleifscheiben, Trennschleifscheiben, Schleiftöpfen, Schleifrädern, Diamant-Trennschleifscheiben, POLIFAN®-Fächerschleifscheiben, CC-GRIND®-Schleifscheiben und CC-GRIND®-SOLIDSchleifscheiben der Marke PFERD (im Folgenden Schleifwerkzeuge) auf Handschleifmaschinen oder Handtrennschleifmaschinen (im Folgenden beide kurz als Schleifmaschine bezeichnet) zusammen. Ergänzend zu dieser Benutzerinformation sind stets die Benutzerinformation der verwendeten Schleifmaschine sowie die geltenden Bestimmungen zum Arbeits- und Gesundheitsschutz zu beachten. es Usar mascarilla Proteger los oidos Tener en cuenta las recomendaciones de seguridad No utilizar discos dañados No utilizar en amolado lateral Uso de herramientas abrasivas ■■ Asegúrese de elegir el producto abrasivo correcto. Nunca utilice un producto que no pueda ser correctamente identificado. ■■ Al utilizar herramientas abrasivas tenga siempre presente los peligros posibles. ■■ Use siempre dispositivos y carcasas protectoras conforme a lo indicado en el manual de instrucciones de manejo de la amoladora, y asegúrese de que estén en buen estado y bien instalados antes de encenderla. Se debe mantener la carcasa posicionada siempre entra el usuario y la herramienta. Las chispas no deben salir despedidas hacia el usuario, en la medida de lo posible. ■■ La pieza de trabajo tiene que estar fijada sin tensión mediante un dispositivo de sujeción adecuado o por su propio peso. ■■ La amoladora se tiene que encender siempre antes de que la herramienta entre en contacto con la pieza de trabajo. ■■ Las herramientas abrasivas se tienen que disponer cuidadosamente sobre la superficie de la pieza de trabajo. ■■ Guie los discos de corte siempre en línea recta. Los discos de corte no pueden someterse a cargas laterales ni usarse para el amolado lateral. ■■ Los discos de corte de diamante sólo pueden usarse para los materiales indicados en la etiqueta. ■■ Las amoladoras sólo pueden almacenarse desconectadas y en estado de parada completa. Sujeción de las herramientas abrasivas ■■ Use sólo amoladoras previstas para su empleo con la herramienta disponible. ■■ No use jamás ninguna amoladora en mal estado de funcionamiento. ■■ Use sólo herramientas abrasivas cuyos diámetro exterior, interior y rosca cumplan las normas de la amoladora. ■■ No use herramientas abrasivas deterioradas. Antes de cada puesta en marcha hay que comprobar mediante inspección visual que la herramienta no presente ningún desperfecto. ■■ Mantenga la sujeción en buenas condiciones mecánicas y de limpieza. Sustitúyala en caso de deterioro o desgaste. En caso de que el fabricante de la amoladora haya previsto para la fijación de la herramienta abrasiva algún elemento auxiliar (como por ejemplo una llave de fijación), éste se habrá de utilizar siempre. Apriete el dispositivo de sujeción a mano. ■■ En principio sólo se pueden usar bridas de sujeción con el mismo diámetro exterior que la superficie de contacto, y con la misma forma por el lado de apoyo. ■■ Cuando haya piezas intermedias previstas entre la herramienta abrasiva y los elementos de sujeción, úselas. ■■ Impida que la amoladora se encienda accidentalmente antes de sujetar o de cambiar la herramienta abrasiva desenchufándola del suministro de corriente. ■■ No sobrepase nunca la velocidad de trabajo de la herramienta abrasiva. Asegúrese de que el número de revoluciones de la amoladora (U/min, 1/min, RPM o min-1) no supere las revoluciones máximas permitidas que aparecen indicadas sobre la herramienta abrasiva, en la etiqueta adjunta o en el embalaje. ■■ No realice ningún cambio no autorizado en la herramienta abrasiva. ■■ Si en el disco de corte de diamante hay señalizado un sentido de giro preestablecido, deberá respetarse. ■■ Después de cada operación de sujeción efectúe una marcha de prueba de al menos 30 segundos a la velocidad de trabajo y con la cubierta de protección puesta. Al hacerlo, sostenga la amoladora de tal forma que en caso de un posible fallo no reciba el impacto de los fragmentos. ■■ Los discos de corte estacionarios sólo se deben utilizar en las máquinas de corte estacionarias adecuadas. No utilizar en el corte manual. No se debe sobrepasar la potencia máxima indicada en la etiqueta. ■■ Las bridas de sujeción para los discos de corte estacionarios deben cumplir con los requisitos actuales según la norma EN ISO 16089. Nuestro departamento de ventas PFERD estará encantado de aconsejarle. Almacenamiento de herramientas abrasivas ■■ Las herramientas abrasivas se tienen que almacenar de tal modo que se impida el efecto perjudicial de la humedad, las heladas y las fuertes variaciones térmicas, así como los daños mecánicos. No utilice ninguna herramienta de lijado con aglomerante resina ni ninguna herramienta de lijado con grano abrasivo sobre soporte que hayan estado expuestas a condiciones de intensa humedad o de altas temperaturas. ■■ Las herramientas abrasivas con aglomerantes del tipo B (por ejemplo muelas de copa) y BF (discos de desbaste, discos de corte y ruedas de amolar) para uso manual no pueden utilizarse con posterioridad a la fecha de caducidad rotulada. La fecha de caducidad se indica con el mes y el año, por ejemplo 04/2017. El tipo de aglomerante aparece siempre en la etiqueta. Usar guantes protectores Usar gafas protectoras Utilizar sólo con plato de apoyo No utilizar en amolado húmedo No utilizar en corte manual Explicación del etiquetado de las herramientas abrasivas ■■ Tenga siempre en cuenta las indicaciones que aparecen sobre la herramienta abrasiva, la amoladora, así como en toda la información para el usuario adjunta. ■■ Use sólo herramientas abrasivas que cumplan las normas de seguridad vigentes en cada momento. Estos productos llevan el número correspondiente de la norma EN así como la marca “oSa”: • EN 12413 para cuerpos de rectificado de abrasivos aglomerados (discos de desbaste, discos de corte, muelas de copa y ruedas de amolar) • EN 13236 para cuerpos de rectificado con diamante o nitruro de boro (discos de corte de diamante) • EN 13743 para abrasivos con soporte (discos de láminas lijadoras POLIFAN®, discos de desbaste CC-GRIND®) ■■ Use la herramienta abrasiva apropiada para cada aplicación. Nunca deben usarse útiles que no se hayan identificado suficientemente. ■■ Tenga en cuenta las limitaciones de uso y las indicaciones de advertencia y de seguridad que aparezcan en la herramienta, así como en las etiquetas adjuntas y en los embalajes: La siguiente información para el usuario, de conformidad con la directiva 2001/95/CE relativa a la seguridad general de los productos, incluye las informaciones necesarias para poder utilizar de forma segura los discos de desbaste, discos de corte, muelas de copa, ruedas de amolar, discos de corte de diamante, discos de láminas lijadoras POLIFAN®, discos de desbaste CC-GRIND® y CC-GRIND®-SOLID de la marca PFERD (en lo sucesivo, herramientas abrasivas) en máquinas lijadoras manuales y máquinas de corte manuales (en lo sucesivo, ambas referidas como amoladoras). Además de esta información el usuario siempre tiene que tener en cuenta la información de la amoladora empleada, así como las disposiciones vigentes en cuanto a la protección de la seguridad y la salud en el trabajo. Cut-off wheels for stationary applications Eliminación de las herramientas abrasivas como residuos ■■ Las herramientas abrasivas desgastadas o defectuosas se tienen que eliminar como residuos de acuerdo a las respectivas normativas locales vigentes. ■■ Tenga en cuenta que las herramientas abrasivas pueden contaminarse al procesar determinados materiales. ■■ Las herramientas abrasivas previstas para su eliminación como residuos se tienen que destruir de manera claramente visible, para evitar así que se puedan seguir utilizando. ■■ Para más Información consulte la información del producto y las hojas de seguridad del fabricante. Riesgos por rotura de la herramienta, por emisión de partículas abrasivas, chispas, polvo y vapores, por ruido, vibración, y el contacto físico con la herramienta en movimiento ■■ Como protección contra el impacto mecánico, contra las partículas, las chispas, el polvo y los vapores abrasivos, el ruido y las vibraciones, se requiere el uso de un equipo de protección personal adecuado para todos los trabajos de rectificado. Ello incluye la protección ocular, la auditiva, la de la respiración y la de las manos. Hay que llevar puesta una vestimenta de manga larga, difícilmente inflamable, y el calzado de seguridad adecuado. Recoja el pelo largo en coleta hacia atrás y no lleve ropa con vuelo, ni corbatas o joyas. Estas normas además de para el usuario de la amoladora rigen para todas las personas que se encuentren en el entorno de trabajo. ■■ Inhalar el polvo abrasivo puede producir lesiones pulmonares. En todos los trabajos de rectificación procure una aspiración suficiente o alguna otra medida adecuada. ■■ No use herramientas abrasivas cerca de materiales inflamables. Las sustancias inflamables y explosivas se tienen que alejar del entorno de trabajo antes de empezar a operar. Esto afecta entre otras a los depósitos de polvo (sobre todo polvo de aluminio), cartón, material de embalaje, tejidos, madera y virutas de madera, así como a líquidos y gases inflamables. ■■ Detenga la amoladora si aparecen vibraciones desproporcionadas y revísela. Tome medidas inmediatamente si al emplear una herramienta abrasiva siente en la mano o en los brazos cosquilleos, pinchazos o entumecimiento. ■■ Evitar el arranque accidental de la máquina antes de montar o cambiar la herramienta abrasiva. Si es necesario, desconecte la máquina de la red eléctrica. ■■ Nunca retire los elementos de protección de las máquinas y asegúrese de que están en buen estado y correctamente ajustados antes de arrancar la máquina. ■■ Después de apagar la máquina, asegúrese de que el abrasivo ha parado antes de dejar la máquina. Safety notes Benutzerinformation User information 信息 Información para el usuario Informations à destination des utilisateurs Informazione per utenti Gebruikersinformatie Informacja dla użytkownika Instruções de utilização Информация для пользователей Användarinformation Kullanıcı Bilgilendirme PASS ON THIS LEAFLET TO THOSE USING THE ABRASIVE PRODUCT The recommendations contained in this leaflet should be followed by all users of abrasive products in the interests of their personal safety SAFETY RECOMMENDATIONS FOR THE USE OF ABRASIVE PRODUCTS Abrasive products improperly used can be very dangerous.  Always follow the instructions provided by the abrasive product and machine supplier.  Ensure that the abrasive product is suitable for its intended use. Examine all abrasive products for damage or defects before mounting.  Follow the correct procedures for handling and storage of abrasive products. Be aware of the hazards likely during the use of abrasive products and observe the recommended precautions to be taken:  Bodily contact with the abrasive product at operating speed  Injury resulting from product breakage during use  Grinding debris, sparks, fumes and dust generated by the grinding process  Noise  Vibration GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF SAFETY Use only abrasive products conforming to the highest standards of safety. The following EN standards provide the essential safety requirements for relevant abrasives products:  EN 12413 for Bonded Abrasives  EN 13236 for Superabrasives  EN 13743 for Specific Coated Abrasives (vulcanised fibre discs, flap wheels, flap discs and spindle-mounted flap wheels). Employers should carry out a risk assessment on all individual abrasive processes to determine the appropriate protective measures necessary. They should ensure that their employees are suitably trained to carry out their duties. Never use a machine that is not in good working order or one with defective parts. This leaflet is only intended to provide basic safety recommendations. For more detailed information on the safe use of abrasive products, reference to our comprehensive Safety Codes is strongly recommended. These are available from FEPA or your National Trade Association:  FEPA Safety Code for Bonded Abrasives and Precision Superabrasives  FEPA Safety Code for Superabrasives for Stone and Construction  FEPA Safety Code for Coated Abrasives Proper clamping of cut-off wheels ➋ Flanges 7 ➊ Machine spindle ➌ Intermediate paper layer incorrect Catalogue Page 7 5 fr Éliminatio ■■ Les outi nationa ■■ Attenti ■■ Les outi d’empê ■■ De plus le prod Risques d sives, brui ■■ Le port de meu poussiè casques Portez de sécu ni bijou person ■■ L’inhala veillez à ■■ N’utilis et expl poussiè de bois, ■■ Arrêtez mesure engour ■■ Évitez l‘ sa sour ■■ Ne dém et qu‘il ■■ Après a Utilisatio ■■ Assurez ■■ Soyez c ■■ Utilisez et assur d’allum l’outil. l’utilisat ■■ La pièc poids s ■■ Allume ■■ Posez t ■■ Déplac pas êtr ■■ Utilisez ■■ Éteigne Serrage d ■■ Utilisez ■■ N’utilis ■■ Utilisez corresp ■■ N’utilis vous as ■■ Les élé Rempla prévus Serrez l ■■ En prin même t et de m ■■ Si cela ment d ■■ Évitez t en cou ■■ Ne dép de rota maxima ■■ Ne réali ■■ Si un se ■■ Après c et avec projecti ■■ Les disq station manuel puissan ■■ Les flas EN ISO  Stockage ■■ Stockez et aux d’outils humidit ■■ Les outi disques au-delà 04/201 Explicatio ■■ Ayez p informa ■■ Utilisez en vigu marque • EN 1 (disq • EN 1 (disq • EN 1 (disq ■■ Utilisez être util ■■ Respect outils, l Les présent relative à utilisation plates, dis CC-GRIND des tronço informatio respectées,

WER T O HERR WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORS C CAB WER T O HERR HORS C CAB WER T O HERR HORS C CAB HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO CABALLITO WER T O HERR CAB HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS EAN (European Article Number) RKZEUGE OOLS UTILS AMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO CABALLITO RKZEUGE OOLS UTILS AMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO PFERD description TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS Technical information 80 T 350-3,0 L SG CHOP HD STEELOX 25,4 HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO Mat.-Nr. 66323582 TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS SG HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO T 41 / T1 HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO 7 EDP 64536 WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS 6 HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO Catalogue INOX Stainless WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO 3,0 mm 1/8" WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS Packed on: 03.2018 Lot-Nr. 12345678 WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS STEELOX HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO Packing date and lot number 25,4 mm 1 inch HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO Tool drive Page Stahl Steel Acier Acero WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS 10 HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO Product line (colour coding system) 350 mm 14 inch WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO Pallet WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO Packaging unit AND L TO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO Crate Packaging label WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO Box WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO The packaging of stationary cut-off wheels is tailored to the requirements of the industry. It provides the tools with optimum protection against dirt and damage. Three packaging types are available. WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO RKZEUGE OOLS UTILS AMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO RKZEUGE OOLS UTILS AMIENTAS Packaging WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS Packaging AND L TO AND L TO HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO WERKZEUGE TOOLS OUTILS HERRAMIENTAS HORSEBRAND CHEVAL CABALLITO AND L TO Cut-off wheels for stationary applications

Cut-off wheels for stationary applications Transport and storage Transport and storage To avoid damage to the cut-off wheels through improper transport or adverse environmental influences during storage, e.g. UV radiation, temperature or humidity, please observe the following advice: ■■As far as possible, transport and store cut-off wheels in their original packaging lying on a flat surface, e.g. on a shelf or vertically in racks. ■■Avoid bending the tools. ■■Ensure that the cut-off wheels are stored in dry, frost-free rooms with consistent temperatures. ■■Use supplies in the order of their arrival. Recommendation: Room temperature: 18–22°C Relative humidity: 45–65% No direct sunlight Advice on the storage of conical wheels (CT) Conical cut-off wheels must be stacked with intermediate paper layers, so that the tapered area is supported and bending of the cut-off wheels is avoided. PFERD supplies conical cut-off wheels with intermediate paper layers included. 22°C 18°C D Intermediate paper layers 7 Catalogue Page 7 7

Cut-off wheels for stationary applications The fast way to the best tool Product lines and colour coding Universal Line PSF ★ ★ The entry-level range Universal Line PSF includes robust tools for processing the most common materials. Universal Line PSF tools achieve good results with high economic efficiency. Performance Line SG ★ ★ ★ Special Line SGP ★ ★ ★ ★ Special Line SGP tools are specially developed for specific tasks and offer the user key advantages over conventional products. Furthermore, the Special Line SGP includes tools that, due to their particularly high performance during use, offer ultimate economic efficiency. The broad Performance Line SG range offers a high-performance tool solution for every application and every material. Performance Line SG tools achieve optimum results with maximum economic efficiency. Product labels oSa – Organization for the Safety of Abrasives As a founder member of oSa, PFERD has voluntarily undertaken to produce quality tools conforming to the most exacting safety standards. Member companies of oSa are committed to continuous product safety and quality monitoring. Safety information Handling grinding tools is dangerous. Observe all safety rules and regulations. Advice on tool drive The pictogram shows on which drive the tool can be used. Material information The bottom section of every label indicates the material or materials for which the tool is suitable. Page Catalogue 8 7 Information bar Here you will find the product line and the dimensions. EAN (European Article Number) Hardness grade The hardness denotes the strength with which the abrasive grit is held by the bond within the grinding tool. The hardness is indicated with a letter (see table below). Hardness grade Wheel properties K, H L, N O, P, Q R, S T very soft soft medium-hard hard very hard

Cut-off wheels for stationary applications The fast way to the best tool Product group selection Tool drive Application CHOPSAW < 3 KW Cutting of solid material, profiles and pipes Product line Universal Line PSF ★★ Performance Line SG ★★★ CHOPSAW HD RAIL Cutting of solid material, profiles and pipes Performance Line SG ★★★ HEAVY DUTY Products made to order up to dia. 2,000 mm Stainless steel (INOX) PSF CHOP STEEL Hardness K Page 10 PSF CHOP STEELOX Hardness K Page 10 PSF CHOP STEELOX Hardness K Page 10 SG CHOP STEEL Hardness K Page 11 SG CHOP STEELOX Hardness K Page 11 SG CHOP STEELOX Hardness K Page 11 SG CHOP HD STEEL Hardness L + O Page 12 SG CHOP HD STEELOX Hardness L Page 12 SG CHOP HD STEELOX Hardness L Page 12 Cast iron (CAST) Stone (STONE) SG CHOP HD CAST + STONE Hardness L Page 13 SG CHOP HD CAST + STONE Hardness L Page 13 Cutting of rails Performance Line SG ★★★ LABOR Steel (STEEL) Producing precision cuts, cutting of laboratory samples Performance Line SG ★★★ SG RAIL STEEL Hardness Q Page 14 SG LAB STEEL Hardness H Page 15 SG LAB HD STEELOX Hardness H Page 15 SG LAB HD STEELOX Hardness H Page 15 7 Cutting of solid material, profiles and pipes Special Line SGP ★★★★ SGP HD STEEL ZIRKON SGP HD ZIRKON SGP HD Hardness L, N, CAST + STEEL CAST + STEEL Q+S Hardness P, R + T Hardness P, R + T Page 16 Page 17 Page 17 On request, we can produce stationary cut-off wheels in premium PFERD quality up to a diameter of 2,000 mm, tailor-made to meet the requirements of your special application. Please contact us for further information. Our experienced technical advisers will be pleased to assist you. With a middle fabric for aggressive cutting with minimised burr formation With two outer fabrics for high lateral stability Catalogue Page 7 9

Cut-off wheels for stationary applications Universal Line PSF, CHOPSAW ★ ★ PSF CHOP STEEL ★ ★ Tool of hardness K, which cuts very easily, with a middle fabric. For aggressive cutting with minimized burr formation. Advantages: ■■High economic efficiency due to long tool life. ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■Cutting with minimized burr formation due to less lateral friction. ■■For multi-purpose cutting work. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Matching tool drives: CHOPSAW up to 3 KW Materials that can be worked: steel Applications: cutting of solid material, sections and pipes D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] EAN 4007220 Max. RPM Maximum operating speed 80 m/s, flat type T (shape 41) 300 2.8 25.4 832264 350 2.8 25.4 817605 400 3.8 25.4 832271 5,100 4,400 3,800 Safety notes: ■■Use only on stationary machines with an output of up to 3 KW. Description 20 10 10 80 T 300-2,8 K PSF CHOP STEEL/25,4 80 T 350-2,8 K PSF CHOP STEEL/25,4 80 T 400-3,8 K PSF CHOP STEEL/25,4 PSF CHOP STEELOX ★ ★ Tool of hardness K, which cuts very easily, with a middle fabric for steel and stainless steel (INOX). For aggressive cutting with minimized burr formation. Advantages: ■■High economic efficiency due to long tool life. ■■Fast work progress thanks to high cutting performance. ■■Cutting with minimized burr formation due to less lateral friction. ■■For multi-purpose cutting work. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Matching tool drives: CHOPSAW up to 3 KW Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX) Applications: cutting of solid material, sections and pipes D [mm] EAN 4007220 Max. RPM Maximum operating speed 80 m/s, flat type T (shape 41) 300 2.8 25.4 950180 350 2.8 25.4 950197 400 3.8 25.4 950210 5,100 4,400 3,800 Page Catalogue 10 7 T [mm] H [mm] Safety notes: ■■Use only on stationary machines with an output of up to 3 KW. Description 20 10 10 80 T 300-2,8 K PSF CHOP STEELOX/25,4 80 T 350-2,8 K PSF CHOP STEELOX/25,4 80 T 400-3,8 K PSF CHOP STEELOX/25,4

Cut-off wheels for stationary applications Performance Line SG, CHOPSAW ★ ★ ★ SG CHOP STEEL ★ ★ ★ Tool of hardness K, which cuts very easily, with a middle fabric. For aggressive cutting with minimized burr formation. Advantages: ■■Maximum economic efficiency due to very long tool life. ■■The fastest work progress thanks to very high cutting performance. ■■Cutting with minimized burr formation due to less lateral friction. ■■For demanding cutting work. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Matching tool drives: CHOPSAW up to 3 KW Materials that can be worked: steel Applications: cutting of solid material, sections and pipes D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] Safety notes: ■■Use only on stationary machines with an output of up to 3 KW. EAN 4007220 Max. RPM Maximum operating speed 80 m/s, flat type T (shape 41) 300 2.8 25.4 629123 32.0 639573 350 2.8 25.4 629154 32.0 639597 400 3.8 25.4 638675 32.0 639610 5,100 5,100 4,400 4,400 3,800 3,800 Description 20 20 10 10 10 10 80 T 300-2,8 K SG CHOP STEEL/25,4 80 T 300-2,8 K SG CHOP STEEL/32,0 80 T 350-2,8 K SG CHOP STEEL/25,4 80 T 350-2,8 K SG CHOP STEEL/32,0 80 T 400-3,8 K SG CHOP STEEL/25,4 80 T 400-3,8 K SG CHOP STEEL/32,0 SG CHOP STEELOX ★ ★ ★ Tool of hardness K, which cuts very easily, with a middle fabric for steel and stainless steel (INOX). For aggressive cutting with minimized burr formation. Advantages: ■■Maximum economic efficiency due to very long tool life. ■■The fastest work progress thanks to very high cutting performance. ■■Cutting with minimized burr formation due to less lateral friction. ■■For demanding cutting work. Abrasive: Aluminium oxide A Matching tool drives: CHOPSAW up to 3 KW 7 Materials that can be worked: steel, stainless steel (INOX) Applications: cutting of solid material, sections and pipes D [mm] T [mm] H [mm] Safety notes: ■■Use only on stationary machines with an output of up to 3 KW. EAN 4007220 Max. RPM Maximum operating speed 80 m/s, flat type T (shape 41) 300 2.8 25.4 803219 350 2.8 25.4 639634 400 2.8 25.4 669303 5,100 4,400 3,800 Description 20 10 10 80 T 300-2,8 K SG CHOP STEELOX/25,4 80 T 350-2,8 K SG CHOP STEELOX/25,4 80 T 400-2,8 K SG CHOP STEELOX/25,4 Catalogue Page 7 11

Cut-off wheels for stationary applications Performance Line SG, CHOPSAW HD ★ ★ ★ SG CHOP HD STEEL ★ ★ ★ Tool of hardness L or O with two outer fabrics. For cutting work that requires high stability. Advantages: ■